Home

Avaya Administering Aura Session Manager Release 6.1 User's Manual

Contents

1. p Lu An uppercase letter simple category p Sc A currency symbol P InGreek Any character except one in the Greek block negation p L amp amp p Lu Any letter except an uppercase letter subtraction Boundary matchers A The beginning of a line The end of a line Greedy quantifiers X X once or not at all x X zero or more times X X one or more times X n X exactly n times X n X at least n times X n m X at least n but not more than m times Logical operators XY X followed by Y X Y Either X or Y Note Refer to the full documentation at http download oracle com javase 6 docs api java util regex Pattern html for details 524 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Index A aborting a user import JOD 0 eee eee ee eeeeeeeeeeeee 114 about Adaptations ccccccccecceeeeeeeeeseeesenennaeeaeeees 258 about Administering Certificates for Session Manager INSTANCES sceri naia 43 about Applications sesio 404 about Branch Session Manager ccccccceceeeeeees 349 about CAC Administration ccccccccceseeeeseseeeeeeees 249 about CAC OVErVIEW cccccccccecsesseseceeeeeeeeesaeaeeeeeees 249 about Call Routing Testing ccseeseeeeeeeseeeeeeees 455 about Communication Profile Editor cc0 361 about Connection Status cccccecccceeessaeeeeeeeeeeeees 431
2. Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints building This is field of Site Optional Data headset This is field of Site Optional Data speaker This is field of Site Optional Data mounting This is field of Site Optional Valid values d w Data cordLength This is field of Site Optional Valid range from 0 to Data 99 setColor This is field of Site Optional Data abbrList This is complex type Optional for Station Abbreviated Dialing Data fields listType This is field of Station Mandatory Valid values Abbreviated Dialing enhanced group Data personal system number This is field of Station Mandatory A number Abbreviated Dialing Data buttons This is complex type Optional for button data Number This is field of button Mandatory data Type This is field of button Optional data data1 This is field of button Optional data data2 This is field of button Optional data data3 This is field of button Optional data data4 This is field of button Optional data data5 This is field of button Optional data Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints data6 This is field of button Optional data stationDataModule This is complex type Optional for
3. 54 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Application Details field descriptions Name Description Messaging Type Displays the type of the Messaging box The following are the types of messaging e MM for Modular Messaging systems e CMM for Communication Manager Embedded Messaging systems Version Displays the version of the Messaging Box Supported versions are 5 0 and above Secured LDAP Connection Use this check box to specify whether Secure LDAP connection is to be used Select this check box to use secure LDAP connection else LDAP will be used Port Displays the port on which the LDAP or secure LDAP service provided by the application instance is running For LDAP the port is 389 and for secure LDAP the port is 636 Location Displays the location of the application instance SNMP Attributes You set some basic parameters for specific devices or a range of devices in the SNMP Attributes section You can choose either SNMP protocol V1 or V3 Based on your selection of SNMP protocol you can then set certain basic SNMP parameters Name Description Version Specifies the SNMP protocol type Read Community Displays the read community of the device Only applicable for SNMP protocol V1 Write Community Displays the write community of the device Only applicable for SNMP protocol V1
4. Details Trace View records The More Actions button is active only if trace records are listed The retrieved Trace Viewer list can be saved into a file at the client side Name Description Details Click the Show arrow to see the complete message Time Timestamp when the trace record was written This timestamp entry also displays the date and time zone Tracing Entity Host name of the system where Security Module logged the trace From URI from where the traced SIP message originated Action Action of the traced SIP message such as INVITE ACK or BYE The SIP message action is surrounded by an arrow to indicate the direction of the action For example INVITE gt or lt BYE Dropped messages have a leading DROPPED for example DROPPED ACK gt To URI to which the traced SIP message was sent Protocol Protocol that was used by the traced SIP message such as TCP UDP or TLS Call ID Call ID of the traced SIP message Button Description Commit Generates the trace log output for the selected Session Managers from the Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com System Tools Button Description Session Manager list for the selected date range This output displays the following details Note Number of retrieved records shows the number of records that
5. 30 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 2 Synchronizing Communication Manager and messaging data with System Manager Introduction This chapter explains how to use Communication System Manager feature to synchronize Communication Manager station data to the System Manager database The system automatically connects to System Manager and Communication Manager in the core and synchronizes provisioning data in the System Manager database with each managed Communication Manager system You can synchronize the endpoint data in a scheduled and incremental basis as follows 1 Administration of each Communication Manager as an entity or application instance 2 Initialization of the synchronization of Communication Manager and messaging data with System Manager Creating a Communication Manager instance Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Inventory 2 Click Inventory gt Manage Elements in the left navigation pane 3 On the Manage Elements page click New and select a CM entity instance 4 On the New CM Instance page enter the appropriate details a Inthe Node field specify the management IP address for the Communication Manager this is the address used for SSH SAT login b Select default none for the SNMP Attributes section c Under Attributes section enter the SSH SAT login for the Login field and the associa
6. 230 bulk importing USCIS 20 eee eeenee tees eeeenaeeeeeeeeeeaaas 111 Cc Call Routing Test page field descriptions 455 canceling a user import JOD eect eeeeeeeteeees 114 Changing alarm Status ccc eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennttaeeees 460 Cisco Adapter CiscoAdapter ccccceeeeeeeeeees 268 Communication Profile Edit Confirmation page field descriptions cece eeeeeee eee ee eeetteeetteeeeeeees 366 Communication Profile Editor field descriptions 364 communication profiles for a USEF s 70 Completed Jobs Page ccccsscceeeesteeeeeeeeteeeeeeeaees 505 Confirm Accept New Service Confirmation for Session Managers page field descriptions 329 Confirm Deny New Service for Session Managers page field descriptions 10 ceeeessteceeeseeeteeeeeeees 330 Confirm Reboot for Session Managers page field descriptions ssiri aiea 331 Confirm Shutdown for Session Managers page field descriptions sssssssssseseeseseseesreesrrennnnsneen 331 COMEC aeaiee exancatuuasanisstdaenacieestsnaiaveavantedinetndseas 24 Connections Status field description cccce 432 creating a Communication Manager instance 31 creating a Device Settings Group Location Group 391 creating a Device Settings Group Terminal Group 393 creating a new communication address for a profile 68 creating a new communication profile 05 67 creating a system d
7. Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 315 Managing Session Manager routing Bulk Import for Dial Patterns Please follow these rules when creating an XML bulk import file e A dial pattern is identified by a combination of 5 elements below This combination must be unique for each dial pattern lt digitpattern gt lt maxdigits gt lt mindigits gt lt sipdomainName gt lt routingoriginationName gt e lt sipdomainName gt must refer to an existing domain with the exact same name It must either appear in the System Manager database or in an import file that exists in the same import operation as the dial pattern lt routingpolicyNames gt must refer to existing Routing Policies with the exact same name It must either appear in the System Manager database or in an import file that exists in the same import operation as the Dial pattern lt routingpolicyNames gt must exist if lt deny gt is false lt routingpolicyNames gt must exist if lt deny gt is true Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 standalone yes gt lt digitmapFullTOList gt lt DigitmapFullTo gt lt notes gt this is a test lt notes gt lt deny gt t rue lt deny gt lt digitpattern gt 123 lt digitpattern gt lt maxdigits gt 36 lt maxdigits gt lt mindigits gt 3 lt mindigits gt lt routingoriginationName gt New York lt routingoriginationName gt lt routingpolicyNames gt toBerlin lt
8. Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 423 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Button Description entity links from all Session Manager instances to a single SIP entity SIP Entity Entity Link Connection Status page field descriptions Link Description Refresh Refreshes and displays the detailed connection status for all entity links from the selected Session Manager instance to a single SIP entity The status displays the following details e Name of the Session Manager instance e Resolved IP address of the SIP entity e Port used for the connection e Protocol used e Connection status e Reason for the failure This field explains how the status of a connection is determined irrespective of whether the status is up or down e Status of the entity link Details column provides the following information e Time when the entity link was last down e Time when the entity link was last up Time when the last message was sent e Duration of the last response latency ms Button Description Summary View Returns to the SIP Entity Link Monitoring Status Summary page 424 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Session Manager Entity Link Connection Status page field descriptions System Status Link Description Refresh Refreshes and displays all e
9. Button Description Cancel Takes you back to the Import Users page Quick start to importing users Quick start to importing users This section describes how to quickly create an XML file for importing users in bulk This XML file includes user profiles with core attributes as well as with SIP phone SIP communication profile Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 227 Managing Users XML for user with core attributes Following are the minimal elements for mapping the user import XML with user interface fields Table 1 Minimal elements UI field Description XML tag Possible value Authentication Specifies the type of lt authenticationTy Basic or Enterprise Type authentication Bee lt authenticationTyp e gt gt First Name Specifies the first lt givenName gt First name of the name of the user user lt givenName gt Login Name Specifies the primary lt loginName gt User log in name handle of user lt loginName gt Last Name Specifies the last lt surname gt Last name of the name of the user user lt surname gt Login Password Specifies the lt userPassword gt Log in password of password used to log the user in to System Manager lt userPassword gt Sample XML with a single user profile Following is a sample XML for a user profile with basic fields To create your own XML replace the value of the tags e
10. 0 c cccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 366 Pa aA AI IMac savas sacar si desma P daa ca niniea dann wins deeded ned as E A E E 368 Mad Fosi Neme A eda pte acs acevo Sage cae aaipee te Shae aakget esac ge cases nee dieeeanenrs auaeraaet aE 368 BOM TUBS MIM a E kash tacdee la uaeiatentacetstenguiniteensienadudtalenes 374 Device and Location Configuration cccccseeeseeeeneees eeeiscacnnt E AP E EN E EE AE T N 390 Device SSIS GOPE aAA AA A 390 Location Settings ieaiai PE oireeni eirean Gentes er rte setae atai re ee 403 Applicat Gonga oiana a AANA aa a a a a OA APCO ONE cane pert ner neerer tree preer erty peere etree erent er E PEE O PEET TET TET PE sdesndandace 404 AOC ON Segen Sirra TA ENA 408 ase MUSA r ae E aian ERT T aeunaae TET ER T 413 Session Manager Network Connect Service abonna R teenie denna asda pamises Daai 416 E AEE eis thon E A A E A cn E EE A A A E E E teats 421 SiP Enin Monitorid soei enn anae O a A A A 421 Metge ede cpe aMi as A E E E E E 426 Security Mod le STAS sarina eee E er E E E ee TE 428 PONS OM e o a aiaa 434 User RagistrationS sisserisasrnrisnss P tbe tuceaeteneaieceenenine PE EEEE eromat idence aoe ee STON TOO E ara EA epee Mee art 445 Maintenance WETS annenin PE aiei eiin aain loteria T 445 aP haces Congue a R a E ES RAS treet ry rier 449 SIP Trace Viewer NORRA PE T NR seep hetanentatebnads E 452 aD FOOTIE TSi ion eE AEE 455 Chapter 7 Managing GOT iviiiisisiccsisisndini
11. 363 viewing Communication Profiles cceeeeeeeee 362 viewing Completed jobs eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 496 498 viewing data retention rules a s 476 viewing deleted users cc cceeeeesteeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeteenaaees 81 view deleted USers 0 eceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 81 viewing details of a completed job 0 0 ees 497 viewing details of a pending job 0 496 497 viewing details Of a USEF c eeeeeeeeeeeeereeeeeeeeeeeeee 78 viewing details of a user importing job 00 115 viewing Device Settings Groups seses 391 viewing identity Certificates ee eeeeeenteeeeeeeeeeees 48 viewing Implicit User Rules 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeerees 413 viewing location settings eee eeeeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeeetaaees 403 Viewing log details eeeeeeeeeceeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaaaeees 467 viewing loggers for a log file oe eeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 477 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager VIQWIING lOGS a E 497 pending JODS siviictesenriee eee batter eas 497 completed jobs eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 497 viewing pending JODS ssssssseeseeeserrnreenerrnnnnnnnesnseees 496 viewing Registration SUMMALY 434 viewing replica groups sssesssssssrsesseesernneeeerrnnnnnennsees 488 viewing replica node details ecccceeeeeseeeeeeeeenees 490 viewing replica nodes in a replica group 489 viewing replication details for a replica n
12. Default format for user specific address should include user name place address typ building The name or other designation of a structure localityName The name of a locality such as a city county or other geographic region postalCode A code used by postal services to route mail to a destination In the United States this is the zip code room Name or designation of a room stateOrProvince The full name of a state or province country A country street The physical address of the object such as an address for package delivery postalAddress A fr formed text area for the complete physical delivery address It may be used in place of the specific fields in this table isPrivate A boolean indicator to specify if this address could be shared across multiple users True is private false is sharable Default is false gt lt address gt lt addressType gt OFFICE lt addressType gt lt name gt Avaya Office lt name gt lt building gt building 11 lt building gt lt localityName gt Magarpatta lt localityName gt lt postalCode gt 411028 lt postalCode gt lt room gt room 502 lt room gt lt stateOrProvince gt Maharashtra lt stateOrProvince gt lt country gt India lt country gt lt street gt street lt street gt lt postalAddress gt lt postalAddress gt lt isPrivate gt true lt isPrivate gt lt address gt Ses SecuritylIdentity Represents the possible external identities that a user may have for the purpose o
13. Egress URI Parameters The terminating trunk group parameters Notes Other details that you wish to add Digit Conversion for Incoming Calls section Name Description Select check box Use this check box to select and use the digit conversion for the incoming calls Matching Pattern Pattern to match for the incoming calls The pattern can have between 1 and 36 characters Roll over the field for the valid pattern Min Minimum number of digits to be matched Max Maximum number of digits to be matched Phone Context Optional parameter for the ingress adaptation rules Delete Digits Number of digits to be deleted from the dialed number Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 273 Managing Session Manager routing 274 Name Description Insert Digits Number of digits to be added before the dialed number Address to Modify A setting of both will look for adaptations on both origination and destination type headers The digit conversion applied to a header will be taken from the entry with the longest matching pattern Notes Any other details that you wish to add Digit Conversion for Outgoing Calls section Name Description Select check box Use this check box to select and use the digit conversion for the outgoing calls Matching Pattern Pattern to match for the outgoin
14. Retries Displays the number of times an application polls a device without receiving a response before timing out Timeout Displays the number of milliseconds an application polls a device without receiving a response before timing out Device Type Specifies the type of the device Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 55 Managing Security Assign Applications Name Description Name Displays the name of the application instance Type Displays the type of application Description Displays a brief description about the application instance Button Description Assign Applications Opens the Assign Applications page Use the page to assign an application instance to another application instance Unassign Applications Removes an assigned application Button Description Commit Creates or modifies an instance by saving the instance information to the database Note This button is visible only when you click New and Edit on the Application Management page Cancel Closes the page without saving the information and takes you back to the Application Management page Trusted Certificates field descriptions Use this page to view and delete the trusted certificates listed on the page You can also use this page to add more certificates in the existing list of trusted certificates Name Descri
15. ee 453 Tracer Configuration page field descriptions 449 Trusted Certificates page cccccceeeseeeeeeeetteeeeeestaees 56 U Up it seercecereneeeeeececereer a a treet 26 29 User Delete Confirmation page ccceeeseeeeeeeees iii User Profile Edit page cceceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 93 User Profile View page ccscceeceseeeeeeseteeeessaeees 103 User Registrations ccccccccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 438 User Registrations field description cc0e 442 sers adding asoge a decciteasaexaxsaveanaenss 64 V Verizon Adapter VerizonAdapter ecceseeeeeeee 269 VERSION s e EN 25 27 VIEW galcen E E 467 476 488 496 VIEW araara a r A EEEa i 25 27 View Application Instance page c c 35 50 view log details ce ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeteee 467 VIEW lOgQOES sarriena a E E nels 477 view replica groups ccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeneeeteeaes 488 View Trust Certificate page eeeeeeeeesseeereserereseenn 59 VIEWING iseset aeaiia 422 SIP Monitoring Status Summary page 422 viewing a user importing job in Scheduler 115 viewing alarnms enrarir 459 viewing application sequences eseeeeeeeee 408 November 2010 VIEWING applications see eeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeaaees 404 viewing background edit job status 0 0 eee 363 viewing Communication Profile edit failures
16. lt transport gt TCP lt transport gt lt LocalHostNameEntry gt lt LocalHostNameEntries gt Local Host Name Resolution page field descriptions Button Description New Opens the New Local Host Name Entries page that allows you to add new local hosts Edit Opens the Edit Local Host Name Entries page that allows you to modify the selected local hosts Delete Opens the Delete Local Host Name Entries Confirmation page that allows you to confirm or cancel the deletion of the selected local hosts More Actions gt Import Local Host Name Entries Opens Import Local Host Name Entries page where you can select for importing or uploading an XML Schema instance file containing a list of LHN entries for adding to the LHN resolution table More Actions gt Export Local Host Name Entries Allows you to Export download an XML Schema instance file containing a list of LHN entries currently in the LHN resolution table Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 371 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Button Description More Actions gt Get Local Host Name Allows you to get retrieve the XML Schema Schema for the current version of the Session Manager release This enables you to understand the XML schema format for a creating new XML schema instance file for import purpose Name Description Host Name FQDN Enter Fully Qualified Dom
17. File Path The path of the file where the appender logs the information Max File Size The maximum size in KB MB and GB reserved for the appender file Backup Files The number of log files that an appender can use to store log information if one log file becomes full If all the backup files are full the appender overwrites the previous backup files in the order the files are created Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 485 Managing system data Name Description Facility The process running on the machine for which log messages are created Host The name of the syslog host that stores the log output Header The header part of the syslog packet The header part contains timestamp and host name information Facility Printing The printed message includes the facility name of the application Button Description Edit Opens the Edit Appender page Use this page to modify the appender information Attach Opens the Attach Appender page Use this page to add an appender to the logger Detach Removes the selected appender from the logger Commit Saves the changes in the logger information to the database Cancel Closes the Edit Logger page and takes you back to the Logging Configuration page Edit Appender field descriptions 486 Use this page to edit information of an appender Name Description
18. To Time Zone Time Zone for the To date that you want to use for filtering trace logs Name Name of the Session Manager Trace Viewer Button Description Dialog Filter Allows you to filter trace log entries Select a trace log and click Dialog Filter This option filters trace log entries and displays entries for the same Call ID From and To fields as the trace log that you select Note You can also click Filter Enable to filter log entries based on a value or to sort them based on selected columns Cancel Cancels the filtering of the trace using Dialog Filter and displays all trace log entries Hide dropped messages Hides dropped messages from the trace log entries Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 T 453 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances 454 Button Description Show dropped messages Displays dropped message in the trace log entries More Actions gt Export Trace Viewer Overview Creates a tabulator separated plain text file with all of the overview columns of the Trace Viewer page You can open this file with editors such as Wordpad and Excel The More Actions button is active only if trace records are listed The retrieved Trace Viewer list can be saved into a file at the client side More Actions gt Export Trace Viewer Creates a plain text file with the details of the
19. 12 Enter the SIP entity 1 by selecting the required Session Manager SIP entity from the drop down list and provide the required port SIP entity 1 must always be an Session Manager instance The default port for TCP and UDP is 5060 The default port for TLS is 5061 13 Enter the SIP entity 2 by selecting the required non Session Manager SIP entity from the drop down list and provide the required port The port is the port on which you have configured the remote entity to receive requests for the specified transport protocol 14 If the SIP entity is trusted select the Trusted check box Session Manager does not accept SIP connection requests or SIP packets from untrusted SIP entities Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 281 Managing Session Manager routing 15 16 17 18 19 Select the protocol you require for the link using the Protocol drop down list If you need to specify the Port parameters click Add under Port When Session Manager receives a request where the host part of the request URI is the IP address of the Session Manager it associates one of the administered domains with the port on which the request was received Enter the necessary Port and Protocol parameters To remove an incorrectly added Port select the respective Port check box and click Remove Click Commit Deleting SIP Entities Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing
20. Note This button is visible only when you click Add and Edit in the Access Point section Cancel Cancels the operation of creating or editing an access point and hides the fields that you use to enter or modify the access point information Note This button is available only when you click Add and Edit in the Access Point section Attributes This section provides information about attributes fields that you can configure for the selected application This section appears only if the ApplicationType is defined to have Attributes through EP metadata Name Description Login Login name to be used for connecting to the application instance Note craft craft2 dadmin inads init rasaccess sroot and tsc are the restricted logins when you configure a Communication Manager system Note Do not use this login to connect to Communication Manager from any other application or to connect to the Communication Manager SAT terminal using CLI Password Password which authenticates the SSH Telnet login name on the application Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 53 Managing Security Name Description instance This field is not required for ASG login Is SSH Connection Use this check box to specify whether the SSH connection should be used to connect to the application instance By default this is selected If you clear the check box the
21. Optional Max length 11 Miscellaneous2 This is field of CMM data Specifies additional useful information about a subscriber Entries in this field are for convenience and are not used by the messaging system Optional Max length 11 Miscellaneous2 This is field of CMM data Specifies additional useful information about a subscriber Entries in this field are for convenience and are not used by the messaging system Optional Max length 11 Miscellaneous4 This is field of CMM data Specifies additional useful information about a subscriber Entries in this field are for convenience and are not used by the messaging system Optional Max length 11 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute details defined in the Session Manager communication profile XSD Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints Primary Session Specify the name of Mandatory Manager the Session Manager primarySM instance that should be used as the home server fora Communication Profile As a home server the primary Session Manager instance will be used as the default access point for connecting devices associated with the Communication Profile to the Aura network Secondary Session If a secondary Optional Manager Session Manager se
22. This hosts applications and interacting with external entities It processes SIP messages received from Service Directors and other SIP end points e Management Server This hosts the SIP Application Server management console for monitoring component statistics Session Manager software is an application that runs on the SIP A S Starting the SIP Application Server management console Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click SIP AS 8 1 2 On the SIP A S Connection Details page enter the host name and administration port of the Management Access Point Hostname IP of the Session Manager The default port as 5759 is filled in This should not be changed 3 Click Connect For more information see the Avaya Aura System Manager online Help system Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 23 Getting started SIP A S Connection Details field descriptions Name Description Primary Hostname The name of the machine hosting the primary Management Server of the SIP Application Server cluster to which you are connecting This is mandatory Primary Port The administration port of the primary Management Server This is mandatory Backup Hostname The name of the machine hosting the backup Management Server of the SIP Application Server cluster to which you are connecting Backup Port The administration port of the backup Management Server Connect Connect to t
23. e Event ID Unique identification number assigned to the event Process Name Process on the device that has generated the message e Time Stamp Date and time of the log generation e Facility The operating systems processes and applications quantify messages into one of several categories These categories generally consist of the facility that generated them along with the severity of the message The second drop down field displays operators Based on the search criterion that you select in the first drop down field only those operators that are applicable for the Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 471 Managing events Name Description selected criterion are displayed in the second drop down field The following are the list of operators e Equals e Not Equals e Starts With e Ends With e Contains The operators for Time Stamp are gt lt gt lt and When you select Time Stamp from the first drop down field the page provides date and time fields for entering the date and time in the respective fields Enter the date in MM DD YYYY format You can select the date from the calender You need to enter the time in one of the following format e 24Hr e AM e PM Button Description Clear Clears the search criterion and set it to the default search criteria Search Searches the logs based on the search conditions Close Ad
24. 3 On the Delete Confirmation page click OK System Manager deletes the job you select from the database 500 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing scheduled jobs Disabling a job About this task Use this functionality to make a job inactive Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Scheduler 2 Perform one of the following steps e To disable a pending job perform the following steps i Click Pending Jobs in the left navigation pane ii On the Pending Jobs page select a pending job and click More Actions gt Disable e To disable a competed job perform the following steps i Click Completed Jobs in the left navigation pane ii On the Completed Jobs page select a completed job and click More Actions gt Disable 3 On the Disable Confirmation page click Continue The State of the selected job is changed to Disabled Enabling a job About this task Use this functionality to make a job active Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Scheduler 2 Perform one of the following steps e To enable a pending job perform the following steps i Click Pending Jobs in the left navigation pane ii On the Pending Jobs page select a pending job and click More Actions gt Enable e To enable a competed job perform the following steps i Click Completed Jobs in the left navigation pane Admin
25. Attribute Attribute Description Mandatory Validation Optional Constraints source Free format text field that Optional User Management identifies the entity that will populate the created this user record source field with the The format of this field will name of the file be either a IP Address Port or a name representing an enterprise LDAP or Avaya sourceUserKey This is the key of the user Optional By default the value from the source system If for will be none the source is an Enterprise Active Directory server this value with be the objectGUID status This information is to help Optional Possible Values manage provisioning AUTHPENDING activities such as PENDINGAUTHZ correcting or completing PROVISIONED the provisioning of a user instance It can also signify that approval is needed PENDINGAUTHZ before a user account is sufficiently configured to be a valid user PROVISIONED suffix This is the text appended Optional to a name e g Jr Ill surname This is the user s last Mandatory name also called the family name timeZone This is the preferred time Optional 12 0 International zone of the user For Date Line West example America 11 0 Midway New_York Europe Island Samoa Dublin The application 10 0 Hawaii consuming this 9 0 Alaska information would need to 8 0 Pacific Time know how to translate e g US amp Canada in Java it would be Tijuana TimeZone getTimeZone 7 0 Mo
26. ERSS EIE lt xsia lt xs at EPRI SES SUE SKS SEE tribute name name type xs string use required gt ttribute gt tribute name description type xs string gt ttribute gt tribute name displaykey type xs string gt lt xs attribute gt tribute name isTrusted type xs boolean gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name SNMPAttributes gt lt xs annotation gt lt xs documentation gt lt xs documentation gt lt xs annotation gt lt xs attribute name snmpVersion type snmpVersionType use required gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name readCommunity type xs string gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name writeCommunity type xs string gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name userName type xs string gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name authenticationProtocol type authenticationProtocolType gt lt xs attribute gt 132 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting lt xs attribute name authenticationPassword type xs string gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name privacyProtocol type privacyProtocolType gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name privacyPassword type xs string gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name snmpRetries type xs int use required gt lt x
27. Identity Certificates field descriptions Use this page to view the identity certificates for the application instance 60 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Identity Certificates field descriptions Name Description Service Name Specifies the name of the service that uses the identity certificate Common Name Specifies the common name to identify the service Valid To Specifies the date until which the certificate is valid Service Description A brief description about the service Button Description Replace Opens the Replace Identity Certificate page Use this page to replace a selected identity certificate with a new certificate Cancel Closes the Identity Certificates page and takes you back to the Application Management page Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 61 Managing Security 62 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 4 Managing Users Introduction This chapter explains adding a user profile for accessing enhanced enterprise call handling facilities using application sequencing with Communication Manager Feature Server and other applications modular messaging mailbox e telephone set Following are the pre administration steps required for adding the Session Manager Profile of a user 1 Administer Primary Session Manager by ad
28. On the System Manager console under Services click Events 2 On the Alarming page click Advanced Search Inthe Criteria section from the first and second drop down fields select the search criterion and the operator The default value in the first drop down field is Time Stamp 4 Select or enter the search value in the third field 5 If you want to add another search condition click and do the following a Select the AND or OR operator from the drop down field b Repeat steps 3 and 4 Click to delete a search condition You can delete a search condition only if you have added more than one search condition Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 461 Managing events 6 Click Search to find alarms for the given search conditions Alarming field descriptions The Alarming page displays a list of alarms Use this page to view the alarms in the Auto Refresh mode In this mode the page updates the alarm information automatically Field Description Time Stamp Specifies the date and time when the alarm is generated Severity Specifies the severity of the alarm Status Specifies the current status of the alarms Host Name Specifies the name of the host computer that generated the alarm Message A short description of the problem that generated the alarm Identifier Specifies the unique identifier for an alarm M E Ref Number Specifies the unique identification
29. Saves the added SIP entity as a Session Manager instance with the selected configuration options Related topics Adding a SIP entity as a Session Manager instance on page 334 Viewing the Session Manager administration settings on page 336 Modifying the Session Manager administration settings on page 336 Saving Global Session Manager Settings Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Session Manager Administration in the left navigation pane On the Session Manager Administration screen under Global Settings section click Save Global Settings to configure global settings of all the configured session manager instances Select the Allow Unauthenticated Emergency Calls check box to specify whether emergency calls based on dial pattern need to authenticated or not Check this box to allow unauthenticated users to make emergency calls Select the Allow Unsecured PPM Traffic check box to enable PPM traffic over HTTP so that it can continue to process phone login download button labels contact lists and other services Select the Failback Policy check box to specify manual and scheduled failback support for terminals Session Manager sends out unsolicited NOTIFY messages to terminals that have previously failed over Phones uses the unsolicited NOTIFY message to register with the highest priority server in the terminal s administered list of
30. lt xs complexType name Attribute gt lt xs attribute name name type xs string use required gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name value type xs string use required gt lt xs attribute gt lt added for secure store integration gt lt xs attribute name isencrypted type xs boolean use optional default false gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name SecureStoreData gt lt xs attribute name name type xs string use required gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name value type xs string use required gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs simpleType name AccessPointType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value TrustManagement gt lt xs enumeration value EMURL gt lt xs enumeration value WS gt lt xs enumeration value GUI gt lt xs enumeration value Other gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs simpleType name ContainerType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value JBOSS gt lt xs enumeration value SIPAS gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs simpleType name authenticationProtocolType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value MD5 gt lt xs enumeration value SHA gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs simpleType n
31. minOccurs 0 gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs choice gt lt xs element name isFavorite type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element name isSpeedDial type xs boolean minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element name speedDialEntry type xs int minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name isPresenceBuddy type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 119 Managing Users lt xs element name label type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name altLabel type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name description type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name priorityLevel type xs int minOccurs 0 gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name xmlContactAddress gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name address type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element name altLabel type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name contactCategory type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element name contactType type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element name label type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name xmlAddress gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name addressType type xs string minOccurs 1 maxOccurs 1 gt lt xs elemen lt xs elemen lt xs
32. telephone set Enhanced An Enhanced multimedia complex consists of a BRI connected multimediaequipped PC and a non BRIconnected multifunction telephone mwiServedUserType Controls the auditing or interrogation of a served user s message waiting indicator MWI Optional Valid entries 1 fp mwi Use if the station is a served user of an fp mwi message center 2 qsig mwi Use if the station is a served user of a qsig mwi message center 3 blank Leave blank if you do not want to audit the served user s MWI or if the user is nota served user of either an fp mwi or qsigmwi message center audixName The AUDIX associated with the station Must contain a user defined adjunct name that was previously administered Optional String automaticMoves Automatic Moves allows a DCP telephone to be Optional Valid entries 1 always Enter always and the Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 195 Managing Users Attribute Attribute Description Mandator y Optional Validation Constraints unplugged from one location and moved to a new location without additional Communication Manager administration Communication Manager automatically associates the extension to the new port DCP telephone can be moved anytime without additional administration by unplugging from one location a
33. 4 Click Delete on the confirmation page Related topics Delete Confirmation field descriptions on page 249 248 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Locations Delete Confirmation field descriptions Use this page to confirm or cancel the deletion of locations Button Description Delete Deletes the selected location Cancel Cancels the deletion of the location Related topics Deleting Locations on page 248 CAC Overview Audio and multimedia calls require high bandwidth and low latency for best user experience Call Admission Control CAC also known as Bandwidth Management provides an efficient means to prevent degradation of quality by limiting the number of concurrent calls over limited bandwidth links CAC enables in sustaining the network load imposed by the media traffic over the IP network Related topics CAC Administration on page 249 Provisioning Session Manager and Communication Manager CAC together on page 251 Recommended modifications for the earlier versions of Session Manager on page 251 CAC Administration Session Manager allows bandwidth management for a given location by administering the following details in the Location Details page 1 Specify managed bandwidth usage for the location in the Overall Managed Bandwidth section 2 Specify average bandwidth per call for the location in the Per Call Bandwidth Paramet
34. AUTO CALLBACK section of the Feature Related System Parameters screen is set to true The Busy Auto Callback without Flash field then defaults to true for all analog telephones that allow Analog Automatic Callback Set true to provide automatic callback for a calling analog station without flashing the hook audibleMessageWait Provides audible Optional Boolean ing message waiting displayClientRedirec Only administrable if Optional Boolean tion Hospitality is enabled on the System Parameters Customer Options Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 205 Managing Users 206 Attribute Attribute Description Mandator y Optional Validation Constraints Optional Features screen This field affects the telephone display on calls that originated from a station with Client Room Class of Service Note For stations with an audix station type AUDIX Voice Power ports or ports for any other type of messaging that needs display information Display Client Redirection must be enabled Set true to redirect information for a call originating from a Client Room and terminating to this station displays selectLastUsedAppe arance Optional Valid entries 1 True Indicates that a station s line selection is not to be moved from the currently selected line button to a different non alerting line button If you enter true the line
35. End User may install and use the Software on multiple Designated Processors or one or more Servers so long as only the licensed number of Units are accessing and using the Software at any given time A Unit means the unit on which Avaya at its sole discretion bases the pricing of its licenses and can be without limitation an agent port or user an e mail or voice mail account in the name of a person or corporate function e g webmaster or helpdesk or a directory entry in the administrative database utilized by the Software that permits one user to interface with the Software Units may be linked to a specific identified Server Copyright Except where expressly stated otherwise no use should be made of materials on this site the Documentation Software or Hardware provided by Avaya All content on this site the documentation and the Product provided by Avaya including the selection arrangement and design of the content is owned either by Avaya or its licensors and is protected by copyright and other intellectual property laws including the sui generis rights relating to the protection of databases You may not modify copy reproduce republish upload post transmit or distribute in any way any content in whole or in part including any code and software unless expressly authorized by Avaya Unauthorized reproduction transmission dissemination storage and or use without the express written consent of Avaya can be a crim
36. Hierarchy Displays the position of the group in the hierarchy Description Displays a brief description about the group Button Description Add To group Opens the Assign Groups page that you can use to add the user to a group Remove From Group Removes the user from the selected group Contacts tab Default Contact List Name Description Description Displays a brief description of the contact list Contacts tab Associated Contacts Name Description Last Name Displays the last name of the contact First Name Displays the first name of the contact Scope Displays the categorization of the contact based on whether the contact is a public or private contact Speed Dial Displays the value that specifies whether speed dial is set for the contact Speed Dial Entry Displays the reduced number that represents the speed dial number Presence Buddy Displays the value that specifies whether you can monitor the presence information of the contact or not False indicates that you can not track the presence of the contact Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 101 Managing Users 102 Button Description Edit Opens the Edit Contact List Member page Use this page to modify the information of the selected contact Add Opens the Attach Contacts page Use this page to select one or more contacts from the list of con
37. Name Description Enabled Enables the dropping of messages from untrusted hosts Key Allows you to select a key for filtering messages for blacklisting from the following Remote IP address CONTACT and FROM Value Value of the Key e Remote IP address IP address of the host from where the messages are sent e CONTACT String to look for in the Contact SIP Header in the SIP message This string need not be an exact match with the Contact SIP header content and can be a subset of the string present in the Contact SIP Header Its value can be a complete or partial SIP URI for example jdoe avaya com for a specific user or avaya com for a domain of users e FROM String to look for in the From SIP Header in the SIP message This string Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 379 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Name Description need not be an exact match with the From SIP header content and can be a subset of the string present in the From SIP Header Its value can be a complete or partial SIP URI for example jdoe avaya com for a specific user or avaya com for a domain of users Mask Specify the Subnet mask only when you have used the Remote IP address in the Key This can be used to Blacklist an entire IP subnet Whitelist Button Description New Allows you to create a rule for allowing
38. Optional emailHandle that appears before the machine name and domain in the subscriber s e mail address The machine name and domain are automatically added to the handle you enter when the subscriber sends or receives an e mail Common Name Specifies the display Optional The name you enter commonName name of the can be 1 to 64 subscriber in address characters in length book listings such as those for e mail client applications secondaryExtension Specifies one or Optional Valid values 0 to 9 more alternate number values of number to reach a length 10 subscriber You can use secondary extensions to specify a telephone number for direct reception of faxes to allow callers to use an existing Caller Application or to identify each line appearance on the subscriber s telephone set if they have different telephone numbers Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 211 Managing Users 212 Attribute Attribute Description Mandator y Optional Validation Constraints mmSpecific This is complex type for Messaging specific fields data Optional numericAddress This is field of Messaging specific data Specifies a unique address in the voice mail network The numeric address can be from 1 to 50 digits and can contain the Mailbox Number Optional pbxExtension This is field of Messaging specific data The primary telephone e
39. Time Zone Displays the preferred time zone of the user Identity tab Address section Name Description Select check box Use this check box to select the address Name Displays the unique label that identifies the name of the address Address Type Displays the type of address The values are e Office e Home Street Displays the name of the street Locality Name Displays the name of the city or town Postal Code Displays the postal code used by postal services to route mail to a destination In United States this is Zip code Province Displays the full name of the province Country Displays the name of the country Button Description New Opens the Add Address page that you can use to add the address details Edit Opens the Edit Address page that you can use to modify the address details Delete Deletes the selected address Choose Shared Address Opens the Choose Address page that you can use to choose a common address Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com User Profile Edit field descriptions Communication Profile tab Communication Profile section Use this section to create modify and delete a communication profile for the user Each communication profile may contain one or more communication addresses for a user Name Description Communication Profile Pass
40. e Other SIP Indicates that the handle supports other SIP based communication than the ones mentioned above e Other XMPP Indicates that the handle supports other XMPP based communication than the ones mentioned above Fully Qualified Address Displays the fully qualified domain name or uniform resource identifier The address can be an e mail address IM user or of a communication device using which user can send or receive messages Button Description Add Saves the new communication address or modified communication address information to the database Cancel Cancels the adding a communication address operation Communication Profile tab Session Manager Note The page displays the following fields if a communication profile of the user exists for the product Name Description Primary Session Manager Select the Session Manager instance that should be used as the home server for the currently displayed Communication Profile As a home server the selected primary Session Manager instance will be used as the default access point for connecting devices associated with the Communication Profile to the Avaya Aura network A selection is required Secondary Session Manager If a secondary Session Manager instance is selected this Session Manager will provide continued service to SIP devices associated with this Communication Profile in the event that the primary Ses
41. e To export an alarm to a CSV file select an alarm and click More Actions gt Export Selected e To export all the alarms to a CSV file click More Actions gt Export All 4 Click Save to save the exported file to the local disk Filtering alarms The criteria for filtering the alarms are Severity Status Host Name Message Identifier and M E Ref Number You can use more than one filter criterion on the selected alarms 460 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing alarms Procedure gt A WO N Result On the System Manager console under Services click Events On the Alarming page select the alarms you want to filter Click Filter Enable at the top right corner of the Alarm List table Select the filter criteria you want to apply to the selected alarms The Status and Severity fields have drop down menus You can enter the alarm code in the Message field to find all alarms which contain a particular alarm code Click Filter Apply Note A message will be displayed if no records are found which match the specified filter criteria The page displays the alarms matching the filter criteria Searching for alarms Use the Advanced Search function to find alarms based on certain specified conditions The system displays only those alarms which satisfy the search conditions Multiple search conditions can be specified Procedure 1
42. lt commProfile gt lt commProfileList gt lt commProfileSet gt lt tns user gt lt tns users gt XML Schema Definition for bulk importing messaging profiles lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt xs schema xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema xmlns one http xml avaya com schema import elementFormDefault qualified targetNamespace http xml avaya com schema import_csm_mm xmlns csm http xml avaya com schema import_csm_mm gt lt xs import namespace http xml avaya com schema import schemaLocation userimport xsd gt lt Changes in xsd file need to generate jaxb src using this xsd gt lt xs complexType name xmlMessagingProfile gt lt xs complexContent gt lt xs extension base one xmlCommProfileType gt lt xs sequence gt lt Specifies the messaging system of the subscriber you want to add You can choose this option from the drop down box gt lt xs element name messagingName type xs string maxOccurs 1 164 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting iiaiMOeernecy LW 7 55 lt xs element name useExisting type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt use existing gt lt Specifies the messaging template of a subscriber gt lt xs element name messagingTemplate type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs
43. lt xsd minInclusive value 0 gt lt xsd maxInclusive value 2147483647 gt lt xsd restriction gt lt xsd simpleType gt lt xsd simpleType name weightType gt lt xsd restriction base xsd int gt lt xsd minInclusive value 0 gt lt xsd maxInclusive value 100 gt lt xsd restriction gt lt xsd simpleType gt lt xsd simpleType name transportType gt lt xsd restriction base xsd string gt lt xsd enumeration value TLS gt lt xsd enumeration value TCP gt lt xsd enumeration value UDP gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 lt xsd restriction gt lt xsd simpleType gt lt xsd schema gt Example Network Configuration Asample XML Schema file is provided below for reference purpose lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 lt LocalHostNameEntries gt lt LocalHostNameEntry gt standalone yes gt lt hostName gt www domainl com lt hostName gt lt ipAddress gt 192 168 1 100 lt ipAddress gt lt port gt 1024 lt port gt lt priority gt 900 lt priority gt lt weight gt 50 lt weight gt lt transport gt TLS lt transport gt lt LocalHostNameEntry gt lt LocalHostNameEntry gt lt hostName gt www domain2 com lt hostName gt lt ipAddress gt 192 168 1 101 lt ipAddress gt lt port gt 1024 lt port gt lt priority gt 600 lt priority gt lt weight gt 25 lt weight gt
44. to disable access between login attempts A running session s login will not be revocable Alternatively the administrator can always modify the password to disable the user from logging in Atrue stipulates this is an active user a false used for a disabled user isVirtualUser A boolean indicator showing whether or not the record is being used for a non human entity such as an application service software agent etc This is to be used where the entity will behave as a user and needs to have subset of the user profile populated If the entity does not behave as a user and has a different trust relationship e g a trust certificate it should not be treated as a virtual user A virtual user can represent an Avaya or an external non human entity This attribute is provided as a convenience to track such accounts A true stipulates this is a virtual users a false is used for human users Optional Default value is false givenName This is the first name of the user Mandatory honorific This is the personal title used to address a user This is typically a social title and not the work title which is contained in the title attribute This attribute can map to PersonalTitle Optional Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Description Mandator
45. 8 Under Blacklist specify the following Enabled Select Enabled to drop messages from untrusted hosts e Key Select a key for filtering messages for blacklisting from Remote IP address CONTACT and FROM e Value Value of the Key Specify the following values Remote IP address IP address of the host from where the messages are sent CONTACT String to look for in the Contact SIP Header in the SIP message This string need not be an exact match with the Contact SIP header content and can be a subset of the string present in the Contact SIP Header Its value can be a complete or partial SIP URI for example Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 375 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances jdoe avaya com for a specific user or avaya com for a domain of users FROM String to look for in the From SIP Header in the SIP message This string need not be an exact match with the From SIP header content and can be a subset of the string present in the From SIP Header Its value can be a complete or partial SIP URI for example jdoe avaya com for a specific user or avaya com for a domain of users e Mask Specify the Subnet mask only when you have used the Remote IP address in the Key This can be used to Blacklist an entire IP subnet e New Create a new rule to drop messages from untrusted hosts You can create up to 200 Blacklist
46. Configure network configuration using Network Routing Policy SIPAS 8 1 SIP AS Management Console Session Manager Session Manager Management Console e Under Services Backup and Restore Backup and restore System Manager database Configurations Manage system wide configurations 14 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Log on to System Manager Events Manage alarms view and harvest logs generated by System Manager and other components of System Manager Licenses View and configure licenses for individual components of Avaya Aura Unified Communication System Replication Track data replication nodes repair replication nodes Scheduler Schedule track cancel update and delete jobs Security Manage Security Certificates Templates Manage Templates for Communication Manager and Messaging System objects System Manager Common Console is the management interface for Session Manager You must log on to the System Manager Common Console to perform any administration or configuration Log on to System Manager Logging on to System Manager Web interface The System Manager Web interface is the main interface of Avaya Aura System Manager You must log on to the System Manager Web console before you can perform any tasks Before you begin A user account to log on to the System Manager Web interface If you do not have a user account contact your sys
47. Default value is 10 minutes Lockout Time Number of minutes the account is locked after invalid login attempts You can set values from 0 to 120 minutes Default value is 2 minutes Button Description Save Saves all your entries in the Edit Password Policies page Cancel Cancels your changes and takes you back to the previous page Session Properties field descriptions Name Description Maximum Session Time Maximum time a session can remain active Type any value from 0 to 1440 Maximum Idle Time Maximum time a session can remain idle Type any value between 0 to 1440 Note This value cannot exceed Maximum Session Time 22 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com SIP Application Server Button Description Save Saves your entries in the Session Properties page Cancel Cancels your entries and takes you to the previous page SIP Application Server Overview of SIP Application Server The SIP Application Server SIP A S is a scalable highly available and high performance server for the development and deployment of real time multimedia presence enabled IP communications applications The SIP Application Server is composed of the following components e Service Director This performs decision based routing of incoming SIP messages to the Service Host for processing e Service Host
48. EE e a DEE EE TAE eee E E E A ENAA EAA A A 63 Adding users T E E E E eae saacdeaeeetsaaceneeeuiedcaseetennaes 64 Managing communication A Ibs cscs acceptance cncsplecs dees cosstindecpseeutee dante 67 Creating a new communication profile cccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeees r E E EE 67 Deleting a communication Woie ss sc aciisac canna ddcaaniaeendaneaannae re Lesaaanpacenctengannnre E 67 Creating a new communication address for a communication profile ccccceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeteeeeeee 68 Modifying a communication address of a communication profile pet cease ete ented eae S ERT 69 Deleting a communication address from a communication profile 0 ccccececeeeeeeeeeeteeeeteeeeeeees 69 Session Manager Communication profile administration ccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaaeee 70 Staton and Messaging PIOMeG of a UESN excision tres vars adanida ieia n EaD EAAS 70 Adding a messaging profile for a user rere ites AER N ere PEE P ee a Modilying a messaging prolilo of a USG ccicscAsitniuest inion eA tea anaes Ee Removing association between a subscriber mailbox and EE A E T EEE E E PO Daleing a BUSS IAS MAOT asa EOD Adding an endpoint profile for a user ERA T E ere ree leinin as 74 POC VG a endpoini PINS ol a WS gas cay pee teci rei acg ys a ae iervagun na tennnaaamaseabaadees 75 Removing association between an endpoint and a USELM cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeee
49. Edit Use this button to edit the information of a selected communication address Delete Deletes the selected communication address The page displays the following fields when you click New and Edit in the Communication Address section The following fields define the communication address for the user Name Description Type Displays the type of the handle The different types of handles are e Avaya SIP Indicates that the handle supports Avaya SIP based communication Avaya E 164 Indicates that the handle refers to an E 164 formatted address E 164 numbers can have a maximum of fifteen digits and are usually written with a prefix e Microsoft OCS SIP Indicates that the handle supports OCS SIP based communication Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 85 Managing Users Name Description e Microsoft Exchange Signifies that the handle is an e mail address and supports communication with Microsoft SMTP server e Lotus Notes Indicates that the handle is for Lotus Notes and domino calender IBM Sametime Indicates that the handle is for IBM Sametime e Jabber Indicates that the handle supports Extensible Messaging and Presence Protocol XMPP based communication with the Jabber service e GoogleTalk Indicates that the handle supports XMPP based communication with the Google Talk service e Other Email Indicates that the handle is an e mail a
50. Specify the average bandwidth per call for the location in the Per Call Bandwidth Parameters section 8 To add a location pattern click Add under Location Pattern 9 Enter an IP address pattern to match 10 Enter notes about the location pattern if required 11 Continue clicking the Add button until all the required Location Pattern matching patterns have been configured Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 247 Managing Session Manager routing 12 Click Commit Related topics Location Details field descriptions on page 254 Modifying Locations Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt Locations 3 To edit a location name or location matching pattern select a check box for the required location and click Edit and make the required changes to the location or location pattern for that location 4 If required modify the parameters for the location in the Overall Managed Bandwidth section 5 If required modify the average bandwidth per call for the location in the Per Call Bandwidth Parameters section 6 To add or remove a location pattern click Add or Remove under Location Pattern 7 Click Commit Deleting Locations Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt Locations 3 To delete an existing location or locations select the respective check boxes and click Delete
51. Survivability Server For local survivability a Survivability Server can be specified to provide survivability communication services for devices associated with a Communication Profile in the event that local connectivity to Session 106 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com User Profile View field descriptions Name Description Manager instances in the Aura Core is lost Ifa Branch Session Manager is selected and the termination and origination application sequences contain a Communication Manager application sequencing to this application will continue locally to the Communication Manager LSP resident with the Branch Session Manager A selection is optional Note If a termination or origination application sequence contains a Communication Manager application the Communication Manager associated with the application must be the main Communication Manager for the Communication Manager LSP that is resident with the Branch Session Manager Home Location This field is specified to support mobility for the currently displayed user This is used by Session Manager when the IP address of the calling phone does not match any IP address pattern of any location Communication Profile tab Endpoint Profile Note The page displays the following fields if an endpoint profile exists for the user Name Button Description
52. System Displays the Communication Manager on which you need to add the endpoint Profile Type Displays the type of the profile for the user Extension Displays the extension of the endpoint you want to associate View Endpoint Lists the existing or available endpoints based on check box status of the Use Existing Endpoints field Set Type Displays the set type of the endpoint you want to associate When you select a template the system populates the corresponding set types Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 107 Managing Users 108 Name Button Description Security Code Displays the security code for authorized access to the endpoint Port Displays the relevant port for the set type you select Voice Mail Number Displays the voice mail number of the endpoint you want to associate Delete Endpoint on Unassign of Endpoint from User or Delete User Provides the option to specify whether you want to delete the endpoint from the Communication Manager device when you remove the association between the endpoint and the user or when you delete the user Communication Profile tab Messaging Profile Note The page displays the following fields if a messaging profile exists for the user Name Description System Displays the Messaging System on which you need to add the subscriber Template Displays the template system def
53. This is a toggle button Filter Disable Hides the column filter fields without resetting the filter criteria This is a toggle button Filter Clear Clears the filter criteria Filter Apply Filters logs based on the filter criteria Select All Selects all the logs in the table Select None Clears the selections Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing logs Button Description Previous Displays logs in the previous page This button is not available if you are on the first page Next Displays logs in the next page This button is not available if you are on the last page Criteria section This section appears when you click Advanced Search on the top right corner Name Description Criteria Use this section to specify search conditions Select the search criteria from the first drop down field Select the operator from the second drop down field Enter the search value in the text field Select following search criteria from the first drop down field e Log ID The unique identification number assigned to the log e Host Name Name of the system for which log is generated e Product type A code which uniquely identifies the component which generated the log For example product device application service and so on e Severity Severity level of the log e Message Brief description about the log
54. Valid values are integers between 1 and 10 Default value is 3 c Select the PPM Packet Rate Limiting check box to enable selecting PPM Packet Rate Limiting Threshold Default value is enabled d Specify the value of PPM Packet Rate Limiting Threshold This value is applied per PPM client Value Range 1 500 default value 50 During normal operation Branch Session Manager receives data from a Communication Manager feature server for synchronization to Avaya SIP endpoints 8 Event Server section specifies the option to clear Subscription on Notification Failure 9 Click Commit Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 353 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Related topics Session Manager Administration page field descriptions on page 341 Branch Session Manager page field descriptions on page 358 Viewing the Branch Session Manager administration settings Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Session Manager Administration in the left navigation pane 3 In the Branch Session Manager Instances section select a Branch Session Manager from the Branch Session Manager Instances list and click View The View Branch Session Manager screen displays information about the selected Branch Session Manager instance 4 After you have viewed the information click Return Related topics Session Manager Administration page field descri
55. application sequence contains a CM application the CM associated with the application must be the main CM for the CM Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 87 Managing Users Name Description LSP that is resident with the Branch Session Manager Home Location A Home Location can be specified to support mobility for the currently displayed user This is used by Session Manager specially in cases when the ip address of the calling phone does not match any IP Address Pattern of any of the location Communication Profile tab Endpoint Profile Note You may see these fields only if an endpoint profile can be configured for the user Name Button Description System The Communication Manager on which you need to add the endpoint Profile Type The type of the endpoint profile you want to create Use Existing Endpoints Use the check box if you want to use an existing endpoint extension to associate with this profile If you do not select this check box the available extensions are used Extension The extension of the endpoint you want to associate The field lists the endpoints existing or available based on check box status of the Use Existing Endpoints field Template The template system defined or user defined you want to associate with the endpoint Select the template based on the set type you want to add Set Type The set type of the e
56. click a communication profile 6 In the Communication Address section select a communication address from the table 7 Click Delete 8 Click Commit Related topics New User Profile field descriptions on page 82 User Profile Edit field descriptions on page 92 Session Manager Communication profile administration The Session Manager Profile sub section of the Communication Profile section enables associating a primary Session Manager instance as a home server for the currently displayed Communication Profile As ahome server the selected primary Session Manager instance will be used as the default access point for connecting devices associated with the Communication Profile to the Aura network All Communication Addresses handles of type SIP for the Communication Profile will be associated with the Aura network If a secondary Session Manager instance has been selected it will provide continued service to SIP devices associated with this Communication Profile in the event that the primary Session Manager is not available Application Sequences may be specified to be invoked when routing calls from origination application sequence or to termination application sequence the currently displayed user For local survivability a Survivability Server can be specified to provide survivability communication services for devices associated with a Communication Profile in the event that local connectivity to Session Manager inst
57. connection with the application instance is made using Telnet Port The port on which the service provided by the application instance is running The default SSH port is 5022 Alternate IP Address Alternate IP address of the application instance This is the IP address of the standby server in case of duplex servers RSA SSH Fingerprint Primary IP The RSA SSH key of the Communication Manager Server In case of Duplex servers RSA SSH Key is the key of the Active server RSA SSH Fingerprint Alternate IP The DSA SSH Key of the CM Server used only incase of Duplex servers This is the key of the Standby server Is ASG Enabled Use this check box to enable ASG If you select the Is ASG enabled check box then you should enter the ASG key Password is not required ASG Key The ASG key used to authenticate the ASG login You do not have to enter any value in this field if non ASG login is used Location Displays the location of the application instance The following fields provides information about attributes related to messaging Name Description Login Displays the name as given in the Trusted Server Name field of the Trusted Servers page on the Messaging Box for this server Password Password for the login name as given in the Password field of the Trusted Servers page on the Messaging Box for this server Confirm Password You should retype the password for confirmation
58. featureButtons type csm xmlButtonData 154 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting maxOccurs 24 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name expansionModuleButtons type csm xmlButtonData maxOccurs 72 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name softKeys type csm xmlButtonData maxOccurs 15 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name displayButtons type csm xmlButtonData maxOccurs unbounded mino lt xs element maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 lt xs element minOccurs 0 lt xs elemen minOccurs 0 maxOccurs 1 maxOccurs 1 lt Numbe lt xs elemen ccurs 0 gt name StationDataModule type csm xmlStationDataModule Me name hotLineData type csm xmlStationHotLineData gt name nativeName type csm xmlNativeNameData gt of button modules gt name buttonModules 1g maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt ASRS lt xs eleme lt xs elemen minOccurs 0 gt lt xs restriction base xs int gt lt xs miniInclusive value 0 gt lt xs maxInclusive value 3 gt lt xs restriction gt impleType gt mea t name unconditionalInternalDest maxOccurs 1 lt xs simpleType gt LiF Ll LO 9 a L7H 1109 a lt lt 5289 3 lt xs eleme lt xs elemen maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 lt xs element name unconditionalExternalD
59. gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name timeOfDayLockTable maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs int gt lt xs minInclusive value 1 gt lt xs maxInclusive value 5 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name emuLoginAllowed type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 156 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com minOccurs 0 Managing bulk importing and exporting i gt lt xs element name ec500State maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value enabled gt lt xs enumeration value disabled gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name type3pccEnabled maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value None gt lt xs enumeration value Avaya gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name sipTrunk maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value aar ars 1 9 1 9 0 9 1 9 0 9 CARL PEOS 13 2OOW gt maxOccurs 1 maxOccurs 1 lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs el
60. infodev avaya com Managing scheduled jobs Managing scheduled jobs Scheduler Scheduler is a schedule management service that provides the ability to monitor the tasks that are scheduled for execution The scheduled tasks are of three types e System scheduled The job scheduled for the normal operation of the application The system administrator can reschedule and stop a system schedule job but cannot delete the job e Admin scheduled job The job that the administrator schedules for administering the application e On demand job The periodic jobs that the administrator may schedule to perform non routine tasks You can browse the history of completed jobs Using the Disable functionality you can cancel all the executions scheduled for a task The following are the important operations that you can perform using the Scheduler e View the pending and completed scheduled tasks e Modify a task scheduled by an administrator or an On Demand Job e Delete a scheduled task e Schedule an On Demand Job e Stop a running task e Enable or Disable a task e Search a scheduled task Accessing scheduler Procedure On the System Manager console under Services click Scheduler Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 495 Managing system data Viewing pending jobs Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Scheduler 2 Click Pending Jobs in the left navigation pane Relat
61. instance Node Displays the node on which the application runs Type Displays the type of the application to which the instance belongs You can view this field only if you access the Manage Elements page through the Inventory menu Version Displays the version of the application instance You can view this field only if you access the Manage Elements page through the Inventory menu Description Displays a brief description about the application instance Button Description View Opens the View Other Applications Instance page Use this page to view the details of the selected application instance Edit Opens the Edit Other Applications Instance page Use this page to modify the information of the instance New Opens the New Other Applications Instance page Use this page to create a new application instance Delete Opens the Delete Other Applications Instance Confirmation page Use this page to delete a selected application instance More Actions gt Configure Trusted Certificates Opens the Trusted Certificates page Use this page to view add and delete the trusted certificates for the application instance More Actions gt Configure Identity Certificates Opens the Identity Certificates page Use this page to view and replace the identity certificates for the application instance Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Novembe
62. lt xs element name port type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Whether the station should be deleted if it unassigned from the USO z lt xs element name deleteOnUnassign type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt i true false to enable disable lock messages feature 2 lt xs element name lockMessages type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt A coverage path is a prioritized sequence of extensions to which your voice system will route an unanswered call gt lt Valid values Path Number between 1 2000 time of day table til Eoos Sr plank gt lt xs element name coveragePath1l maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt XS Daitie Camm vzclee wui tell Ou OS Ou eOre2e s mln G alk OMe Os nOrezata LLO OlAS 2ZOOO V s lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt A coverage path is a prioritized sequence of extensions to which your voice system will route an unanswered call gt lt Valid values Path Number between 1 2000 time of day table Coie or elanik gt lt xs element name coveragePath2 maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value t 1 9 0 9 0 2 1 9 0 9 0 2 1 0 9 3 2000 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs
63. none All calls terminated to this station receive an audible ringing treatment icom Allows a telephone user to answer an intercom call from the same intercom group without pressing the intercom biliteonme gt lt xs element name autoAnswer maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value acd gt lt xs enumeration value all gt lt xs enumeration value icom gt lt xs enumeration value none gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Enables or disables data restriction that is used to prevent tones such as call waiting tones from interrupting data calls Data restriction provides permanent protection and cannot be changed by the telephone user Cannot be assigned if Auto Answer is administered as all or acd If enabled whisper page to this station is denied gt lt xs element name dataRestriction type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Indicates which call appearance is selected when the user lifts the handset and there is an incoming call Valid Entry Usage true The user connects to an idle call appearance instead of the ringing call false The Alerting Appearance Preferenc is set and the user connects to the ringing call appearance gt lt xs element name idleAppearancePreference type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt
64. routingpolicyNames gt lt sipdomainName gt avaya com lt sipdomainName gt lt treatasemergency gt true lt treatasemergency gt lt DigitmapFullToO gt lt DigitmapFullTo gt lt notes gt this is a test lt notes gt lt deny gt false lt deny gt lt digitpattern gt 123 lt digitpattern gt lt maxdigits gt 36 lt maxdigits gt lt mindigits gt 3 lt mindigits gt lt routingoriginationName gt Berlin lt routingoriginationName gt lt routingpolicyNames gt toBerlin lt routingpolicyNames gt lt sipdomainName gt avaya com lt sipdomainName gt lt treatasemergency gt true lt treatasemergency gt lt DigitmapFullToO gt lt digitmapFullTOList gt 316 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Regular Expressions Regular Expressions About Regular Expressions You can configure routing in Session Manager by creating regular expressions and associating them with a routing policy Regular expression syntax is based on Java syntax Wee The asterisk character matches any character string The dot character matches one character The backslash character makes a character lose its special meaning if any Some examples are e For www sipentity domain com use the string www sipentity domain com e For 192 14 11 22 use string 192 14 11 22 e The routing policy with a regular expression de routes all calls requesting a domain
65. type xsd string minOccurs 0 gt lt xsd element name sSurvivabilityServer type xsd string minOccurs 0 gt lt xsd element name homeLocation type xsd string gt lt xsd sequence gt lt xsd extension gt lt xsd complexContent gt lt xsd complexType gt Sample XML for bulk importing Session Manager profiles lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt tns users xmlns tns http xml avaya com schema import xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi schemaLocation http xml avaya com schema import userimport xsd gt lt a User RCOrC fors 555555500eomeain Com gt SETAS user Other user elements are required her consult the main user record XML schema reference LSe password for any SIP endpoints phones associated with the user s Session Manager Profile gt lt commPassword gt 123456 lt commPassword gt Other user elements may be required her consult the main user record XML schema reference lt Here a Communication Profile is defined for the user gt lt commProfileSet gt lt commProfileSetName gt Primary lt commProfileSetName gt lt isPrimary gt true lt isPrimary gt 136 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com lt The user mus to associate PPOTLIG o Ma CMS CASS Managing bulk importing and exporting t be given one or more handles of type SIP SIP devices wit
66. xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name ForgeinCommProfileType gt lt xs complexContent gt lt xs extension base ext xmlCommProfileType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name csEncryptionKeylId type xs long maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name ServicePassword type xs string maxOccurs 1 Min ccuss 00N gt lt xs element name SserviceData type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs extension gt lt xs complexContent gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name xmlSecureStore gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name secureStoreData type xs base64Binary maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name passwordEncrypted type xs boolean xs element gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs schema gt Sample XML for bulk importing users with minimal attributes lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt Root Element Users represent collection of user containing 1 or more users gt lt tns users xmlns tns http xml avaya com schema import xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi schemaLocation http xml avaya com schema import userimport xsd gt Sie ious 6 Wises lt authenticationType gt Basic lt authenticationType gt lt givenName gt John lt givenName gt lt loginName gt jmiller avaya com lt loginName gt lt
67. xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name domainName type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name xmlCommProfileType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name commProfileType type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name commProfileSubType type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 xs element gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name xmlCommProfileSetType gt lt xsS sequence gt lt xs element name commProfileSetName type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name isPrimary type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name handleList minOccurs 0 gt lt xs complexType gt lt xsS sequence gt lt xs element name handle type tns xmlHandle maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name commProfileList minOccurs 0 gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name commProfile type tns xmlCommProfileType maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs element gt lt xs sequence gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 121 Managing Users lt
68. xs string minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name surname type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element name title type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name ContactAddress type tns xmlContactAddress name company type xs string minOccurs 0 gt name description type xs string minOccurs 0 gt name displayName type xs string maxOccurs 1 far er Gi name dn type xs string minOccurs 0 gt name givenName type xs string maxOccurs 1 TURR name initials type xs string minOccurs 0 gt name middleName type xs string minOccurs 0 gt name preferredGivenName type xs string maxOccurs 1 ar GreGl name preferredLanguage type xs string minOccurs 0 gt name isPublic type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 120 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting minOccurs 0 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs element name addresses type tns xmlAddress minOccurs 0 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name xmlHandle gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name handleName type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name handleType type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name handleSubType type
69. 2 Click Routing gt SIP Entities To delete an existing SIP entity or entities select the respective check boxes and click Delete Click Delete or Cancel on the confirmation page Delete Confirmation field descriptions Use this page to confirm or cancel the deletion of the SIP entity Button Description Delete Deletes the selected SIP entity or entities Cancel Cancels the deletion of the selected SIP entity or entities SIP Entities field descriptions Use this page to create modify delete and manage SIP entities 282 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com SIP Entities Button Description Edit Opens the SIP Entity Details page that you can use to modify the SIP entity New Opens the SIP Entity Details page that you can use to create new SIP entities Duplicate Creates a duplicate of the selected SIP entity and assigns a new state to it Delete Opens the Delete Confirmation page on which you can confirm or cancel the deletion of the SIP entity More Actions gt Refresh all data Refreshes all data Any unsaved modifications are lost More Actions gt Display SIP Entity References Opens the Overview of References to SIP Entities page which displays the routing policies adaptations and locations that correspond to the SIP entity More Actions gt Import Opens the Import data page
70. 3600 and minimum duration as 60 seconds for a SIP server to keep a SIP client as registered Endpoint Timer section Name Description Line Reservation Timer secs Specifies a required field and specifies the maximum duration range is 30 to 240 seconds for a SIP server that a SIP line appearance can be reserved for If no value is entered the default value is 30 seconds Reactive Monitoring Interval secs Specifies the duration after which in seconds the phone attempts to REGISTER with a proxy server when it is not reachable available Range is 10 to 3600 seconds The default is 60 seconds Timer B sec Specifies the duration in seconds that the phone waits for a provisional response after transmitting a SIP INVITE to a proxy server and after not receiving any response from proxy being unavailable or unreachable Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 397 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Name Description proceeds to another proxy The range is 0 to 32 seconds 0 disables this feature The default value is 2 Maintenance Settings section Name Description IP Address For SNMP Queries Specifies the IP address of a server that can query the phone for SNMP messages This server must have the correct community string If this field is blank any server can query the phone SNMP Community Specifies the
71. Adapter AttAdapter AT amp T does not handle the History Info header The adaptation module removes on egress to AT amp T any History Info headers in a request or response Messages from AT amp T do not change The AT amp T Adapter also performs all the conversions available by the Digit Conversion Adapter Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 269 Managing Session Manager routing CS1000 Adapter CS1000Adapter The CS1000 Adapter provides two services between formats used by the CS1000 and the format used by other Avaya equipment e translation between History Info header formats e Support for CS1000 origination based routing History Info header adaptation Since the CS1000 adapter uses some different formatting for the History Info header than other Avaya products it is necessary to adapt the History Info header values Two primary areas of formatting differences requiring adaptation are index values and reason code values Index format The CS1000 adapter increments its indices by adding a value of 1 For example 1 2 3 4 This increments its indices by adding a 1 10 value For example 1 1 1 1 2 1 3 The CS1000 adapter on ingress converts the values from the integer format to the decimal format The CS1000 adapter on egress converts the values from the decimal format to the integer format Reason Code adaptation CS1000 adapter uses two reason parameters in its History Info header format The second pa
72. Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing logs Logging field descriptions The Logging page has two sections The upper section contains buttons that allow you to view the details of the selected logs search for logs and set filters The lower section displays logs in a table The table provides information about the logs You can click the title of the column to sort the data of the column in ascending or descending order Name Description Select check box Use this check box to select a log Log ID Unique identification number that identifies the log Time Stamp Date and time of the log generation Host Name Name of the system from which the log is generated Product Type A code which uniquely identifies the component which generated the log For example product device application service and so on GW600 which is a product type code identifier is an example of the log product type Severity Severity level of the log The following are the type of severities e Emergency System is unusable e Alert Action must be taken immediately e Critical Critical conditions e Error Error conditions e Warning Warning conditions e Notice Normal but significant condition e Informational Informational messages Debug Debug level messages Note The colors of severities do not indicate logging severities Event ID Unique i
73. Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 427 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Button Description e Audio BW Used Sum of bandwidth used by audio calls terminated by the selected Session Manager for the given location e Multimedia Call Count Number of multimedia calls terminated by the selected Session Manager for the given location e Multimedia BW Used Sum of bandwidth used by multimedia calls terminated by the selected Session Manager for the given location Security Module Status About Security Module Status The Security Module Status page allows you to view the status of the security module for each administered Session Manager and to perform certain actions on the security module You can view the status of the security module such as its IP address default gateway the interface that it uses the VLAN that it is associated with the QOS priority trusted hosts configured for that security module and the certificate authority You can also reset and synchronize the security module or assign a certificate authority Security Module Status actions The following actions can be performed on the Security Module Status page e Refresh refreshes the statistics for all of the administered Session Manager instances e Reset resets the security module for the selected Session Manager You may choose to reset the security module when a connection cannot b
74. Aura Session Manager November 2010 169 Managing Users lt xs restrictton gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Specifies the Subscriber Account Code The Subscriber Account Code is used to create Call Detail Records on the switch for calls placed by the voice ports The value you enter in this field can contain any combination of Cligalies irom to 2 If an account code is not specified the system will use the subscriber s mailbox extension as the account code gt lt xs element name accountCode maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt CMM mei lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Specifies the number to be used as the default destination for the Transfer Out of Messaging feature You can enter 3 to 10 digits in this field depending on the length of the system s extension or leave this field blank gt lt xs element name coveringExtension maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt CMM field gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 10 gt lt XS 2 restrict lon gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Specifies additional useful information about a subscriber Entries in this field are for convenience and are not used by the messaging system gt lt xs
75. Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 125 Managing Users a memberContact This represents the name of the Contact A ContactListMember can either be a Contact o User speedDialContactAddress A Contact Address added as a favorite entry memberUser This represents the loginname of the User A ContactListMember can either be a Contact or User speedDialHandle A handle added as a favorite entry isFavorite A boolean indicator that reflects whether this contact is a favorite entry If true the value of entryindex would show which position to place this entry in any display isSpeedDial Each contact list member can also be flagged as a favorite a k a speed dial speedDialEntry For either a presence buddy or favorite entry a specific communication address to use can be pointed to isPresenceBuddy Each contact list member can also be flagged as a presence buddy label A free text short word or phrase for classifying this contact list member altLabel A free text short word or phrase for classifying this contact This is similar to label but it is used to store alternate language representations description A free text description of this member gt lt members gt lt memberContact gt Phil Bath lt memberContact gt lt speedDialContactAddress gt lt address gt 44 1234568 lt address gt lt altLabel gt Phone lt altLabel gt lt contactCategory gt OFFICE lt contactCategory gt lt cont
76. Ba gale SIL 9 Sis Bisiela lala Age BCU 37 7 Sloe gloy 9 love Stet R213 8 SNe e s oO gall acl ois a A SOA aE G2 eile 34 eS 7 sel gece 2 S45 6535 7 g Sil e560 3 Aeislors scl a slacks y Silex Catdavee cCA 4f te 405a c6 Ib SI 2e tests 9e 76d 75789 ddeor eond 56 oA tae Wester esr Ie S00 onda S24d6r be ar22 neok ak ZC 30S eT dO tari 06 OlesZzd sao 15 bpa 55 40 896 5d ce 8b 45 7 67 ler 4diiasie 22 Oa 43 yds MLS Sess3OsiwceleasgescW4 scar la Ge e Ae l ares 92 eclis Vesoda 77s bek WS GihS e rek LAS WSs ices aloe PasWles bes VeRO 68s Sas Wes Sa achkE s DIALS 87 2 ie SSS BBG INGE Reals eal CAG Ry MITEnTCCA4WgAwIBAgIBADANBgkgqhkiG9w0BAQUFADB6MOswCOYDVOQQGEWJIVUZET MBEGA1UEChMKQXZheWEgSW5 j LJEQMCgGA1UECxMhU01LQIFByb2R1Y30gQ2VydGlm aWNhdGUgOXV0aG9yaXR5MSowKAYDVOQQODEYyFTSVAQUHJVZHV jJdCBDZXJ0aWZpY2F0 ZSBBdXRob3JpdHkwHhcNMDMwNz I 1MDAzZMzE3WhcNMjcwODE3MDUxOTM5WjB6MOsw CQYDVOQGEWJVUZETMBEGA1 UEChMKOXZheWEgSW5 jLjEGMCgGA1UECxMhUO1QIFBy b2R1Y30gO02VydGlmaWNhdGUgOXV0aG9yaXR5MSowKAYDVQQDEYyFTSVAQUHUJVZHV j dCBDZXJ0aWZpY2F0ZSBBdXRob3JUpdHkwggEiMAO0GCSqGS Ib3DQEBAQUAA4 IBDwAw ggEKAoOIBAQDcOytyx7YRzT7VYJov8FGe6g1GJ0h 4Y7YZzzmgHPgqpgn 2j1uQilN HLiMLbYLnrvf6s3 X zh7ZND2tyrKZMCYal8FX6X3t YTONZ9IErTYngSJCpLeCuj qgt1lSmRsyal 1F9i5jvrFxoOuRb5SNO5Yv3c185SFLw7kEr41cQDvshRBWZfo6r 3bBJj1qRTHcS5SyGbXXeEstJrt lveECFB20 w3Eg GbcWGhP luqHqOPH7 6aNMYyQP MzDBtpCf Gh7HkD7 jkT2E1 AiBKJy0cOcj422 AKbLvh5bf fJIMTCCPX2Bax2CD2I1 sQtosTG FdvuhRBx WP gBOWsQ0wRKGNAgGMBAA
77. CM lt entitytype gt lt fqdnoripaddr gt 9 8 7 5 lt fqdnoripaddr gt lt name gt NewYorkCM lt name gt lt adaptationName gt VerisonAdaptation paraml 7 param2 8 lt adaptationName gt lt cdrSetting gt egress lt cdrSetting gt lt credentialname gt credential test lt credentialname gt lt do_monitoring gt yes lt do_monitoring gt lt monitor_proactive_secs gt 900 lt monitor_proactive_secs gt lt monitor_reactive_secs gt 120 lt monitor_reactive_secs gt lt monitor_retries gt 1l lt monitor_retries gt lt routingoriginationName gt New York lt routingoriginationName gt lt timer_bf_secs gt 4 lt timer_bf_secs gt lt timezoneName gt America New_York lt timezoneName gt lt userfc3263 gt false lt userfc3263 gt lt SipentityFullTo gt lt SipentityFullTo gt lt notes gt this is a test lt notes gt lt entitytype gt ASM lt entitytype gt lt fqdnoripaddr gt 4 5 6 7 lt fqdnoripaddr gt lt name gt SessionManagerl lt name gt lt cdrSetting gt egress lt cdrSetting gt lt credentialname gt credential test lt credentialname gt lt do_monitoring gt use instance lt do_monitoring gt lt listenports gt lt notes gt this is a test lt notes gt lt portnumber gt 5067 lt portnumber gt lt sipdomainName gt avaya com lt sipdomainName gt lt transportprotocol gt TLS lt transportprotocol gt lt listenports gt lt monitor_proactive_secs gt 900 lt monitor_proactive_secs gt lt monitor_reactive_secs gt 120 lt monitor_reactive_s
78. Caller Application or to identify each line appearance on the subscriber s telephon set if they have different telephone numbers gt lt xs element name SecondaryExtension maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt MM CMM field gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 10 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name mmSpecific type csm xmlMMSpecific maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name cmmSpecific type csm xmlCMMSpecific maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs extension gt lt xs complexContent gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name xmlMMSpecific gt lt xs sequence gt lt Specifies a unique address in the voice mail network The numeric address can be from 1 to 50 digits and can contain the Mailbox Number gt lt xs element name numericAddress maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt MM field gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 gt 166 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting L xsirestrrctvon lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt The primary telephone extension of the subscriber gt lt xs element name pbxExtension maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 g
79. Comments infodev avaya com System Status Button Description Details to show or hide the detailed usage for that location e Location Locations that you have administered in Routing Policy e Audio Call Count Sum of audio calls of Session Manager in a given location e Audio BW Used Sum of bandwidth used for audio calls of Session Managers in a given location e Multimedia Call Count Sum of multimedia calls of Session Managers in a given location Multimedia BW Used Sum of bandwidth used for multimedia calls of Session Managers in given location e Multimedia BW Allow Administered value if any of multimedia Bandwidth for a given location Multimedia BW Used Sum of bandwidth used for multimedia calls into or out of a given location divided by the value in the Multimedia BW Allow column e Total BW Used Sum of audio and multimedia bandwidth into or out of a given location e Total BW Allow Administered value if any of Total Bandwidth for a given location Total BW Used Sum of audio and multimedia bandwidth for calls into or out of a given location divided by the value in the Total BW Allow column The information in the Details column per Session Manager of the given location is as follows Session Manager Name of the instance e Audio Call Count Number of audio calls terminated by the selected Session Manager for the given location
80. Creates the user account Cancel Cancels the user creation operation Related topics Adding users on page 64 Creating a new communication profile on page 67 Creating a new communication address for a communication profile on page 68 Modifying a communication address of a communication profile on page 69 Deleting a communication address from a communication profile on page 69 Adding a messaging profile for a user on page 71 Modifying a messaging profile of a user on page 72 Removing association between a subscriber mailbox and a user on page 73 Deleting a subscriber mailbox on page 73 Adding an endpoint profile for a user on page 74 Modifying a endpoint profile of a user on page 75 Deleting an endpoint profile of a user on page 76 User Profile Edit field descriptions Use this page to modify the details of a user account 92 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com User Profile Edit field descriptions The User Profile Edit page has the following four tabs Identity e Communication Profile e Membership e Contacts Identity tab Identity section Name Description Last Name Displays the last name of the user First Name Displays the first name of the user Middle Name Displays the middle name of the user if any Description Displays a brief description about the user Status Displays the login status of the user U
81. Description Name Name of the Location Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 403 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Name Description Device Setting Group Name of the Device Setting Group Button Description Save Saves the Location Settings Related topics Viewing location settings on page 403 Modifying Location Settings on page 403 Application Configuration Applications About Applications Application entries allow you to define and manage single applications with application attributes for inclusion into one or more application sequence Related topics Application Sequences on page 408 Viewing applications Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Application Configuration gt Applications to open the Applications page The Applications page displays the list of applications 404 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Application Configuration Creating an application Before you begin Creating a new application entry requires that a non Session Manager SIP entity first be administered Refer to the topic Creating SIP entities to create the SIP entity Procedure a fF O N gt On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager Click Application Configuration gt Applications to open
82. Description Name Displays the unique label that identifies the address Address Type Displays the type of the address Types of addresses are e Office e Home Street Displays the name of the street Locality Name Displays the name of the city or town Postal Code Displays the postal code used by postal services to route mail to a destination In United States this is Zip code Province Displays the full name of the province Country Displays the name of the country Communication Profile tab Communication Profile section Name Description Option button Use this button to view the details of the selected communication profile Name Displays the name of the communication profile Name Description Name Displays the name of the communication profile for the user Default Displays the profile that is made default as the active profile There can be only one active profile at a time Communication Profile tab Communication Address section Name Description Type Displays the type of the handle Handle Displays the unique communication address for the user Domain Displays the name of the domain with which the handle is registered Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 105 Managing Users Communication Profile tab Session Manager section Note The page displays the following fields i
83. Entity IP Address port These rules shall be defined before SIP Firewall rules for SIP UA connection Note SIP Firewall traverse rules in the rule list from top to bottom 384 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Network Configuration 10 Click Commit to save the rule or Cancel to cancel the changes This does not save the SIP Firewall configuration to the Session Manager To save the configuration to the Session Manager after creating or editing the configuration return to the SIP Firewall Configuration screen and click Save Related topics Rule page field descriptions on page 385 Rule page field descriptions General Name Description Enabled Allows you to select or clear the check box to enable or disable this rule Name Name of the SIP firewall rule The name can have a maximum of 80 characters Action Type Allows you to select one of the following action types for the rule e None No specific action required This action can be used when you want to only generate a log or alarm for matching SIP traffic Rule traversal continues when a SIP packet matches a rule with the None action e Permit If the rule conditions are fulfilled allow the SIP message to pass through the SIP Firewall e Drop If the rule conditions are fulfilled drop the SIP message e Rate Block lf the packets matching the rule exceed a certain count in a certa
84. Export CSV to export the data into comma separated value format for display in a spreadsheet application Statistics Service Hosts field descriptions Name Description Id Anumber assigned to each Service Host Host Name The host name or IP address of the Service Host Administrator Port The administration port number of the Service Host Version The version of SIP Application Server Status The operational state of each Service Host Options include e RUNNING The Service Host has been started and is operating normally e DOWN The Service Host is unavailable e UNKNOWN The operational status of the Service Host cannot be determined for some reason Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 27 Getting started Name Description e RESTARTING The Service Host is rebooting from a previously up state and will soon become available e STARTING The Service Host is starting up from a down state and will soon become available e TESTING The Service Host is in testing mode e HALTED The Service Host is stopped e HALTING The Service Host is stopping e DISABLED The Service Host is disabled but can still receive configuration e BOOTERROR The Service Host has encountered an error during start up Restart Req Indicates whether the Service Host requires a restart View Statistics from Last 24 Hours Statistic The statistic being
85. Manager Feature Server for call sequencing Refresh Updates the list of CM Systems View Add CM Systems Enables adding and viewing of currently provisioned CM Systems Description Provides details about the application Application Attributes optional section User defined attributes which can only be updated Name Description Application Handle A unique handle for the application This handle is inserted in the Route header sent by Session Manager when it sequences a call to an application It is mainly used to distinguish between multiple applications running on the same host URI Parameters List of URI parameters Button Description Cancel Cancels the changes made to the application entry Commit Saves the changes made to the application entry Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 407 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Related topics Creating an application on page 405 Modifying an application on page 405 Application Sequences Application Sequences Application Sequence enables defining and managing an ordered set of applications used in call sequencing These application sets can be associated as the originating and terminating application templates for a registered user s Communication Profile in the User Management module and enable routing every incoming outgoing or combined call for that user Applications
86. Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click System Status gt Security Module Status to open the Security Module Status page 3 Select a system and click Connections Status to open the Connections Status page Summary section shows the count for connection types such as SIP PPM and Others The information is categorized as follows e Active Connections e Incoming e Outgoing e TCP e TLS 4 Apply the required filters using Collect Filters section 5 Under Connection List click Collect Connections to display the list of connection links 6 Select a row and click Show check box to view the detailed information about the selected connection 7 Click Return to return to the Security Module Status page Connections Status field descriptions Summary section This section shows counters for the number of incoming outgoing TCP and TLS connections Collect Filters section This section enables you to define a filter FQDN or IP Address and mask and accordingly display the connection list based on the defined filters 432 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com System Status Connection List section This section shows basic information of all the active connections Name Description Details Shows detailed information about the selected connection link in the Connection Details section Type Link type Local IP Loca
87. Min and Max fields respectively The minimum value can be 1 or more The maximum value can be any number up to 36 The minimum value must be less than or equal to the maximum value Add Phone Context as an optional parameter for the egress adaptation rules Enter the number of digits that you want deleted from left of the dialed number in the Delete Digits field 266 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com 19 20 21 22 23 Adaptations Enter the digits that you want inserted before the number in the Insert Digits field From the drop down list select the value for Address to modify A setting of both will look for adaptations on both origination and destination type headers The digit conversion applied to a header will be taken from the entry with the longest matching pattern Continue clicking the Egress Adaptation Add button until all the required egress matching patterns have been configured To remove a matching pattern for egress adaptations select the check box next to that pattern and click Remove Click Commit Deleting Adaptations Procedure 1 2 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing Click Adaptations to open the Adaptation page 3 To delete an existing Adaptation or Adaptations select the respective check boxes and click Delete Click Delete on the confirmation page Related topics Delete Confirma
88. Module is functional SIP Monitoring setup is administered through the Routing Policy screens on the System Manager Viewing the SIP Monitoring Status Summary page About this task The SIP Entity Link Monitoring Status Summary page displays the status of the entity links for all administered Session Manager instances An entity link consists of one or more physical connections between a Session Manager and a SIP entity If all of the connections are up then the entity link status is up If one or more connections are down but there is at least one connection up the link status is partially down If all of the connections are down the entity link status is down Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements select Session Manager 2 Select System Status gt SIP Entity Monitoring 3 The SIP Entity Link Monitoring Status Summary page displays the SIP Entity Link monitoring status for all Session Manager instances 4 If the status for a Session Manager is not up see Troubleshooting Entity links 422 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com System Status SIP Entity Link Monitoring Status Summary page field descriptions Button Description Entity Link Status for All Session Manager Instances Run Monitor Starts asynchronous demand monitor test for the selected Session Manager instances Refresh link refreshes the status of the entity links for all
89. OVEN iiss csiciccsssstinen isiin ernie eaaa e iaeoa 238 Saving Committing and Synchronizing configuration ChangeS eessessessserssesissrseerriserreerrrereees 242 Duplicating Routing entity data eer sea aad nopia A ET obek T reiii sai fabeetees 242 Bele help eee serene cere ere ere ter rater Creer mere Cerner rrre ee trem r ere rarer Cer Terre Tr eererr cr creer acre trrrrrrrer rrr err eree 242 About Domains P E A A E apenda EE kinia E E E E E 242 EEE eiai Ae AE A E E E E T E A A 243 Modifying domains aetti T A A E TT anete T Abeke 243 Pelting doman S a E E Pre Terre Trg ee 244 Delete Confirmation field descript ns sisisi nanai aiaia i aa 244 Domain Management field deserpUOnte icsccicsccarsmssvcccaiainanieosiaccnnanssecedetaannetetectennmenccnratsiorantacsannn 244 Boman Detaile idd IS SNUG eaaa niaaa aaia di ASAS AAIEN ENA 245 Bulk impor tor Domaga 246 COC n A A a A cond lenis tan sa tutis ee Mlenucaathg 246 ADONI LOCAION G rniii OE E 246 creanga LOCANDINE rnas E E ES 247 Modifying Locations E E T AT E T aiad 248 Decl Tala LocatoNnE nisnarianai siin E A E Dr OTR IPT TNT ee eTPrTET PrtrrT TT ePrTT eee 248 Delete Contiimation field deserosoen iad ancvadeaeteanetadancteaeedicgerehanidacee 249 CAR SIO p a T 249 Location field descriptions disais TT PRATET PENT ARRAN ETE PETT ieie 253 Location Details feld desenpionS oicnniiciinii nan aiiis 254 BUK IMPON TOF LOCION pa caer r
90. Party Id to P Asserted Identity Header Adaptation Cisco requires information in the P Asserted Identity PAI header to be received in the Remote Party Id RPI header Any incoming message containing a P Asserted Identity header being routed to Cisco will replace that header with the Remote Party Id header Similarly calls from Cisco containing the Remote Party Ild header will be converted to a P Asserted Identity header when routed to non Cisco entities Example 3 Acall is placed from 12345 at Communication Manager and routed to the Cisco PBX The INVITE from Communication Manager contains P Asserted Identity Ryan lt sip 12345 avaya com gt This header is converted to RPI when the request is sent to the Cisco PBX Remote Party Id Ryan lt sip 12345 avaya com gt party called screen no privacy off Example 4 A call is placed from 23456 at Cisco PBX and routed to Communication Manager The INVITE from Cisco PBX contains Remote Party Id Ryan lt sip 23456 avaya com gt party called screen no privacy off This header is converted to PAI when the request is sent to Communication Manager P Asserted Identity Ryan lt sip 23456 avaya com gt Verizon Adapter VerizonAdapter The Verizon adapter requires the same History Info to Diversion adaptations that the Cisco Adapter uses The Verizon Adapter also performs all the conversions available by the Digit Conversion Adapter AT amp T
91. S E a a A 299 Aboul ROUMO POUNCE acan thunder a 299 Crear nO PODNO FONG OSa Ea E cr rrr cer rere tr morte 300 Modifying Routing POIGE Srian iana ane aaO EO aE EDan 301 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Deleting Routing Policies E temic ie E E pona Era EE indi 302 Delete Confirmation field descr puoi ssnin a a a OO Routing Policies field descriphonS ssssiiisinasiisisinsida E A E A E A i Routing Policy Details field COSCHIPLIONS scccccccceccessecesesssesssssessessssesssssesessestssssesesseeee E A 303 Routing Policy List field descriptions E coerce tients sateen E E Sita ecenssonals 306 Bulk import for Routing PEE E S N A aes 307 Dial Pato nnna PEES EEEE EEE E T EE E AEE E AR 307 About Dial P OUGI Gicccccccdssrecscsctaeseareceeseaenerddesnteass E E ee E 307 emmo Dia Pa Gii a a aaia AANA a EO aE AA 309 Modifying Dial PaNtEmiS iiriisissii ionnas TE EE E esas ETN E 310 Perino D PE a a E Aa a rree retort rennrre a ser nt er cease 311 Delete Confirmation field descriptions E E coe danacedabccemanteteieians A E AET 311 EEE FINS TR ASU NN aaia eaS EAS E E 311 Dial Patom Details field Ge sri Ott ts csi ccaccnssiiiacccenesiacdacteneniacdaeteannidedcetnnenidadeewnaedidsdecwesetiddaeewabibiess 313 Patom E HNC do iip TON das csi rcidss osu raat secnvesiaauas A Saeaadads 314 Demed Location feld GOS PNON Ss sciciiccccsscsetascaestsdedicnensiannarsassendaiendnesancontioaviadmnceelasaantsipntiact
92. Save Saves the changed SIP firewall configuration settings Related topics Configuring the SIP Firewall on page 375 Blacklist SIP Blacklist enables you to block any known bad SIP elements The SIP Firewall drops any SIP packet matching a rule in the Blacklist Whitelist SIP Whitelist enables you to allow any known good SIP elements SIP Firewall allows any SIP packets matching a rule in the Whitelist no other filtering rule is applied Rules Each SIP Firewall rule has the capability to send log or alarm messages to the Secure Access Link SAL You can combine logging with other actions Avaya recommends that you always enable logging in each SIP Firewall rule to have a record of what actions were taken by the SIP Firewall Logging can be used independently with the None action and can generate logs and alarms for flood tracking Note that SIP Firewall log messages are rate limited Each rule can log a maximum of 1 log message per second This rate limiting of log messages provides protection from flooding the logging system which may occur because of bad configuration of the SIP Firewall rule You can apply SIP filtering and DoS protection to e SIP gateway proxy connections SIP Multiplexed connection trunk For example a SIP Firewall rule can set rate limit on a number of INVITE messages from a specific user within a SIP connection from a SIP gateway without affecting the traffic from other users in that gateway e S
93. The default value is 5 Button Description Restore Restores the earlier device settings Cancel Cancels the modified device settings Save Saves the modified device settings Related topics Creating a Device Settings Group Terminal Group on page 393 Modifying a Device Settings Group Terminal Group on page 394 Removing Device Settings Group Terminal Group on page 394 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Device and Location Configuration Location Settings Location Settings Location Settings module enables you to assign a Device Setting Group to a Location Viewing location settings Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Device and Location Configuration gt Location Settings to open Location Settings page The Location Settings page displays the list of location settings Related topics Location Settings field descriptions on page 403 Modifying Location Settings Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Device and Location Configuration gt Location Settings to open Location Settings page 3 Associate a location with the respective Device Settings Group 4 Click Save to save the changes Related topics Location Settings field descriptions on page 403 Location Settings field descriptions Name
94. The type of Session Manager instance either as Core or Branch Session Manager Service State Current service and management state of the selected Session Manager instance The state can be of the following types e ME MD for Management Enabled Disabled e AN DN for Accept New Service Deny New Service You can click on the link to go to the Session Manager Administration page Active Call Count The current active call counts for this session manager instance Registrations The registration summary You can click on the link to go to the Registration Summary page 330 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Dashboard Confirm Shutdown for Session Managers page field descriptions Button Description Cancel Cancels the shutdown of the selected Session Manager instances Confirm Confirms the shutdown of the selected Session Manager instances Name Description Session Manager Name of administered Session Manager instance You can click on the link to go to the Session Manager Administration page Type The type of Session Manager instance either as Core or Branch Session Manager Service State Current service and management state of the selected Session Manager instance The state can be of the following types e ME MD for Management Enabled Disabled e AN DN for Accept New Service Deny New Service You can
95. This name must be unique and can have 3 to 64 characters SIP Entity 1 Select a SIP entity from the drop down list This entity must always be a Session Manager instance Protocol Protocol to be used for the entity link Port Port to be used for SIP entity 1 SIP Entity 2 Select a SIP entity from the drop down list This entity need not be a Session Manager entity Port Port to be used for SIP entity 2 Trusted Specifies that the link between the two SIP entities is trusted Notes Any details or notes that you wish to add Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 293 Managing Session Manager routing Bulk import for Entity Links Please follow these rules when creating an XML bulk import file e The name of an Entity Link must be unique e lt entityName1 gt lt entityName2 gt must refer to an existing SIP Entity with the exact same name It must either appear in the System Manager database or in an import file that exists in the same import operation as the Entity Link e The values in lt transportProtocol gt must appear exactly same being case sensitive as they appear in the System Manager user interface Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 standalone yes gt lt entitylinkFullTOList gt EntitylinkFullToO gt lt notes gt lt notes gt lt listenPortEntity1 gt 5061 lt listenPortEntityl gt lt listenPortEntity2 gt 5061 lt listenPortEntity2 gt lt name gt Se
96. a aaah eaea a a iaai a 29 S sample XML file for a user with SIP Communication Profile a 232 sample XML with a single user profile ee 228 saving Global Session Manager Settings 348 saving committing and synchronizing configuration CHANGES amisi 242 schedule cctesciaicsseaecastarcitussesdtassiauedeecasaSedaieddcccnansenaleg 476 Schedule Backup Page ccccccceseeeeseeeeeseteeeeeneeees 482 sched lef ce 495 scheduler OVEFVIEW ceccccecessceceeceeseeeeeaeenseeeeaneuses 495 scheduling a data backup on a local server 476 scheduling a user import job cc ceeeeeeeetteeeeeeeees 113 SOAIGM sadraio reia E e aea 467 November 2010 529 searching for alarms cc ceeessccsecceecceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 461 SG arching TOP lOGS ssaa tieer sneen S RRRA 467 searching OGS essc 467 searching USETS ccce cee aoned an anii aidan aai 80 security module page actions ccceeeeeeeteeeeeeees 428 Security Module Reset Confirmation page field descriptions cece cece cease ee ee eee entteetneeeeeeees 431 Security Module Status page field descriptions 430 security Settings oo eee eee e ent e eee eeentaeeeeeeenaaeeeeeeeenaees 20 E E o E E E E A 27 Sent Response Count cccccccccccssssssseeeeeeseeesssseeees 26 Session Manager ssns 334 336 340 368 426 adding SIP entities as Session Manager 334 deleting a Session Manager instanc
97. a date after which the job stops to recur Button Description View Log Opens the Logging page that you can use to view the logs for the selected job 508 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing scheduled jobs Button Description Edit Opens the Job Scheduling Edit Job page that you can use to edit the pending job information Cancel Closes the Job Scheduling View Job page and returns to the Pending or Completed Jobs page Job Scheduling Edit Job field descriptions Use this page to modify job details and frequency related information of a selected job Job Details Name Description Job Name The name of the job Job Type The type of job represented by an icon that corresponds to its type The application uses different icons to represent the Job types Following are the job types 1 System scheduled Job The job scheduled for the normal operation of the application The System Administrator can reschedule and stop a system schedule job but can not delete the job 2 Admin scheduled job The job that the administrator schedules for administering the application 3 On demand job The periodic jobs that the administrator may schedule to perform non routine tasks Note You can only view the information in this field Job Status The current status of the job The options are 1 Running
98. about dial patterns ccc seeeeesseceeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeees 307 about DOMAINS cccccceeeceeecessceeeesseeeateeeeseaeeeeeees 242 about E911 Services cccceecesseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenenes 333 about entity NKS sicieccaveseccsecesteaguvedcentsstavankeaeveeartadecss 290 about locatiONS sisisrns ciuine 246 about Maintenance Tests cs sscceeceesseseeeeeaeeenes 445 about Managed Bandwidth cccceceeeteeeeeeeeeeees 426 about New User Setup ccccccccsssseeeeeeeseeeessneeees 63 about NIC Bonding cccccccsesssccceeeeeeesseeeseeeeeeeees 333 About regular expressions sssssssssssssessssrressrssssne 317 about routing policies ecceeeeeeeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 299 about Security Module Status cccsseeeeeseees 428 about Session Manager Administration 06 332 about Session Manager Dashboard 00ceee 327 about SIP Application Server Management Console 24 about SIP entities cc ceccccccceeseseeeseeeeeeeeaeaeeeees 276 about SIP entity references 0 0 0 cceeeeeeeseesteeeeeees 289 about SIP Firewall Configuration cccsceeeeeees 374 about SIP Tracing sessar anina 452 about Synchronizing Communication Manager and Messaging Data with System Manager 31 About the time ranges cc ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeaas 294 about Tracer Configuration ccsssseceeeeeeeeesneees 449 ACCESS
99. an application sequence and click Edit to open the Application Sequence Editor page 4 Inthe section Available Applications click the button to add the application to the application sequence at the end Related topics Application Sequences field descriptions on page 411 Application Sequence Editor field descriptions on page 412 Application Sequences field descriptions The Application Sequence screen enables you to add edit or remove sequences of applications Name Description Name Name of the application sequence Description Provides details about the application sequence Button Description New Enables creating a new application sequence Edit Enables modifying the selected application sequence Delete Enables deleting the selected application sequence Related topics Creating an Application Sequence on page 408 Modifying an Application Sequence on page 409 Removing Application Sequences on page 409 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 411 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Rearranging Applications in an Application Sequence on page 410 Adding Applications in an existing Application Sequence on page 411 Application Sequence Editor field descriptions Sequence Name section Name Description Name Name of the application sequence This is a mandatory field Description Shows the details about the applicat
100. and also messages dropped by ASSET proxy or by the SIP firewall You can also filter these messages based on the user or the call Session Manager logs all the traced messages to a file based on the configuration Tracer Configuration page field descriptions Tracer Configuration Name Description Tracer Enabled SIP message tracing is enabled by default Trace All Messages SIP message tracing is enabled for all SIP messages In this case other fields get disabled From Network to Security Module SIP message tracing is enabled for ingress calls sent to the Session Manager instance from the network From Security Module to Network SIP message tracing is enabled for egress calls originating from the Session Manager instance and sent to the network From Server to Security Module Local SIP messages originating from the Session Manager From Security Module to Server Local SIP messages originating from the security module Trace Dropped Messages SIP message tracing is enabled to trace messages ffrom calls dropped by the SIP firewall as well as by the SM100 proxy Max Dropped Message Count Shows the value for the maximum number of traced dropped messages if Dropped check box is activated Send Trace to a Remote Server Enables or disables SIP Tracing to an external host This enables Session Manager to send all the decrypted SIP traffic out to an external h
101. appropriate information about the Location Group 5 Click Save to create a Location Group 6 Click Restore to restore the default values of the parameters Related topics Device Settings Groups field descriptions on page 395 Device Settings Group Location Group field descriptions on page 399 Modifying a Device Settings Group Location Group About this task You can modify only one Location Device Settings Group at a time Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Device and Location Configuration gt Device Settings Groups to open Device Settings Groups page The Device Settings Groups page displays the list of Device Settings Groups 3 Select an Location Group and click Edit to open the Device Settings Group page 4 On the Device Settings Group page modify the appropriate information to update the Location Group details 5 Click Save to save the changes to the Location Group 6 Click Restore to restore the default values of the parameters Related topics Device Settings Groups field descriptions on page 395 Device Settings Group Location Group field descriptions on page 399 392 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Device and Location Configuration Removing Device Settings Groups Location Groups About this task You cannot delete the default Location Device Settings Group Procedure 1 O
102. are assigned based on the user s needs and are irrespective of location or the device used Session Manager provides the capability to create a profile for third party PBX users and add applications to be applied to these users to provide services such as block calls based on user preferences direct calls to these users when they move across the enterprise and augment caller ID information for incoming and outgoing calls all without upgrades or code modifications to existing third party PBX equipment Viewing application sequences Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Application Configuration gt Application Sequences to open the Application Sequences page The Application Sequences page displays the list of Application Sequences Creating an Application Sequence About this task An Application Sequence can contain a maximum of up to 10 applications Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 408 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Application Configuration 2 Click Application Configuration gt Application Sequences to open the Application Sequences page The Application Sequences page displays the list of Application Sequences 3 Click New The Application Sequence Editor page appears 4 Enter the appropriate information 5 Click Commit to create the Application Sequ
103. are valid for the current user session that is after the user logs out the customization settings revert back to the default appearance Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click System Status gt User Registrations to open User Registrations page 3 4 Select columns under Available Columns and click the Move link to move the Click Customize link to view this section selected columns to Display Columns list Click Move All link to move all columns to be displayed Click Remove and Remove All links to remove selected or all columns from displayed columns To rearrange the selected columns under Display Columns do the following a Click the Top link to move the selected column to the top of the list b Click the Up link to move the selected column one position up on the list c Click the Down link to move the selected column one position down on the list d Click the Up link to move the selected column to the bottom of the list 7 Click Default to restore the default settings 8 Click Apply to save the changed settings 9 Click Close to close the customization section Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 439 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Rebooting of selected AST devices Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click System Status gt User Registrations to
104. at this interval until that entity is reachable c Inthe Reactive cycle time secs field enter a value in seconds The default is 120 seconds d lin the Number of Retries field enter an integer value This value specifies the number of times Session Manager polls a SIP entity before it is deemed unreachable The default is 1 11 Under the CDR section enter the following information a Select the Enable CDR check box to enable Call Detail Recording b Enter a password that will be used to access the CDR record and re enter the password to confirm it The password that you enter here becomes the default password for the CDR_USER user ID 12 Under the Personal Profile Manager PPM Connection Settings section enter the following information Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 335 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances a Select the Limited PPM Client Connection check box to enable the Maximum Connection per PPM client field The default value is enabled b Specify the value of Maximum Connection per PPM client Valid values are integers between 1 and 10 The default value is 3 c Select the PPM Packet Rate Limiting check box to enable the PPM Packet Rate Limiting Threshold field The default value is enabled d Specify the value of PPM Packet Rate Limiting Threshold This value is applied per PPM client The range is 1 500 The default value is 50 13 Under the Event Server section
105. avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Description Mandatory Validation Optional Consiraints themselves on who can monitor their presence information There may be several entries in the list for a given presentity each entry corresponding to one watcher presenceUserCL This is a personal rule that Optional Default is set by presentities to define how much presence information can be shown to watchers that belong to the user s contact list There may be one User Contact List Default rule per presentity Person or none commProfileSet A user will have a default Optional Auser will have a Commprofile set A default commprofile commprofile set can exist set without any handles or commprofiles referencing it l e you can create a commprofile set without needing to also create either a handle ora commprofile A commprofile set can contain multiple commprofiles but only one of each specific type This is enforced by having the CommProfile uniqueness constraint include type commprofile_set_id Attribute details defined in Delete User XSD Attribute Attribute Mandatory Optional Validation description constraints deleteType This defines the Mandatory Possible values delete type of the user If the user Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 181 Managing Users Attribute At
106. be in effect on weekends These three time ranges together cover how calls should be routed throughout the week Creating Time Ranges About this task You can use the Time Ranges screen to administer time ranges with start and end times Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt Time Ranges 3 4 Enter the name select the required days by entering the start and end times and Click New notes for the new time range Start times start with the first second of the hour minute End Times go through the last second of the end hour minute Click Commit Related topics Time Range List field descriptions on page 297 Modifying Time Ranges Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt Time Ranges 3 Select a time range for modification and click Edit 4 5 If required modify the days by modifying the start and end times and notes Start If required modify the name times start with the first second of the start hour minute End Times go through the last second of the end hour minute Click Commit Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 295 Managing Session Manager routing Deleting Time Ranges Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt Time Ranges 3 To delete an existing time range or ranges select th
107. bulk importing and exporting Name Description lists contact lists and so on With this option you can replace a user and the associated data of the user e Merge Imports the user data at an even greater degree of granularity Using this option you can simultaneously perform both add and update operation of users For example add a contact to a contact list and update a last name e Delete Deletes the user records from the database that match the records in the input XML file Note The system confirms that a user already exists in the database by matching the login name of the user in the database with the login name of the user in the imported file Job Schedule Name Description Schedule Job The options for configuring the schedule of the job e Run immediately Use this option if you want to run the import job immediately e Schedule later Use this option to run the job at the specified date and time Date The date when you want to run the import users job The date format is mm dd yyyy Use the calendar icon to choose a date This field is available when you select the Schedule later option for scheduling a job Time The time of running the import users job The time format is hh mm ss and 12 AM or PM or 24 hour format This field is available when you select the Schedule later option for scheduling a job Time Zone The time zone of your
108. call for audio calls is 80 kbps and Average Bandwidth per call for video calls is 768 kbps for location New York and the Managed Bandwidth for New York is 50 mbps then New York is split into two locations e New York Audio has a Managed Bandwidth limit of 30 mbps and Average Bandwidth per call limit of 80 kbps per call e New York Video has a limit of Managed Bandwidth of 20 mbps and Average Bandwidth per call limit of 768 kbps per call Implications e The ratio of audio to video in these limits depends on the site analysis e This requires duplication of the logical location as well as associated digit maps and other administration e The IP address mapping of endpoints in the location is complex With current release a single location can handle both audio and multimedia endpoints and enforce a single limit Immediately after clearing the Ignore SDP for Call Admission Control option Use SDP CAC mode a user with split locations should recombine them as follows 1 Ensure that digit maps and other administration associated with the two locations audio and video other than the location administration page are identical Note the administration including IP address patterns for the video location Reassign all 252 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Locations video locations to the audio location and ensure that none of the SIP Enti
109. calls respectively You can also expand each row to display a breakdown of usage and capacity by Session Manager which can be helpful in debugging network utilization or the distribution algorithm If no bandwidth management is administered this table contains no data Viewing Managed Bandwidth Usage Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click System Status gt Managed Bandwidth Usage The Managed Bandwidth Usage screen displays system wide bandwidth usage information for locations where usage is managed If the Managed Bandwidth field on the location form is blank this table has no information for that location 3 Click Show under Details column to view the bandwidth usage information per Session Manager in that location You can click Hide to close this table 4 On the Managed Bandwidth Usage screen click Refresh to refresh the data Managed Bandwidth Usage page field descriptions This page displays system wide bandwidth usage information for locations where usage is managed If there is no bandwidth management implemented this table has no information Button Description Refresh Refreshes the data in the table for the following columns e Details Shows the breakdown of usage among the administered Session Managers in the enterprise You can click the Show or Hide arrow on any row under 426 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010
110. choice gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs extension gt lt xs complexContent gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name xmlPresInfoTypeType gt lt xsS sequence gt lt xs element name label type xs string maxOccurs 1 gt lt xs element name filter type xs string maxOccurs 1 gt lt xs element name specFlags type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt Contact List entries gt lt xs complexType name xmlContactList gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name name type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element name description type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name isPublic type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element name members type tns xmlContactListMember minOccurs 0 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs element name contactListType type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name xmlContactListMember gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs choice gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name memberContact type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name speedDialContactAddress type tns xmlContactAddress minOccurs 0 gt lt xs sequence gt lt xsS sequence gt lt xs element name memberUser type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name speedDialHandle type tns xmlHandle
111. deletion of selected domains Button Description Delete Deletes the selected domains Cancel Cancels the deletion of the domains Related topics Deleting domains on page 244 Domain Management field descriptions Use this page to create modify delete and manage domains Button Description Edit Opens the Domains page that you can use to modify the domain details New Opens the Domains page that you can use to create new domains 244 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Button Description Duplicate Creates a duplicate of the selected domain Delete Opens the Delete Confirmation page on which you can confirm or cancel the deletion of the domain More Actions gt Refresh all data Refreshes all data Any unsaved modifications are lost More Actions gt Import Opens the Import data page that allows you to import from XML files or zip file containing one or more XML files More Actions gt Export Domains Opens the Export Domains page that allows you to export the domains data as an XML file to a specified location More Actions gt Export all data Opens the Export all data page that allows you to export the routing entities data as a zipped file to a specified location Name Description Name Name of the domain Type List of the type of domains Only Domains of
112. e Disabled An inactive job Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 505 Managing system data Name Description Frequency The time interval between two consecutive executions of the job Scheduled By The scheduler of the job Button Description View Opens the Job Scheduling View Job page that displays the details and of the selected completed job Edit Opens the Job Scheduling Edit Job page that you can use to modify the information of a selected completed job Delete Opens the Delete Confirmation page that prompts you to confirm the deletion of the selected Jobs More Actions gt View Log Opens the Logging page that displays the logs for the selected completed jobs More Actions gt Enable Changes the state of the selected completed job from inactive to active More Actions gt Disable Opens the Disable Confirmation page that prompts you to confirm the disabling of the selected completed job More Actions gt Schedule On Demand Job Opens the Job Scheduling On Demand Job page that you can use to schedule a On Demand job Advanced Search Displays fields that you can use to specify the search criteria for searching a completed job Filter Enable Displays fields under select columns that you can use to set filter criteria This is a toggle button Filter Disable Hides the column filter fields without resetting the filt
113. elemen lt xs elemen lt xs elemen lt xs elemen name name type xs string minOccurs 1 maxOccurs 1 gt name building type xs string minOccurs 0 gt name localityName type xs string minOccurs 0 gt name postalCode type xs string minOccurs 0 gt name room type xs string minOccurs 0 gt name StateOrProvince type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name country type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name street type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name postalAddress minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs maxLength value 1024 gt SRA CESTE LEE LON lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name isPrivate type xs boolean minOccurs 0 gt nian ar er Gr eran A lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name xmlContact gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs elemen lt xs elemen lt xs elemen minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element name displayNameAscii type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs elemen lt xs elemen minOccurs 1 gt lt xs elemen lt xs elemen lt xs elemen minOccurs 0 gt lt xs elemen lt xs elemen minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element name source type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element name sourceUserKey type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element name suffix type
114. element gt lt The extension the system should hunt to for this telephone when the telephone is busy A station hunting chain can be created by assigning a hunt to station to a series of telephones gt lt xs element name huntToStation type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Provides for partitioning of attendant groups and or stations eael eati Cotos lt Typically this is used for multiple tenants in a building or multiple departments within a company or organization gt lt la Welacl welltess i co 100 gt lt xs element name tn maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs int gt lt xs miniInclusive value 0 gt lt xs maxInclusive value 100 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt i myorecally Thie ais vsec cor iimmllicsyjoile tenemes ia a lowialilebiag Or multiple departments within a company or organization gt sl Typically this is used for multiple tenants in a building or multiple departments within a company or organization gt lt Welliacl wellness co 995 gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 139 Managing Users lt xs element name cor maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs int gt lt xs iminiInclusive value 0 gt lt xs maxInclusive value 995 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType g
115. element name h320Conversion type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt The service link is the combined hardware and software multimedia Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 145 Managing Users connection between an Enhanced mode complex s H 320 DVC system and the Avaya DEFINITY Server which terminates the H 320 protocol A service link is never used by a Basic mode complex H 320 DVC system Connecting a service link will take several seconds When the service link is connected it uses MMI VC and system timeslot resources When the service link is disconnected it does not tie up any resources The Service Link Mode can be administered as either A as neededa or a permanenta as described below As Needed Most non call center multimedia users will be administered with this service link mode The as needed mode provides the Enhanced multimedia complex with a connected service link whenever a multimedia call is answered by the station and for a period of 10 seconds after the last multimedia calil on the station has been disconnected Having the service link stay connected for 10 seconds allows a user to disconnect a multimedia call and then make another multimedia call without having to wait for the service link to disconnect and re establish Permanent Multimedia call center agents and other users who are constantly making or receiving multime
116. element name miscellaneousl type csm xmlLength1llType maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Specifies additional useful information about a subscriber Entries in this field are for convenience and are not used by the messaging system gt lt xs element name miscellaneous2 type csm xmlLengthllType maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Specifies additional useful information about a subscriber Entries in this field are for convenience and are not used by the messaging system gt lt xs element name miscellaneous3 type csm xmlLengthl1lType maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Specifies additional useful information about a subscriber Entries in this field are for convenience and are not used by the messaging system 170 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting gt lt xs element name miscellaneous4 type csm xmlLengthllType maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs simpleType name xmlyesNoType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value Yes gt lt xs enumeration value No gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs simpleType name xmlTrueFalseType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value TRUE gt lt xs enumeration value FALSE gt
117. field of an egress adaptation module rule contains a valid value not empty the adaptation module modifies the digits and insert phone context when the three trigger fields match the criteria i e Matching Pattern Min and Max On the other hand if the phone context field is empty the egress adaptation module does not insert phone context Creating Adaptations Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Adaptations to open the Adaptation page 3 4 Enter the Name Adaptation Module and any other required fields in the first Click New The Adaptation Details page is displayed section a Enter a descriptive name for the adaptation b Specify an adaptation module e Module name field contains only the name e Module parameter field contain either a single parameter or a list of name value name value name valu Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 261 Managing Session Manager routing Note The list is separated by spaces and not by commas c Enter a list of URI parameters to append to the Request URI on egress in the Egress URI Parameters field URI parameters can be added to the Request URI For example the parameter user phone can be appended for all INVITEs routing to a particular SIP entity The egress Request URI parameters are administered from the Adaptation Details using the Egress URI Parameters field The field
118. from security module that you may expect as it travels through the IP network All packets containing SIP signaling which leave the security module have the specified value in the DSCP differentiated service code point field of the IP header Intervening routers may or may not treat packets with this value with a different level of precedence they must either support this by default or be specially configured to do so Different DSCP values are specified in RFCs 2597 and 2598 To be consistent with Communication Manager Branch Session Manager uses a default DSCP value of 46 which indicates forwarding with the highest priority e Select the Speed amp Duplex value to configure the security module interface speed and duplex values e Modify the QOS Priority value This is the value of 802 1q priority bit Layer 2 QoS configuration to be used by Branch Session Manager for any SIP traffic Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 355 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances The default is 6 Range of this value is 0 7 This value specifies the ability to provide different priority to different applications users or data flows or to guarantee a certain level of performance for a call on a local area network The higher the priority the lower the QOS priority number e Modify the value for VLAN ID This is the VLAN that the Branch Session Manager is to be associated with Call traffic segregation could be bas
119. gt lt SipdomainFullToO gt lt SipdomainFullTO gt lt notes gt this is another test lt notes gt lt defaultDomain gt false lt defaultDomain gt lt domainName gt avaya2 com lt domainName gt lt domainType gt sip lt domainType gt lt name gt avaya2 com lt name gt lt SipdomainFullToO gt lt sipdomainFullTOList gt Locations About Locations You can use the Locations screen to set up and configure gateway and user locations The IP address of the device determines the current physical location of the caller or the called user Session Manager matches the IP address against the patterns defined on location screens If a call is from a SIP Entity does not match the IP address pattern then Session Manager uses the location administered for the SIP Entity Session Manager uses the originating location to determine which dial patterns to look at when routing the call if there are dial patterns administered for specific locations Locations are also used to limit the number of calls coming out of or going to a physical location This is useful for those locations where the network bandwidth is limited This is also known as Call Admission Control CAC CAC provides a level of protection by limiting the impact of multimedia traffic over the most critical network links between enterprise locations such as the links from branch 246 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Loc
120. gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name hotLineAbbrevDialCode maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 161 Managing Users lt XS complexType name xmlNativeNameData gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name locale type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element name name maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs maxLength value 27 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs schema gt Sample XML for bulk importing endpoint profiles lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt tns users xmlns tns http xml avaya com schema import xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi schemaLocation http xml avaya com schema import userimport xsd gt SIEIMis S User lt authenticationType gt BASIC lt authenticationType gt lt description gt description lt description gt lt displayName gt displayname lt displayName gt lt displayNameAscii gt displayNameAscii lt displayNameAscii gt lt dn gt dn lt dn gt lt isDuplicatedLoginAllowed gt true lt isDuplicatedLog
121. gt Template Specifies the lt ipt template gt template name used Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 231 Managing Users UI field Description XML tag Possible value for creating the station lt ipt template gt Set Type Specifies the set type lt ipt setType gt of the station lt ipt setType gt Port Specifies the port lt ipt port gt number from the list for the template you Z aljene 2 t gt select PE pOr Related topics Bulk importing users on page 111 Sample XML file for a user with SIP Communication Profile Here is the sample XML of a user profile with basic fields To create your own XML replace the value of the tags explained in the Mapping of Station Profile elements table in Bulk import XML for users with SIP phone lt xml version 1 0 lt users tns users xmlns tns http xml avaya com schema import ncoding UTF 8 gt Root Element Users represent collection of user containing 1 or more xmins xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi schemaLocation http xml avaya com schema import userimport xsd gt SIE IONS 9 WUSISe lt authenticationType gt BASIC lt authenticationType gt lt givenName gt John lt givenName gt lt loginName gt jmiller avaya com lt loginName gt lt surname gt Miller lt surname gt lt userPassword gt mypassword lt userPassword gt lt commPa
122. importing job eiia T ET E T poiius aaia teici 115 List of XML Schema Definitions and sample XMLs for bulk iMport ssssssssseesssesssressrnsssrrsesresssens 116 Attribute details defined in Import user XSD RRENA E E E E E wa TZ Attribute details defined in Delete User XSDis j ccccsicscsscsssnessccetanrvecssataesecnasommverennarsarveadcanirruscertas 181 Attribute details defined in the Endpoint profile XSD c cccccceeeceeecceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeseaeesaneeeaeeseneeees 183 Attribute details defined in the Messaging communication profile XSD ccccceeeeesetteeeeeeseeeees 210 Attribute details defined in the Session Manager communication profile XSD cccceeeeees 219 Import Users feld GeecrGNON Seros ran aranaren ETna 221 import Users Job Details feld desoriphons nnne 225 Job Details field descriptions eee E eau aa ee eae E aa eeectadaaencate eeeaneeneiee 226 Guick stari ta mporn USEE ass paces Ad E dared rede a eee 227 Chapter 5 Managing Session Manager routing sceceesseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeseeeneeeees 235 Cverviaw ot Session Manager OUT oessa EN ae 235 Prerenuistes far ROWing SEDs neaei r E E 236 a E E E E E T 236 aa E ala e AE E A P P E AE I EA E E A TE EN V A E ENT 236 Routing of a call using routing policy Galanes a 237 Administering initial setup of the Session Managel cccccccecceeeceeeneeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeaeeceaeetsaeeeeeeeneees 237 Routing import and export
123. in Germany for example name company de to a Frankfurt Gateway Related topics Regular Expression constructs on page 523 Creating Regular Expressions About this task The Regular Expressions screen enables you to create regular expressions and associate them with routing policies You cannot save a regular expression unless it has a routing policy associated to it Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt Regular Expressions 3 Click New The Regular Expression Details screen is displayed 4 Enter the regular expression pattern in the Pattern field Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 317 Managing Session Manager routing Specify a rank order for the regular expression A lower rank order indicates a higher priority To deny routing for a matched regular expression pattern select the Deny check box To associate a routing policy for the matched pattern click Add under the Routing Policy section Select the required routing policies that you want associated with the Regular Expression by selecting the respective check boxes 9 Click Select to indicate that you have completed your selections To remove an associated routing policy select the routing policy and click Remove Click Commit Modifying Regular Expressions About this task The Regular Expressions screen enables you to modify regular express
124. indicates forwarding with the highest priority e The Speed amp Duplex field allows the configuring of the security module interface speed and duplex values The drop down menu contains a list of the valid values In the QOS Priority field enter a 802 1q priority value This is the value of 802 1q priority bit Layer 2 QoS configuration to be used by Branch Session Manager for any SIP traffic The default is 6 Range of this value is 0 7 This value specifies the ability to provide different priority to different applications users or data flows or to guarantee a certain level of performance for a call on a local area network The higher the priority the lower the QOS priority number e In the VLAN ID field enter an integer value This is the VLAN that the Branch Session Manager is to be associated with Call traffic segregation could be based on the VLAN associated with the Branch Session Manager 352 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Branch Session Manager Administration SIP Entity IP Address field is populated as per the IP address of the SIP entity 6 Under the Monitoring section enter the following information to configure how this Branch Session Manager instance should monitor SIP entities e To enable or disable monitoring of the SIP entities by this Branch Session Manage instance select or clear the Enable Monitoring check box e Type a required value in sec
125. is TLS 6 Click Commit to save the host name entry to the host name table Note You can import or export XML Schema instance file containing LHN entries using More Actions menu on the Local Host Name Resolution page Local Host Name Schema XML schema provides the format for generation of XML schema instance file in the event of import of Local Host Name data Example The format of the JAXB compliant XSD schema of the XML files used in the Local Host Name Import and Export feature is as follows lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt xsd schema xmlns xsd http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema xmlns jxb http java sun com xml ns jaxb jxb version 2 0 gt lt xsd annotation gt lt xsd documentation xml lang en gt XML schema definition for Local Host Name Resolution entries Copyright Avaya Inc All Rights Reserved THIS IS UNPUBLISHED PROPRIETARY SOURCE CODE OF AVAYA INC The copyright notice above does not evidence any actual or intended publication of such source code Some third party source code components may have been modified from Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 369 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances their original versions by Avaya Inc The modifications are Copyright Avaya Inc lt xsd documentation gt lt xsd annotation gt All Rights Reserved lt xsd element name LocalHostNameEntries type Local
126. is a sequence of relativ distinguished names RDN connected by commas An RDN is an attribute with an associated value in the form of attribute value normally expressed in a UTF 8 string format The dn can be used to identify the user and may be used for authentication subject mapping Note the dn is changeable isDuplicatedLoginAllowed A boolean indicator showing whether this user is allowed a duplicate concurrent logins A true stipulates that the user is allow to have duplicate logins Default value is true isEnabled A boolean indicator showing whether or not the user is active Users with AuthenticationType equals Basic will fail if this value is false This attribute can be used to disable access between login attempts A running sessions login will not be revocable Alternatively the administrator can always modify the password to disable the user from logging in A true stipulates this is an active user a false used for a disabled user Default value is false isVirtualUser A boolean indicator showing whether or not the record is being used for a non human entity such as an application service software agent etc This is to be used where th ntity will behave as a user and needs to have subset of the user profile populated If the entity does not behave as a user and has a different trust relationship e g a trust certificate it should not be treated as a virtual user A virtual user can represent an Avaya or external non human entity hi
127. is stopped and the packet is either permitted or dropped as per the rule action The only exception to this is the rules defined with a None Action Device and Location Configuration Device Settings Groups Device Settings Groups Device Settings Groups module allows you to manage some of the configuration data for Avaya terminals These device settings are associated in groups or in a default group and can be assigned to one or more terminals or locations Device Settings Groups of type Location Groups can be associated with Locations while Device Settings Groups of type Terminal Groups can only be associated with a terminal respectively having a Terminal Group ID When 390 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Device and Location Configuration the terminal is set up for the first time it is set up with a pre provisioned group called Default Group which provides the global settings across locations and terminals A terminal can be individually associated with a set of Device Settings which are downloaded and set as per the following criteria e The configuration of a terminal is set as the Default Device Settings if the terminal does not belong to an Routing Policy Location or the Network Routing Policy Location where the terminal is located has no specific set of Personal Profile Manager PPM attributes and the Terminal is not associated with a specific se
128. limit the number of telephones with H 320 conversion Enhanced multimedia complexes must have this flag set to true Optional Boolean serviceLinkMode The service link is the combined hardware and software multimedia connection between an Enhanced mode complex s H 320 DVC system and the Avaya DEFINITY Server which terminates the H 320 protocol A service Optional Valid entries as needed permenant Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints link is never used by a Basic mode complex H 320 DVC system Connecting a service link will take several seconds When the service link is connected it uses MMI VC and system timeslot resources When the service link is disconnected it does not tie up any resources The Service Link Mode can be administered as either as needed or permanent as described below As Needed Most non call center multimedia users will be administered with this service link mode The as needed mode provides the Enhanced multimedia complex with a connected service link whenever a multimedia call is answered by the station and for a period of 10 seconds after the last multimedia call on the station has been disconnected Having the service link stay connected for 10
129. locations Dial patterns that match the originating location are considered before dial patterns for ALL locations If a dial pattern for the originating location matches the digits dial patterns for ALL locations are ignored If no matching dial patterns are found then the domain in the Request URI is modified to remove one level of subdomain until only a top level domain is left For example if dr avaya com was tried then avaya com is tried If avaya com was tried then Session Manager tries com which fails If more than one Dial Pattern matches the one with the longest matching pattern is selected When the Global Settings option is selected Session Manager compares the user part of the Request URI with all dial patterns valid for the originating location where the domain matches the domain in the Request URI Only dial patterns matching the location are considered If no matching dial patterns are found then the domain in the Request URI is modified to remove one level of subdomain until only a top level domain is left For example if dr avaya com was tried then avaya com is tried If avaya com was tried then Session Manager tries com which fails If more than one dial pattern matches the one with the longest matching pattern is selected Similarly dial patterns administered for ALL locations are also compared This may result in two matching dial patterns
130. lt A CM Station Profile is associated with Communication Profile The application sequenc Sequence to My CM invoked b Session Manager for calls to and from 5555555 domain com sequences calls to t CM My CM SIP devices associated with this Communication Profile are asso with the CM Station that has number 555 CM Station 555 5555 already exists on useExistingExtension element has value lt commProfile xsi type ipt xmlStationProfile xmlns ipt http xml a lt commP rofileType gt CM lt comm lt ipt cmName gt My C lt ipt useExistingExtension nce gt Sequence to My CM sm homeLocation gt this y he ciated 5555 Wie the CM so the Wiebke gt vaya com schema import_csm_cm gt ProfileType gt lt ipt cmName gt gt true lt ipt usel Extension gt Existing lt ipt extension gt 5555555 lt ipt extension gt lt commProfile gt lt commProfileLis lt commProfileSet gt lt tns user gt lt tns users gt CS Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 137 Managing Users XML Schema Definition for bulk importing endpoint profiles lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt xs schema xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema xmlns one http xml avaya com schema import elementFormDefault qualified targetNamespace http xml avaya com schema import_csm_cm xmlns csm http xml avaya com schema import_csm_cm gt
131. lt insertdigits gt lt matchingpattern gt 809 lt matchingpattern gt lt maxdigits gt 20 lt maxdigits gt lt mindigits gt 3 lt mindigits gt lt addressToModify gt origination lt addressToModify gt lt EgressadaptationFullTo gt lt EgressadaptationFullTo gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 275 Managing Session Manager routing lt A lt lt noces Eest lt deletedigi lt insertdigi lt matchingpa lt maxdigits gt lt mindigits gt lt notes gt ts gt 1 lt deletedigits gt ts gt 3 lt insertdigits gt ttern gt 810 lt matchingpattern gt 21 lt maxdigits gt 3 lt mindigits gt lt addressToModify gt destination lt addressToModify gt lt notes gt test lt deletedigi lt insertdigi lt matchingpa lt maxdigits gt lt mindigits gt EgressadaptationFullTO gt EgressadaptationFullTO gt lt notes gt ts gt 1 lt deletedigits gt ts gt 3 lt insertdigits gt ttern gt 811 lt matchingpattern gt 22 lt maxdigits gt 3 lt mindigits gt lt addressToModify gt both lt addressToModify gt EgressadaptationFullTO gt lt IngressadaptationFullTO gt SIP Entities lt notes gt test lt deletedigi lt insertdigi lt matchingpa lt maxdigits gt lt mindigits gt lt notes gt ts gt 1 lt deletedigits gt ts gt 2 lt insertdigits gt ttern gt 148 lt matchingpattern gt 25 lt maxdigits gt 3 lt mindigits gt lt addressToModify gt or
132. mailbox can become locked after two unsuccessful login aL temp tSn You can choose one of the following no to unlock your mailbox yes to lock your mailbox and prevent access to it gt lt xs element name mailBoxLocked type csm xmlyesNoType maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt MM field gt lt Specifies the mailbox number or transfer dial string of the subscriber s personal operator or assistant This field also indicates the transfer target when a caller to this subscriber presses 0 while listening to the subscriber s greeting gt lt xs element name personalOperatorMailbox maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 167 Managing Users lt MM field gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 0 9 gt lt G SEC Sie ean tee fe lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Specifies when to route calls to the backup operator mailbox The default value for this field is Always Active gt lt xs element name personalOperatorSchedule type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt MM field gt lt Specifies the order in which the subscriber hears the voice messages You can choose one of the following urgent first then newest to direct the system to play any messages marked as urgent prior to playing non urgent messages Both the urgent and non
133. message To Receiver of the message e Contact Track messages for a specific contact e Request URI URI of the called party Threshold Name Description Count packets Threshold for matching packets The value can range from 10 to 100000 The default value is 20 Specify this value only for the Rate Block and Rate Limit Action Types Period secs Threshold for period for matching packets The value can range from 1 to 60 The default value is 20 Specify this value only for the Rate Block and Rate Limit Action Types Timeout secs Action timeout in seconds The value can range from 30 to 36000 The default value is 900 Specify this value only for the Rate Block and Rate Limit Action Types Connection Name Description Connection Type Following are the possible connection types e Any This is a default choice If this option is selected SIP Firewall rule is matched against all incoming SIP Traffic e SIP UA Connection If this option is selected SIP Firewall rule is matched against the incoming SIP traffic from entities that are not the Trusted SIP Entity as defined by the Routing Policy This 388 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Network Configuration Name Description option is suitable for creating SIP Firewall filtering rules for SIP telephones that are directly connected
134. messages from trusted hosts to bypass the SIP firewall Delete Deletes the selected Whitelist rule Name Description Enabled Enables the allowing of messages from trusted hosts to bypass the SIP firewall Key Allows you to select a key for filtering messages for whitelisting from the following Remote IP address CONTACT and FROM Value Value of the Key e Remote IP address IP address of the host from where the messages are sent e CONTACT String to look for in the Contact SIP Header in the SIP message This string need not be an exact match with the Contact SIP header content and can be a subset of the string present in the Contact SIP Header Its value can be a complete or partial SIP URI for example jdoe avaya com for a specific user or avaya com for a domain of users e FROM String to look for in the From SIP Header in the SIP message This string need not be an exact match with the From SIP header content and can be a subset of 380 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Network Configuration Name Description the string present in the From SIP Header Its value can be a complete or partial SIP URI for example jdoe avaya com for a specific user or avaya com for a domain of users Mask Subnet mask used for the whitelist operation Button Description
135. monitored Peak Cross Cluster Total The highest value observed for this attribute from totalling the attribute values across all Service Hosts Peak Individual The highest individual value observed for this attribute over the last 24 hours amongst all individual Service Hosts Average The current average of the attribute s values totalled across all Service Hosts over the last 24 hours Some of the important fields are listed below CPU Usage Percentage The percentage CPU usage on the Service Host installation platform Total number of requests received Total number of SIP message requests received by the Service Host Active SIP Transactions The number of new active transactions currently being processed by the Service Host 28 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com SIP Application Server Free Physical Memory Mb The amount of free physical memory available on the Service Host hardware platform Container Sip Application Sessions The number of SIP application sessions currently being processed by the Service Host This equals the sum of the number of sessions which represent subscriptions from endpoints and the number of currently active calls handled by the Session Manager Service Host Statistics field descriptions Some of the important fields are listed below Name Description S
136. number assigned to the product also called the product ID This number helps in identifying the component that generated the alarm Button Description Alarm landing Page Changes the mode from Auto Refresh to Manual refresh and displays the Alarming home page This is a toggle button Alarming field descriptions The Alarming home page has two sections upper and lower The upper section has buttons that you can use to view the details of the selected alarms change the status of alarms search for alarms and set filters to view specific alarms The lower section displays alarms in a table The table provides information about the status of the alarms along with their severity You can click a column title to sort the information in the table in ascending or descending order Field Description Time Stamp Specifies the date and time when the alarm is generated 462 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing alarms Field Description Severity Specifies the severity of the alarm Status Specifies the current status of the alarms Host Name SysName Specifies the name of the host server that generated the alarm In case of trap listener this column specifies the system name Source IP Address Specifies the IP address of the system that generated the alarm Message A short description of the problem
137. of dial pattern to be matched The maximum value can be 36 324 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Entity Links Name Description Listen Port Number of the port to be used for entity links The default port is 5060 Default Transport Protocol for Entity Links The default transport protocol that the entity links use such as TLS TCP or UDP The default is TLS Domain Management Name Description Suffix The default suffix to be used for the domain name SIP Entities Name Description Type Type of the SIP entity such as ASM CM Trunk Gateway and so on The default is ASM Time Zone Default time zone to be used for the entity link Default Transport Protocol for Ports Default transport protocol to be used by the ports The default is TLS Override Port amp Transport with DNS SRV Select check box to override DNS routing Time Ranges Name Description Time Range Start Time Start time for the time range Default is 00 00 Time Range End Time End time for the time range Default is 23 59 Application Settings Name Description Show warning message Displays a warning message if you try to navigate to another page when the displayed page has unsaved data or if a data import is on progress Administering Avaya Aura
138. of the link to the targets You can configure up to 3 IP Addresses for ARP monitoring Link Monitoring Frequency msecs Specifies the sampling period with range from 50 to 500 default value is 100 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 345 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Name Description Down Delay msecs Specifies the wait time for disabling of a slave in case of detection of a link failure The value is a multiple of link monitoring frequency value and range is from 50 to 1000 default value is 200 Up Delay msecs Specifies the wait time for enabling of a slave in case of detection of a link recovery The value is a multiple of link monitoring frequency value and range is from 50 to 1000 default value is 200 Monitoring Button Description Enable Monitoring Select to enable monitoring of the administered SIP entities by the added Session Manager instance Clear the check box to disable monitoring Proactive cycle time secs Enter a value in seconds for polling the administered SIP entities by the added Session Manager Monitoring ensures that the entities are still reachable Proactive monitoring occurs as long as no outages are detected The default is 900 seconds These default values are used for each administered SIP entity unless overridden by the Monitoring options that you specified on the SIP Entities page for a
139. on page 289 Overview of References to SIP Entities field descriptions Use this page to view information about the SIP entity references associated with the selected SIP entity Name Description SIP Entity Name Lists the names of the SIP entities Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 289 Managing Session Manager routing Name Description Location Name Lists the location associated with the specified SIP entity Routing Policy Name Lists the routing policy associated with the specified SIP entity Adaptation Name Lists the name of the adaptation associated with the SIP entity Button Description Back Returns to the SIP Entities page Related topics Displaying SIP Entity References on page 289 Entity Links About Entity Links Session Manager enables you to create an entity link between the Session Manager and any other administered SIP entity You must configure an entity link between a Session Manager and any entity that you have administered if you want Session Manager to be able to send or receive messages from that entity directly To be able to communicate with other SIP entities each Session Manager instance must know the port and the transport protocol of its entity link to these SIP entities in the network Session Manager does not need to know the port and transport protocol if the Override Port amp Transport box is checked on the SIP
140. on the set type you want to add Set Type Displays the set type of the endpoint you want to associate When you select a template the system populates the corresponding set types Security Code Displays the security code for authorized access to the endpoint Port Displays the relevant port for the set type you select The field lists the possible ports based on the selected set type Voice Mail Number Displays the voice mail number of the endpoint you want to associate Delete Endpoint on Unassign of Endpoint from User or on Delete User Select this check box to specify whether you want to delete the endpoint from the Communication Manager device when you remove the association between the endpoint and the user or when you delete the user Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 99 Managing Users 100 Communication Profile tab Messaging Profile section Note The page displays the following fields if a messaging profile exists for the user Name Description System Displays the Messaging System on which you need to add the subscriber Template Displays the system defined or user defined template you want to associate with the subscriber Use Existing Subscriber on System Select this check box to specify whether to use an existing subscriber mailbox number to associate with this profile Mailbox Number Displays the mailbox n
141. open User Registrations page The User Registrations page displays the list of registered users 3 Click to select the AST Devices and click Reboot The Confirm Reboot Notification page appears 4 On the Confirm Reboot Notification page click Confirm 5 After user confirmation a status page appears showing the detailed information regarding the current state of scheduled and running endpoint actions Related topics User Registrations field descriptions on page 442 Reloading of selected AST devices Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click System Status gt User Registrations to open User Registrations page 3 Click the rows to select the SIP AST Devices and do one of the following a Click Reload gt Reload Complete to force complete reload of selected SIP AST Devices which includes maintenance data configuration data and a complete data reload On the Confirm Reload Complete Notification page click Confirm After user confirmation a status page appears showing the detailed information regarding the current state of scheduled and running endpoint actions b Click Reload gt Reload Config to reload only configuration details of selected SIP AST subscribed devices On the Confirm Reload Config Notification page click Confirm After user confirmation a status page appears showing the detailed information regarding the current state of scheduled and running endpoint actio
142. or spoken language Time Zone Displays the preferred time zone of the user Identity tab Address section Name Description Select check box Use this check box to select a address in the table Name The name of the addressee Address Type Displays the type of address The values are e Office Home Street Displays the name of the street Locality Name Displays the name of the city or town Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 83 Managing Users Name Description Postal Code Displays the postal code used by postal services to route mail to a destination In United States this is Zip code Province Displays the full name of the province Country Displays the name of the country Button Description New Opens the Add Address page Use the page to add the address details Edit Allows you to modify the address Delete Deletes the selected address Choose Shared Address Opens the Choose Address page that you can use to choose a shared or common address Communication Profile tab Communication profile section Use this section to create modify and delete a communication profile for the user Each communication profile may contain one or more communication addresses for a user Name Description Communication Profile Password Type your Communication profile pas
143. page select a user and perform one of the following steps e Click Edit e Click View gt Edit 4 On the User Profile Edit page click the Communication Profile tab 5 In the Messaging Profile section modify the relevant information in the fields 6 Click Commit to save the changes to the database If you want to cancel the action and return to the previous page click Cancel Related topics New User Profile field descriptions on page 82 72 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing communication profiles Removing association between a subscriber mailbox and a user Before you begin The Delete Subscriber on Unassign of Subscriber from User or Delete User check box is clear while associating a mailbox with a user Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management 2 Click Manage Users in the left navigation pane 3 On the User Management page select a user and perform one of the following steps e Click Edit e Click View gt Edit 4 On the User Profile Edit page click the Communication Profile tab 5 In the Messaging Profile tab clear the check box next to the Messaging Profile label 6 Click Commit Result The system removes the association between the subscriber mailbox and the user The subscriber mailbox is still provisioned on the communication management device Related topics New User Profile field des
144. prevent access to it personalOperatorMa ilbox This is field of Messaging specific data Specifies the mailbox number or transfer dial string of the subscriber s personal operator or assistant This field also indicates the transfer target when a Caller to this subscriber presses 0 while listening to the subscriber s greeting Optional personalOperatorSc hedule This is field of Messaging specific data Specifies when to route calls to the backup operator mailbox The default value for this field is Always Active Optional Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 213 Managing Users Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints tuiMessageOrder This is field of Optional You can choose one Messaging specific of the following data Specifies the order in which the subscriber hears the voice messages e urgent first then newest to direct the system to play any messages marked as urgent prior to playing non urgent messages Both the urgent and non urgent messages are played in the reverse order of how they were received oldest messages first to direct the system to play messages in the order they were received urgent first then oldest to direct the system to play any messages marked as urgent prior to playing non urgent messages Both the urgent and non urgent messages are played in the order o
145. root certificates with which mutually authenticated TLS sessions can be established For administering third party trusted certificates for Session Manager a Session Manager application needs to be added for a specific Session Manager or Branch Session Manager instance This application is administered with the Management Access Point IP address of the Session Manager instance Using the Trust Management service you can perform the following operations for the application instance e View trusted and identity certificates currently installed on the Session Manager server e Add and remove trusted certificates installed on the Session Manager server Note Adding removing and replacing of certificates is not currently supported for either Identity Certificates or for non third party certificates that is the default certificates provided by Avaya cannot be changed Setting SCEP enrollment password About this task You can use this functionality to generate the simple certificate enrollment password SCEP for adopting products The adopting products require the SCEP password to request certificates from Trust Management Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Security 2 Click Certificates gt Enrollment Password in the left navigation pane 3 On the Enrollment Password page select the expiration of password in hours in the Password expires in field Administering Avaya Aura Session Man
146. routing policy for the matched pattern Remove Dissociates a routing policy from the matched pattern Name Description Name Name of the routing policy Disabled Specifies that the routing policy is to be disabled and should not be used Destination SIP Entity as Destination Notes Additional notes about the routing policy Button Description Commit Saves the regular expression and distributes it to the Session Managers in the enterprise Cancel Cancels the creation or modification of the regular expression Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 321 Managing Session Manager routing Regular Expression List field descriptions Use this page to view the regular expression associated with the selected routing policy Name Description Regular Expression Displays the regular expression to be used for the selected routing policy Rank Order Priority of the regular expression Lower rank order means a higher priority Deny Denies routing for a matched regular expression Notes Additional notes for the regular expression Button Description Select Associates the selected regular expression to a routing policy or dissociates it based on the Add or Remove option selected earlier Cancel Cancels the association or dissociation of the regular expression Bulk import for Regular Expressions Please follow these rules when creating an XML bulk import
147. section enter the following information to configure the Security Module a Inthe Network Mask field enter the value for the network mask associated with the network that the Security Module network interface will be connected to b Inthe Default Gateway field add the IP address of the default gateway c Inthe Call Control PHB field use the default value of 46 forward with highest priority d Inthe QOS Priority field enter a 802 1q priority value The default is 6 e Inthe Speed amp Duplex field select a value from the drop down menu to configure the security module interface speed and duplex values f Inthe VLAN ID field enter an integer value This is the VLAN that the Session Manager is to be associated with Leave this field blank if VLANs are not in use SIP Entity IP Address field is populated as per the IP address of the SIP entity 6 Under the NIC Bonding section enable or disable NIC bonding by selecting or clearing the Enable Bonding check box 7 Under the NIC Bonding section select a monitoring mode for NIC bonding from the drop down menu for Device Monitoring Mode 334 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Session Manager Administration 8 If you selected ARP Monitoring for Device Monitoring Mode enter the following information a ARP Interval msecs Specifies the ARP link monitoring frequency The range is 50 to 1000 The default value is 1
148. select Yes or No for Clear Subscription on Notification Failure 14 Click Commit Related topics Session Manager Administration page field descriptions on page 341 Session Manager page field descriptions on page 344 Viewing the Session Manager administration settings Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Session Manager Administration in the left navigation pane 3 Select a Session Manager from the Session Manager Instances list and click View The View Session Manager page displays information about the selected Session Manager instance 4 After you have viewed the information click Return Related topics Session Manager Administration page field descriptions on page 341 Session Manager page field descriptions on page 344 Modifying the Session Manager administration settings About this task This option allows you to modify the configuration settings for an already configured Session Manager 336 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Session Manager Administration Procedure o_ On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Session Manager Administration in the left navigation pane 3 Select a Session Manager instance from the list and click Edit 4 Under the General section change the following information if required e Add a comment in the Descriptio
149. selection on an on hook station only moves from the last used line button to a line button with an audibly alerting call If there are no alerting calls the line selection Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints remains on the button last used for a call 2 false The line selection on an on hook station with no alerting calls can be moved to a different line button which might be serving a different extension coverageAfterForwa Whether an Optional rding unanswered forwarded call is provided coverage treatment directlplpAudioConn Allow disallow direct Optional ections audio connections between IP endpoints ipAudioHairpinning Allows IP endpoints Optional to be connected through the server s IP circuit pack primeAppearancePr Set prime Optional eference appearance preference stationSiteData This is complex type for Site Data fields room This is field of Site Optional Max length 10 Data jack This is field of Site Optional Max length 5 Data cable This is field of Site Optional Max length 5 Data floor This is field of Site Optional Data November 2010 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager 207 Managing Users 208
150. servers The NOTIFY messages are send out to avoid a re registration and re subscription flood upon the failback 348 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Branch Session Manager Administration Branch Session Manager Administration About Branch Session Manager The Branch Session Manager provides a SIP enabled branch survivability solution It allows a customer who has deployed SIP phones in a branch to receive LSP style survivability For example when the core Session Manager is unreachable the SIP phones receive their Communication Manager features from the LSP The Branch Session Manager supports phones which simultaneously register with both the primary and secondary if configured Session Managers in the core and also with the Branch Session Manager The phones accept incoming calls from any of these servers Thus there is no outage to basic calling when a failure occurs and the phone is ready to receive a call from any of its servers A typical branch setup contains the following components 1 The Branch Session Manager provides service to users in case there is a WAN failure between branch and core 2 The Media Gateway provides among other functions the ability to connect branch to PSTN and media services such as conferencing tones and announcements 3 The LSP is a survivable processor for branch Media Gateway The LSP starts to work when the Media Gateway loses
151. shen 331 Confirm Reboot for Session Managers page field GeSCTiIPtiONS ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteetaeeees 331 Sessan Managot AUIS csi eed sieiaian nian aaa Boe About Session Manager Administration E E E E P E E TE E ARG ESTS aC AE A N AE ee About NIC Bonding re rer ee err eer err eet T A E E E aiino 333 Adding a SIP entity as a Session Manager instance ee A ere M E PA TEA A odes n 334 Viewing the Session Manager administration SettingS cecceeseeeeseeceeceeeeeeeseneeseeeeteeneseneeeees 336 Modifying the Session Manager administration settingS c08 ibe EEEE ESEE EE 336 Deleting amp Session Maraget INSTR NOE ic ccccrccndedccarepseccdupsrsscatenseusbe ctuandeshtdanicnesecsdearaaaseendeadagnesdrecudeees 340 Administering ELIN Servel iosirsi iniinis PETT PEE aes EE dina unidnee 340 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 9 Delete Confirmation page field descriptions cccccceeceeeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeseaeeeaeeeeaeeteaeetiaeeeeeees 341 Session Manager Administration page field GESCriPtiONS ccceeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeeteeeeeseaeees 341 Session Manager page field GESCriptionS ccccccsseeeeeessseeeeeeessteeeeeeees EE E E T 344 Saving Global Session Manager SettingE cc ssccceccccssscrasecesisecedvecsetsssscenenssaeteeeertssene oreeetedenenatee 348 Branch Session Manager Administration E E E T E E ES T P
152. specific entity Reactive cycle time secs Enter a value in seconds This value is used when proactive monitoring detects that an administered SIP entity is not reachable and changes to a reactive mode Reactive monitoring continues till the SIP entity responds again Typically the value for reactive monitoring should be less than the value for proactive monitoring The default is 120 seconds Session Manager uses these default values for each administered SIP entity unless overridden by the Monitoring options that you specified on the SIP Entities page for a specific entity Number of Retries Enter an integer value This value specifies the number of times Session Manager polls 346 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Session Manager Administration Button Description a SIP entity before it is deemed unreachable The default is 1 Session Manager uses these default values for each administered SIP entity unless overridden by the Monitoring options that you specified on the SIP Entities page for a specific entity CDR Name Description Enable CDR This controls whether CDR is enabled at the system level for that Session Manager instance If CDR is enabled you can individually control call detail recording for specific SIP entities using the Call Detail Recording drop down menu User User login name for CDR acce
153. substituting the LSP s IP address for the core Communication Manager So the LSP is automatically used as the Survivable Feature Server It is recommended that the Branch Session Manager be configured to support no more than 2 core session managers Either of the Session Managers can be configured as a primary or secondary server for a branch user Administering Branch Session Manager Before you begin The main Communication Manager Feature Server Evolution Server CM FS ES is added as an Inventory item and all appropriate configurations are done for CM FS ES in System Manager For details see Administering Avaya Aura Communication Manager Server Options 03 603479 About this task This section provides the basic steps of Branch Session Manager BSM administration Procedure 1 Add a SIP Entity for BSM using the IP of the BSM security module 2 Administer a BSM Instance 3 Create Entity Links from the BSM to the Main CM server CM FS ES as per following information a In case of BSM with CM Feature Server Trunk Gateway CM FS TG e Entity Link 1 BSM to core CM Feature Server e Entity Link 2 BSM to core CM Trunk Gateway Each entity link must use the same port and transport as the corresponding link to the primary Session Manager SM in the core The ports between the CM and SM entities must be unique b In case of BSM with CM Evolution Server CM ES ACM ES can be configured using just one entity link That e
154. suggested below Example Given A percentage of calls that are audio ex 80 B percentage of calls that are multimedia ex 20 C average bandwidth used by an audio call kbps ex 83 D average bandwidth used by a multimedia call kbps ex 768 Then Y AC BD kbps ex 220 The calculated value Y allows approximately the same number of calls to be permitted for the location after the CAC mode is changed from Ignore SDP in Session Manager 6 0 to Use SDP in Session Manager 6 1 For example to allow more than 20 of a location s available bandwidth to be used by multimedia calls after changing CAC modes you need to provision the Multimedia Bandwidth value for the location to be 20 of the Total Bandwidth value Multimedia calls are rejected by CAC if the multimedia limit is exceeded regardless of other call traffic If you donot want to specify a specific limit on multimedia calls the Multimedia Bandwidth value may be left blank and only the Total Bandwidth limit can be used 2 For video endpoints used in Session Manager 6 0 In Session Manager 6 0 the average bandwidth used for audio calls and video calls need to be determined separately and then a location can be split into two locations and provisioned accordingly IP address ranges can be associated with different endpoint types for different locations and the desired bandwidth limit is split between the locations accordingly If Average Bandwidth per
155. text field that identifies th ntity that created this user record The format o this field will be either a IP Address Port or a name representing an enterprise LDAP or Avaya sourceUserKey The key of the user from the source system If the source is an Enterprise Active Directory server this value with be the objectGUID suffix The text appended to a name e g Jr III surname The users last name also called the family name title The job function of a person in their organizational context Examples supervisor manager ContactAddress Represents a contacts address addresses A fully qualified URI for interacting with this contact Any addresses added to this table should contain a qualifier e g sip sips tel mailto The address should be syntactically valid based on the qualifier It must be possible to add via the GUI and Interface The application must do validation gt lt ownedContacts gt lt contact gt lt company gt ABC lt company gt lt description gt Company ABC description lt description gt lt displayName gt Phil Bath lt displayName gt lt displayNameAscii gt lt displayNameAscii gt lt dn gt dc acme dc org lt dn gt lt givenName gt John lt givenName gt Linea sA Mes ae e ea lt middleName gt M lt middleName gt lt preferredGivenName gt Phil lt preferredGivenName gt lt preferredLanguage gt English lt preferredLanguage gt lt isPublic gt false lt isPublic gt lt so
156. that generated the alarm M E Ref Number SysOID Specifies the unique identification number assigned to the product also called the product ID This number helps in identifying the component that generated the alarm For alarms that are generated from trap listener the system displays the System OID Identifier Specifies the unique identifier for an alarm Event ID Specifies the log event ID if the alarm is generated from logs or the Event OID if the alarm is generated from the trap listener service Button Description View Displays the details of the selected alarms Change Status Changes the status of the selected alarm The options are Acknowledged e Cleared Auto Refresh Mode Changes over to the Auto Refresh mode When the Alarming page is set in this mode it automatically updates the alarms in the table This is a toggle button More Actions gt Export Selected Exports the selected alarms to a CSV file which can be viewed with Wordpad or Excel More Actions gt Export All Exports all the alarms to a CSV file which can be viewed with Wordpad or Excel Advanced Search Displays fields that you can use to specify the search criteria for searching an alarm Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 463 Managing events Button Description Refresh Refreshes the log information in the table Fi
157. the details and frequency of a job Job Details Name Description Job Name The name of the job Job Type The type of job represented by an icon that corresponds to its type The application uses different icons to represent the Job types Following are the job types 1 System scheduled Job The job scheduled for the normal operation of Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 507 Managing system data Name Description the application The System Administrator can reschedule and stop a system schedule job but can not delete the job 2 Admin scheduled job The job that the administrator schedules for administering the application 3 On demand job The periodic jobs that the administrator may schedule to perform non routine tasks Job Status The current status of the job The options are 1 Running Pending Status Unknown Interrupted Failed Successful 7 Not Authorized oa KR wo Dp Job State The state of a job indicates whether the job is an active job or not The options are Enabled Disabled Job Frequency Name Description Task Time The date and time of running the job Recurrence The settings define whether the execution of the jobs is a recurring activity or a one time activity In case of a recurring job the field also displays the frequency of recurrence Range The number of recurrences or
158. the following set of functionality e viewing the listing of all existing Session Manager Communication Profiles with advanced options of sorting and filtering e bulk editing of required Communication Profile attributes across selected Communication Profiles For example replacement of a Session Manager instance across all the selected Communication Profiles This is an enhancement over editing of individual profiles using User Profile Edit screen e viewing the background edit job status of bulk editing of Communication Profile e viewing Communication Profile edit failures during bulk editing operations Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 361 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Important Auser s SIP phone is added to the Aura Network by assigning the user a Communication Profile containing a Communication Manager endpoint profile and a Session Manager profile The Communication Manager profile associates the user with a station ona Communication Manager that is in the core network The Session Manager profile assigns the user s primary and secondary Session Managers application sequences and survivability server For correct application sequencing to Communication Manager the application sequences must reference one and the same Communication Manager as the Communication Manager endpoint profile For correct survivability configuration if a Branch Session Manager is specified as the survivabil
159. the information of a selected communication address Delete Deletes the selected communication address The page displays the following fields when you click New or Edit in the Communication Address section Name Description Type Displays the type of the handle The different types of handles are e Avaya SIP Indicates that the handle supports SIP based communication e Avaya E 164 Indicates that the handle refers to an E 164 formatted address E 164 numbers can have a maximum of fifteen digits and are usually written with a prefix e Microsoft Exchange Indicates that the handle is an e mail address and supports communication with Microsoft SMTP server e Microsoft OCS SIP Indicates that the handle supports OCS SIP based communication e Lotus Notes Indicates that the handle is for Lotus Notes and domino calender IBM Sametime Indicates that the handle is for IBM Sametime e Jabber Indicates that the handle supports Extensible Messaging and Presence Protocol XMPP based communication with the Jabber service e Google Talk Indicates that the handle supports XMPP based communication with the Google Talk service e Other Email Indicates that the handle is an e mail address other than MS Exchange e mail addresses 96 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com User Profile Edit field descriptions Name Description
160. the latest status Security Module Status page field descriptions Button Description Refresh Refreshes the following statistics for all the administered Session Manager instances e Session Manager Session Manager instance e Type Shows the type of Session Manager instance either as Core or Branch Session Manager e Status Status of the Security Module deployed for the Session Manager up or down e Connections Total count of connections for the Security Module IP Address IP address of the security module used for SIP traffic This field should match the address administered on the SIP Entity form for the Session Manager instance e VLAN The VLAN ID that the security module is associated with This field should match the VLAN ID administered on the Session Manager instance form Default Gateway Default Gateway used by the security module This value should match the default gateway administered on the Session Manager instance form 430 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com System Status Button Description e NIC Bonding Shows whether NIC bonding is enabled or disabled e Entity Links expected actual The expected value is the number of SIP Entities configured in Routing Policy which have Entity Links to the Session Manager The actual value is the number of Entity Links currently configured on
161. the replica node The color code of the status is green Last Synchronization time The last time when the data synchronization or replication happened for the replica node Button Description View Details Opens the Data Replication page You can use this page to view the synchronization details for a replica node Repair Replicates or synchronizes data from themaster node to a selected replica node Remove Removes the selected nodes from the group Show All Replica Groups Takes you back to the Replica Groups page Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 493 Managing system data Data Replication field descriptions General Name Description Replica Node Group Name of the group of the replica server Replica Node Host Name The IP address of the replica server Last Synchronization Time The last time and date when the data synchronization or replication happened for the replica node Synchronization Status The synchronization status of the replica server Synchronization Status Name Description Pending Batches The batches for which data replication is pending Statistics Name Description Cause of Error A brief description of reason for failure to replicate or synchronize data Time of Error The time when the error occurred 494 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments
162. to Session Manager NRP Trusted SIP Entity If this option is selected SIP Firewall rule is matched against the incoming SIP traffic from entities that are marked as Trusted SIP Entity in the Routing Policy Button Description Cancel Cancels the defining of the rule Commit Saves the defined rule and saves it when the SIP firewall configuration is saved Related topics Specifying a new SIP Firewall rule on page 382 Deep inspection filtering SIP Firewall rules provide the following filters for deep inspection e SIP Layer content e IP Transport layer parameters such as IP address protocol port and so on You can combine both SIP Layer content and IP transport layer parameters in a single firewall rule For example a SIP Firewall rule can limit the high rate of INVITE packets from a remote IP address Denial of Service protection SIP Firewall provides protection from the Denial of Service DoS attacks as follows e Flood Protection from a specified source e Advanced Flood Protection A rule may be defined to detect mitigate flood attacks within the live SIP Stream without knowing the flood source in advance In other words the host causing the flood need not be known when the rule is configured A high performance database tracks all matched messages e Rate Limiting A Rate Limit action may be configured to limit the number of SIP packets that are forwarded within a given period Refer
163. to the Session Manager See CS1000 documentation 2 Reconfigure NCS pointing to Session Manager See CS1000 documentation 3 Create Terminal Proxy Server instances for Primary signaling server and Secondary signaling server as per your system requirement 4 Create Terminal Proxy Server instances for each Branch Office Survivable Media Gateway or Survivable Remote Gateway 50 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 417 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances 5 Create an NRS Proxy User Rule Creating Terminal Proxy Server instance Procedure 1 On the System Manager console in Elements click Inventory 2 From the left navigation pane click Inventory gt Manage Elements 3 On the Manage Elements page click New and select a CS 1000 Terminal Proxy Server entity instance 4 On the New CS 1000 Terminal Proxy Server page enter the following details e In the Name field enter the H323 ID value of the Main or Primary Signaling Server e Enter the Node IP address of the Main or Primary Signaling Server 5 Click Commit When you add an application entity through Runtime Topology Service RTS it in turn starts a synchronization job in the background to bring all the relevant data from the application instances to the Communication System Management database You can check the status of this synchronization job on the System Manager console by accessing Scheduler in Services Creati
164. to the section Specifying a new SIP Firewall rule for details on how to configure Rate Limit rules e Rate Blocking A Rate Block action may be configured to completely block an offending SIP source once the traffic reaches a specified threshold within a given period Traffic is Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 389 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances then blocked until the configured timeout expires Refer to the section Specifying a new SIP Firewall rule for details on how to configure the Rate Block rules e Signature Detection A rule may be configured to perform signature detection and drop those packets matching signature Both simple and regular expression string searching is supported across the entire SIP header region of the message or across the full message headers and body SIP Firewall default rule set SIP Firewall provides a default rule set Avaya recommends that default rules be used after the initial installation of Session Manager e 192 11 13 2 added as a part of default rules e Session Manager Management IP address Rule precedence and traversal The precedence order for using the rules is e Blacklist e Whitelist e Rules Each list above can contain more than one rule Session Manager traverses the rules within any of the above lists from top to bottom SIP Firewall is a packet based filtering engine Any time a packet is matched with a rule the rule traversal
165. true to provide automatic callback for a calling analog station without flashing the hook gt lt xs element name busyAutoCallbackWithoutFlash type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 153 Managing Users lt Provides audible message waiting gt lt xs element name audibleMessageWaiting type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Only administrable if Hospitality is enabled on the System Parameters Customer Options Optional Features screen This field affects th telephone display on calls that originated from a station with Client Room Class of Service Note For stations with an audix station type AUDIX Voice Power ports or ports for any other type of messaging that needs display information Display Client Redirection must be enabled Set true to redirect information for a call originating from a Client Room and terminating to this station displays gt lt xs element name displayClientRedirection type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Valid Entries Usage true Indicates that a stationd s line selection is not to be moved from the currently selected line button to a different non alerting line button If you enter true the line selection on an on hook station only moves from the last used line button to a line button with an audibly alerting call If there are no alerting ca
166. type tns xmlUser minOccurs 0 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs element gt lt xs complexTyp name xmlUser gt lt xSse Guenice gt SHS SESI XS SxS Ox 8 SKS ORS SSS lt XS Sts lt xs SRS KRS ORES SESI SESI ARSS lt XS SRS lt xs SSS lt XS lt XS OS lt xs ONS 5 type lement name authenticationType xs string minOccurs 1 maxOccurs 1 gt lement name description type xs string minOccurs 0 gt element name displayName type xs string minOccurs 0 gt element name displayNameAscii type xs string minOccurs 0 gt element name dn type xs string minOccurs 0 gt element name isDuplicatedLoginAllowed Cyee xs boolean minOccurs 0 gt element name isEnabled type xs boolean minOccurs 0 maxOccurs 1 gt element name isVirtualUser type xs boolean minOccurs 0 gt lement name givenName type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt element name honorific type xs string minOccurs 0 gt element name loginName maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs maxLength value 128 xs maxLength gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lement name middleName type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lement name ma
167. type SIP can be used for routing Default Indicates the default domain Notes Additional notes about the domain Domain Details field descriptions Name Description Name Name of the domain Type List of the type of domains Only Domains of type SIP can be used for routing Default Indicates the default domain Notes Additional notes about the domain Button Description Commit Saves the domain and distributes it to all the instances of the Session Manager Cancel Cancels the domain creation Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Domains 245 Managing Session Manager routing Bulk import for Domains Please follow these rules when creating an XML bulk import file e The domain name must be unique and is referred to by other elements e It is not possible to create a domain with lt domainType gt of type sip that have lt defaultDomain gt containing the value true e The values in lt domainType gt must appear exactly same being case sensitive as they appear in the System Manager user interface Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 standalone yes gt lt sipdomainFullTOList gt lt SipdomainFullToO gt lt notes gt this is a test lt notes gt lt defaultDomain gt false lt defaultDomain gt lt domainName gt avaya com lt domainName gt lt domainType gt sip lt domainType gt lt name gt avaya com lt name
168. urgent messages are played in the reverse order of how they were received oldest messages first to direct the system to play messages in the order they were received urgent first then oldest to direct the system to play any messages marked as urgent prior to playing non urgent messages Both the urgent and non urgent messages are played in the order of how they were received newest messages first to direct the system to play messages in the reverse order of how they were received gt lt xs cllemente name tuilMessageOrder maxOccurs Uil minOcecurs 0 gt lt MM field gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value urgent first then newest gt lt xs enumeration value oldest messages first gt lt xs enumeration value newest messages first gt lt xs enumeration value urgent first then oldest gt lt xXSjEestriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Specifies the intercom paging settings for a subscriber You can choose one of the following pacing is OES cO clisalole intercon Pago LOr Cite SWlosi illesic paging is manual if the subscriber can modify with Subscriber Options or the TUI the setting that allows callers to page the subscriber paging is automatic if the TUL automatically allows callers to page the subscriber gt lt xs element name inter
169. values indicate higher priority If you need to dissociate the Time of Day routing parameters from this Routing Policy click Remove from the Time of Day section Under Dial Patterns or Regular Expressions click Add to associate existing Dial Patterns and Regular Expressions with the Routing Policy Select a dial pattern from the pattern list or a regular expression from the regular expression list and click Select If you have not specified the dial patterns or regular expressions yet you can add the routing policy to the dial pattern or regular expression when you add them later Under Dial Patterns or Regular Expressions click Remove to dissociate existing Dial Patterns and Regular Expressions with the Routing Policy Select a dial pattern from the pattern list or a regular expression from the regular expression list and click Select Click Commit Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 301 Managing Session Manager routing Deleting Routing Policies Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt Policies 3 To delete an existing routing policy or routing policies select the respective check boxes and click Delete 4 Click Delete on the confirmation page Note If you delete a routing policy all dial patterns and regular expressions that are linked only to this routing policy are also deleted Related topics Delete Confirmation fi
170. wig rates re a A EEA E A A 477 495 accessing scheduler sssssssssssssssrssrrsrrrrnrnnnrnnnnennnnnn 495 accessing the Data Retention Rules service 477 Active SIP Application Sessions ccccsseeeeeeeeees 29 adaptation deletion cccccccceecceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 267 adaptation details cccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 272 adaptation example e eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 263 adaptation Module administration ceee 259 adaptations saproti magana eA AAEE 271 adapt rS ps aa aaa EaR 268 269 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager AT amp T Adapter AttAdapter eeceeeeeeeeeee 269 Cisco Adapter CiscoAdapter ceeeeeee 268 Verizon Adapter VerizonAdapter ce 269 Add Trusted Certificate page ccccceeseseeestteeeeees 57 adding a messaging profile ccceeceeeteeeeeeeetteeees 71 adding a Session Manager application 0 008 44 adding an endpoint profile 0 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 74 adding Applications in an existing Application Sequence E E E A ET 411 adding trusted certificates c cc ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeneneees 45 ACCING USMS AAAA E 64 ACI Pere e E EEE E TE A A 16 administering eee e cece eee ee cece cette ee eeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 237 initial setup of the Session Manager 0 237 administering Branch Session Manager 0 350 ad
171. 0 gt lt xs element name mailboxNumber maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 1 10 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Specifies the default password the subscriber must use to log in to his or her mailbox The password can be from one digit in length to a maximum Ose 15 Chieanes gt lt xs element name password maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 1 15 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name deleteOnUnassign type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt follows overrriding subscriber data gt lt The class of service for this subscriber The COS controls subscriber access to many features and provides general settings such as mailbox size gt lt xs element name cos maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt MM CMM field gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt GUS partera Wendlive 10 9 LO Syj 2 O44 LO Sil AF PS OAI 0 9 15 5 TO 1 47 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Specifies the default community ID for the subscriber Community IDs are used to control message sending and receiving among gr
172. 00 b ARP Target IP Specifies the IP target of the ARP request which is sent to determine the health of the link to the targets You can configure up to 3 IP addresses for ARP monitoring Note Due to a Red Hat Linux kernel limitation do not monitor virtual IP addresses when using ARP monitoring This affects the Session Manager ARP table updates causing the virtual IP entity link to be marked as down However you can monitor virtual IP addresses using MII mode 9 If you selected MII Monitoring for Device Monitoring Mode enter the following information a Link Monitoring Frequency msecs Specifies the sampling period The range is 50 to 500 The default value is 100 b Down Delay msecs Specifies the wait time for disabling a slave if a link failure is detected The range is 50 to 1000 The default value is 200 c Up Delay msecs Specifies the wait time for enabling a slave if a link recovery is detected The range is 50 to 1000 The default value is 200 10 Under the Monitoring section enter the following information to configure how this Session Manager instance should monitor SIP entities a Select or clear the Enable Monitoring check box to enable or disable monitoring of the SIP entities by this Session Manage instance b Inthe Proactive cycle time secs field enter a value in seconds The default is 900 seconds Session Manager uses this value for monitoring and polling an administered SIP entity
173. 1 maxOccurs 1 gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name xmlPresInfoTypeAccessType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name infoType type tns xmlPresInfoTypeType maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element name access type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name xmlPresACRuleType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name infoTypeAccess type tns xmlPresInfoTypeAccessType minOccurs 0 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt 118 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting lt xs complexType name xmlPresUserDefaultType gt lt xs complexContent gt lt xs extension base tns xmlPresACRuleType gt lt xs complexContent gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name xmlPresUserCLDefaultType gt lt xs complexContent gt lt xs extension base tns xmlPresACRuleType gt lt xs complexContent gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name xmlPresUserACLEntryType gt lt xs complexContent gt lt xs extension base tns xmlPresACRuleType gt lt xS sequence gt lt xs choice gt lt xs element name watcherLoginName type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name watcherDisplayName type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lt xs
174. 13 e Delete Digits 1 e Insert Digits 011 e Address to modify destination e Notes Calls to Germany Example Following is an example of how to set up adaptation with phone context Ingress adaptation rule e Matching pattern 53 e Min 4 e Max 4 e Phone Context site1 e Delete Digits 0 e Insert Digits 908 e Address to modify both Egress adaptation rule e Matching pattern 908 e Min 7 Max 7 264 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Phone Context site1 e Delete Digits 3 e Insert Digits e Address to modify both Input String prior to the adaptation processing Adaptation Processing Output String after the adaptation processing 5335 phone context Ingress adaptation 9085335 avaya com site1 avaya com user phone 9085335 avaya com Egress adaptation 5335 phone context site1 avaya com user phone Modifying Adaptations Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Adaptations to open the Adaptation screen 3 Select the adaptation for modification and click Edit 4 Edit the Name Adaptation Module and any other required fields in the first section Currently there is only one adaptation module named DigitConversionAdapter a Enter a descriptive name for the adaptation b Specify an adaptation module e Module nam
175. 1FjpkiaP7XhM aOf2 peh8bSS2MIprGx4rnC pvPMLdaVU600I1 4IT ZsBy05 vtopuist i7rXYBQqRJNOol15a 16b3DV7MIGGBgNVHS TsP7 UfZem9wle6Fi hIFByb2R1Y30gU EBAMCAQYwgd IAYb8CwcBAQ vbS9wa2kvQ1Bi1 B ZALBgNVHQ8 IPEA VQQ HJVZ Ri Ha R gisi fq8aM ER 6BwI pGAwX Ewgb TOzCBhAYI REN E J EtJ ry W MAMCAQ YX bH rChkrmc 497y3te Oc LIHZpc2101IGhOdHA6I uOzANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQU kAn6t ZOAbDp7 IW2RMFOO2 rw RIsmgN1WvSjvT K8yeomL5ri9jiTLUg K 1HiFX FAAOCAQEAQY e UFdyWywqwKdoCNv 9dAkHXp8wsS EyurvpRarLRem3spDdN6Cyu f ENVmRBGNKoUo 6NxayOC jv55UBxegvd6bOtabRv1L DOTAeFwOw zZaMF4xCzAJBgGNVBAYTAILVTMRI EXFBdmF 5YSBOcm9 HV jJACBSb29 h 6Fb kdadwNo PEEL OIENB KXNpSY7No78rko9uiGt xCx9VdW20 ZN1dU Nnw8nJFGu71IxR1G PUCaRVAC56jJdtxq FISNWO WCqGkSwjWB2VDW DAQABo41IBmzCCAZcw EfzB9gBTCmrbxcyGCJm0 JELMAkGA1UEBh R4wHAYDVQQD GA1UdIASByTCBxjCB KgY IKwYBBOQUHAgEWH KwYBBOQUHAg I weDAXFhBBdmF 5YSBOcm aWF iaWxpdHkgU EOE Sic BaXUF2ZYX1LhIElUYy4gTGltaXR1ZCB Ly 93d3cuYXZhew EXVBdmF5YS EBBQUA Q7wDYCVPteNa9smLrdswAohdqMpyBSOFut OfqwOkn2p4eL90ZICeqir Khf93WH 0jsfvuzWefFg4JtlNsWgbVdilwPdG9wddkgs4Bt6GzwOL r0iUuzZwnHyUahR8K TIOGNnFOdGzaePzPzIJ2Tp8ybpSYOT JBVZmP YwkociqOMjUwbuUgqDK1sARbeZMAUxmLx6V8fv96G OpAZcFO HNdtzrelYj IIE1DCCA7ygAwI BAgIBADANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQUFADBeMOswCQYDVOQG ECxMROXZheWEgUHUVZ ZA4MjIxMTI WEQ IFBLSTEe JANBgkgh k
176. 2 Pending 3 Status Unknown 4 Interrupted Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 509 Managing system data Name Description 5 Failed 6 Successful 7 Not Authorized Note You can only view the information in this field Job State The state of a job indicates whether the job is an active job or not The options are Enabled Disabled Scheduled By The scheduler of the job Note You can only view the information in this field Job Frequency Name Description Task Time The date and time of running the job Use the calendar icon to select a date The time is in the HH MM SS format followed by PM and AM Recurrence The settings define whether the execution of the jobs is a recurring activity or a one time activity In case of a recurring job the field displays the frequency of recurrence Range The number of recurrences or the date after which the job stops to recur Button Description Commit Saves the changes to the database Cancel Closes the Job Scheduling View Job page and returns to the Pending or completed Jobs page 510 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing scheduled jobs Job Scheduling On Demand Job field descriptions Use this page to schedule an on demand job Job Details Name Description Job Name The name of
177. 3 for details Add a User Profile SIP end point See the topics Adding users on page 64 for details Adding users About this task The following are the steps for adding users Any input fields not mentioned in the steps can be ignored There are a number of input fields which are not necessary for Session Manager user administration 64 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Adding users A user may have more than one Communication Profile For more information regarding the fields see the on line help Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management 2 In the User Management page click New 3 Under Identity tab enter the user s last name and first name 4 5 Enter a Login Name name Enter a description in the Description field This field is optional This is the unique system login name given to the user It takes the form of username domain enterprise canonical number 6 The Authentication Type should be Basic Enter the Localized Display Name of the user This is the name that is displayed as the calling party 8 Enter the full text name of the user for Endpoint Display Name 9 Under Communication Profile tab the Communication Profile Password must 10 11 12 13 be administered This is the password that is used when logging in to the phone Click on the show hide button for Communication Pro
178. 4 Click Delete to remove the selected application sequences Related topics Application Sequences field descriptions on page 411 Application Sequence Editor field descriptions on page 412 Rearranging Applications in an Application Sequence Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Application Configuration gt Application Sequences to open the Application Sequences page 3 Select an Application Sequence and click Edit to open the Application Sequence Editor page 4 In the section Applications in this Sequence do the following e Click the buttons in the top panel to move selected Applications to the front or back of the Application Sequence or to remove Applications from the Application Sequence Click the buttons under Sequence Order first to last to change the relative sequence order of the Applications or to remove Applications from the Application Sequence Related topics Application Sequences field descriptions on page 411 Application Sequence Editor field descriptions on page 412 410 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Application Configuration Adding Applications in an existing Application Sequence Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Application Configuration gt Application Sequences to open the Application Sequences page 3 Select
179. 6 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing communication profiles Managing communication profiles Creating a new communication profile Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management 2 Click Manage Users in the left navigation pane 3 On the User Management page perform one of the following steps e If you are creating a new user account click New e If you want to add a communication profile to an existing user select a user and click Edit 4 On the New User Profile or the User Profile Edit page click the Communication Profile tab 5 In the communication profile section click New 6 In the Name field enter the name of the new communication profile 7 If you want to mark the profile as default select the Default check box 8 Click Done 9 Click Commit Related topics New User Profile field descriptions on page 82 Deleting a communication profile About this task You cannot delete default communication profiles Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management 2 Click Manage Users in the left navigation pane 3 Perform one of the following steps Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 67 Managing Users e On the User Management page select a user and click Edit e On the User Management page select a user and click View gt Edit 4 On the User Profile Ed
180. 6 is valid but 467 4866 is invalid e Length delimited A basic digit entry can be terminated with the hash symbol to 420 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com System Status Name Description force a specific length match For example 5703360 e Wild card The wild card digit character can be appended to a basic digit entry Multiple wild cards may be appended but each wild card character matches only one digit For example 57033 Primary Terminal Proxy Server Select an administered Terminal Proxy Server This field is a required field Secondary Terminal Proxy Server Select an administered Terminal Proxy Server Survivable Terminal Proxy Server Select an administered Terminal Proxy Server Button Description Commit Saves the changes made to the NRS Proxy User Rule Cancel Cancels the changes made to the NRS Proxy User Rule System Status SIP Entity Monitoring Session Manager SIP Entity Monitoring SIP Entity Monitoring provides background detection for monitored connections to improve alternative routing and minimize the call setup time due to SIP link failures The SIP Monitor periodically tests the status of the SIP proxy servers If a proxy fails to reply SIP messages are no longer routed to that proxy As a result call delays are reduced since calls are not routed to the failed servers The
181. A Basic mode complex has limited multimedia feature capability Enhanced An Enhanced multimedia complex consists of a BRI connected multimedia equipped PC and a non BRI connected multifunction telephone The Enhanced mode station acts as though the PC were directly connected to the multifunction telephone the 146 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting service link provides the actual connection between the Avaya DEFINITY Server and the PC Thus voice and multimedia calls are originated and received at the telephone set Voice and multimedia call status are also displayed at the telephone set An Enhanced mode station allows multimedia calls to take full advantage of most call control features gt lt xs element name multimediaMode maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value basic gt lt xs enumeration value enhanced gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Controls the auditing or interrogation of a served usera s message waiting indicator MWI Valid entries Usage fp mwi Use if the station is a served user of an fp mwi message center qsig mwi Use if the station is a served user of a qsig mwi message center blank Leave blank if you do not want to audit the served user s MWI or if th
182. AVAYA Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Issue 1 1 03 603324 Release 6 1 November 2010 2010 Avaya Inc All Rights Reserved Notice While reasonable efforts have been made to ensure that the information in this document is complete and accurate at the time of printing Avaya assumes no liability for any errors Avaya reserves the right to make changes and corrections to the information in this document without the obligation to notify any person or organization of such changes Documentation disclaimer Documentation means information published by Avaya in varying mediums which may include product information operating instructions and performance specifications that Avaya generally makes available to users of its products Documentation does not include marketing materials Avaya shall not be responsible for any modifications additions or deletions to the original published version of documentation unless such modifications additions or deletions were performed by Avaya End User agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Avaya Avaya s agents servants and employees against all claims lawsuits demands and judgments arising out of or in connection with subsequent modifications additions or deletions to this documentation to the extent made by End User Link disclaimer Avaya is not responsible for the contents or reliability of any linked Web sites referenced within this site or documentation provided by Av
183. Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com AST Device Notifications section System Status The label As of time indicates the time of the last update of information for the AST Device Notifications section Button Description Reboot Reboots selected AST devices Reload Complete Forces complete reload of selected AST devices Reload Config Reloads only configurations of selected AST devices Reload Contacts Reloads only contacts of selected AST devices Failback Enable devices to failback to Primary Session Manager Name Description Details Shows the options for viewing the Registration Detailed section Address Shows the SIP registration address Login Name Shows the administered user login name First Name Shows the administered first login name Last Name Shows the administered last login name Location Name of the home location as assigned to the user in Session Manager Communication Profile IP Address Indicates numeric IP address of the end point AST Device Indicates as AST device Registered Prim Indicates as primary registration Registered Sec Indicates as secondary registration Registered Surv Indicates as survivable registration Registration Detailed section Name Description First Name Shows the administered first login name Last
184. Answer is enabled for the system 2 acd Only ACD split skill calls and direct agent calls to auto answer Non ACD calls terminated to a station ring audibly For analog stations the station is off hook and idle only the ACD split skill calls and direct agent calls auto answer non ACD calls receive busy treatment If the Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 201 Managing Users 202 Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints station is active on anACD call and a non ACD call arrives the Agent receives call waiting tone 3 none All calls terminated to this station receive an audible ringing treatment 4 icom Allows a telephone user to answer an intercom call from the same intercom group without pressing the intercom button dataRestriction Enables or disables Optional data restriction that is used to prevent tones such as call waiting tones from interrupting data calls Data restriction provides permanent protection and cannot be changed by the telephone user Cannot be assigned if Auto Answer is administered as all or acd If enabled whisper page to this station is denied idleAppearancePref Indicates which call Optional true The user erence appearance is selected when the user lifts the handset connects to an idle call appearance instead of the ringi
185. Certificate Datak Verson aeRO Serial Number Issuer C US O Avaya Inc Certificate Authority Validity Not Before Not After Subject C US Certificate Authority Subject Public Public Key RSA Public Modulus 00i SIR TSS b6 6b e3 ca Pilg DAs 8e TA 8 48 a3 40 Sls TER SIE al Exponent 0 Key Info 0x0 Signature Algorithm shalWithRSA Algorithm 2048 bit Ke a0 WAL 84 6f 8d der 9e ea Elera TAE 59 HOR ab y AY Sloe ea a6 2e ac 4 Blog SeN0 3 ee We 8 D3 SAER 4c Halos b6 Sls GBE 8e EE 6b Da e2 SDI 24 44 ORs elg 14 650997 X509v3 extensions X509v3 Certificate Pol 2 Bellth 840 4 Policy CRESE URS 46 fe ef 4c deg a6 9 2b rsal QO AS onhe E AIR Od OSs Ta a6 4a 54 eb 41 TORE 6b Lgs Og ES Sore SAS 41 eyi Te Dales da Os 62 46 AORE e3 S268 b4 lag es 2 2e Og GIE Encryption 206 48 395 salle 86 78 Ges 2 One SS 8b ists cc licies pel SEA LO NoT oA odlo SmE FOR 62E e5 Encryption OU SIP Product Certificate Authority CN SIP Product 0x10001 E 7e 6e SR 88 2 ag 74 103 6a de ESS IC 80 TOZ Sas Siki vil 25 OO lt Sssily 2OOS CE Nog Ly OSSES Se ZOZI EMI O Avaya Inc mailto sipca avaya com X509v3 Subject Key Identifier AOZS
186. Click Inventory gt Manage Elements in the left navigation pane 3 On the Manage Elements page select a Session Manager instance and click More Actions gt Configure Identity Certificates 4 On the Identity Certificates page click View Result The Identity Certificate page displays the identity certificates Enrollment Password field descriptions Use this page to generate a simple certificate enrollment password SCEP 48 Name Description Existing Password The current simple certificate enrollment password SCEP that the external SCEP clients use to request certificates Time Remaining Specifies the time in hours and minutes remaining for expiration of the current password Password expires in Specifies the duration in hours for which the existing password is valid Password The password that the external SCEP clients use to request a certificate Trust Manager generates this password when you click Generate Button Description Generate Generates a random password Commit Updates the Existing Password and Time Remaining fields Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Manage Elements field descriptions Manage Elements field descriptions Use this page to view the create edit view and delete instances of the application Name Description Name Displays the name of the application
187. Data Attribute details defined in the Messaging communication profile XSD 210 Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints Messaging System Name of Messaging Mandatory Name System messagingName Use Existing Mailbox true if already Optional number created mailbox useExisting number is to be used false if available mailbox number is to be used Messaging Template Specifies the Optional messagingTemplate messaging template of a subscriber Password Specifies the default Mandatory The password can be password password the from one digit in subscriber must use length to a maximum to log in to his or her of 15 digits mailbox deleteOnUnassign Optional Class of service The class of service Optional Valid ranges from 0 to cos for this subscriber The COS controls subscriber access to many features and provides general settings such as mailbox size 995 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints Community ID Specifies the default Optional The default value is communityID community ID for the af subscriber Community IDs are used to control message sending and receiving among groups of subscribers Email Handle Specifies the name
188. Delete Deletes the selected configured port Save Saves the port details Note The section displays this button only when you click Add or Edit in the Port section Cancel Cancels the operation of creating or editing an access point and hides the fields that you use to enter or modify the port information Note The section displays this button only when you click Add or Edit in the Port section Access Point Name Description Name Displays the name of the access point Access Point Type Displays the type of the access point The options are e EMURL Use this option to create a URL type access point e WS Use this option to create a Webservice access point e GUI Use this option to create any GUI access point e Other Protocol Displays the protocol that the application instance supports to communicate with other communication devices Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Application Details field descriptions Name Description Host Displays the name of the host on which the application instance is running Port Displays the port on which the application instance is running Order Displays the order in which the access points are accessed Button Description New Displays fields in the Access Point section that you can use to add port detail
189. Directors field descriptions Name Description Id Anumber assigned to the Service Director Host Name The host name or IP address of the Service Director Administrator Port The administration port number of the Service Director Version The version of SIP Application Server Status The operational state of each the Service Director Options include e RUNNING The Service Director has been started and is operating normally DOWN The Service Director is unavailable e UNKNOWN The operational status of the Service Director cannot be determined e RESTARTING The Service Director is rebooting from a previously up state and will soon become available e STARTING The Service Director is starting up from a down state and will soon become available Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 25 Getting started Name Description e TESTING The Service Director is in testing mode HALTED The Service Director is stopped HALTING The Service Director is stopping DISABLED The Service Director is disabled but can still receive configuration e BOOTERROR The Service Director has encountered an error during start up Restart Req Indicates whether the Service Director requires a restart Service Director Statistics field descriptions Some of the important fields are listed below Name Description Status Th
190. E OR AN AVAYA AUTHORIZED RESELLER AVAYA RESERVES THE RIGHT TO TAKE LEGAL ACTION AGAINST YOU AND ANYONE ELSE USING OR SELLING THE SOFTWARE WITHOUT A LICENSE BY INSTALLING DOWNLOADING OR USING THE SOFTWARE OR AUTHORIZING OTHERS TO DO SO YOU ON BEHALF OF YOURSELF AND THE ENTITY FOR WHOM YOU ARE INSTALLING DOWNLOADING OR USING THE SOFTWARE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO INTERCHANGEABLY AS YOU AND END USER AGREE TO THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS AND CREATE A BINDING CONTRACT BETWEEN YOU AND AVAYA INC OR THE APPLICABLE AVAYA AFFILIATE AVAYA Avaya grants End User a license within the scope of the license types described below The applicable number of licenses and units of capacity for which the license is granted will be one 1 unless a 2 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager different number of licenses or units of capacity is specified in the Documentation or other materials available to End User Designated Processor means a single stand alone computing device Server means a Designated Processor that hosts a software application to be accessed by multiple users Software means the computer programs in object code originally licensed by Avaya and ultimately utilized by End User whether as stand alone Products or pre installed on Hardware Hardware means the standard hardware originally sold by Avaya and ultimately utilized by End User Concurrent User License Concurrent User License CU
191. EfMBOGA1UEAXMWYXZheWEGZGV2ZWxv cGl1lbnQgdGVhbTAeFwOwODA0MJOxNTOINDVaFw0xODAZMDMxNTQINDVaMHsxCzAJ BgNVBAYTAILVLMRAwWDgYDVOQOIEwdT IFdhbGVzMRAwDgYDVQQHEwdD YXJkaWZmMO4w DAYDVOQOQKEwWVhdmF 5YTEXMBUGA1UECXMOVUsgRW5naW512ZXJpbmcxHzAdBgNVBAMT FmF2YX1hIGR1dmVsb3BtZW50ITHR1LYWOwgZ8wDOYJKoZIhvcNAQEBBOADgYOAMIGJ AoGBALpOPDPCHq8 jpMs Guaam66i BPOeFBBOSNrLu5UalK7f kqEmjG60 xvnb0Dm 2keo087gZkgSnktazUHf qSOmK9UC12GpomBuJPTZP1SrhcovtadTvjBpnYylp7tvz cvsuQxVlalICqr067w6uq0woP 4cGSG9kyuhzqvt LCm1iZOFKHAgMBAAEWDOYJKoZI hvcN AQEEBOQADgGYEAnLwTrvc4WZsDWw3cuCZ1TLYEEIoY 90ebhx4EEgOKBz HXjr5 yAOJiSd KWdWdfGryhc7YYSbTru06Hclmq7uJeaFgexdfEYtWOQOZE1UFAZwLcz5c Vast vxri4NVsM HZ4caayKPAio8csWhiQkfFDp783ho8 T l T 518 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com dBW9uKO k Imd8KU ER TECA BEGA1 Ei GIN E U EChMKOXZhew 2YXIHIFByb2R1Y30gUm9vdCB PRUEEEEeAD EgSW5jLj EaMBgGA1UI wOyNzEy ml U DIx TUO J4ExGt Tc NOTt2Qh qIifnpTAB AF MBgNVHRM VROgGBIHJ 6Wg30A Ly93d3cuYXZ IFByb2R1Y3QgQ0 SOkgQO0EUICBObGV hPYWUFKSmlp EvFnab0 KA5g1 OPf 3MUuvclTTVC De Dv N H Cx DAQ ROXZheW H MAsGA1Ud R tGrt Jo E
192. Enty Ligt fek deseri ISa Eea Aani O EA A EEA NS 286 Bulk TOPON tOr Si EIUS Sorsi aae a a Ea a aaea 286 Si Epy RERE NG EG eo ceeceaacssieadeaciereteass ca eens A eet pal ede ace eee theree scutes 289 APOOLSIP Eni RESEM ES ingaan a a a a aR 289 Diipayva Sir Enty ReNeGaDe 289 Overview of References to SIP Entities field deSCriptionS c ccceesceeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeesetaeeeeeneees 289 Par CUTS UK ppreeprrre eer cri N cece hier rte er rer pear ertr aporeey er nrrrr ter Per eree rr rac perenne enrrterrr sor se vr orrere wer crererer 290 APOO ERY LINKS nindian E E EE 290 Gean Emne LE aaan E O a T 291 Modig Snit MMKS saunan AA 291 Pree ry UAT LINKS oeiras NGE ibid 292 Delete Conirimaton field desnphons sssrini aa i 292 EW Onks tedi ee aia ii 292 Bilk inport tor Entity LINKO sncaciscinrcsnastecsqicasreecasatsanercere arenae Eanan 294 Re S E e E E A E E T ceases E A A A E E TA 294 About the Time RaNo Sencan a a eataaeseideks 294 ec Gh Lag TME RAGE i a a rumerrnteet erry att 295 Moding Time Ranga oases rertensctacdaapanciasidadatndsiciderses aiia 295 Belsting TMS Rango S rarse aAA EAS S A 296 Delete Confirmation field descriptionS ceee E EE E E E E E eee ines 296 Time Ranges ted Ce SCIONS sireni A A A ANA eect Attensa 296 Time Range List field descriptions eee E T sdesosidiedenteutaseeuesehiaaantnesiaaeaies 297 Bulk imper Gr me Range socio NA AES 298 PoUrng FOES a ogee case cede anc chars ded ccc canna the EE
193. For the Specify Range option specify the port number to start the range e End For the Specify Range option specify the port number to end the range The range includes both the Start and End port numbers specified e Local Port For any incoming SIP message select Any to use the rule for all ports select Specify to use a single port or select Specify Range for a range of ports e Start For the Specify option select a port number For the Specify Range option specify the port number to start the range e End For the Specify Range option specify the port number to end the range The range includes both the Start and End port numbers specified 6 Under SIP Layer Match Options specify the following e Key Type Select the key type that the rule should match from the list You can add up to five key type match options If more than one match options are defined then logically AND of the options is used to create a search pattern All SIP Headers This option searches for the Value within all the SIP headers for the SIP packet All SIP Headers Body This option searches for the Value in the SIP headers amp body portions for the SIP packet REQUEST METHOD RESPONSE CODE All the remaining entries in the Key Type list are SIP headers and look for the value within the specified SIP header only e Value Type Specify whether the key type is a string or a regular expression You can create regular expressions usin
194. G j ggEsMI IBKDA BgNVHSAEODA2 DOGC2CGSAGG ASHAgEBMCUwIwY IKwYBBQUHAgEWF 2 1lhaWx0bzpzaXBjYUBhdmF5 5j3b20 7MBOGA1UdGDgQWBBSgggcpxDqgxCm4PcMduQZVE7 5WKJASBGNVHRMBAf8E DAGAQH AgEBMAsSGA1UdDwQEAwIBB jCBpAYDVRO jBIGCMIGZgBSgggcpXDqgxCm4 PcMduQZVE7 5WKgF pHwwe jELMAkGA1UEBhMCVVMxEzARBgNVBAOTCKF2YX1hIElu Yy4xK jJAOoBgNVBASTIVNJUCBOcm9kdWNOIEN1cnRpZm1jYXRLIEF1dGhvcml10eTEq CgGA1UEAxMhUO1OIFByb2R1Y30g02VydGlmaWNhdGUgOxXvV0aG9yaXRS5ggEAMA0G CSqGSIb3DQEBBQUAA4 IBAQBgPraStot KAFMtUSGVm4 jsbknWwazR5yFxltWrgo osMN 1t351AEJed1DCvUWibbfSylh13PNzYLhSI1mKPR9I8LVO4P5126C2suJPaye EUX8 7wDCHe8eNNG93v154U4aQDum98FSTRLY jJdSiLIR3trKLOiiY1LBE1OJHBGPi FzRXgcOXVGWXMfAguNO01lpzKqu7ETO9AWSYbUS4ct J5tdyYk 9nYk35Y1WtKwOz8MS gwkB2ncylriI6luWvLAUdd9BKcBYGLSMVul1VGj130i0V35xxNoyIKO98RPIb9RcCME zhilkhUOktmeYHe 9BYn8En7 6qg500XHOCalIQO1d9Vood Zn END CERTIPICATE zZ TeS y lan The following set of default certificates in PEM format are trusted by the Session Manager Security module for SIP TLS Ses BEC INECERTIERMCATES MIICaDCCAdECBEgOQqykwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEEBQAwezELMAkGA1LUEBhMCVUSXEDAO BgNVBAgTB1MgV2FsZXMxEDAOBgNVBACTB0ONhcmRpZm YxDjAMBgNVBAOTBWF2YXlh MRcwFQYDVQQ LEw5VSyBFbmdpbmV1lcm1uZz
195. GITVING iiias iioiiri nanda 291 ENADO serrian iiaee ai EEE 501 p nding JOOS crannan ai 501 completed jobs sasscesssssssrrrrrreseesesereeeernnnna 501 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager enrollment password sssssssssseiirssssssssrrrssssrsrrrnnnnsss 43 Enrollment Password page ccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeenntaaes 48 Sntty WAKS ineas an aeaa Ea 292 E94 010 g EPEE T E 460 EXPONO ei saaa a a G AREE 240 routing element data cccscceseeeeeeetteeeeeeees 240 exporting alarms 00 eeeeecesecseceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 460 exporting the Session Manager Certificate 46 F failback of selected AST devices for Device Registration ssieladagewaa E E T E 436 failback of selected AST devices for User Registration 441 field description ssceeeriieriieinirirereinuriein 20 22 filtering alarma ce iesceccccciesssdecee cesses EE 461 filtering JODS irsrrssisesesi rrrainis Ei 498 filtering OGS annn 468 filtering USETS viseesans cc natsdensntedds vavivnived caxcdvdetteratedevaanteess 79 Firewall Configuration page field descriptions 377 G global Settings ccccccccccecsssssteeeeeeeesssseeeeeeeseesaees 341 H Host NAME 2 00 cccccceeesescceeeseeseeeeaeeesceeeeseeseeeeeeaeanes 25 27 l e E A A EE AE AE A T 25 07 Identity Certificates page eeeeeeseeeeeeeeee serene 61 Implicit User Rule Editor field description 416 Implicit User Rules field descript
196. Group New Opens the Device Settings Group page that allows you to create a new Location Device Settings Group Delete Allows you to delete the selected Location Device Settings Group Related topics Viewing Device Settings Groups on page 391 Creating a Device Settings Group Location Group on page 391 Modifying a Device Settings Group Location Group on page 392 Removing Device Settings Groups Location Groups on page 393 Creating a Device Settings Group Terminal Group on page 393 Modifying a Device Settings Group Terminal Group on page 394 Removing Device Settings Group Terminal Group on page 394 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com General section Device and Location Configuration Device Settings Group Default Group field descriptions Name Description Name Specifies a non editable field as Default Group Description Specifies a non editable field as Default Group Group Type Specifies a non editable field as Location Group Terminal Group Number Specifies a non editable field Server Timer section Name Description Subscription Expiration Timer secs Specifies the maximum duration as 86400 and minimum duration as 60 seconds for a SIP server to keep a SIP client as subscribed Registration Expiration Timer secs Specifies the maximum duration as
197. HostNameEntryListType gt lt xsd complexType name LocalHostNameEntryListType gt lt xsd sequence gt lt xsd comp lt xsd element name LocalHostName maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xsd sequence gt lt xsd complexType lexType gt name LocalHostNameEntryType gt lt xsd sequence gt lt xsd element name hostName type hostNameType gt lt xsd element name ipAddress type ipAddressType gt lt xsd element name port type portType gt lt xsd element name priority type priorityType gt lt xsd element name weight type weightType gt lt xsd element name transport type transportType gt Entry type LocalHostNameEntryType lt xsd sequence gt lt xsd complexType gt lt xsd simpleType name hostNameType gt lt xsd restriction base xsd string gt lt xsd minLength value 1 gt lt xsd maxLength value 255 gt lt xsd restriction gt lt xsd simpleType gt lt xsd simpleType name ipAddressType gt lt xsd restriction base xsd string gt lt xsd minLength value 7 gt lt xsd maxLength value 15 gt lt xsd restriction gt lt xsd simpleType gt lt xsd simpleType name portType gt lt xsd restriction base xsd int gt lt xsd minInclusive value 0 gt lt xsd maxInclusive value 65535 gt lt SASiol B VS Se OAL CAE sO lt xsd simpleType gt lt xsd simpleType name priorityType gt lt xsd restriction base xsd int gt
198. IP Protocol Version The SIP protocol version used by the Service Host Status The operational state of the Service Host Up Time The time since Service Host initialization Running The running state of the Service Host SIP Application Sessions The number of SIP Application Sessions currently being processed by the Service Host Active SIP Application Sessions The number of SIP transactions currently being processed by the Service Host Summary Statistics Name Description SIP Initial Requests Per Second In SIP initial requests per second received by the Service Host since last reported SIP Initial Requests Per Second Out SIP initial requests per second sent from the Service Host since last reported Unsupported URI Count The total number of unsupported URIs that have sent SIP requests to the Service Host Total Requests In The total number of SIP requests received by the Service Host Total Requests Out The total number of SIP requests sent by the Service Host Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 29 Getting started Name Description Total Responses In The total number of SIP responses received by the Service Host Total Responses Out The total number of SIP responses sent by the Service Host Transaction Quantity The total number of transactions that have taken place through the Service Host
199. IP TLS connection SM100 decrypts all the incoming SIP TLS packets before any filtering rules are applied by the SIP Firewall e Reporting using the Secure Access Link SAL Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 381 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Related topics Specifying a new SIP Firewall rule on page 382 Rule page field descriptions on page 385 Deep inspection filtering on page 389 Denial of Service protection on page 389 SIP Firewall default rule set on page 390 Specifying a new SIP Firewall rule Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Network Configuration gt SIP Firewall 3 On the Firewall Configuration screen under Rules click New 4 Under General specify the following options Enabled Select or clear the check box to enable or disable this rule for the selected Session Manager Name Name of the rule The name can have a maximum of 80 characters e Action Type Specify the action to be taken if rule conditions are met The valid action types are None No specific action required This action can be used when you want to only generate a log or alarm for matching SIP traffic Rule traversal continues when a SIP packet matches a rule with the None action Permit lf the rule conditions are fulfilled allow the SIP message to pass through the SIP Firewall Drop lf the rule conditions are f
200. If this test fails administrative changes will not take effect on Session Manager Otherwise the test passes Test Security Module Status This test queries the basic status of the Security Module on a specified Session Manager If the query is successful the test passes Otherwise it fails Test Postgres database sanity This test runs on either System Manager or Session Manager System Manager tests the sanity of the master database Session Manager tests the sanity of its local instance database If the test fails contact Avaya Technical Support Running maintenance tests About this task The Maintenance Tests page allows you to run maintenance tests on the System Manager or any administered Session Manager in the enterprise Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements select Session Manager gt System Tools gt Maintenance Tests 2 Select System Manager or a Session Manager to test from the drop down list 3 To run all of the tests select Execute All Tests 4 To run only certain tests a Select the test s to run from the test list b Click on Execute Selected Tests 448 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com System Tools SIP Tracer Configuration About Tracer Configuration You can use the Tracer Configuration page to configure the tracing of SIP messages incoming through the security module SIP messages outgoing from the security module
201. If this verification fails Session Manager does not accept the connection 2 Ifthe mutual TLS authentication is successful further validation is performed on the SIP entity Identity Certificate as per the Credential Name or the far end IP address e If the Credential Name string is empty the connection is accepted Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 277 Managing Session Manager routing e If the Credential Name string is not empty the Credential Name and the IP address of the far end is searched for in the following fields in the identity certificate provided by the SIP entity CN value from the subject subjectAltName dNSName subjectAltName uniformResourceldentifier For IP address comparison IP address string is converted to SIP W X Y Z before comparison W X Y Z is the remote socket IPV4 address Also case insensitive search is performed in this case With entity links from both Session Manager instances checking the Override Port amp Transport with DNS SRV check box on the SIP entity form indicates that both the Port and Protocol Transport on the SIP entity form are ignored e If you select the check box the port and transport administered in the local host name resolution table is used which could override the entity link e If the FQDN is not in the local table and DNS is consulted if you have not selected the check box only an A Record lookup is done in DNS to resolve the host name to
202. LDefault gt lt commProfileSet A user will have a default commprofile set A commprofile set can exist without any handles or commprofiles referencing it I e you can create a commprofile set without needing to also create either a handle or a commprofile A commprofile set can contain multiple commprofiles but only one of each specific type This is enforced by having the CommProfile uniqueness constraint include type commprofile_set_id HandleName This is the name given to the user to allow communication to be established with the user It is an alphanumeric value that must comply with the userinfo related portion of a URI as described in rfc2396 However it is further restricted as ASCII characters with only the prefix to signify this is an E 164 handle and _ and special characters supported Note the handle plus domain can be used to construct a users Address of Record handleType The value reflecting the type of handle this is Possible values are sip smtp ibm and xmpp handleSubType This is an additional qualify on the handle type to help specify which private subsystem this handle belongs to Possible values ar 164 username msrtc googletalk jabber ibmsametime lotousnotes msexchage domainName The text name of the domain gt lt commProfileSet gt lt commP rofileSetName gt Primary lt commProfileSetName gt lt isPrimary gt true lt isPrimary gt lt handleList gt lt handle gt lt handleName gt sip abc yahoo com
203. Logger The name of the logger Note You can only view this information Appender The name of the appender Note You can only view this information Threshold Log Level The threshold log level set for the appender Appender logs only information of log type that is set in the threshold log level Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Administering backup and restore Name Description File Path The path of the file where the appender logs the information Max File Size The maximum KB MB and GB reserved for the appender file Backup Files The number of log files that an appender can use to store log information if one log file becomes full If all the backup files are full the appender overwrites the previous backup files in the order the files are created Button Description Commit Saves the changes to the database Cancel Closes Edit Appender page and takes you back to the Edit Logger page Attach Appender field descriptions Use this page to assign an appender to the logger Name Description Logger The name of the logger Log Level The level of logging for which the logger logs the information Select Appender The list of appenders that you can assign to the logger Button Description Commit Assigns the appender to the logger Cancel Closes the Attach Appende
204. M diiyng data relenis Tie S uia a ielatiatacdusuatanecesdiane 477 Accessing the Data Retention Rules SerViCO csrsriricisssivssirinsiniriiicsna canines 477 vienna Bogen Tar A og e aaa i SE aE a 477 Assigning an appender to a logger isusu ei iien pacpaeateed ionene evien sacbaeatede sepabeeies 478 Eding a logger malog eurini nodal ese aA eS 478 Moding an TION s cab cictascnc tsa cedesysacciidean a 479 Remeng an appender fom a logals remisa ass RA aTa iaat 479 Backup and Restore field descriptions 0 eae Rails anen AET 479 Backup ied desci PONS nni a RE E EA A 480 Schedule Backup field descriptos aada iani aiaa inaa aiai 481 Restos Teld ISS CNMI Ersin onein etaan aa o anor as 482 Dala Retention ned descriptio srie uea anai iaia aaae baai aiaa aA Aa 483 Logging Settings feld desert sis ciscsccictscteresieivceedesmnviecr dae stiaareameyieaeenexinenscianceaniaedanaieke 484 Eat Logger tokid sonin eaa S 485 EditAppender reld SGT ia ar aaa E EE S 486 AtiachAppender iaid ES CII S anaa EAA a a 487 Data Replication Service Bu EET eee evens TEA PEE wanes 488 Daia Replication Sai ennaii EEEN ANE rT Peet rr rerer ttre rie 488 TONS IN O aa aa 488 Viewing replica nodes in a replica grOUD ercssiressnkiisoni a E meresdameniaens 489 Repairing a replica node PEES PEE E Gen POE iiaii 489 Repairing all replica nodes ima replica QMOUP iriiri iniaiaiai a aii 490 Viewing replication details for a replica NOC c ccceeceeee
205. Min Minimum number of digits to be matched Max Maximum number of digits to be matched Emergency Call Indicate if it is an emergency call Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Dial Patterns Name Description SIP Domain Domain for which you want to restrict the dial pattern Notes Other details that you wish to add Dial Pattern Details field descriptions Use this page to specify the dial pattern details General section Name Description Pattern Dial pattern to match The pattern can have between 1 and 36 characters Roll over the field for the valid pattern Min Minimum number of digits to be matched Max Maximum number of digits to be matched Emergency Call Indicate if it is an emergency call Note Some of the important constraints on the use of this feature are as follows e Each location should be assigned to only one emergency dial number e This emergency dial number must match the emergency dial number in the 96xx settings file for all SIP phones in the identified location Failure to follow this guideline can result in users being unable to dial emergency numbers SIP Domain Domain for which you want to restrict the dial pattern Notes Other details that you wish to add Originating Locations and Routing Policies section Name Description Select check box Use
206. NMP traps to a customer Network Management System NMS Viewing alarms Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Events 2 Click Alarms in the left navigation pane 3 On the Alarming page select an alarm from the Alarm List You can select multiple alarms 4 Click View Result The Alarm View Alarm Detail page displays the alarm details Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 459 Managing events Changing status of an alarm The status of an alarm can be e Acknowledged Maintenance support must manually set the alarm to this state indicating the alarm is under investigation e Cleared Maintenance support must manually set the alarm to this state indicating that the error condition has been resolved Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Events 2 Click Alarms in the left navigation pane 3 On the Alarming page select an alarm and click Change Status You can select multiple alarms 4 Click on the status that you want to apply to the selected alarms Exporting alarms Alarms can be exported to a Comma Separated Values csv file You can open the CSV file using a text editor such as Wordpad or a spreadsheet application such as Microsoft Excel Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Events 2 Click Alarms in the left navigation pane 3 On the Alarming page perform one of the following steps
207. Name Shows the administered last login name Login Name Shows the administered user login name Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 443 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Name Description Registration Address The Communication Address handle user logged in with All Addresses All of the SIP Communication Addresses the user has administered Primary SM Indicates administered primary Session Manager in the user s Communication Profile Secondary SM Indicates administered secondary Session Manager in the user s Communication Profile Survivable SM Indicates administered survivable Session Manager in the user s Communication Profile Active Controller Session Manager currently serving the endpoint SIP signaling and event subscriptions Registration Time Shows the initial or re registration time Event Subscriptions Shows all subscriptions for the registered endpoint IP Address Indicates numeric IP address of the end point MAC Address MAC address of endpoint Device Vendor Device information from PPM Device Type Device information from PPM Device Model Device information from PPM Device Version Device information from PPM Related topics Viewing User Registrations on page 438 Rebooting of selected AST devices on page 440 Reloading of selected AST devices on page 440 444 Administering Avaya Aura Se
208. R section change the following information if required Select the Enable CDR check box to enable Call Detail Recording This enables CDR at the system level for that Session Manager instance If CDR is enabled you can individually control call detail recording for specific SIP entities using the Call Detail Recording drop down menu e Type a password that must be used to access the CDR record and retype to confirm the password This password is used by an external CDR processing adjunct for connecting to Session Manager and to transfer the generated CDR files Normally the adjunct logs in with the CDR_User user ID with a default password The password that you specify here becomes the default password Once the CDR adjunct logs in using sftp it is automatically placed in the Session Manager CDR home directory of the CDR_User which is var home ftp CDR 9 Personal Profile Manager PPM Connection Settings section specifies the global parameters that apply to all Session Manager instances Under the Personal Profile Manager PPM Connection Settings section specify related information a Select the Limited PPM client connection check box to enable selecting Maximum Connection per PPM client Default value is enabled b Specify the value of Maximum Connection per PPM client Valid values are integers between 1 and 10 Default value is 3 c Select the PPM Packet Rate Limiting check box to enable selecting PPM Packet
209. RIE IIE CTT eh KOXZheW EGSW5 H BAUWAWEB zAdBgNVHO4 DOEBBQUAA4IBAQA9I56N 5 j TnvwIA0 nhbUOYGOINERYyT t n tqSwLhLgF zKadZ2Q0E3 LOwaPgAf dkwmgP ITICODCCAjJmgAwIBAgIBA K7 TweCWS1 jAex ERBUpOymmrnnmLeqVf bS 9anWOzoGr B3Rmo5djZrTzAutSu0i7iAO7S9IC a9RBZF tRd133uUyvHSAoXAwyFVx 9trZHp rQr76xUC H55 xDVcGL5h7Yu8SLb9 iynrlJ6XeDKp 4 s3AAKV HVdca DjuzZohtAUp ng jJEVMBMGA1U J IFNlcnZlcjAeFwOw UxCzAJBg EwXNZWRpYSBTZXJ2ZX1IxGJAYBgNVBAMT IG MAOGCSGGSIb3 6TRWE3r8KdzUpYZVAxecODO2Zgu9ccfLraxhi8Vn1X6 ZZqGF JyVHht qrN58100d0OTE EvS IHXLNM7 DSV URR VBAY ESZ JAxMTAwMzQwN TALVTMRMWEQY ECxM DdaFw0zMjJAxMD DVOOKEwpBdmF 5YSBJbmMu TWVkaw WwW K EVEZ YXIMTI DOEBAQUAA4GNA Ria Sis ohDB DCBiQKBgQ KN4Jqa7 3Gzk1P0d i 9BGNVHSMEdAjJBOgBO7 xX4y7u ROXZ EgK D E SUE IL LCP IE gt BEGIN EGALUECh G9yaXR5 ic SowKAY ZSBBdXRob3 JpdHkwHhcNM ERTIFICAT KOXZheWE DVQQ gSW5 hIEluYy4xk zFIjUuwVOk11 jLjEQMCgGA1U DEyFT DM SVAQUHJVZHV wNz CQYDVOOG EwJVU Zz ETMB EGA1U ECh KOXZ Mh d ggEKAoIBAQDcO G Z h7ZND2 t qgt1Sm tyrKZ AiBKJy B EAwIBBjCBpAY pHwwe jE Yy4xKjJAoBg MCgGA1U CSqGSIb3DQEBB 1t351AEJed1 mKPR98LVO4P51 FzRXgcOXVGWX LAUdd9BKcBYG iL zhilkh
210. Rate Limiting Threshold Default value is enabled d Specify the value of PPM Packet Rate Limiting Threshold This value is applied per PPM client Value Range 1 500 default value 50 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 339 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances 10 Event Server section specifies the option to clear Subscription on Notification Failure 11 Click Commit Related topics Session Manager Administration page field descriptions on page 341 Session Manager page field descriptions on page 344 Deleting a Session Manager instance Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Session Manager Administration in the left navigation pane 3 Select a Session Manager instance from the list and click Delete 4 On the Delete Confirmation screen click Delete to delete the Session Manager instance Note Before deleting a Session Manager instance it should be dissociated from all the related Communication Profiles or associated users should be deleted Related topics Delete Confirmation page field descriptions on page 341 Session Manager Administration page field descriptions on page 341 Administering ELIN Server About this task This section provides the basic steps of ELIN Server administration Procedure 1 In Local Host Name Resolution LHNR page administer the FQDN for the ELIN Server to have 2 IP addres
211. SIP Entity details form The relation is as follows In order to enable SIP Link monitoring lt do_monitoring gt value must be yes In order to enable SIP Link monitoring lt do_monitoring gt value must be no In order to use the Session Manager configuration the lt do_monitoring gt tag must be completely omitted Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 standalone yes gt lt sipentityFullTOList gt lt SipentityFullTo gt lt notes gt this is a test lt notes gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 287 Managing Session Manager routing lt entitytype gt CM lt entitytype gt lt fqdnoripaddr gt 9 8 7 6 lt fqdnoripaddr gt lt name gt BerlinCM lt name gt lt adaptationName gt VerisonAdaptation paraml 12 param2 14 lt adaptationName gt lt cdrSetting gt egress lt cdrSetting gt lt credentialname gt credential test lt credentialname gt lt do_monitoring gt yes lt do_monitoring gt lt monitor_proactive_secs gt 900 lt monitor_proactive_secs gt lt monitor_reactive_secs gt 120 lt monitor_reactive_secs gt lt monitor_retries gt 1l lt monitor_retries gt lt routingoriginationName gt Berlin lt routingoriginationName gt lt timer_bf_secs gt 4 lt timer_bf_secs gt lt timezoneName gt Europe Berlin lt timezoneName gt lt userfc3263 gt false lt userfc3263 gt lt SipentityFullTo gt lt SipentityFullTo gt lt notes gt this is a test lt notes gt lt entitytype gt
212. SIP Monitor continues to monitor the failed SIP entity When the proxy replies SIP messages are again be routed over that link SIP monitoring sends OPTIONS requests to SIP entities to determine whether they are up partially up or down An entity is considered up if all of the addresses associated with it are Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 421 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances up An entity is down if all of its addresses are down An entity is partially up if some but not all of its addresses are up An address is considered down if its response to OPTIONS is e 408 Request Timeout e 503 Service Unavailable with no parenthetical text e 503 Service Unavailable LSP is inactive e 503 Service Unavailable System Busy e 504 Server Timeout All other responses including 503 Service Unavailable with other parenthetical text such as 503 Service Unavailable Signaling Resources Unavailable results in the address to be considered up You can turn monitoring on or off for a given SIP entity If monitoring is turned off the SIP entity is not monitored by any instance You can also turn monitoring on or off for an entire instance If monitoring is turned off none of the SIP entities are monitored by that instance If monitoring for the instance is turned on only those SIP entities for which monitoring is turned on are monitored SIP Monitoring can only report problems if the Security
213. SNMP community name This string is both a challenge and a response for the server specified in the IP addresses for SNMP Queries field and the phone If a server IP address is specified both the server and the phone must have the same community name administered Only alphabetic characters are allowed and length cannot exceed 32 characters Station Admin Password Specifies the code that an administrator must enter ona SIP phone to log in and administer the phone Only numeric values are accepted as code and length cannot exceed 32 digits Quick Login Status Specifies the whether users must enter a password when logging in to the phone There are 2 choices Password Entry Required or Quick Login Allowed VoIP Monitoring Manager section Name Description IP Address Specifies the IP address of the Avaya Voice over IP Monitoring Manager server Port Specifies the port used by the Avaya Voice over IP Monitoring Manager server The range is 1 through 65 535 The default is 5005 Reporting Period Specifies how often an endpoint should send its RTCP packets to the Avaya Voice over IP Monitoring Manager server The range is 5 through 30 seconds The default is 5 398 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Volume Settings section Device and Location Configuration Name Description Receiver Volume Sets the volume in the handse
214. Session Manager November 2010 Defaults 325 Managing Session Manager routing Button Description Restore Defaults Restores vendor defaults Revert Reverts to settings before the last applied settings Apply Saves and applies the modified default settings Related topics Modifying the default settings on page 323 326 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 6 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Dashboard About Session Manager Dashboard Session Manager Dashboard provides a snapshot view of the health and summary of all the administered Session Manager instances It also enables some of the following maintenance operations Before you start a maintenance operation or an upgrade of a Session Manager you must e Set the Session Manager to block new incoming calls set the Deny New Service state and wait for active calls to terminate e Shutdown the system Similarly after completing the Session Manager maintenance or upgrade operation you must e Reboot the system e Set the Session Manager to allow new calls set the Accept New Service state Session Manager Dashboard page field descriptions The label As of time indicates the time of the last update of information as displayed by the dashboard The Refresh link in the table header refreshes the Session Manager Dashboard page with the most recent values
215. Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Administering backup and restore Modifying an appender Procedure 1 Click Log Settings in the left navigation pane oOo N OO A O0 DY On the System Manager console under Events click Logs On the Logging Configuration page click a log file from the Select Log File field Click a logger in the Logger List section Click Edit On the Edit logger page click an appender in the Attached Appenderssection Click Edit On the Edit Appender page modify the appender information You can modify information in the Threshold Log Level Max File Size File Path and Number Of Backup Files fields Click Commit Removing an appender from a logger Procedure 1 Click Log Settings in the left navigation pane N OOA OMD On the System Manager console under Events click Logs On the Log Settings page click a log file from the Select Log File field Click a logger in the Logger List section Click Edit On the Edit logger page click an appender in the Attached Appenders section Click Detach Backup and Restore field descriptions Use this page to view the details of backup files Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 479 Managing system data Name Description File Name Specifies the name of the backup file Path Specifies the path of the backup file Status Indicates the statu
216. Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Device and Location Configuration Purpose and usage of SIP subscriptions SIP Subscription and Notification requests update connected SIP endpoints on state changes related to services that the endpoints consume For example when a new voice message arrives in a mailbox Session Manager sends a SIP notification request to notify the related endpoints about the arrival of a new voice mail message For an endpoint to receive SIP notifications it first needs to subscribe to the relevant subscription package Each subscription package is related to a specific service that the network delivers to the endpoint The SIP endpoints automatically establish all required subscriptions upon logging into the network When a subscription to an event package service is established it is assigned with a subscription expiration timer The endpoint continues to receive notifications as long as the expiration timer does not expire The endpoints automatically refresh any subscriptions before their expiration timer expires A lower subscription expiration timer generates more SIP traffic related to subscription refresh events Refreshing a subscription updates the state of the subscription Session Manager allows administration of the subscription expiration timer for each type of event package Device Settings Groups field descriptions Device Settings Groups page enables the user to create and m
217. Settings Name Description Limited PPM client connection Enables selecting Maximum Connection per PPM client Default value is Enabled Maximum Connection per PPM client Valid values are integers between 1 and 10 Default value is 3 PPM Packet Rate Limiting Enables selecting PPM Packet Rate Limiting Threshold Default value is enabled 360 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Communication Profile Editor Name Description PPM Packet Rate Limiting Threshold This value is applied per PPM client Value Range 1 500 default value 25 Event Server Name Description Clear Subscription on Notification Failure Specifies the option to clear Subscription on Notification Failure Button Description Cancel Cancels the Branch Session Manager addition operation Commit Saves the added SIP entity as a Branch Session Manager instance with the selected configuration options Related topics Adding a SIP entity as a Branch Session Manager instance on page 351 Viewing the Branch Session Manager administration settings on page 354 Modifying the Branch Session Manager administration settings on page 354 Communication Profile Editor About Communication Profile Editor Communication Profile Editor provides users with an enterprise view of all configured Session Manager Communication Profiles and provides
218. Specifies the IP address of the SCP server Remote Server Port Specifies the port of the SCP server User Name Specifies the user name for logging in to the SCP server Password Password for logging in to the SCP server File Name Specifies the name of the backup file that you want to restore Use Default Select this check box to use the default configured values Button Description Restore Restores the data from the specified backup file Cancel Closes the Restore page and takes you back to the Backup and Restore page Data Retention field descriptions Use this page to view and edit data retention rules Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 483 Managing system data Name Description Option button Provides the option to select a data retention rule Rule Name Specifies the name of the rule Rule Description A brief description about the data retention rule Retention Interval Days Specifies the number of days the data is retained Button Description Edit Modifies the selected rule Update Updates the rule with changes made to the rule Cancel Cancels the editing operation Apply Applies the selected rule Logging Settings field descriptions Use this page to view and edit loggers defined in a log file Log Configuration Name Description Select Log File The field lists the log files that you
219. Station Data module dataExtension This is field of Station Mandatory Data module name This is field of Station Optional Max length 29 Data module Class of restriction This is field of Station Mandatory Valid range from 0 to cor Data module 995 Class of Service This is field of Station Mandatory Valid range from 0 to Cos Data module 15 itc This is field of Station Mandatory Valid values Data module 1 restricted 2 unrestricted Tenant Number This is field of Station Mandatory Valid range from 0 to Data module 100 listType This is field of Station Optional Valid values Data module 1 enhanced 2 group 3 personal 4 system listid This is field of Station Optional Data module specialDialingOption This is field of Station Optional Valid values Data module 1 default 2 hot line specialDialingAbbrDi This is field of Station Optional alCode Data module hotLineDestAbbrevLi This is field of Station Optional Valid range 1 to 3 st Hot Line Data hotLineAbbrevDialC This is field of Station Optional Numeric string ode Hot Line Data Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Managing Users Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints nativeName This is complex type Optional of Native Name Data locale This is field of Native Mandatory Name Data Name This is field of Native Mandatory Max length 27 Name
220. Terminal Device Settings Group at a time Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Device and Location Configuration gt Device Settings Groups to open Device Settings Groups page The Device Settings Groups page displays the list of Device Settings Groups 3 Select an Terminal Device Setting Group and click Edit to open the Device Settings Group page 4 On the Device Settings Group page modify the appropriate information 5 Click Save to save the changes to the Terminal Device Setting Group 6 Click Restore to restore the default values of the parameters Related topics Device Settings Groups field descriptions on page 395 Device Settings Group Terminal Group field descriptions on page 400 Removing Device Settings Group Terminal Group About this task You cannot delete the default Terminal Device Settings Group Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Device and Location Configuration gt Device Settings Groups to open Device Settings Groups page The Device Settings Groups page displays the list of Device Settings Groups 3 Select one or more Terminal Groups and click Delete to delete one or more Terminal Device Settings Groups Related topics Device Settings Groups field descriptions on page 395 Device Settings Group Terminal Group field descriptions on page 400 394 Administering Avaya Aura
221. Type gt lt xs element name deleteUsers gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name deleteType type tns xmlDeleteType maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs element minOccurs 1 maxOccurs unbounded name user type tns xmlUserDelete gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs element gt lt xs complexType name xmlUserDelete gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name loginName minOccurs 1 maxOccurs 1 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs maxLength value 128 gt lt xs maxLength gt S S SSTL SAE LONA lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name id type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs simpleType name xmlDeleteType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs schema gt Sample XML for bulk deleting users lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt tns deleteUsers xmlns tns http xml avaya com schema bulkdelete xmins xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi schemaLocation http xml avaya com schema bulkdelete UserProfileSchemaDefinitionForBulkDelete xsd gt 130 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting lt tns deleteType gt soft lt tns deleteType
222. UOktmeYHe 9BYn8I lqRTHc5yGbxXXe y CYal8FX6X3tY Q 2 S Es tJrtIveE YS5j3b207MBOGA1Ud DVRO MAkKGALUEBhAMCVVMx VBASTIVNJUCBOcm9kdWNOTII EFAxMhUOLOIFByb2R1Y30g02VydGlmaWNhdGUgOxXV0aG9yaxXRS5ggEAMA0G USGVm4 jsbknWwazR5yFxl UO1OIFBy b2R1Y3QgQ2VydGl CBDZXJ0aWwZpY2F 0ZSBBdXRob3JUpdH ELU e6g1GJ0h 4Y7YZzzmg RzT7 HP gp ATBgNVBAs heWEgQ2F sbCBTZXJ2ZXKCAQAWDAY 1P7y670AqwsnM2 68f XW R Rkyi JKXSEnFBvX T1MDAzZMzZE3WhcNMjcwODE3MD heWEgSW5 4 DABs8T DD uBT DI JEQMCgGA1U VYJov8F LmaWNhdGUgOxXV0aG9yaxXRSMSow kwggEiMA0DGCSqQGSIb3DQ gn 2j1uQi1N NH1liMLbYLnrvf s34 ONZ9 UAA4IBAQBgPraStott DCvUWibbfSylh13 6C2suJPaye fAquNQ01pzkqu7 ee ce BEGIN C ER TIFICATE MAkGA1UECBMC U LX U1DMSIwIAYJKoZIhvc El VBAgTAk1B VBVKFZOTEN MASGA1LU bTCBnzANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQEFAAOB jQAwgY MB4XDTAO CzAJBg TAX EKEKO 520 Z EDAOBg ZAENI RAwDgY O0cOcj22 AKbLVvhA5Sb fIMTCcCPX2Bax2C KDA BgNVHSAEODA2 MDQGC2CGSAGG As DgQWBBSgggcpxXDqgxCm4Pc JBIGcCMIGZgBSgggcpxXDqgxCm4 Pc EZARBGNVBAOTC HAG ENZY PNS EUX87wDC VBACTBOFuZG92ZXIxDJAMBg AQKBFhNpZ29uemFsZXNAYXZheWEuY29t E1MzclNlowbz XDTMyMDIyO EB ENlcnRpZmljYXR1II KAFMt He8eNNG93v154U4aQ ETO9AWsYbUS4c J5tdYk9nY VulVGj130i0V35xxNoyIKQ98RPIb9RCME En76q500XHOCalIQO1d9Vood ErTYngSJCphl
223. View Opens the View Other Applications Instance page Use this page to view the details of the selected application instance Edit Opens the Edit Other Applications Instance page Use this page to modify the information of the instance New Opens the New Other Applications Instance page Use this page to create a new application instance Delete Opens the Delete Other Applications Instance Confirmation page Use this page to delete a selected application instance More Actions gt Configure Trusted Certificates Opens the Trusted Certificates page Use this page to view add and delete the trusted certificates for the application instance More Actions gt Configure Identity Certificates Opens the Identity Certificates page Use this page to view and replace the identity certificates for the application instance More Actions gt Import Opens the Import Applications page Use this page to bulk import application data from a valid xml file Filter Enable Displays fields under select columns that you can use to set filter criteria This is a toggle button Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Application Details field descriptions Button Description Filter Disable Hides the column filter fields This is a toggle button Filter Apply Filters application instances based on the filter criteria S
224. WE BOcm9 BzOi8vd3d3LmF2YXlh 9kaWNOIENB t JIENBLiAgUGx1 gZm9yIGR1dGFp F 9DUF EwRGPuXRJLuSZ1oR1K7OnT4GBHt YaF hroJJEHc0j970 U2ZHTNgz0papOAFxY arHpUr eal tIzLxXqdp9ZZu xz27CykJXlmexi5qREs MI IDvDCCAqSgAwI BAgI BADANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQUFADCBgDELMAkGA1UEBhMCVVMx Dk1lvdG9yb2xhLCBJbmMuMT kw TmV0d2 9ya3MxHTAbBgNVBAMTFFND BTZWFtbGVzcyBDb252 ZXInZWOQgQ29tb oXDTMzMTIwNDIxMjg0 MRCwF OYDVOOKEWSNb3Rvcm9sYSwgSW ENvbW1lbm1jYXRpb24gQWNyb3NzIE QONBTiBTZXJ2ZXIgUm9vdCBDOTCCASIwDOYJKoZI November 2010 519 Default certificates used for SIP TLS hvcNAQ I HrAz5B e2EKMQa MCZ3gro 8nOAhX1 f D CwYDVRO u 411JR1 ECBEEZNYI EBBQADgg UuNXL3cH9eAodevZY 5C11aB CNIOFHO3cXqV71 hkFWh41luBzxlgYhDoG db3Z8 jkcOucSi3pDTolIJvjVx5ccz U1lt8Vnp5C30X5WywCOxWelIUaLld LWCVySIZBCLx0Ho29f8hOmLpg5 vb691 DOw DwYDVROTAQ PBAQDAgGEGMA0GCSqGSIb3 DL7cOJEJWDJw01q1G44A6M Feze0x1d IHNNA eB c 8Xiivl KSfF3003 hOrzFH6mD Q6mUCAWEAAaM M EPADCCAQoCggEBAN cmx NGC1H8RZJBE hY fGB HeTEoh EQqX03X EoQMTTiNXxT SSS S BEGIN EGALUECh DYWXsS DdaMF G E SB zZQw VQQ VydmVy Ngq o6WE7f KywhiOw GTKfI X4y7uDnQ21k CVVMxEZARBg cnZlcjEaMBgGA1UEAxM hkiG9wOBAQOFAAOBgQAa KT jhqixG2N2 BVkkk 2C t8 Fniir4moMidQW9KT7SKODb4ARY 4GWezJQPFVo zANBgkq BILK VBAOTCKF2YX1 B
225. XME RU1IN QZz EiMCAGCSqGSIb3DQ kKCGYEA3 P7z Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager IIDITCCAoqgAwIBAgIBADANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQQFADBvMQswCQYDVOQG VBAOTBUFWOVIBMQOw CwYDVOOL kGA1LUEBhMCVVMx UsrAuh3x6 emQRxA6Q Comments infodev avaya com k35Y1WtKwOz8MS gwkB2ncylri luwWv EL EwJVUZ EWRFT EJARYTaWdvbnphbGVzOGF2YX1hLmNv JbpBTyyvhY t JINOMWZKLt LSWuap November 2010 LtNd36MZ1 KavEn6wCChR5IM1GAPwCIvZv pG907FRxPOxdZOAZZRqgWzG7L9mC30NxBiBwA3 DZO70AuY ZE8GFHNKUVECAWEAAaOBzDCByTAdBg ZUX6QwgZkGA1UdIwSBkTCBjo0AUixd7HNzpgfqP DOIGbHF god VHO4EFgQ lLccuhgqhD FOMA4GA1U MG8xC zAJUBgNVBAYTA1VTMOswCOYDVOQIEWJNOT MAwGA1UEChMFOVZBWUEXDTALBgNVBASTBEVNTU xIjAgBgk eW8 zupf5SBZqpO7k Uixd7HNzpgfqPlLcc uhqhDY YZUX6Shc6Rx EBxMHOW5kb3Z1cj i O qh hkiG9wWOBCQEWE21n b256YWx1lcOBhdmF5YS5 jb22CAQAwDAYDVROTBAUWAWEB zANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQOF AAOBgQOCLiZfxwyTbf C5C5KRnz 9t bDDLLEZCHOHGZAS1UtIK cY6fzmEtkNb k6pdM OCwYeY5u7rBMhj9UmnhvgGSs QOKAMZHSFDIYZU6H3HmV6P 17kKiWYvSagtadwYH4 TOm2 rzTOu lYioczR5MIrxT3Txrovs8cEYgJNzewPm2 jJQeXw BIND CMI IC IIE CANIN Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 521 Default certificates used for SIP TLS 522 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Appendix B Regular Expression constr
226. You receive a password expiration warning when the warning password is about to expire and before the password expires Password expiration period You are forced to change the password after the threshold for the password expires and before the threshold to disable the account The password is locked until it is reset by the network administrator Password strength policy enforcement Passwords must contain a combination of alphanumeric and special characters as defined by the network administrator The password strength policy enforces the following constraints Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 17 Getting started e Passwords must have a total character length from 6 to 25 Default is eight e Passwords are not required to have a minimum character type however the default is one lower and upper case character one numeric character and one special character such as exclamation mark The sum cannot exceed the minimum total length After you enable the password strength policy ensure that the following standards are met e Password must not have a character repeated more than twice consecutively e Passwords must not be your user ID in forward or reverse order If a password does not contain the required parameters for password requirements the system rejects the password Note You can disable the password strength policy Password history policy enforcement The passwor
227. Z SO TS ANS NCS SVA QING SICA SDS 6 ieie S SIDS CS 8 ALD 9 ESS S109 5 5 8 Al 918 X509v3 Basic Constraints pathlen 1 Usage Certificate Sign CA TRUI X509v3 Key X509v3 Aut Diy hority Key Identifier eahic skvexeidl CRU Sieja A oroRAaNMABMMHBO WOW an oO Q oO KORNOE Oe i eer On 0 CON mCOnGT 200k GETE Boils LST 2S 21868 2108 2 44 e7 TORIS TSS SOR Sloe Sra TEAR sD g 9a SG TSS 7D6 25 2e She 8 Bil Opts wS 47 STE CAR Od cesOk 81810 2 5 SHO e 8 ie 2 ACE PHS 2 be gale 2 7e sodi Bicle e9 sle S728 Ba 44 OU SIP Product Certificate Authority CN SIP Product Bes DIOR koy moi NO 9 82 810 7 S29 SIC 3 SIN GINO SIC ZS e g IDRIS s IND FINS EOI Ose Is gisia gos DirName C US O Avaya Inc OU SIP Product Certificate Authority CN SIP Product Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 517 Default certificates used for SIP TLS Certificate Authority serial 00 Signature Algorithm shalWithRSAEncryption BOG SxS Sloe 3 WAI BlolS S E bek 1cis Sa Slay e Siz Soles ILA oe WES SS Slots SEC CAI de oreda ery 2A Oecd Sa oo 2cria2irics sO cirklon 5b Ui Se Soo OA 25 Feu SUC biG 4 bale Ovid diiZ Cabs Oe oC Ges S S SoOxWosseg2z e253 ra gclil oie se gelaca sols sis S ely a Ges B2aceeCclosSeos eha Ses Ile ase iregeir 3 OO fee 9 lel Sener s he g Saele parde CIS il Sates oO Sloe eG gic SIL
228. a Groups page 2 Select a replica group and click View Replica Nodes The Replica Nodes page displays the replica nodes for the selected replica group in a table 3 Select a replica node and click View Details The Data Replication page displays the replication details for the selected replica node Related topics Data Replication field descriptions on page 494 490 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Data Replication Service Removing a replica node Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Replication The system displays the Replica Groups page 2 Select a replica group in which you want to remove a node 3 On the Replica Node page click Remove Removing a replica node from queue Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Replication The system displays the Replica Groups page 2 Select the replica group for which you want to remove the node from queue 3 On the Replica Node page click Remove from Queue Replica Groups field descriptions You can use this page to e view all the replica groups in the enterprise These replica groups are logical grouping of the replica nodes replicate data requested by the replica node from the master database to the database of the replica nodes e view the replication status of the replica groups The page displays these fields when you All from the Replica Gro
229. a second line on the Optional Valid entries analog telephone is none administered on the l 2 channel enter analog Otherwise enter data module if applicable or none Message Waiting If led or neon then Optional Valid entries led Indicator messageLampExt neon none messageWaitinglndi should be enable cator otherwise its blank remoteOfficePhone Enter true to use this Optional Valid entries SANON ee AN audix If LWC is endpoint in a remote attempted the office configuration messages are stored in AUDIX spe If LWC is attempted the messages are stored in the system processing element spe e none If LWC is attempted the messages are not stored lwcActivation Enter true to allow Optional Boolean internal telephone users to leave short LWC messages for this extension If the system has hospitality enter true for guest room telephones if the extension designated to receive failed wakeup messages should receive LWC Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints messages that indicate the wakeup calls failed Enter true if LWC Reception is audix activeStationRinging Active station Optional Valid entries Ringing single continuous e if busy single e silent idleActiveRinging Defines h
230. ackets The value can range from 10 to 100000 The default value is 20 e Period secs Threshold for the period for matching packets The value can range from 1 to 60 The default value is 20 e Timeout secs Action timeout in seconds Specify Timeout only if you have selected the Rate Block action The value can range from 30 to 36000 The default value is 900 9 Under Connection Type select from one of the following options e Any This is a default choice If this option is selected SIP Firewall rule is matched against all incoming SIP Traffic e SIP UA Connection If this option is selected SIP Firewall rule is matched against the incoming SIP traffic from entities that are not the Trusted SIP Entity as defined by the Routing Policy This option is suitable for creating SIP Firewall filtering rules for SIP telephones that are directly connected to Session Manager NRP Trusted SIP Entity If this option is selected SIP Firewall rule is matched against the incoming SIP traffic from entities that are marked as Trusted SIP Entity in the Routing Policy Note If there are any untrusted SIP Entities connected to the Session Manager as defined by Routing Policy these entities will be treated filtered as SIP UA connection by SIP Firewall if there are any rules defined and enabled in SIP Firewall with connection type as SIP UA connection If this behavior is undesirable specific rules can be added for the untrusted SIP
231. actType gt PHONE lt contactType gt lt label gt Phone lt label gt lt speedDialContactAddress gt lt isFavorite gt true lt isFavorite gt lt isSpeedDial gt true lt isSpeedDial gt lt speedDialEntry gt 1234 lt speedDialEntry gt lt isPresenceBuddy gt true lt isPresenceBuddy gt lt label gt My Contact in Dublin office lt label gt lt altLabel gt Phone Number for contacting Denver office lt altLabel gt lt description gt Contact Details lt description gt lt priorityLevel gt 0 lt priorityLevel gt lt members gt lt contactListType gt CONTACTCENTER lt contactListType gt lt contactList gt lt ownedContactLists gt lt Contact An entity that represents a non Avaya application user external contact Contacts can be collected together along with User entities into a contact list Contacts can be created by an administrator or an end user Contacts have name attributes and owner and can be public or personal A contact also includes one or more contact addresses that can be used for establishing an interaction with the contact Contacts can be designated as being a users presence buddy or added as a favorite entry i e speed dial company The organization that the contact belongs to description A free text field containing human readable text providing information on this entry displayName The localized name of a contact to be used when displaying It will typically be the l
232. adaptation data as an XML file to a specified location More Actions gt Export all data Opens the Export all data page that allows you to export the routing entities data as a zipped file to a specified location Name Description Name Name of the adaptation Must be unique and be between 3 and 64 characters in length Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 271 Managing Session Manager routing Name Description Module name The module name contains only the name Egress URI Parameters The terminating trunk group parameters Notes Other details that you wish to add Adaptation Details field descriptions Use this page to specify the adaptation details General section Name Description Adaptation Name Name of the adaptation Must be unique and be between 3 and 64 characters in length Module name The module name contains only the name Module parameter The module parameters contain either a single parameter or a list of name value name value name valu Supported adaptation module parameters are e fromto if setto true then adaptation will modify From and To headers of the message If omitted or set to any other value From and To headers will not be modified multipartMIMEsupported or abbr name MIME is an optional parameter and is applicable to the egress processing only If the parameter is present
233. adartein es IO Balk impart tor DIA PAROS maA i AAN 316 Regular Expressions E T T aeni E T diwi T E TR A F A About Regular EXPrESS ONS s ni nrnnnron nenn E T 317 Greatimng Regulai Exes RIA INS urie A A 317 Palace hac Regular ExpressioNS sirana A e E 318 Deleting PRegdar EROSIONS rsca enaA RE ASEN EN ASEE ES 319 Delete Confirmation field descriptions eee T TETE E E E eteteedtaas 319 Regular Expressions feld descriptdhs osori ia a 320 Regular Expression Details field descriptions si abecacabanareseulaceaias OEI rRNS OEIC APN AEE 321 Regular Expression LISt TEN Ge Ser OIG asirian ieee adnan enaudi ines 322 Bulk import for Regular Expressions E E E E E 322 DR ANUS EE A ers A E E ARE hipaa ahi tan erie E E AN EN 323 Modifying the default settings ree rect eee revere eerste igienei E E T PEE LO Deru Semngs ied CESCHBNONB anina N iA ER 324 Chapter 6 Configuring and hiiia Session n Manager instances iia heehee 327 ASTI ANC sisi consis R E P AA E a E E A E E E seats airsan 327 Ao t Session Manager Dashboard aiiin aaia aaa aaa 327 Session Manager Dashboard page field descriptions E EEE EET EE E A E eat E 327 Confirm Accept New Service Confirmation for Session Managers t page field deceptions PETT 329 Confirm Deny New Service for Session Managers page field descriptions c cceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 330 Confirm Shutdown for Session Managers page field Gi A 0tRbsccaansiemrececnveinics
234. address of the Session Manager or a domain for which the Session Manager is authoritative Adaptation module administration On the Adaptation Details screen administer the following fields Adaptation Name This is any name to describe the adaptation Module Name lt Name of adaptation module gt Note The available modules are a DigitConversionAdapter AttAdapter CiscoAdapter CS1000Adapter DiversionTypeAdapter 4 09 Q QO O NortelAdapter OrangeAdapter J Q VerizonAdapter Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 259 Managing Session Manager routing Refer to the section Installed vendor adapters for details Module Parameter lt name1 value1 gt lt name2 value2 gt Note The list is separated by spaces and not by commas Supported adaptation module parameters are fromto if set to true then adaptation will modify From and To headers of the message If omitted or set to any other value From and To headers will not be modified multipartMIMEsupported may be abbreviated to MIME is an optional parameter and is applicable to the egress processing only If the parameter is present and set to no then multipart MIME message bodies will be stripped on egress from Session Manager If the multipart MIME message contained an SDP message body it will be inserted as the only message body in the outgoing message If omitted or set to any other valu
235. admin for the first time you must use the Change Password link to change the password manually Your password should contain a combination of alohanumeric and special characters To know more about the password strength policy see Password strength policy enforcement on page 17 Note In System Manager 6 1 you require two separate administrator user IDs for managing System Manager and UCM Users with the log on name admin can manage both using the same ID 16 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Password and security policies for users with username admin Password and security policies for users with username admin Password aging policy enforcement Note All password policies are applicable ONLY for users with the log on name admin The password aging policy has the following time based password thresholds that the network administrator can configure as the number of days e Minimum password age e Password expiration warning e Password expiration The following table describes what occurs when a user logs on to System Manager when the password aging policy thresholds expire Password threshold What occurs when the threshold expires Minimum password age You cannot change the password until the minimum password age has been reached For example you cannot change the password for three days after the last change was made Password expiration
236. administered Session Manager instances The status displays the following details e Name of the Session Manager instance e Entity links for the Session Manager that are totally down out of the total number of entity links for the Session Manager e Entity links for the Session Manager that are partially down e SIP entities for which monitoring has not yet started because it is still being initialized by the Session Manager e SIP entities that are not monitored because they are not administered to be monitored by the Session Manager Clicking any of the Session Managers in the list opens the Session Manager Entity Link Connection Status page that displays detailed connection status for all entity links from a Session Manager where at least one connection is currently down Note An entity link consists of one or more physical connections between a Session Manager and a SIP entity If all of these connections are up then the entity link status is up If one or more connections are down but there is at least one connection up then the entity link status is partially down If all the connections are down the entity link status is down All Monitored SIP Entities Run Monitor Starts asynchronous demand monitor test for the selected SIP entities Clicking any of the entities in the list opens the SIP Entity Entity Link Connection Status page that displays detailed connection status for all
237. ager November 2010 43 Managing Security 4 Click Generate The password field displays the generated password 5 Click Commit Note When you click Commit the time displayed next to the Time remaining label is updated by the value selected in the Password expires in field Adding a Session Manager application Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Inventory 2 Click Inventory gt Manage Elements in the left navigation pane 3 On the Manage Elements page click New and select a Session Manager entity instance 4 On the New Session Manager Instance page enter the following details a Under Application section enter a name in the Name field for this Session Manager b Enter the Management Access Point IP address of this Session Manager in the Node field which is same as the value entered for Session Manager instance during Session Manager administration c Under Access Point section select the pre populated Access Point in the table and click Edit Enter name in the Name field Management Access Point IP address in the Host field and any text in the URI field The default values for the Protocol field is jnp and Port field is 1299 You need not change other default values and specifically for protocol and port the default values should not be changed d Click Save 5 Click Commit Viewing trusted certificates Before you begin You must have permission to view cer
238. ager master database to the database of the replica nodes if the databases are not synchronized Viewing replica groups Procedure On the System Manager console under Services click Replication The system displays the Replica Groups page Result The system displays the Replica Groups page with the groups in a table Related topics Replica Groups field descriptions on page 491 488 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Data Replication Service Viewing replica nodes in a replica group You can view the replica nodes in a group Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Replication The system displays the Replica Groups page 2 Select a replica group and click View Replica Nodes Alternatively you can click a replica group name displayed under the Replica Group column to view the replica nodes for that replica group The Replica Nodes page displays the replica nodes for the select group Related topics Replica Nodes field descriptions on page 492 Repairing a replica node You can replicate data for a replica node whose database is not synchronized with the System Manager database Repair is necessary if there is a post install failure of the Data Replication Service Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Replication The system displays the Replica Groups page 2 Select a replica group for which yo
239. aging Users lt Whether this is IP soft phone gt lt xs element name ipSoftphone type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Survivable GK Node Name Identifies th xistence of other H 323 gatekeepers located within gateway products that offer survivable calil features For example the MultiTech MVPxxx AV H 323 gateway family and the SLS function within the H 248 gateways When a valid IP node name is entered into this field Communication Manager adds the IP address of this gateway to the bottom of the Alternate Gatekeeper List for this IP network region As H 323 IP stations register with Communication Manager this list is sent down in the registration confirm message This allows the IP station to use the IP address of this Survivable Gatekeeper as the call controller of last resort to register with Available only if the station type is an H 323 station 46xxor 96xx models Valid Entry Usage Valid IP node name Any valid previously administered IP node name blank There are no external gatekeeper nodes within a customer s network This is the default value gt lt xs element name sSurvivableGkNodeName type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Sets a level of restriction for stations to be used with the survivable dial plan to limit certain users to only to certain types of calls You can list the restriction levels in order from the most restrictive to le
240. ain Name or IP address of the host The host name entries override the information provided by DNS IP Address Shows the IP address that the host name is mapped to A host can be mapped to more than one IP addresses and each of these mappings are a separate entry Port Shows the port number that the host should use for routing using the particular IP address Priority If there are multiple IP address entries for a given host Session Manager tries the administered IP addresses in the order of the priority Weight If there are multiple IP address entries for a given host and if some entries have the same priority then for each priority level Session Manager picks a host according to the specified weights Transport Shows the transport protocol that should be used for routing such as TLS TCP or UDP The default is TLS New Local Host Name Entries page field descriptions Name Description Host Name FQDN Enter Fully Qualified Domain Name or IP address of the host The host name entries override the information provided by DNS You can add a maximum of ten entries ona page IP address IP address that the host name is mapped to 372 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Network Configuration Name Description Port Port number that the host should use for routing using the particular IP address Prio
241. ality to view logs for a pending and completed job Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Scheduler 2 Perform one of the following steps e To view logs for a pending job perform the following steps i Click Pending Jobs in the left navigation pane ii On the Pending Jobs page select a pending job and click More Actions gt View Log e To view logs for a competed job perform the following steps i Click Completed Jobs in the left navigation pane Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 497 Managing system data ii On the Completed Jobs page select a completed job and click More Actions gt View Log Result The log viewer displays the log details for the selected job Viewing completed jobs Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Scheduler 2 Click Completed Jobs in the left navigation pane The Completed Jobs page displays completed jobs Related topics Completed Jobs field descriptions on page 505 Filtering Jobs Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Scheduler 2 Perform one of the following steps e Click Pending Jobs in the left navigation pane and click Filter Enable on the Pending Jobs page e Click Completed Jobs in the left navigation pane and click Filter Enable on the Completed Jobs page The system displays the Filter Enable option at the upper right corner of the page Sel
242. alizing synchronization or do one of the following e Click Schedule to perform the synchronization at a specified time e Click Cancel to cancel the synchronization Synchronizing Messaging Data Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Inventory 2 Click Synchronization gt Messaging Data in the left navigation pane 3 Select the messaging systems you want to synchronize 4 Click Now to perform the synchronization or do one of the following e Click Schedule to perform the synchronization at a specified time e Click Cancel to cancel the synchronization Manage Elements field descriptions Use this page to view the create edit view and delete instances of the application Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 33 Synchronizing Communication Manager and messaging data with System Manager 34 Name Description Name Displays the name of the application instance Node Displays the node on which the application runs Type Displays the type of the application to which the instance belongs You can view this field only if you access the Manage Elements page through the Inventory menu Version Displays the version of the application instance You can view this field only if you access the Manage Elements page through the Inventory menu Description Displays a brief description about the application instance Button Description
243. ame privacyProtocolType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value DES gt lt xs enumeration value 3DES gt lt xs enumeration value AES128 gt lt xs enumeration value AES192 gt lt xs enumeration value AES256 gt Sf RSSKESTLLCELON lt xs simpleType gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 135 Managing Users lt xs simpleType name snmpVersionType gt lt xs restriction base xs int gt lt xs enumeration value 1 gt lt xs enumeration value 3 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs schema gt XML Schema Definition for bulk importing Session Manager profiles lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt xsd schema xmlns xsd http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema xmlns smgr http xml avaya com schema import targetNamespace http xml avaya com schema import_sessionmanager elementFormDefault qualified gt lt xsd import namespace http xml avaya com schema import schemaLocation userimport xsd gt lt xsd complexType name SessionManagerCommProfXML gt lt xsd complexContent gt lt xsd extension base smgr xmlCommProfileType gt lt xsd sequence gt lt xsd element name primarySM type xsd string gt lt xsd element name secondarySM type xsd string minOccurs 0 gt lt xsd element name terminationAppSequence type xsd string minOccurs 0 gt lt xsd element name originationAppSequence
244. an IP address Transport and port specified in the entity link are used If you selected the check box a full DNS lookup as described in RFC 3263 is done and the transport and port specified in the entity link could be overridden Creating SIP Entities About this task Use the SIP entities screen to create SIP entities To administer minimal routing via Session Manager you need to configure a SIP entity of type Communication Manager and a second SIP entity of type Session Manager Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing Click Elements click Routing Click Routing gt SIP Entities Click New Enter the Name of the SIP entity in the Name field Enter the FQDN or IP address of the SIP entity in the FQDN or IP Address field Select the type of SIP entity from the drop down menu in the Type field oOo N OO A O0 DY If you need to specify the Location for the SIP entity click the drop down selector for the Location field and select a location 278 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com 9 10 12 13 14 SIP Entities If the SIP entity Type is Session Manager and you need to specify an Outbound Proxy for the SIP entity click the drop down selector for the Outbound Proxy field In cases when Session Manager cannot associate any administered routing policies then the request is sent to the SIP entity adminis
245. an use to set the filter criteria This is a toggle button Filter Apply Filters contacts based on the filter criteria Common buttons Button Description Commit Modifies the user account Note While restoring a deleted user use this button to restore a deleted user Cancel Cancels the operation of modifying the user information and takes you back to the User Management or User Profile View page Related topics Creating a new communication address for a communication profile on page 68 Modifying a communication address of a communication profile on page 69 Deleting a communication address from a communication profile on page 69 Modifying user accounts on page 77 User Profile View field descriptions Use this page to view the details of the selected user account The User Profile View page has the following four tabs e Identity e Communication Profile e Membership e Contacts Identity tab Identity section Name Description Last Name Displays the last name of the user First Name Displays the first name of the user Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 103 Managing Users 104 Name Description Middle Name Displays the middle name of the user Description A brief description of the user Status Displays the login status of the user Update Time Displays the time when the user details were last modifi
246. anage device configuration groups Button Description Default Group Opens the Device Settings Group page that allows you to modify the Default Group Terminal Groups Name Description Name Shows the name of the Terminal Device Settings Group Terminal Group Number Specifies a numeric ID for this group Using a group ID you can identify different phones on your network for ease of administration With the exception of the field Group ID Group parameters are the same as those for common phone parameters Numeric IDs must be between 0 and 999 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 395 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Name Description Description Shows the details of Terminal Device Settings Group Button Description Edit Opens the Device Settings Group page that allows you to modify the selected Terminal Device Settings Group New Opens the Device Settings Group page that allows you to create a new Terminal Device Settings Group Delete Allows you to delete the selected Terminal Device Settings Group Location Groups Name Description Name Shows the name of the Location Device Settings Group Description Shows the details of Location Device Settings Group Button Description Edit Opens the Device Settings Group page that allows you to modify the selected Location Device Settings
247. ances in the Aura Core is lost If a Branch Session Manager is selected and the termination and origination application sequences contain a Communication Manager application sequencing to this application will continue locally to the Communication Manager LSP resident with the Branch Session Manager A home location can be specified to support mobility for the currently displayed user When this user calls numbers that are not associated with an administered user dial plan rules will be applied to complete the call based on this home location regardless of the physical location of the SIP device used to make the call Station and Messaging profiles of a user With User Profile Management you can create the following two types of communication profiles for a user 70 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing communication profiles Station Profile to create an association between a station and a user e Messaging Profile to create an association between a subscriber mailbox and a user You can add view modify and delete station and messaging profiles You can go to Station or Subscriber Management to modify any of the station or subscriber fields that are not available through User Profile Management Login name of station or messaging profile The login name in the Identity section on the New User Profile and Edit User Profile pages is the user name that is associated with t
248. and set to no then multipart MIME message bodies will be stripped on egress from Session Manager If the multipart MIME message contained an SDP message body it will be inserted as the only message body in the outgoing message If omitted or set to any other value message bodies will not be modified EGRESS Domain Modification Parameters overrideDestinationDomain may be abbreviated to odstd parameter 1 if not named replaces the domain in 272 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Adaptations Name Description Request URI To header if administered Refer To header and Notify message summary body with the given value for egress only e overrideSourceDomain may be abbreviated to osrcd replaces the domain in the From header if administered P Asserted Identity header and calling part of the History Info header with the given value for egress only INGRESS Domain Modification Parameters e ingressOverrideDestinationDoma in may be abbreviated to iodstd replaces the domain in Request URI To header if administered and Notify message summary body with the given value for ingress only e ingressOverrideSourceDomain may be abbreviated to iosrcd replaces the domain in the From header if administered P Asserted Identity header and calling part of the History Info header with the given value for ingress only
249. answering machines and speakerphones use this signal to turn the devices off after a call terminates false Hunt group agents are alerted to incoming calls In a hunt group environment the disconnect signal blocks the reception of zip tone and incoming call notification by an auto answer station when a call is queued for the station gt lt xs element name adjunctSupervision type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Send Calling Number Valid Entries Usage All outgoing calls from the station y will deliver the Calling Party Number CPN information as Presentation Allowed n No CPN information is sent for the call iz Outgoing non DCS network calls from the station will deliver the Calling Party Number information as Presentation Restricted gt lt xs element name perStationCpnSendCallingNumber maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value r gt lt xs enumeration value n gt lt xs enumeration value y gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Appears on the Station screen for analog telephones only if the Without Flash field in the ANALOG BUSY AUTO CALLBACK section of the Feature Related System Parameters screen is set to true The Busy Auto Callback without Flash field then defaults to true for all analog telephones that allow Analog Automatic Callback Set
250. appearance gt lt xs element name autoSelectAnyIdleAppearance type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Allows or denies users in the telephoned s Coverage Path to retrieve Leave Word Calling LWC messages for this telephone Applies omis i the telephone is enabled for LWC Reception gt lt xs element name coverageMsgRetrieval type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt In EAS environments the auto answer setting for the Agent LoginID can override a stationad s setting when an agent logs in Valid Entry Usage ani All ACD and non ACD calls terminated to an idle station cut through immediately Does not allow automatic hands free answer for intercom calls With non ACD calls the set is also rung while the call is cut through The ring can be prevented by activating the ringer off feature button when the Allow Ringer off with Auto Answer is enabled for the system acd Only ACD split skill calls and direct agent calls to auto answer Non ACD calls terminated to a station ring audibly For analog stations the station is off hook and idle only the ACD split skill calls and direct agent calls Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 151 Managing Users 152 auto answer non ACD calls receive busy treatment If the station is active on an ACD call and a non ACD call arrives the Agent receives call waiting tone
251. as a Branch Session Manager instance Name Description Name Name of administered Branch Session Manager Main CM for LSP Main CM for the LSP associated with this Branch Session Manager SIP Communication Profiles The number of Communication Profiles assigned to this Branch Session Manager Related topics Adding a SIP entity as a Session Manager instance on page 334 Viewing the Session Manager administration settings on page 336 Modifying the Session Manager administration settings on page 336 Deleting a Session Manager instance on page 340 Adding a SIP entity as a Branch Session Manager instance on page 351 Viewing the Branch Session Manager administration settings on page 354 Modifying the Branch Session Manager administration settings on page 354 Deleting a Branch Session Manager instance on page 357 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 343 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances General Session Manager page field descriptions Name Description SIP Entity Name Select a name of the SIP entity that you wish to add as a Session Manager instance The entity must be of type Session Manager and it must be in Sync state Description Description of the entity added Optional Management Access Point Host Name IP The IP address of the host on which the management agent is running that is the host o
252. ass 349 ADi Braneh cession Nana narai etl ete Bears ts ates ad pansansaisanatiderd cetera iadiaend eRe taeaiens 349 Administering Branch Session Manager PERE EET PREE E E 350 Adding a SIP entity as a Branch Session Manager instance NEEE E EA E R E 351 Viewing the Branch Session Manager administration settings seeeeessseeesseeesereerrrsssrresrrnssree 354 Modifying the Branch Session Manager administration settings E E ET ects A 354 Deleting a Branch Session Manager inStanCe cccccsceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseaaeeeesaaaeeeseaeeeenaas 357 Delete Confirmation page field SSNS soacccn tee sccsicneescteiauivnesciarementaiaanmcedicrssanwiecseaanoayscradnie 357 Branch Session Manager page field GESCTiptiONS cccceeceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeceeesteneeeeeeeaeeees 358 Communication Profile Editor eee PEE E E ee eee Crete reer ere aiei 361 About Communication Profile E a E EAEE AN 361 Viewing Communication Profiles aieia PEE PERT re PAE EE TE 362 Moding Cgmmunicaton PMS ers ncrsd ners sennraaiamnieaoinnaee E ASEN NAANA ieee 362 Viewing background edit job status Pree errr rire RS E eulenaaciaeal Garita A 363 Viewing Communication Profle edit failure S assnsisiiaisnii O Communication Profile Editor field GeSCriptionS ccccceeeececeeenneeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeecaaeeeeeneeeeeeaaeeen 364 Communication Profile Edit Confirmation page field AeSCriptionS
253. ast restrictive Each level assumes the calling ability of the ones above it This field is used by PIM module of the Integrated Management to communicate with the Communication Manager administration tables and obtain the class of service information module builds a managed database to send for Standard Local Survivability SLS on the H 248 gateways Available for all analog and IP station types Valid Entries Usage emergency This station can only be used to place emergency calls internal This station can only make intra switch calls This is the default Focal This station can only make calls that are defined as locl op svc or hnpa in the Survivable Gateway Call Controller s routing tables Toli This station can place any national toll calls that are defined as fnpa or natl on the Survivable Gateway Call Controller s routing tables unrestricted This station can place a call to any number defined in the Survivable Gateway Call Controller s routing tables Those strings marked as deny are also denied to these users gt lt xs element name survivableCOR maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt GLI PUSSIES Om loess zst ingi gt lt xs enumeration value emergency gt lt xs enumeration value internal gt lt xs enumeration value local gt 142 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting lt xs enum
254. ata backup on a local server 475 creating Adaptations cccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneeeee 261 526 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Creating AN application eee eeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeeenaees 405 creating an Application Sequence cceeee 408 creating an Implicit User Rule n se 414 creating an Messaging instance seese 32 creating an NRS Proxy User Rule ecen 418 creating dial Patterns oe eee ceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeentaaeees 309 Creating domains cc ceeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeneeees 243 creating duplicate USES cc ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenttttaeeeees 79 creating Entity LINKS 00 eee eeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeentaaeeees 291 Creating lOCAtIONS eceeeeeeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeenenes 247 creating regular expressions eee eeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 317 Creating routing policies eee eee eeeetteeeeeeeeenaaees 300 creating SIP entities 00 0 eceessseeeeeeesseeeeeeesnaees 278 Creating time ranges eeeeecceceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeneeneees 295 creating TPS instance cccsscccceeeeceeeesesesssneeeees 418 CS1000 Adapter cccccccecsssseeeeesssessseeeeeeseeesaees 270 customizing column display eeeeesseeeeeeeeentaees 439 D Calta backup wi icedeccccurtindisjentesvieeiscevaetlastneendesteb heared 476 data backup from local server ssssssssteeeeeeees 476 Data Replication page ccccceeeeeeetccieeeeeeeereee
255. ations offices to data centers in the network core The Overall Managed Bandwidth and Per Call Bandwidth Parameters sections in the Location Details page allow you to specify the CAC related details Note Session Manager logs the result of each rejected multimedia CAC request which enables the determination of the root cause when multimedia calls fail Session Manager allows you to use the following wildcard characters to specify a location e star is used to specify any number of allowed characters at the end of the string e x is used to specify a digit Note Pattern can also accept IP address range Example 10 0 0 1 10 0 0 5 IP address mask is also a valid pattern Example 135 9 0 0 16 The Locations screen can contain one or several IP addresses Each SIP entity has a particular IP address Depending on the physical and geographic location of each SIP entity some of the SIP entities can be grouped into a single location For example if there are two Communication Managers located at Denver they can form one location named Denver Creating Locations Procedure On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing Click Routing gt Locations The Location Details screen is displayed Click New Enter the location name in the Name field Enter notes about the location if required ona A wo N Specify the parameters for the location in the Overall Managed Bandwidth section 7
256. aya Avaya is not responsible for the accuracy of any information statement or content provided on these sites and does not necessarily endorse the products services or information described or offered within them Avaya does not guarantee that these links will work all the time and has no control over the availability of the linked pages Warranty Avaya provides a limited warranty on its Hardware and Software Product s Refer to your sales agreement to establish the terms of the limited warranty In addition Avaya s standard warranty language as well as information regarding support for this Product while under warranty is available to Avaya customers and other parties through the Avaya Support Web site http support avaya com Please note that if you acquired the Product s from an authorized Avaya reseller outside of the United States and Canada the warranty is provided to you by said Avaya reseller and not by Avaya Licenses THE SOFTWARE LICENSE TERMS AVAILABLE ON THE AVAYA WEBSITE HTTP SUPPORT AVAYA COM LICENSEINFO ARE APPLICABLE TO ANYONE WHO DOWNLOADS USES AND OR INSTALLS AVAYA SOFTWARE PURCHASED FROM AVAYA INC ANY AVAYA AFFILIATE OR AN AUTHORIZED AVAYA RESELLER AS APPLICABLE UNDER A COMMERCIAL AGREEMENT WITH AVAYA OR AN AUTHORIZED AVAYA RESELLER UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED TO BY AVAYA IN WRITING AVAYA DOES NOT EXTEND THIS LICENSE IF THE SOFTWARE WAS OBTAINED FROM ANYONE OTHER THAN AVAYA AN AVAYAAFFILIAT
257. aya com Suspected security vulnerabilities with Avaya products should be reported to Avaya by sending mail to securityalerts avaya com Trademarks Avaya and Avaya Aura are registered trademarks of Avaya Inc in the United States of America and or other jurisdictions All non Avaya trademarks are the property of their respective owners and Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Downloading Documentation For the most current versions of Documentation see the Avaya Support Web site http support avaya com Contact Avaya Support Avaya provides a telephone number for you to use to report problems or to ask questions about your Product The support telephone number is 1 800 242 2121 in the United States For additional support telephone numbers see the Avaya Web site http support avaya com Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 3 4 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Contents Ghapier 1 eS ULE go Peete eee ep rPee Prete ane nor a EAE 13 IF VEN CG ANI gs cacecc E E E E E E E EE E 13 Ovenibw Ol aysien Manageo ankarassa a TEA AANA ana eo 13 Log onic yy STI Manage oorsien RRON iaa 15 Logging on to System Manager Web interface iscccece ci aciecens nnsa innie 15 Login information for users with user NAME AAMIN ceeeeee cece eeeeee ee eeaaeteeeeee tease eeeee
258. ays It is possible to populate a very large number of the above elements in System Manager by using XML files It is also possible to export each of the elements or the entire routing configuration to XML files PREREQUISITES e Ensure that System Manager is installed and the server is running e Ensure that the user performing the bulk import operation has administrative privileges e Before you import a large amount of data take the backup of the System Manager database This backup will provide an easy way to restore the original database in case you find that the information you imported is substantially incorrect Refer to the document Administering Avaya Aura System Manager for details about this operation e Importing a very large number of elements thousands and above can take a very long time and can be CPU intensive to the System Manager server This information will also need to be synchronized with all the Session Managers It is highly recommended that you perform large imports at a time where there is reduced platform activity in the network for example at night or during a maintenance window e When adding subcomponents to an existing element you must include ALL parameters associated with that element in the import XML file In other words when you add digit patterns to an adaptation ensure that the adaptation import includes ALL patterns and not just the ones being added to the adaptation FEATURES 238 Admini
259. b information in the table Show Provides you an option to view all the jobs on the same page If the table displaying Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Button Description scheduled jobs are spanning multiple pages select All to view all the jobs on a single page Select All Selects all the jobs in the table Select None Clears the check box selections Previous Displays jobs in the previous page Next Displays jobs in the next page Done Takes you back to the User Management page Import Users Job Details field descriptions The Import Users Job Details page displays the details of the selected job Name Description Name Displays the import job that the end user initiates Scheduled by Displays the name of the user who initiates or schedules the import job Scheduled at Displays the start time of the import job Error Configuration The value that was configured for error while scheduling the Import Job The possible values for this field are Abort on first error and Continue processing other records Import Type The value configured for the Import Type field while scheduling the import job Possible values are Complete and Partial Import Option The value that was configured for the If a matching record already exists f
260. by enforcing the bandwidth limits as follows e Determines how much bandwidth to be reserved for each call and counts the determined value against the provisioned limit e If the multimedia bandwidth is beyond what is provisioned Maximum Multimedia Bandwidth Intra Location or Maximum Multimedia Bandwidth Inter Location Session Manager can reduce the multimedia bandwidth as low as the administered multimedia minimum Minimum Multimedia Bandwidth limit In such cases users experience a reduction in media usually video quality Otherwise calls are either alternate routed or denied when limit enforcement cannot be achieved by quality reduction Audio call quality is not modified by Session Manager e If Session Manager cannot allow the multimedia minimum Minimum Multimedia Bandwidth then multimedia streams are removed from the call by setting their ports to zero which results in denying the multimedia portion of the call SDP functionality can be enabled by clearing the Global Settings option Ignore SDP for Call Admission Control in the Session Manager Administration page This setting changes the CAC mode from Ignore SDP as in Session Manager 6 0 to Use SDP as in Session Manager 6 1 This setting takes effect at cluster level in the core and hence all the Session Manager instances are affected accordingly Refer to the topic on Recommended modifications for the earlier versions of Session Manager for understand
261. can configure Logger List Name Description Logger The loggers in the selected log files Log level Log level defines as to what level of logging is set for the corresponding logger Attached Appenders gt Name Name of the appender Attached Appenders gt File Path The path of the file to which the appender logs the information Attached Appenders gt Facility The process running on the machine that created the log message 484 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Administering backup and restore Name Description Attached Appenders gt host The name of the syslog host where the log output is stored Show All Provides you an option to select the maximum number of logger records that you can view ata time Button Description Edit Opens the Edit Logger page that you can use to edit loggers Edit Logger field descriptions Use this page to edit logger and appender information You can also add and remove appenders from the loggers Logger Name Description Logger The name of the logger Log level The level of logging for which the logger logs the information Attached Appender Name Description Appender The name of the appender Threshold Log Level The threshold log level set for the appender Appender logs only information of log type that is set in the threshold log level
262. can be digit only gt lt xs element name securityCode maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Werle valucs tor joie gt lt 01 to 64 First and second numbers are the cabinet number gt SI A ico i rmied Ghyeuceciceie is ths CGeicieslere gt lt 01 to 20 Fourth and fifth characters are the slot number gt lt 01 to 32 Sixth and seventh characters are the circuit number gt lt x or X Indicates that there is no hardware associated with the port assignment since the switch was set up and the administrator expects that the extension would have a non IP set Or the extension had a non IP set and it dissociated Use x for Administered WithOut Hardware AWOH and Computer Telephony CTI stations as well as for SBS Extensions gt lt IP Indicates that there is no hardware associated with the port assignment since the switch was set up and the administrator expects that the extension would have an IP set This is automatically entered for certain IP station 138 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting set types but you can enter for a DCP set with softphone permissions This changes to the s00000 type when the set registers gt
263. cation e Emergency calling routes based on actual location The field descriptions for New Communication Profile Values section are same as mentioned above Background Edit Job Status This section provides a list of Communication Profile editing operations that run as background jobs since the last restart of System Manager When the number of simultaneous Communication Profile editing operations exceed 15 then these operations are queued as batch jobs Name Description Start Time Start time of the background edit job Status Status of completion of the background edit job Percent Completed Percentage completion of the background edit job Total Edits to Perform Number of background edits performed in the job run Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 365 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Name Description Failed Edits Number of failed background edits during the job run Last Updated Finish time of the background edit job run Job Name Name of the background edit job Button Description View Profile Edit Failures Shows the details of all Communication Profiles which could not be modified in the selected job run It also states the reason for such editing failures Stop Job This operation stops the current running background edit job Communication Profile Edit Confirmation page field descripti
264. ccccccceeeeesseessteeeeeeeeees 292 SIP Entity Link Monitoring Status Summary page field CESCHIPUONS senera a eai 423 SIP entity ISi acainn AREER 286 SIP Entity Entity Link Connection Status page field CESCIIPTIONS sssaaa 424 SIP firewall ccccccceeccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 375 381 382 390 blacklists osin conan aa 381 COMIQUMING scrsepssiessyi ee Erd ts 375 Cefault rule Setsuna 390 TUIGS eiieeii aiaa a a NAE N NAERA 381 specifying a new rule ssssssssssrsssssrrrssrrrrrssses 382 530 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager WIILCIISE cisa aiaa 381 SIP monitorning s eerssi arnesak aa 422 viewing the SIP Monitoring Status Summary page 422 SIP Monitoring cccccccccceeeeeesseeeeeeeessseaeeeeeeeseenaees 421 SIP Protocol Version cccccccccsesesseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeaaes 29 Statistinio a E a E 27 STAS arosa ee aa er aE AN ER E 25 27 29 STOD innnan na ia aa iaaiiai 502 Stop Confirmation page cccceccceceessteeeeesteeteeees 513 stopping pending jobs 0 0 ee cee eeeteeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 502 synchronizing messaging data eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 synchronizing dala sesseur 33 synchronizing System Manager master database and replica computer database 05 489 490 T time range deletion cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 296 time range list cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaeeaaeeeeeee 297 time tangs oreren anaa aA 296 Trace Viewer page field descriptions
265. ccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name perButtonRingControl type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name bridgedCallAlerting type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting lt xs element name bridgedIdleLinePreference type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name confTransOnPrimaryAppearance type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name CcustomizableLabels type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name expansionModule type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name ipVideoSoftphone type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name activeStationRinging maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value single gt lt xs enumeration value continuous gt lt xs enumeration value if busy single gt lt xs enumeration value silent gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Defines how call rings to the telephone when it is on hook gt lt Valid entries Usage continuous Enter continuous to cause all calls to this telephone to ring continuously if busy single E
266. ce 5 Create Application Sequence from existing Applications for specifying Origination Application Sequence and Termination Application Sequence See the topic Creating an Application Sequence on page 408 for details 6 To use a Branch Session Manager as a Survivability Server add a SIP entity of type Session Manager and Branch Session Manager instance with listen ports See the topics Creating SIP Entities on page 278 and Adding a SIP entity as a Branch Session Manager instance on page 351 for details 7 For Home Location which is a mandatory selection the valid values are those of the configured Locations For adding a new value add a Location See the topic Creating Locations on page 247 for details Note Session Manager Profiles should be defined only for SIP endpoints Avaya also recommends the assignment of a SIP handle for all Communication Manager CM endpoints Before adding user you need to synchronize Communication Manager station data and messaging data to the System Manager as follows 1 Administer each Communication Manager and messaging application as an application instance See the topics Creating a Communication Manager instance on page 31 and Creating a messaging instance on page 32 for details 2 Synchronize Communication Manager and messaging data with System Manager See the topics Initializing Synchronization on page 33 and Synchronizing Messaging Data on page 3
267. ce This is the IP address of the standby server in case of duplex servers RSA SSH Fingerprint Primary IP The RSA SSH key of the Communication Manager Server In case of Duplex servers RSA SSH Key is the key of the Active server RSA SSH Fingerprint Alternate IP The DSA SSH Key of the CM Server used only in case of Duplex servers This is the key of the Standby server Is ASG Enabled Use this check box to enable ASG If you select the Is ASG enabled check box then you should enter the ASG key Password is not required ASG Key The ASG key used to authenticate the ASG login You do not have to enter any value in this field if non ASG login is used Location Displays the location of the application instance The following fields provides information about attributes related to messaging Name Description Login Displays the name as given in the Trusted Server Name field of the Trusted Servers page on the Messaging Box for this server Password Password for the login name as given in the Password field of the Trusted Servers page on the Messaging Box for this server Confirm Password You should retype the password for confirmation Messaging Type Displays the type of the Messaging box The following are the types of messaging e MM for Modular Messaging systems e CMM for Communication Manager Embedded Messaging systems Version Displays the ve
268. ces for calls to this user Survivability Server Name of the Survivability Server which provides survivability communication services for devices associated with a Communication Profile in the event that local connectivity to Session Manager instances in the Aura Core is lost For a Branch Session Manager if the termination and origination application sequences contain a Communication Manager application sequencing to this application will continue locally to the Communication Manager LSP resident with the Branch Session Manager Note If a termination or origination application sequence contains a Communication Manager application the Communication Manager associated with the application must be the main Communication Manager for the Communication Manager LSP that is resident with the Branch Session Manager Home Location A Home Location can be specified to support mobility for the currently displayed user This is used by Session Manager specially in cases when the ip address of the calling phone does not match any IP Address Pattern of any of the location Note Auser s call is routed according to the user s home location except for the following cases e CAC Call Admission Control routes based on actual location e Emergency calling routes based on actual location Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 367 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances B
269. check box only an A Record lookup is done in DNS to resolve the host name to an IP address Transport and port specified in the entity link are used If you selected the check box a full DNS lookup as described in RFC 3263 is done and the transport and port specified in the entity link could be overridden 8 Under Time Ranges specify the default start time and end time for the time range The default is to use a 24 hour time range that is the start time is 00 00 hours and the end time is 23 59 hours 9 Under Application Settings select the Show warning message check box to get a warning message if you try to navigate to another page when a page has unsaved data or when data import is in progress 10 Click Apply to save the changes Related topics Default Settings field descriptions on page 324 Default Settings field descriptions Use this page to specify default settings for all the Routing menus on the right hand side pane and to save them as your default personal settings Adaptations Name Description Matching Pattern Min Length Minimum length of pattern matched for adaptations The minimum value can be 1 Matching Pattern Max Length Maximum length of pattern matched for adaptations The maximum value can be 36 Dial Patterns Name Description Dial Pattern Min Length Minimum length of dial pattern to be matched The minimum value can be 1 Dial Pattern Max Length Maximum length
270. ching pattern Continue clicking the Ingress Adaptation Add button until all the required ingress matching patterns have been configured To remove a matching pattern for ingress adaptations select the check box next to that pattern and click Remove Click Add under Digit Conversion for Outgoing Calls if you need to configure egress digit conversion Egress adaptation administers digit manipulation for calls going out of the Session Manager instance 262 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Adaptations Enter the matching pattern and other required fields The Matching Pattern field can have 1 to 36 characters Mouse over the input field to view a tool tip describing valid input Enter the number of minimum and maximum digits to be matched in the Min and Max fields respectively The minimum value can be 1 or more The maximum value can be 36 Add Phone Context as an optional parameter for the egress adaptation rules Enter the number of digits that you want deleted from left of the dialed number in the Delete Digits field Enter the digits that you want inserted before the number in the Insert Digits field From the drop down list select the value for Address to modify A setting of both will look for adaptations on both origination and destination type headers The digit conversion applied to a header will be taken
271. ck Manage Users in the left navigation pane 3 On the User Management page click More Actions gt Show Deleted Users The Deleted Users table displays the temporarily deleted users on the Deleted Users page Restoring a deleted user You can use this functionality to restore a user that you deleted using Delete on the User Management page Before you begin Permission to restore the selected deleted user Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 81 Managing Users Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management Click Manage Users in the left navigation pane On the User Management page click More Actions gt Show Deleted Users gt A OO N On the Deleted Users page select the user you want to restore and click Restore Sz On the User Restore Confirmation page click Restore 6 On the User Profile Edit page enter a new password in the Password field 7 Inthe Confirm Password field enter the same password that you entered in Step 5 8 Click Commit New User Profile field descriptions Use this page to create a new user This page has four tabs e Identity Communication Profile e Membership e Contacts Note The fields that are marked with an asterisk are mandatory and you must enter appropriate information in these fields Identity tab Identity section Name Description Last Name Displays the last name of the use
272. ck Reload gt Reload Complete to force complete reload of selected SIP AST devices which includes maintenance data configuration data and a complete data reload On the Confirm Reload Complete Notification page click Confirm After user confirmation a status page appears showing the detailed information regarding the current state of scheduled and running endpoint actions b Click Reload gt Reload Config to reload only configuration details of selected SIP AST subscribed devices On the Confirm Reload Config Notification page click Confirm After user confirmation a status page appears showing the detailed information regarding the current state of scheduled and running endpoint actions c Click Reload gt Reload Contacts to reload only contact details of selected SIP AST subscribed devices On the Confirm Reload Contacts Notification page click Confirm Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 435 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances After user confirmation a status page appears showing the detailed information regarding the current state of scheduled and running endpoint actions Related topics Registration Summary on page 434 Failback of selected AST devices Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click System Status gt Registration Summary to open Registration Summary page The Registration Summary page displays the list of regis
273. click on the link to go to the Session Manager Administration page Active Call Count The current active call counts for this session manager instance Registrations The registration summary You can click on the link to go to the Registration Summary page Confirm Reboot for Session Managers page field descriptions Button Description Cancel Cancels the rebooting of the selected Session Manager instances Confirm Confirms the rebooting of the selected Session Manager instances Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 331 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Name Description Session Manager Name of administered Session Manager instance You can click on the link to go to the Session Manager Administration page Type The type of Session Manager instance either as Core or Branch Session Manager Service State Current service and management state of the selected Session Manager instance The state can be of the following types e ME MD for Management Enabled Disabled e AN DN for Accept New Service Deny New Service You can click on the link to go to the Session Manager Administration page Active Call Count The current active call counts for this session manager instance Registrations The registration summary You can click on the link to go to the Registration Summary page Session Manager Admin
274. comPaging maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt MM field gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value paging is off gt lt xs enumeration value paging is manual gt lt xs enumeration value paging is automatic gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Specifies whether a subscriber can receive messages mail messages 168 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting and call answer messages from other subscribers You can choose one of the following yes to allow the subscriber to create forward and receive messages no to prevent the subscriber from receiving call answer messages and to hide the subscriber from the telephone user interfac TUL The subscriber cannot use the TUI to access the mailbox and other TUI users cannot address messages to the subscriber gt lt xs element name voiceMailEnabled type csm xmlTrueFalseType maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Specifies additional useful information about a subscriber Entries in this field are for convenience and are not used by the messaging system gt lt xs element name miscellaneousl type csm xmlLength51Type maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Specifies additional useful information about a subscriber Entries in this field are fo
275. condarySM instance is specified this Session Manager will provide continued service to SIP devices associated with this Communication Profile in the event that the primary Session Manager is not available Origination Specify an Optional Application Application Sequence Sequence that will be originationAppSeque invoked when calls nce are routed from this user A selection is optional Note if both an origination and a termination application sequence Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 219 Managing Users 220 Attribute Attribute Description Mandator y Optional Validation Constraints are specified and each contains a CM application the CM should be the same in both sequences Termination Application Sequence terminationAppSequ ence Specify an Application Sequence that will be invoked when calls are routed to this user A selection is optional Note if both an origination and a termination application sequence are specified and each contains a CM application the CM should be the same in both sequences Optional Survivability Server survivabilityServer For local survivability the name of a Survivability Server a SIP Entity can be specified to provide survivability communication services for devices associated with a Communication Profile in the event that local connectivity to Session Manager instances in t
276. connectivity with Trunk Gateway and register itself to LSP 4 End user devices phones register with the primary Session Manager as a primary controller but uses the Branch Session Manager as a third controller in case of WAN failure The Branch Session Manager provides service when the branch loses WAN connectivity As the result of WAN failure there are two simultaneous processes triggered e The Branch Media Gateway loss of connectivity with the Trunk Gateway and registers itself to the Communication Manager LSP As the result the LSP starts to provide service e The phones detect losing connectivity with core Session Manager and register the Branch Session Manager as the new controller The Branch Session Manager has the same specifications as a Session Manager and provides local autonomy or survivability for SIP stations trunks and applications When signaling is available to the core Session Manager the branch SIP users can avail sequenced applications If the Branch Session Manager receives a request from originating phase or to terminating phase any user then Branch Session Manager handles the request in survivable mode and all applications in the user s application sequence are skipped except for the Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 349 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Communication Manager When Communication Manager is detected in the sequence the request is sent after
277. criber on System check box Template The template system defined and user defined you want to associate with the subscriber Password The password for logging into the mailbox Delete Subscriber on Unassign of Use this check box to specify whether you Subscriber from User or Delete User want to delete the subscriber mailbox from the Messaging Device or Communication System Management when you remove this messaging profile or when you delete the user Membership tab Roles section Name Description check box Use this check box to select a role Use the check box displayed in the first column of the Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 89 Managing Users Name Description header row to select all the roles assigned to the user account Name The name of the role Description A brief description about the role Button Description Assign Roles Opens the Assign Role page that you can use to assign the roles to the user account Unassign Roles Removes the selected role from the list of roles associated with the user account Membership tab Group Membership section Name Description check box Use this check box to select the group Name Name of the group Type Group type based on the resources Hierarchy Position of the group in the hierarchy Description A brief description about the gr
278. criptions on page 82 Deleting a subscriber mailbox Before you begin You have selected the Delete Subscriber on Unassign of Subscriber from User or on Delete User check box while associating a subscriber mailbox to a user About this task This functionality deletes the subscriber mailbox from the messaging device after removing the association between the subscriber mailbox and the user Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 73 Managing Users 2 Click Manage Users in the left navigation pane 3 On the User Management page select a user and perform one of the following steps e Click Edit e Click View gt Edit 4 On the User Profile Edit page click the Communication Profile tab 5 In the Messaging Profile tab clear the check box next to the Messaging Profile label 6 Click Commit Note You can delete only those subscribers that are associated with a user through User Management You can delete non user associated subscriber mailboxes only through Subscriber Management Related topics New User Profile field descriptions on page 82 Adding an endpoint profile for a user Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management 2 Click Manage Users in the left navigation pane 3 On the User Management page perform one of the following steps e If you are creatin
279. d if no value is set en US should be defaulted source Free format text field that identifies th ntity that created this user record The format of this field will be either a IP Address Port or a name representing an enterprise LDAP or Avaya sourceUserKkey The key of the user from the source system If the source is an Enterprise Active Directory server this value with be the objectGUID status This information is to help manage provisioning activities such as correcting or completing the provisioning of a user instance It can also signify that approval is needed PENDINGAUTHZ before a user account is sufficiently configured to be a valid user PROVISIONED Possible Values AUTHPENDING PENDINGAUTHZ PROVISIONED suffix The text appended to a name e g Jr III surname The users last name also called the family name timeZone The preferred time zone of the user For example International Date Line West title The job function of a person in their organizational context userName This is the username portion of the loginName field It is an alphanumeric value that must comply with the userinfo related portion of a URI as described in rfc2396 However it is further restricted as ASCII characters with only the _ and special characters supported This is the rfc2798 uid attribute Administering Avaya Aura Session Mana
280. d and Edit in the Access Point section Attributes This section provides information about attributes fields that you can configure for the selected application This section appears only if the ApplicationType is defined to have Attributes through EP metadata Name Description Login Login name to be used for connecting to the application instance Note craft craft2 dadmin inads init rasaccess sroot and tsc are the restricted logins when you configure a Communication Manager system Note Do not use this login to connect to Communication Manager from any other application or to connect to the Communication Manager SAT terminal using CLI Password Password which authenticates the SSH Telnet login name on the application instance This field is not required for ASG login Is SSH Connection Use this check box to specify whether the SSH connection should be used to connect to the application instance By default this is selected If you clear the check box the connection with the application instance is made using Telnet 38 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Application Details field descriptions Name Description Port The port on which the service provided by the application instance is running The default SSH port is 5022 Alternate IP Address Alternate IP address of the application instan
281. d configuration are counted by Communication Manager Note Communication Manager performs CAC in terms of bandwidth limits between two specific Network Regions while Session Manager performs CAC as per limits covering all traffic into or out of a Location regardless of the far end location Recommended modifications for the earlier versions of Session Manager 1 For CAC in Session Manager 6 0 used for counting calls CAC may have been provisioned in Session Manager 6 0 by setting the Average Bandwidth per Call limit to 1 kbps which provides a simple call count limit of X simultaneous calls in the location In such case clearing Ignore SDP for Call Admission Control option Use SDP CAC mode drastically reduces the number of calls allowed in the location since the common codec G 711 Mu uses 83 kbps which limits the number of calls allowed to change from X to X 83 For Session Manager 6 1 CAC does not enforce a limit on the number of calls per location but applies a limit on the bandwidth usage The limits for each location should be multiplied by the determined average bandwidth per call Y in kbps If there are no multimedia users in the Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 251 Managing Session Manager routing environment Yis likely to be 83 because Avaya endpoints as well as many others use G 711 Mu as their primary audio codec For multimedia video users a more complex analysis is required as
282. d history policy verifies that a password is new The previous blocked passwords can range from 1 to 99 The default is six Password lockout policy enforcement The lockout policy provides a limit for the number of attempts to access System Manager The user is locked out of System Manager when the specified number of logon attempts is reached By default the user is locked out for two minutes after five failed attempts if the consecutive attempts occur within a ten minute period Inactive session termination policy By default the system suspends a user session after 30 minutes of inactivity A user must log on to System Manager again when this occurs Logon warning banner System Manager provides the text for the logon warning banner that a network administrator can change 18 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Password and security policies for users with username admin Editing password policies About this task Administrators can edit the password settings through this procedure Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click UCM Services 2 Click Security gt Policies in the left navigation pane 3 In the Password Policy section click Edit 4 Edit the required fields on the Password Policy page 5 Click Save Click Cancel to undo your changes and return to the previous page Important An invalid logon message appears fo
283. d in the Emergency Location Extension field in the Station screen to the Public Safety Answering Point PSAP 2 Block Enter block to prevent the completion of emergency calls 3 Cesid Enter cesid to allow Communication Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 197 Managing Users Attribute Attribute Description Mandator y Optional Validation Constraints Manager to send the CESID information supplied by the IP Softphone to the PSAP Option Enter option to allow the user to select the option extension block or cesid that the user selected during registration and the IP Softphone reported Ext emergencyLocation This field allows the system to properly identify the location of a caller who dials a 911 emergency call from this station An entry in this field must be of an extension type included in the dial plan but does not have to be an extension on the local system It can be a UDP extension The entry defaults to blank A blank entry typically would be used for an IP softphone dialing in through PPP from somewhere outside your network If you populate the IP Address Mapping screen with emergency numbers the feature functions as follows If the Emergency Location Extension field in the Optional 198 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Manag
284. ddress other than MS Exchange e mail addresses e Other SIP Indicates that the handle supports other SIP based communication than the ones mentioned above e Other XMPP Indicates that the handle supports other XMPP based communication than the ones mentioned above Fully Qualified Address The fully qualified domain name or uniform resource identifier The address can be an e mail address IM user or an address of an communication device using which user can send or receive messages Button Description Add Saves the new communication address or modified communication address information in the database Cancel Cancels the adding a communication address operation Communication Profile tab Session Manager Note You may see these fields only if a communication profile for the user can be configured using the product 86 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com New User Profile field descriptions Name Description Primary Session Manager Select the Session Manager instance that should be used as the home server for the currently displayed Communication Profile As a home server the selected primary Session Manager instance will be used as the default access point for connecting devices associated with the Communication Profile to the Aura network A selection is required Secondary Session Manager If a secondary Ses
285. de a single ZIP file the System Manager will import them in the correct order to maintain dependencies Because of this it is possible for example to import SIP Entities and Entity Links pointing to these SIP Entities in the same import operation The import order is always Domains Locations Adaptations SIP Entities Entity Links Time Ranges 09D Q OODD Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 239 Managing Session Manager routing g Routing Policies h Dial Patterns i Regular Expressions The order is decided by analyzing the files internal structure it must be a well formed XML as described in this guide Any file name can be used as long as its extension is xml e The Import operation does not halt if one of the elements fails validation The failed element will not be added to the database and the operation will continue to the next one e An audit log provides details on the failed and successful import operations If an imported element already exists in the System Manager database which means that there is an element with the same unique identifiers then the values in the new element will overwrite the old element For example if a domain named avaya com already exist in the database then the note type and default values will be overwritten by the new element Dial Pattern is an exception for this rule It is not possible to import a dial pattern with ele
286. ded After a restore operation the restored configuration data is automatically propagated to the Session Manager instances Associated actions include configuring data retention rules for specifying how long the backup files should remain on the system and modifying logger and appender information Creating a data backup on a local server Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Backup and Restore 2 On the Backup and Restore page click Backup 3 On the Backup page click Local 4 Inthe File name field enter the file path and the name of the backup file that you want to create 5 Click Now If the backup is successful the Backup and Restore page displays this message Backup created successfully Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 475 Managing system data Scheduling a data backup on a local server Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Backup and Restore On the Backup and Restore page click Backup On the Backup page Click Local option Inthe File name field enter the name of the backup file that you want to create Click Schedule Click Commit oa A WwW N Restoring a data backup from a local server Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Backup and Restore On the Backup and Restore page click Restore On the Restore page click Local In the File name field type the file nam
287. dentification number assigned to the event that has generated the log Message Brief description about the log The message is generated based on the severity level of Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 469 Managing events 470 Name Description the log For a log with severity level debug the message contains information about debugging an error Process Name Process on the device that has generated the message This is usually the process name and process ID Facility The operating system processes and applications quantify messages into one of the several categories These categories generally consist of the facility that generated them along with the severity of the message The following are the types of supported facilities e User Level Messages e Security authorization e Log Audit Button Description View Opens the Log View Log Detail page Use this page to view the details of a selected log Auto Refresh Mode Switches to the Auto Refresh mode When the Logging page is set in this mode it automatically updates the logs in the table This is a toggle button Advanced Search Displays fields that you can use to specify the search criteria for searching a log Refresh Refreshes the log information in the table Filter Enable Displays fields under select columns that you can use to set filter criteria
288. dia calls might want to be administered with this service link mode The permanent mode service link will be connected during the station s first multimedia call and will remain in a connected state until the user disconnects from their PCa s multimedia application or the Avaya DEFINITY Server restarts This provides a multimedia user with a much quicker video cut through when answering a multimedia call from another permanent mode station or a multimedia call that has been early answered Multimedia Mode There are two multimedia modes Basic and Enhanced as gt lt xs element name serviceLinkMode maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt gorret iction loess zess sie maline gt lt xs enumeration value as needed gt lt xs enumeration value permanent gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt There are two multimedia modes Basic and Enhanced as described below Basic A Basic multimedia complex consists of a BRI connected multimedia equipped PC and a non BRI connected multifunction telephone set When in Basic mode users place voice calls at the multifunction telephone and multimedia calls from the multimedia equipped PC Voice calls will be answered at the multifunction telephone and multimedia calls will alert first at the PC and if unanswered will next alert at the voice station if it is administered with H 320 enabled
289. ding a SIP entity of type Session Manager and Session Manager instance with listen ports See the topics Creating SIP Entities on page 278 and Adding a SIP entity as a Session Manager instance on page 334 for details 2 Administer Secondary Session Manager by adding a SIP entity of type Session Manager and Session Manager instance with listen ports See the topics Creating SIP Entities on page 278 and Adding a SIP entity as a Session Manager instance on page 334 for details Note This is an optional step required only for redundancy purposes 3 Add SIP Domains Administer the SIP domain using the Routing application See the topic Creating domains on page 243 4 Add applications to be added in the Origination and Termination Application Sequences a Add Communication Manager Feature Server as an Application e Add the Communication Manager Feature Server SIP entity See the topics Creating SIP Entities on page 278 e Administer the Communication Manager Feature Server as an application instance for associating the CM System for SIP entity Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 63 Managing Users See the topic Creating a Communication Manager instance on page 31 for details e Add the Communication Manager Feature Server as an Application See the topic Creating an application on page 405 for details b Similarly add other Applications to be added in the Application Sequen
290. ding interface e Select one of the following modes of NIC bonding as supported by NIC bonding driver from the drop down menu Device Monitoring Mode ARP Monitoring MII Monitoring e Modify the following details related to ARP monitoring ARP Interval msecs Specifies the ARP link monitoring frequency and range is from 50 to 1000 default value is 100 ARP Target IP Specifies the IP target of the ARP request which is sent to determine the health of the link to the targets You can configure up to 3 IP Addresses for ARP monitoring Note Due to a Red Hat Linux kernel limitation do not monitor virtual IP addresses when using ARP monitoring This affects the Session Manager ARP table updates causing the virtual IP entity link to be marked as down However you can monitor virtual IP addresses using MII mode e Modify the following details related to MII monitoring Link Monitoring Frequency msecs Specifies the sampling period with range from 50 to 500 default value is 100 Down Delay msecs Specifies the wait time for disabling of a slave in case of detection of a link failure The value is a multiple of link monitoring frequency value and range is from 50 to 1000 default value is 200 Up Delay msecs Specifies the wait time for enabling of a slave in case of detection of a link recovery The value is a multiple of link monitoring frequency value and range is from 50 to 1000 default value
291. does not clear any filter criteria that you have set To clear the filter criteria click Clear Result The table displays only those users that match the filter criteria Searching for users Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management 2 Click Manage Users in the left navigation pane 3 On the User Management page click Advanced Search at the upper right corner of the page 80 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Viewing deleted users 4 In the Criteria section do the following a Select the search criterion from the first field b Select the operator from the second field c Enter the search value in the third field If you want to add another search condition click and repeat substeps a through c listed in Step 3 If you want to delete a search condition click next to the search condition This button is available only if there is more than one search condition 5 Click Search Result The Users table lists the users that match the search criteria Viewing deleted users When you remove a user from the User Management page using the Delete functionality the system removes the user temporarily and stores this user in the Deleted Users table You can use the Show Deleted Users functionality to view the temporarily deleted users Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management 2 Cli
292. e 340 local host name resolving ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 368 managed bandwidth viewing usage eeee 426 modifying administration settings cee 336 viewing administration settings eee 336 Session Manager Administration page field descriptions aiid lain nde ce h inaisic aside aaindcdiade E einen sag denise 341 Session Manager Communication profile administration AE EET 70 Session Manager Dashboard field descriptions 327 Session Manager Entity Link Connection Status page field descriptions cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetees 425 Session Manager page field descriptions 344 SESSION properties eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeeeeenaaeees 19 session properties field descriptions 0 22 Selar a 43 setting enrollment password sesssessssssrirsseserrrssreeen 43 SIP Application Sessions seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeerr eenen 29 SIP elements driesen naa NE 277 authentication ceeeccceceeeeeceeecaneeseeeeeaeeseeeeeanes Qt TLS layer Validation 0 cccccceesseeeeeesesteeeeesenaes 277 SIP SMS S iina 277 IP and transport layer validation 0000 277 SIP SGNULY ccccivvssssensheacvtnssasecedecsdavaasdceetnecdveasasesencolaevaas 283 SIP entity deletion 0 0 0 ceceeeeesesseeeeeeesssteeeeesesnaees 282 SIP entity details ccic cccccesctstsiesecsstsaesesesesntvaaseescennneas 284 SIP entity link deletion ccc
293. e message bodies will not be modified EGRESS Domain Modification Parameters e overrideDestinationDomain may be abbreviated to odsta parameter 1 if not named replaces the domain in Request URI To header if administered Refer To header and Notify message summary body with the given value for egress only If the request is a REFER the domain in the Refer To header will only be modified if it is the IP address of the Session Manager or a domain for which the Session Manager is authoritative e overrideSourceDomain may be abbreviated to osrcd replaces the domain in the From header if administered P Asserted Identity header and calling part of the History Info header with the given value for egress only INGRESS Domain Modification Parameters ingressOverrideDestinationDomain may be abbreviated to iodstd replaces the domain in Request URI To header if administered and Notify message summary body with the given value for ingress only If the request is a REFER the domain in the Refer To header will only be modified if it is the IP address of the Session Manager or a domain for which the Session Manager is authoritative e ingressOverrideSourceDomain may be abbreviated to iosrcd replaces the domain in the From header if administered P Asserted Identity header and calling part of the History Info header with the given value for ingress only Example Module Name ciscoAdapter Module Parameter
294. e tns xmlSecurityIdentity minOccurs 0 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt Contact list Entries gt lt xs element name ownedContactLists minOccurs 0 maxOccurs 1 gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name contactList type tns xmlContactList maxOccurs 1 gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name ownedContacts minOccurs 0 gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name contact type tns xmlContact maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs element gt lt Presence ACL User Entries gt lt xs element name presenceUserDefault type tns xmlPresUserDefaultType minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name presenceUserACL type tns xmlPresUserACLEntryType minOccurs 0 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs element name presenceUserCLDefault type tns xmlPresUserCLDefaultType minOccurs 0 maxOccurs 1 gt lt xs element name commProfileSet type tns xmlCommProfileSetType maxOccurs unbounded minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name xmlSecurityIdentity gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name identity type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 lt xs element name realm type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name type type xs string minOccurs
295. e xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name dtmfOverIp maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value in band gt lt xs enumeration value in band g711 gt lt xs enumeration value out of band gt lt IS 2 PEST ies Cle LON lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name location type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs sequence gt 158 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting lt xs extension gt lt xs complexContent gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name xmlStationSiteData gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name room maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs maxLength value 10 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name jJack maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs maxLength value 5 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name cable maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs maxLength value 5 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs eleme
296. e Description Pattern Shows the dial pattern with the same pattern format as the Routing Policy Dial pattern Min Shows the minimum value of the dial pattern matching Valid values are 1 36 Max Shows the maximum value of the dial pattern matching Valid values are 1 36 SIP Domain Shows associated SIP Domain Origination Application Sequence Shows Origination Application Sequence Termination Application Sequence Shows Termination Application Sequence Description Shows the description of the Rule Button Description New Enables creating a new Implicit User Rule Edit Enables modifying the selected Implicit User Rule Delete Enables deleting the selected Implicit User Rule Related topics Viewing Implicit User Rules on page 413 Creating an Implicit User Rule on page 414 Modifying an existing Implicit User Rule on page 414 Removing existing Implicit User Rules on page 414 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 415 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Implicit User Rule Editor field descriptions The Implicit User Rule Editor screen enables you to define a new pattern rule or to modify an existing pattern rule Name Description Pattern Shows a dial pattern with the same pattern format as the Routing Policy Dial pattern This is a mandatory field Min Shows the minimum value of the d
297. e Description Job Name The name of the scheduled job Job Status The current status of the pending job The options are 1 Pending Execution 2 Running State The state of a job indicates if the job is an active job The options are e Enabled e Disabled Frequency The time interval between two consecutive executions of the job Scheduled By The scheduler of the job Button Description View Opens the Job Scheduling View Job page that displays the details of the selected pending job Edit Opens the Job Scheduling Edit Job page that you can use to modify the information of a selected pending job Delete Opens the Delete Confirmation page that prompts you to confirm the deletion of the selected Jobs More Actions gt View Log Opens the Logging page that displays the logs for the selected pending jobs More Actions gt Stop Stops the selected job which is currently in running state More Actions gt Enable Changes the state of the selected pending job from inactive to active More Actions gt Disable Opens the Disable Confirmation page that prompts you to confirm the disabling of the selected pending job More Actions gt Schedule On Demand Job Opens the Job Scheduling On Demand Job page that you can use to schedule the selected pending job of type On Demand Advanced Search Displays fields that you can use to specify the search criteria for searching a pe
298. e SIP entity type such as a Session Manager Communication Manager SIP trunk or a gateway Notes Additional notes about the SIP entity Time of Day section Button Description Add Adds a new time of the day to the selected routing policy Remove Removes the selected time of day entry from the selected routing policy View Gaps Overlaps Selecting a time of day entry and selecting View Gaps Overlaps generates a Duration Lists report and displays if there are any gaps or overlaps in the time of day entries for each day of the week Name Description Ranking Ranking of the assigned Time Ranges Name Name of the Time Ranges 304 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Routing Policies Name Description Start Time Start Time of the Time Range End Time End Time of the Time Range Notes Additional notes Dial Patterns section Button Description Add Adds a new dial pattern to the selected routing policy Remove Removes the selected dial pattern from the selected routing policy Name Description Pattern Dial pattern to match The pattern can have between 1 and 36 characters Roll over the field for the valid pattern Min Minimum number of digits to be matched Max Maximum number of digits to be matched Emergency Call Indicate if it is an emergency call SIP Domain Do
299. e Specifies the name lt commProfileSetNa The unique name of of the communication this communication profile 7 profile lt commProfileSetNam e gt Default Indicates whether lt isPrimary gt True or False this is a default profile i lt isPrimary gt The attributes to set up the communication address for a user are as follows Table 3 User attributes to set up communication address UI field Description XML tag Possible value Handle Specifies the lt handleName gt Extension number extension number of the user lt handleName gt Type Specifies the lt handleType gt Communication type communication type For example sip and of the user profile smtp lt handleType gt SubType Specifies the lt handleSubType gt Communication sub communication type For example subtype of the user _ dlesubtypes USeTname e164 and profile es merc Domain Specifies the domain lt domainName gt Name of the name of the user configured SIP domain name lt domainName gt The following is the mapping of SIP Manager Communication Profile elements with the corresponding user interface fields Table 4 Mapping of SIP Manager Communication Profile elements UI fField Description XML tag Possible value Primary Session Manager Specifies the name of the primary Session Manager lt sm primarySM gt Enter the name of Session Manager Admini
300. e and select a file 4 Select one of the following error configuration options Abort on first error e Continue processing other records 5 Select Complete as the import type 6 Select one of the following import options e Click Skip to skip users in import file that match existing user records in the database e Click Replace to replace the users in the database with the new users from the imported file Use this option when you want to import new users and retain the existing users e Click Merge to update and merge the user attributes data from the imported file to the existing data e Click Delete to delete the user records in the database that match the records in the imported file 7 Under Job Schedule select one of the following options to run the job e Click Run immediately to import the users immediately e Click Schedule later and set date and time to import the users at a specified time 8 Click Import Note The operations Communication Manager Synchronization and Bulk Import of users should not overlap in time If Bulk Import of users is in progress and 112 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting Communication Manager Synchronization is started the current records being processed will fail After the synchronization is complete the remaining bulk import records will be processed successfully You have to re i
301. e domain based routing Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing Click Routing gt Domains Click New Enter the domain name and notes for the new domain or sub domain Select sip as the domain type from the drop down list Click Commit oa A WwW PY Modifying domains About this task You can also edit or delete the domains using the domains option The Domains screen is displayed Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt Domains 3 To edit information for existing domains or sub domains select the check boxes for the domains that you want to edit and click Edit 4 Make changes to the domain data as required 5 To copy existing domain data to a new domain select the domain and click Duplicate You can edit the duplicate domain name as required Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 243 Managing Session Manager routing 6 Click Commit Deleting domains Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt Domains 3 To delete an existing domain or domains select the check boxes for the domains that you want to edit and click Delete 4 Click Delete on the confirmation page Related topics Delete Confirmation field descriptions on page 244 Delete Confirmation field descriptions Use this page to confirm or cancel the
302. e field contains only the name e Module parameter field contain either a single parameter or a list of name value name value name valu Note The list is separated by spaces and not by commas c Enter alist of URI parameters to append to the Request URI on egress in the Egress URI Parameters field URI parameters can be added to the Request URI For example the parameter user phone can be appended for all INVITEs routing to a particular SIP entity The egress Request URI parameters are administered from the Adaptation Details using the Egress URI Parameters field The field s format is the string that should be appended to the Request URI The string must conform to the augmented BNF defined for the SIP Request Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 265 Managing Session Manager routing URI in RFC3261 A leading is optional Entry user phone custApp 1 is equivalent to user phone custApp 1 d Enter description about the adaptation module in the Notes field Click Add under Digit Conversion for Incoming Calls if you need to configure ingress digit conversion Ingress adaptation is used to administer digit manipulation for calls coming into the Session Manager instance Enter the matching pattern and other required fields The Matching Pattern field can have 1 to 36 characters Mouse over the input field to view a tool tip describing valid input Enter the numbe
303. e following e Use Session Manager Configuration Use the settings under Session Manager gt Session Manager Administration e Link Monitoring Enabled Enables link monitoring on this SIP entity e Link Monitoring Disabled Link monitoring will be turn off for this SIP entity If you need to specify the Entity Links click Add Enter the name in the Name field Enter the SIP entity 1 by selecting the required Session Manager SIP entity from the drop down list and provide the required port SIP entity 1 must always be an Session Manager instance Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 279 Managing Session Manager routing 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 The default port for TCP and UDP is 5060 The default port for TLS is 5061 Enter the SIP entity 2 by selecting the required non Session Manager SIP entity from the drop down list and provide the required port The port is the port on which you have configured the remote entity to receive requests for the specified transport protocol If the SIP entity is trusted select the Trusted check box Session Manager does not accept SIP connection requests or SIP packets from untrusted SIP entities Select the protocol you require for the link using the Protocol drop down list If you need to specify the Port parameters click Add under Port When Session Manager receives a request where the host part of the request URI is the IP address of the Session Ma
304. e gt lt xs attribute name type type AccessPointType use required gt lt xs attribute gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 133 Managing Users lt XS lt XS lt xsia lt XS lt xs lt XS lt XS lt XS lt XS TAE at at at at at RRA tribute name uri type xs string gt lt xs attribute gt tribute name host type xs string use required gt ttribute gt tribute name port type xs string gt lt xs attribute gt tribute name protocol type xs string gt lt xs attribute gt tribute name loginid type xs string gt lt xs attribute gt tribute name password type xs string gt lt xs attribute gt tribute name containerType type ContainerType gt lt xs attribute gt tribute name order type xs int use required gt ttribute gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name Port gt lt xs annotation gt lt xs documentation gt lt xs documentation gt lt xs annotation gt lt XS3 at S RBIA GAS 5 at lt xsia tribute name name type xs string use required gt ttribute gt tribute name description type xs string gt ttribute gt lt xs attribute name protocol type xs string use required gt lt xs attribute gt lt XS at tribute name port type xs int use required gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs compl
305. e gt lt ipt coverageMsgRetrieval gt true Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 163 Managing Users lt ipt coverageMsgRetrieval gt lt ipt autoAnswer gt none lt ipt autoAnswer gt lt ipt dataRestriction gt false lt ipt dataRestriction gt lt ipt idleAppearancePreference gt false lt ipt idleAppearancePreference gt lt lt ipt attCallWaitingIndication gt lt ipt attCallWaitingIndication gt gt lt lt ipt distinctiveAudibleAlert gt lt ipt distinctiveAudibleAlert gt lt ipt restrictLastAppearance gt TEUS lt ipt restrictLastAppearance gt lt lt ipt adjunctSupervision gt lt ipt adjunctSupervision gt gt lt lt ipt perStationCpnSendCallingNumber gt lt ipt perStationCpnSendCallingNumber gt gt lt lt ipt busyAutoCallbackWithoutFlash gt lt ipt busyAutoCallbackWithoutFlash gt gt lt ipt audibleMessageWaiting gt false lt ipt audibleMessageWaiting gt lt ipt displayClientRedirection gt false lt ipt displayClientRedirection gt lt ipt selectLastUsedAppearance gt false lt ipt selectLastUsedAppearance gt lt ipt coverageAfterForwarding gt system lt ipt coverageAfterForwarding gt lt ipt directIpIpAudioConnections gt true lt ipt directIpIpAudioConnections gt lt ipt ipAudioHairpinning gt false lt ipt ipAudioHairpinning gt lt lt ipt primeAppearancePreference gt lt ipt primeAppearancePreference gt gt
306. e made to the security module A Warning The Session Manager cannot process calls while the security module is being reset Refer to Administrating Avaya Aura Session Manager 03 603324 for details on how to disable the Session Manager prior to resetting the security module 428 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com System Status e Synchronize verifies that the administered configuration matches the actual configuration stored on the security module This action should be performed anytime the values in the security module statistics table do not match the administered data e Update Installed Certificates provides the capability of switching the active certificate being used by the security module to the default certificate Additionally refer to Security Design in Administrating Avaya Aura Session Manager 03 603324 to understand the implications of doing this operation e Connection Status allows you to view the current status of inbound and outbound links between the Session Manager security module and external hosts It enables general purpose monitoring and debugging activities such as identifying if Session Manager is required to be taken out of service determining if links are secured or not viewing link details and statistics Investigating Security Module Down status About this task Possible causes for the Security Module status to be Down incl
307. e number of passwords maintained in the history You cannot reset your password to these values The default value is 6 Strength section Name Description Strength Select this check box to enforce password content standards Minimum Total Length Minimum number of characters required for the password The default value is 8 You can set the value from 6 to 25 Minimum by character Type Lower case Minimum number of lower case characters required in the password Default value is 1 Minimum by character Type Upper case Minimum number of upper case characters required in the password Default value is 1 Minimum by character Type Numeric Minimum number of numeric characters case required in the password Default value is 1 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 21 Getting started Name Description Minimum by character Type Special case Minimum number of special characters required in the password Default value is 1 Lockout section Name Description Lockout Select this check box if you want to enforce lockout after failed login attempts Consecutive Invalid Login Attempts Number of failed attempts before lockout You can set values from 1 to 20 attempts Default value is 3 Interval for Consecutive Invalid Login Time interval in minutes between invalid Attempts login attempts You can set values from 0 to 120 minutes
308. e operational state of the Service Director Up Time The time since Service Director start up Received Request Count The number of SIP request messages received by the Service Director since start up Sent Response Count The number of SIP response messages sent by the Service Director since start up Dropped Requests Count The number of requests not forwarded to a Service Host as a result of traffic throttling initiated by Self Awareness and Preservation rules Bounced Requests Count The number of 503 responses sent as a result of traffic throttling initiated by Self Awareness and Preservation rules 26 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com SIP Application Server Viewing Service Host Instance Statistics Procedure 1 On the SIP Application Server Management Console click Monitoring gt Statistics gt Service Hosts The Statistics Service Hosts page opens showing the list of Service Hosts 2 In the section Service Host Instance Statistics select a Service Host instance and click View The Service Host Statistics page opens where you can view statistics for the selected Service Host instance 3 In the section View Statistics from Last 24 Hours select a statistic record to view and click View Data The Statistics Detail View page opens where you can view the 24 hour details for the selected statistics 4 On the Statistics Detail View page click
309. e periodic jobs that the administrator may schedule to perform non routine tasks Job Name The name of the scheduled job Job Status The current status of the pending job The options are 1 Running Pending Status Unknown Interrupted Failed oa R wo DP Successful 7 Not Authorized State The state of a job indicates whether the job is an active job or not The options are Enabled Disabled Last Run The date and time when the job was last run successfully Note The last run is applicable only for completed jobs Frequency The time interval between two consecutive executions of the job Scheduled By The scheduler of the job 512 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing scheduled jobs Button Description Continue Disables the job and cancels the next executions that are scheduled for the job Cancel Cancels the operation of disabling a job and takes you back to the Pending or completed Jobs page Stop Confirmation field descriptions Use this page to stop a running job Name Description Job Type The type of job represented by an icon that corresponds to its type The application uses different icons to represent the Job types Following are the job types 1 System scheduled Job The job scheduled for the normal operation of the application The System Ad
310. e respective check boxes and click Delete 4 Click Delete on the confirmation page Related topics Delete Confirmation field descriptions on page 296 Delete Confirmation field descriptions Use this page to confirm or cancel the deletion of time ranges Button Description Delete Deletes the selected time ranges from the database Cancel Cancels the deletion of the selected time ranges Related topics Deleting Time Ranges on page 296 Time Ranges field descriptions Use this page to create modify delete and manage time ranges Field Description Name Enter a name for the time range It can have between three and 64 characters The name cannot contain the following characters lt gt 296 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Time Ranges Field Description Days Mo to Su Select the days of the week for which the time range should be used Start Time Start time for the time range Use 24 hour time format End Time End time for the time range Use 24 hour time format Notes Additional notes Button Description Edit Opens the Time Ranges page that you can use to modify the time range details New Opens the Time Ranges page that you can use to create new time ranges Duplicate Creates a duplicate of the selected time range and assigns a new state to i
311. e that you want to restore Click Restore oa fk WwW PP On the Restore Confirmation page click Continue After the backup data is successfully restored the system logs you out of the System Manager console Viewing data retention rules Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Configurations 2 Click Data Retention in the left navigation pane The system displays the Data Retention page with the Rule list 476 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Administering backup and restore Modifying data retention rules Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Configurations 2 Click Data Retention in the left navigation pane The system displays the Data Retention page with the Rule list Select a rule from the Rule list Click Edit Modify the value in the Retention Interval Days field O a Aa O Click Update to save the value Accessing the Data Retention Rules service Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Configurations 2 Click Data Retention in the left navigation pane The system displays the Data Retention page with the Rule list Result The system displays the Data Retention page Viewing loggers for a log file Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Events click Logs 2 Click Log Settings in the left navigation pane 3 On the Loggi
312. e the New York Video location 5 Rename the New York Audio location to be simply New York 6 If desired restrict the amount of New York s bandwidth that can be consumed by multimedia calls by setting the Multimedia Bandwidth limit to something less than 50 mbps For CAC administration recommendations related to specific Session Manager upgrade paths refer to the book Upgrading Avaya Aura Session Manager Location field descriptions Use this page to create modify delete and manage locations Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 253 Managing Session Manager routing Button Description Edit Opens the Location Details page that you can use to modify the location details New Opens the Location Details page that you can use to create new locations Duplicate Creates a duplicate of the selected location and assigns a new state to it Delete Opens the Delete Confirmation page on which you can confirm or cancel the deletion of the location More Actions gt Refresh all data Refreshes all data Any unsaved modifications are lost More Actions gt Import Opens the Import data page that allows you to import from XML files or zip file containing one or more XML files More Actions gt Export Locations Opens the Export Locations page that allows you to export the location data as an XML file to a specified location More Actions gt Export al
313. e used only for audio calls Audio Calls Can Take Multimedia Specifies the use of multimedia call Bandwidth bandwidth for audio calls If this check box is selected the bandwidth reserved for multimedia calls may also be used for audio calls If not this bandwidth may only be used for multimedia calls Per Call Bandwidth Parameters section Name Description Maximum Multimedia Bandwidth Intra The maximum bandwidth allowed for a single Location multimedia call within this location Calls requesting more bandwidth than this value are modified to use less bandwidth Default value is 1000 Kbit sec range is 0 15360 Kbit sec Maximum Multimedia Bandwidth Inter The maximum bandwidth allowed for a single Location multimedia call between this location and another location Calls requesting more bandwidth than this value are modified to use less bandwidth Default value is 1000 Kbit sec range is 0 15360 Kbit sec Minimum Multimedia Bandwidth The minimum bandwidth specified per multimedia media stream that Session Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 255 Managing Session Manager routing Name Description Manager uses while reducing the bandwidth request for a call to or from this location to enforce any bandwidth restriction If a bandwidth restriction requires Session Manager to reduce a media stream below this level the stream is removed from the call pos
314. e user is not a served user of either an fp mwi or qsig mwi message center gt lt xs element name mwiServedUserType maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value fp mwi gt lt xs enumeration value qsig mwi gt lt xs enumeration value sip adjunct gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt The AUDIX associated with the station Must contain a user defined adjunct name that was previously administered gt lt xs element name audixName type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Automatic Moves allows a DCP telephone to be unplugged from one location and moved to a new location without additional Communication Manager administration Communication Manager automatically associates the extension to the new port KKK KKK KK K KCAUTION KK KKK When a DCP telephone is unplugged and moved to another physical location the Emergency Location Extension field must be changed for that extension or the USA Automatic Location Identification data base must be manually updated If the Emergency Location Extension field is not changed or if the USA Automatic Location Identification data base is not updated the DID number Seine Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 147 Managing Users to the Public Safety Network could send emergency response personn
315. eAscii gt lt dn gt dc acme dc org lt dn gt lt isDuplicatedLoginAllowed gt true lt isDuplicatedLoginAllowed gt lt isEnabled gt true lt isEnabled gt lt isVirtualUser gt false lt isVirtualUser gt lt givenName gt John lt givenName gt lt honorific gt Mr lt honorific gt lt loginName gt jmiller avaya com lt loginName gt lt middleName gt lt middleName gt lt managerName gt Jay Smith lt managerName gt lt preferredGivenName gt John lt preferredGivenName gt lt preferredLanguage gt English lt preferredLanguage gt lt source gt LDAP lt source gt lt sourceUserKey gt 18966 lt sourceUserKkey gt lt status gt AUTHPENDING lt status gt lt suffix gt Mr lt suffix gt lt surname gt Miller lt surname gt lt timeZone gt 12 00 International Date Line West lt timeZone gt lt title gt Mr lt title gt lt userName gt jmiller lt userName gt lt userPassword gt password lt userPassword gt 124 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting lt commPassword gt mycommPassword lt commPassword gt lt userType gt ADMINISTRATOR lt userType gt lt roles gt lt role gt End User lt role gt lt roles gt lt addressType Specifies the role of the address Examples Home business name The Name property defines the unique label by which the address is known
316. eCuj Rsyal 1F9i5jvrFxoOuRbSNO5Yv3cI85SFLw7 CFB20 w3Eg GbcWGhPluq K D211 usQt osTG kKF2YX1hIElu ldsVXTLb gPgVVwuNaagJPyx jt fW9sGyaq5PfWO mwyOT DANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQOFA EQGU2VydmVyMRowGAYD VQQDEXFBdmF5Y hbGwgU2 ROIS 90Wdq t 4QIDAQABo4GvMIGSMBOGA1 DnOQ21 E11ZG1LhIF DVROTBAUWAWEB DdD Png7Ny6rDooUIcNmZc4 YK9Wbw EnTCCA4WgAwIBAgIBADANBg ECxMhUOLOIFByb2R JACBDZXJ0aWZpY2F0 UxOT ECx KAY X Dum98FST END C ERETEHTCA RUw EwYD DONZTSA t1HJZ khpZs0 f DBVMOswCOYDVOOG EFgQUc50Q0MwSbfz43CTFP6 gsFsrWvt Uw RMRBMuS ylmdFnbtFN3hd84j8PcqDH9d EBjJ1ldu TBLhZluuEcvgpX1xiQehIFqTS6 fp Hk ZKWE2BmMT30Bt3vsdJS7S wt rcuo2 EwJVUZ DOM Sr UdDgQWBBQ7 f kDsVYuFrESzoh i DbuK K902KO i3I1eR 5WjJB6MQsw Er41lcQDvshRBWZfo6r f3bBJj HqOPH76aNMYyOP GMzDBtpCfGh7HkD7jkT2E1 E dvuhRBx WPqBOWsQOwRKGNAgMBAAG jgg CUwlwY IKwYBBOQUHAgGEWF 2 lhaWx0bzpzaxB duQZVE7 5WK jASBgNV duQZVE75WKgF HRMBAf 8E EF 1dGhvcml0eTEq tWrgo osMN kqhkiG9w0BAQUFADB6MOswCOYDVOOG 1Y3Q0gQ02VydGlm aWNhdGUgQxV0a CDAGAQH AgEBMAsGA1Ud KF ZDFCwVTELMAkG A1LUEBh IsMeVJ4Jj EwJVUZ DVQQDEYyFTSVAgUHJvZHV j EBAQUAA4 IBDwAw ESMII jYUBhdmF5 DwQ RLYjJdSiL9YR3trKLOiiY1LBE1OJHBGPi END C HUE I CM ELMA DVOQHEwdBbmRvdmVyMQ4wDAYDVQQKEw EC
317. eType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value english gt lt xs enumeration value french gt lt xs enumeration value italian gt lt xs enumeration value spanish gt lt xs enumeration value unicode gt lt xs enumeration value user defined gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Defines the personalized ringing pattern for the station Personalized Ringing allows users of some telephones to have one of 8 ringing patterns for incoming calls For virtual stations this field dictates the ringing pattern on its mapped to physical telephone gt lt u 590 lela M 750 kzn enel isl TOSO Gz gt 140 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting lt Valid Entries Usage al standard ringing 2 HHH 3 tb 4 LHH 5 HHL HLL 7 HLH 8 HL gt lt xs element name personalizedRingingPattern maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs int gt lt xs miniInclusive value 0 gt lt xs maxInclusive value 8 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt The Message Lamp Extension associated with the current extension lt xs element name messageLampExt maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs st
318. eUserDefault These are personal rules that are set by presentities to define how much presence information can be shown to watchers that are not explicitly mentioned in an ACL There may be one User Default rule per presentity User or none presenceUserACL These are personal rules defined by presentities themselves on who can monitor their presence information There may be several entries in the list for a given presentity each entry corresponding to one watcher presenceUserCLDefault This is a personal rule that is set by presentities to define how much presence information can be shown to watchers that belong to the userss contact list There may be one User Contact List Default rule per presentity Person or none commProfileSet A user will have a default commprofile set A commprofile set can exist without any handles or commprofiles referencing it I e you can create a commprofile set without needing to also create either a handle or a commprofile A commprofile set can contain multiple commprofiles but only one of each specific type This is enforced by having the CSCommProfile uniqueness constraint include type cs_commprofile_set_id gt Semicnals cite lt authenticationType gt BASIC lt authenticationType gt lt description gt this is description lt description gt lt displayName gt John Miller lt displayName gt lt displayNameAscii gt lt displayNam
319. ecifies the maximum duration as 3600 and minimum duration as 60 seconds for a SIP server to keep a SIP client as registered Assigned Location section Name Description Name Is the name of the location to which the Device Group Settings is associated Button Description Restore Restores the earlier device settings Cancel Cancels the modified device settings Save Saves the modified device settings Related topics Creating a Device Settings Group Location Group on page 391 Modifying a Device Settings Group Location Group on page 392 Removing Device Settings Groups Location Groups on page 393 Device Settings Group Terminal Group field descriptions General section Name Description Name Specifies the name of the Terminal Device Settings Group Description Specifies Terminal Device Settings Group details Group Type Specifies a non editable field specifying the type of Device Setting as Terminal Group Terminal Group Number Specifies the Device Settings Group number Endpoint Timer section Name Description Line Reservation Timer secs Specifies a required field and specifies the maximum duration range is 30 to 240 seconds for a SIP server that a SIP line 400 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Device and Location Configuration Name Description appeara
320. ecs gt lt monitor_retries gt 1l lt monitor_retries gt lt routingoriginationName gt New York lt routingoriginationName gt lt timer_bf_secs gt 4 lt timer_bf_secs gt lt timezoneName gt America New_York lt timezoneName gt lt userfc3263 gt false lt userfc3263 gt lt SipentityFullTo gt lt sipentityFullTOList gt 288 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com SIP Entity References SIP Entity References About SIP Entity References Session Manager enables you to see all references to a SIP entity such as its location the routing policy that is created for the SIP entity and adaptations if any If a single SIP entity has more than one combination of these references Session Manager displays each of the combinations on a separate row Displaying SIP Entity References Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt SIP Entities 3 From the SIP Entity menu select the check box for a SIP entity whose references you want to see 4 From the More Actions drop down list select Display SIP Entity References Session Manager displays the overview of SIP entity references such as the entity location name of the routing policy attached to the entity and adaptations if any 5 Click Back to navigate to the SIP entities Related topics Overview of References to SIP Entities field descriptions
321. ect type of the job from the field under the Job Type column Enter the name of job in the field under the Job Name field Select the status of the job from the field under the Job Status field Select the state of the job from the field under the State field N OOA W Select the frequency of execution of the job from the field under the Frequency field 8 Enter the scheduler of the job in the field under the Scheduled By column 498 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing scheduled jobs Note The system displays this field only for the completed jobs 9 Click Apply The system displays jobs that match the filter criteria Result Editing a job Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Scheduler 2 Perform one of the following steps e To edit a pending job perform the following steps i Click Pending Jobs in the left navigation pane ii On the Pending Jobs page select a pending job and click Edit Note Alternatively you can also click View gt Edit to access the Job Scheduling Edit Job page e To edit a competed job perform the following steps i Click Completed Jobs in the left navigation pane ii On the Completed Jobs page select a completed job and click Edit Note Alternatively you can also click View gt Edit to access the Job Scheduling Edit Job pagepage 3 On the Job Scheduling Edi
322. ed Login Name Displays the unique system login name given to the user It takes the form of username domain You can use the login name to create the user s primary handle You cannot edit the login name for users with the login name admin Authentication Type Authentication type defines how the system performs user authentication The options are e Enterprise User s login is authenticated by the enterprise e Basic User s login is authenticated by an Avaya Authentication Service Source Specifies the entity that created this user record The possible values for this field is either an IP Address Port or a name representing an enterprise LDAP or Avaya Localized Display Name Displays the localized display name of a user It is typically the localized full name Endpoint Display Name Displays the full text name of the user represented in ASCII It supports displays that cannot handle localized text for example some endpoints Honorific Displays the personal title for address a user This is typically a social title and not the work title Language Preference Displays the user s preferred written or spoken language Time Zone Displays the preferred time zone of the user Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Identity tab Address section User Profile View field descriptions Name
323. ed on the VLAN that the Branch Session Manager is associated with 6 Under the Monitoring section modify the following information as required to configure how this Branch Session Manager instance should monitor SIP entities e To enable or disable monitoring of the SIP entities by this Branch Session Manager instance select or clear the Enable Monitoring check box e Type a required value in seconds for Proactive cycle time secs The default is 900 seconds e Branch Session Manager uses this value for monitoring and polling an administered SIP entity at this interval till that entity is reachable e Type a required value in seconds for Reactive cycle time secs The default is 120 seconds This value is used when proactive monitoring detects that an administered SIP entity is not reachable and changes to a reactive mode Reactive monitoring continues till the SIP entity responds again Typically the value for reactive monitoring should be less than the value for proactive monitoring The default is 120 seconds Branch Session Manager uses these default values for each administered SIP entity unless overridden by the Monitoring options that you specified on the SIP entities screen for a specific entity e Type an integer value in Number of Retries The default is 1 This value specifies the number of times Branch Session Manager polls a SIP entity before it is deemed unreachable 7 Personal Profile Manager PPM Connection Setti
324. ed topics Pending Jobs field descriptions on page 502 Viewing completed jobs Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Scheduler 2 Click Completed Jobs in the left navigation pane The Completed Jobs page displays completed jobs Related topics Completed Jobs field descriptions on page 505 Viewing details of a pending job Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Scheduler 2 Click Pending Jobs in the left navigation pane 3 On the Pending Jobs page select a pending job and click View The Job Scheduling View Job page displays the details of the selected job 496 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing scheduled jobs Viewing details of a completed job Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Scheduler 2 Click Completed Jobs in the left navigation pane 3 On the Completed Jobs page select a completed job and click View The Job Scheduling View Job page displays the details of the selected job Viewing details of a pending job Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Scheduler 2 Click Pending Jobs in the left navigation pane 3 On the Pending Jobs page select a pending job and click View The Job Scheduling View Job page displays the details of the selected job Viewing logs for a job About this task Use this function
325. eeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeteneeeeeeaeeeeas 76 Deleting an endpoint profile of a USeY ceeee PEER FEE EE EE EE E E 76 PRN ME aie a MS E E E E A T A E A T T 77 Viewing details of a user E E T iaia TET E T 78 Removing Voor CC MINS ecni ia cin Mec aniligi tus i Gua eluiena St tace dn dulan nn Mlanlataiunes 78 Pi awpa Melle si SEP a E sate sentadedecnesadeneeeicuc Sem eiessieGamaardadteccasantd E E E 79 Fo a USO a aaa Ee Searching for users PPA ee inean re E E E PEAT ce ET 80 VOAN CUS Ue UO aa 81 Restoring a deleted User EET EEPE PE PEE PEEP EEEE rna 81 New User Profile field GOSCTIPLONS cccccsccccccccsscccssvvevsssssssessessesssssssssssssvvsessssssssesssnssesssssssesesteussutessessenseee 82 User Profile Edit field descriptions eed T T E T PET sre PEE na D2 User Profile View field descriptions 000 ee Ree A P iiatelhGnt uations E 103 User Delete Confirmation field descriptions usineiinsiineniinininneianiai niani aiaia Siea iaaa 111 Managing bulk importing and OxPOMin eee cccscciccccccenscieissaneresconessnerensenenes seeeenieae EE 111 e E E ON E AN E E E E AE 111 Scheduling auser Impan BO siise diaceatindeatedatne erent eaea EEE AEN 113 6 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Aborting a user import job ON iro eO essri 114 Canceling Ser MAON JOD reaa a EATE ane baas 114 vee et ANA WIT TG ODi e ie E ai 115 Viewing a user imporing Obin Sehedulei arrani a a 115 Viewing details of a user
326. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeecaeeseeeeeeeseaaeeeninees 24 Vierno serce Direcior Stals S isnan EANN theaters 25 Statistics Service Directors field CESCH PONG escrida aiee iie idine adain iain 25 service Director Statistics field descripto NS sasni aiii NAN aN 26 Viewing Service Host Instance Sia STS ss scciusdscnaactaddectcnwsiearseaeancaactpanieaasasaciaieeteoamiederspedideertoanadese 27 Statistics Service Hosts field descriptio NS sssri nisani eniinn iaa AANA E 27 Seice Host Statistics feld Ces rin is isis css csusss cess casa vacaaue deedsetaadaded eacseavaukeracniivarnidaedaenancieds 29 Chapter 2 Synchronizing Communication Manager and messaging data with System Ee e a A E E E E 31 Me aeiae a E E T E A E E EA 31 Creating a Communication Manager ISAM CG ioc accecccciscnnnieeisecsa cede sedeanedendsedecneees vaandareenradandunaeenacentnns 31 sere als a messaging Ud cs Ua ee enna coe reer ne Perry prey Care eerste cea rere Aa 32 Fore lira fate aynen 11 50 yeaa eee ne ee eee tre reer TAEA EREE arene ne treerr rr ty errr terre 33 SP HCHPOLNZINGs Messaging Ata aio veacersncyicedsdern pap picsesta yestadederaenimetingdacetmeneasdedenitenaiasetents ai 33 Manage Elements field description Essensen tines a nase iranian aeiaess 33 Applicalon Dotails Tiel aera PUSS oc a cassarecsecnasbeacosenneadaadacaes dudwesab acaleeseqenniedeesa pnbuieeceduobanl eaaebetedeareneleds 35 Chapter 3 Managing SO CURT oasis ciaiciassaiascecrarcnnicsiiscnninnnensas dans sdananasawadaaada
327. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 295 modifying user ACCOUNT 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenttaaaeeeees 77 N NGS sti navsienctaintisbelaaveravdes i aiaa iiaiai 416 New Application Instance page ee 35 50 New Local Host Name Entries page field descriptions 372 New User Profile page ccccesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennttaeeeees 82 MOGES core ie E E E 491 NRS Proxy User Rule Editor field description 420 NRS Proxy USPS ccccceeeeeccceeeeeeeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeenens 416 NRS Proxy Users field description ssseeeeeeee 420 O OVENVIEW sorana ea araea aaaea EE raK ANNENS ENa 235 Session Manager routing eeren 235 overview of SIP Application Server seeen 28 overview of SIP entity references cseeees 289 overview of System Manager ccesccceeeseeeeeeeneees 13 P Password aging policy enforcement ccceeeeees 17 password history enforcement policy 0ce 18 password lockout policy enforcement n 18 password POLICIES suiisiirieeerininii 19 password policies field description sseeeesseeeseeeeee 20 Password POlICy serrurier ee i 18 password strength policy enforcement 0006 17 November 2010 pattern ISt asien genar a a 315 Peak Cross Cluster Total ceecseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeee 27 Peak Individual oe eee eect eee eette ieina 27 pending JODS s csisceveccssasantvanchs kaane oaa aa 496 502 Pending Jobs Page sereisssrnnsraia a 502 P
328. eees 511 PIS AOWIAG eson ctateeestaapitnceecstatueseeseateietiesevieetdnece 501 pending JODS secarei En EE 501 completed jODS ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 501 displaying SIP entity references cssssseeeeees 289 domain deletion confirmation cccccsseeeeeeeeseeeees 244 domain Details assaiar RAEE 245 domain Management ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeneeees 244 Down Security Module Deployment 000 429 Dropped Requests Count cccccccsescceeeeesseetseeeeees 26 duplicating routing entity data ees 242 E COIL E AEEA EA E E 19 20 477 478 Edit Appender page sesssssscssssrrresserernneerrrnnnenneenna 486 Edit Application Instance page s e 35 50 Edit Local Host Name Entries page field descriptions 373 Edit Logg r Page 0 0 eeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeeeeetneeeeeeeeeeeenaaees 485 Edit password policies oo eee eeeetteeeeeeeeeeeeenaaeeees 20 EE CLIN E EE A E P A etna eetenetdeds Aeneas 499 pending JODS norrois nina 499 completed jODS usissssiriininiseerririennnnnn 499 editing a logger in a log file 2 0 478 editing lOgger 0 ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeteeneeeeetaeees 478 editing password policies cecceeeeeeeeeeteteeeeeeteaeees 19 editing SESSION properties cc eeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeees 19 22 editing the logon warning banner ceeeeeeeeeees 20 element JINKS 2 0 0 ee eeececeeaeessceeeeceeseeeeeceaeeseeeeaneneees 291 MO
329. eeetaeeeeeneee 16 Password and security policies for Users with username AAMMIN ccccsseeececesessteceeeeesseeeeeesesteeeeeseaaas 17 Password ading DONCy BIMOMCE MEN scascscradcisixcemandaciddsiowad soumrradeedcatainaiee lacand Sesreclienisnecedmaaietanses 17 Password strength Oley eniorcome ccc isc sas ctecetaseretaes Waenalei techn dicen esta ieee cee ates 17 Password history policy SHINO ITIOE eeinssssnces a actasin thes rutin naiai aii aaa i aa ai aei 18 Password lockout PCy enforce meN issar nssr anrr EE EE ARE 18 Inaciive session termination POl acres ren dave nnnaateepioaas nae 18 Beest eke ii E a E A E 18 EMO DAS WON PONI Ea er peer eee errr er eT reer er errr rr errrr rT rere ctr crerr Trees 19 Eding Session Propao roninai ia 19 S SE a o E E EE S ANTA 20 Editing Te bon waning DaN eena 20 PFacsword policies meld descriptio 1 eee penne eee ere ey aaran feerreres eee err eerree seater 20 Session Properes teld CEC NO TCIIG xcs si ccc cissninceeciuinsxtantransiinclanen iucpacniiaiaiatice nludstiniaaaduientetueuencnaees 22 CSIP RNC anor GENET iniaa sanded ES A EAE E 23 ETE o Sa PAC AL SENET arisidin lesen aaan aia a AAAS 23 Starting the SIP Application Server management console ccceeceeceeeeeeeeeeeceeaeeeeeeeeesetaeeeeeneee 23 SIP A S Connection Details field descriptions ai ccse ie eesceceetegeenesten teeecneetuadaneecunnaadeneeenadaadeneesaene 24 About SIP Application Server Management Console cceccceeeee
330. eeneeeeceneeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeaaeeesecaeeseeneess 490 Removing a replica MOUE siass pacccanaesscrandanisracesemmcitieccammeenacestaiciiaensanatadadartnarssiiaaaunepensiemanrtiecremmeratenus 491 Removing a replica node Mom quUBUE saciid a E E aA E LAS 491 Replica Groups feld descriplO NS cairam inienn iaaa 491 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 11 Replica Nodes eld TESCHPUON Gs ssrin e A 492 Data Replication Tek JesenplinE nininini a nA AAAS AES aes 494 Konado SCEPC MNII TOES e der incudoge hae tiadeaceebbaitrdaaeceonchidddinaenannanonecoaanerend 495 ee NIE R O ENE AIE E E AA A NEN pan ene 495 esoo Eeoa e T E E T muah eaaceeamnneiews 495 E N E e E A A AE i ENEA D E NE N ead 496 o ekse g a can e E EE EEE E E E E vic eae tesa E E E 496 Viewing detalls oi a pending OD creceron anenee n EC E E S 496 SSAA delal or a competed JOD airain a aia a AD E Aaii 497 Viewing detalis of a ponding JODncriisineri a a 497 SOV EOE T Me ii S 497 NEVA compe UE ONS aneneen EEEa EECa ArAnA E 498 AIE E EEA E susie E A E E T E N E A T E E 498 Sali ek A e s E E A E E eudidaseattiaed 499 BETT e E A N A E E AE E S E E E E N 500 Hea lial a a s M EE E E E P E A E A 501 ENDO aO D E 501 alejo l EIEL o e cos cists E E E E E T 502 Pending Jobs iad descnipu OnE risa NEA EEA EE N 502 G mpleied Jobs Tek MESON NOMS sieaas aaa e Ae aa Ai 505 JOG Scheduling View Job fel SSO NG os cacsvccssiasasersieceiasensatedaccaedseatededuads iamaueedeac
331. el to the wrong location Valid entries Usage always Enter always and the DCP telephone can b moved anytime without additional administration by unplugging from one location and plugging into a new location once Enter once and the DCP telephone can be unplugged and plugged into a set to don telephones so new location once After a move the field is next time that routine maintenance runs on the DCP telephon Use once when moving a large number of DCP ach extension is removed from the move list Use once to prevent automatic maintenance replacement to move the DCP telephon Manager sets th no Enter no to require administration in order done Done is a display only value Communication field to done after the telephone is moved and routine maintenance runs on the Manager sets th DCP telephone error Error is a display only value Communication field to error after routine maintenance runs on the DCP telephone when a non serialized telephone is set as a movable telephone gt lt xs element name automaticMoves maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value always gt lt xs enumeration value no gt lt xs enumeration value once gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Tells Communication Manager ho
332. eld descriptions on page 302 Delete Confirmation field descriptions Use this page to confirm or cancel the deletion of the routing policy Button Description Delete Deletes the selected routing policy as well as any dial patterns and regular expressions that are associated only with this routing policy Cancel Cancels the deletion of the routing policy Related topics Deleting Routing Policies on page 302 Routing Policies field descriptions Use this page to create modify delete and manage routing policies 302 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Routing Policies Button Description Edit Opens the Routing Policy Details page that you can use to modify the routing policy New Opens the Routing Policy Details page that you can use to create a new routing policy Duplicate Creates a duplicate of the selected routing policy and assigns a new state to it Delete Opens the Delete Confirmation page on which you can confirm or cancel the deletion of the routing policy More Actions gt Refresh all data Refreshes all data Any unsaved modifications are lost More Actions gt Import Opens the Import data page that allows you to import from XML files or zip file containing one or more XML files More Actions gt Export Routing Policies Opens the Export Routing Policies page that allows you to export
333. elect All Selects all the application instances in the table Select None Clears the selection for the users that you have selected Refresh Refreshes the application instance information in the table Application Details field descriptions Use this page to add and edit an application instance Application Name Description Name Displays the name of the application instance Type Displays the type of the application to which the application instance belongs Description Displays a brief description about the application instance Node Displays the node on which you want to run the application instance Note The system displays this field when you select Other from the Node field Port Name Description Name Displays the name of the port Port Displays the port on which the application instance is running Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 35 Synchronizing Communication Manager and messaging data with System Manager 36 Name Description Protocol Displays the protocol associated with the corresponding port Description Displays a brief description about the port Button Description New Displays fields in the Port section that you can use to add a port Edit Displays fields in the Port section with port information You can modify the port details in the port mode
334. ement gt lt xs element name multimediaEarlyAnswer type xs boolean minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name bridgedApprOrigRestr type xs boolean minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name callApprDispFormat maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value inter location gt lt xs enumeration value intra location gt lt xs enumeration value disp param default gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name ipPhoneGroupId maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs int gt lt xs miniInclusive value 0 gt lt xs maxInclusive value 999 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name xoipEndPointType maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value auto gt lt xs enumeration value fax gt lt xs enumeration value modem gt lt xs enumeration value tty gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name xid type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 157 Managing Users lt xs element name stepClearing type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name fixedTei type xs boolean
335. en is displayed 3 Under Adaptations specify the minimum and maximum number of characters for pattern matching The default minimum and maximum values are 1 and 36 respectively 4 Under Dial Patterns specify the minimum and maximum length for dial pattern These values are used by the Dial Patterns option The default minimum and maximum values are 1 and 36 respectively 5 Under Entity Links specify the port number to be used as a listen port The default port is 5060 6 Under Domain Management specify a domain suffix 7 Under SIP Entities specify the following a Select the default SIP entity type from the Type drop down menu The default type is Session Manager b Select the default time zone from the Time Zone pull down menu The default time zone is America Denver c Select the default transport protocol for ports The default protocol is TLS d With entity links from both the Session Manager instances checking the Override Port amp Transport with DNS SRV check box on the SIP entity form indicates that both the Port and Protocol Transport on the SIP entity form are ignored e If you select the check box the port and transport administered in the local host name resolution table is used which could override the entity link Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 323 Managing Session Manager routing If the FQDN is not in the local table and DNS is consulted if you have not selected the
336. enable disable call waiting for this station gt lt xs element name callWaitingIndication type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Attendant call waiting allows attendant originated or attendant extended calls to a busy single line telephone to wait and sends distinctive call waiting tone to the single line user Enable disable attendant call waiting gt lt xs element name attCallWaitingIndication type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Enter true so the telephone can receive the 3 different types of ringing patterns which identify the type of incoming calls Distinctive ringing might not work properly for off premises telephones gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting lt xs element name distinctiveAudibleAlert type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Valid Entries Usage true Restricts the last idle call appearance used for incoming priority calls and outgoing call originations only false Last idle call appearance is used for incoming priority calls and outgoing call originations gt lt xs element name restrictLastAppearance type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Valid entries Usage true Analog disconnect signal is sent automatically to the port after a call terminates Analog devices such as
337. ence Related topics Application Sequences field descriptions on page 411 Application Sequence Editor field descriptions on page 412 Modifying an Application Sequence About this task You can modify only one Application Sequence at a time Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Application Configuration gt Application Sequences to open the Application Sequences page 3 Select an application sequence and click Edit to open the Application Sequence Editor page 4 On the Application Sequence Editor screen modify the appropriate information 5 Click Commit to save the changes Related topics Application Sequences field descriptions on page 411 Application Sequence Editor field descriptions on page 412 Removing Application Sequences About this task You cannot delete an Application Sequence if it is defined as an originating or terminating application set of a communication profile Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 409 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Application Configuration gt Application Sequences to open the Application Sequences page The Application Sequences page displays the list of Application Sequences 3 Select one or more application sequence and click Delete Delete Confirmation page appears
338. ent gt lt xs element name busyExternalActive type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name noReplyInternalDest maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 1 16 0123456789 1 17 ee IO 2 U7 OS tal WY ee ae Ieee lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name noReplyInternalActive type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name noReplyExternalDest maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 1 16 0123456789 1 17 ee LP MO Si tly LF MOO Cal WE A ee Sj SS GICSSIE IAL Cte aliona gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name noReplyExternalActive type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name SacCfOverride maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value a gt lt xs enumeration value n gt lt xs enumeration value y gt ZZS 3 WSSic seal Cie sonal lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name lossGroup maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs int gt lt xs minInclusive value 1 gt lt xs maxInclusive value 19
339. entity Port and transport must be administered even if the Override Port amp Transport is checked on the SIP entity although their values will not be used Routing entity links connect two SIP entities through the Session Manager They enable you to define the network topology for SIP routing e Entity Links are configured to connect two SIP entities e Trusted Hosts are indicated by assigning the Trust State to the link that connects the entities 290 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Entity Links Creating Entity Links Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt Entity Links 3 Click New 4 5 Enter the SIP entity 1 by selecting the required Session Manager SIP entity from Enter the name in the Name field the drop down list and provide the required port SIP entity 1 must always be an Session Manager instance The default port for TCP and UDP is 5060 The default port for TLS is 5061 Enter the SIP entity 2 by selecting the required non Session Manager SIP entity from the drop down list and provide the required port The port is the port on which you have configured the remote entity to receive requests for the specified transport protocol If the SIP entity is trusted select the Trusted check box Session Manager does not accept SIP connection requests or SIP packets from untrusted SIP e
340. entity link entries from the database Cancel Cancels the deletion of SIP entity links and returns to the SIP entity Links page Entity Links field descriptions Use this page to create modify delete and manage entity links Button Description Edit Opens the Entity Links page that you can use to modify the entity link details New Opens the Entity Links page that you can use to create new entity links 292 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Entity Links Button Description Duplicate Creates a duplicate of the selected entity link and assigns a new state to it Delete Opens the Delete Confirmation page on which you can confirm or cancel the deletion of the entity link More Actions gt Refresh all data Refreshes all data Any unsaved modifications are lost More Actions gt Import Opens the Import data page that allows you to import from XML files or zip file containing one or more XML files More Actions gt Export Entity Links Opens the Export Entity Links page that allows you to export the entity links data as an XML file to a specified location More Actions gt Export all data Opens the Export all data page that allows you to export the data for all routing elements as a zipped file to a specified location Name Description Name Name of the SIP entity link
341. er criteria This is a toggle button Filter Apply Filters pending jobs based on the filter criteria Select All Selects all the completed jobs in the table displayed in the Job List section Select None Clears the selection for the completed jobs that you have selected Refresh Refreshes the completed job information 506 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Criteria section Managing scheduled jobs Click Advanced Search to view this section You can find the Advanced Search link at the at the upper right corner of the page Name Description Criteria Displays the following three fields e Drop down 1 The list of criteria that you can use to search the completed jobs e Drop down 2 The operators for evaluating the expression The operators displayed depends on the type of criterion that you have selected in the first drop down field e Field 3 The value corresponding to the search criteria Button Description Clear Clears the search value that you entered in the third field Search Searches the completed jobs based on the specified search conditions and displays the search results in the Groups section Close Cancels the search operation and hides the Criteria section Related topics Viewing completed jobs on page 496 Job Scheduling View Job field descriptions Use this page to view
342. er fields without resetting the filter criteria This is a toggle button Filter Enable Displays text fields under the columns that you can use to set the filter criteria This is a toggle button Filter Apply Filters contacts based on the filter criteria Common buttons Button Description Edit Opens the User Profile Edit page Use the User Profile Edit page to modify the details of the user account Done Closes the User Profile View page and takes you back to the User Management page Related topics Viewing details of a user on page 78 110 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com User Delete Confirmation field descriptions User Delete Confirmation field descriptions Use this page to delete an user account Name Description Login Name Displays the login name of the user you want to delete Status Indicates whether the user status is currently online or offline Name Displays the localized display name of a user It is typically the localized full name Last login Displays the date and time of last successful login on to System Manager Button Description Delete Deletes a user Cancel Closes the User Delete Confirmation page and takes you back to the User Management page Managing bulk importing and exporting Bulk importing users About this task You can use this functional
343. eration value toll gt lt xs enumeration value unrestricted gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Designates certain telephones as not being allowed to receive incoming trunk calls when the Media Gateway is in survivable mode This field is used by the PIM module of the Integrated Management to successfully interrogate the Communication Manager administration tables and obtain the class of service information PIM module builds a managed database to send for SLS on the H 248 gateways Available for all analog and IP station types Valid Entry Usage true Allows this station to be an incoming trunk destination while the Media Gateway is running in survivability mode This is the default false Prevents this station from receiving incoming trunk calls when in survivable mode gt lt xs element name SurvivableTrunkDest type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt I Enter the complete Voice Mail Dial Up number gt lt xs element name voiceMailNumber maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 0 23 0 9 1 1 pl w W m s gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Analog telephones only gt lt Valid entries Usage true Enter true if this telephone is not located in the same building with the sys
344. erredLanguage gt preferredLanguage lt preferredLanguage gt lt source gt local lt source gt lt sourceUserKey gt sourceUserKkKey lt sourceUserKkey gt lt status gt AUTHPENDING lt status gt lt suffix gt suffix lt suffix gt lt surname gt surname lt surname gt lt timeZone gt timeZone lt timeZone gt lt title gt title lt title gt lt userName gt userName00 lt userName gt lt userPassword gt userPassword lt userPassword gt lt commPassword gt commPassword lt commPassword gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 171 Managing Users lt userType gt ADMINISTRATOR lt userType gt lt commProfileSet gt lt commP rofileSetName gt commProfileSetName00 lt commProfileSetName gt lt isPrimary gt true lt isPrimary gt lt commProfileList gt lt commProfile xsi type ipt xmlMessagingProfile xmlns ipt http xml avaya com schema import_csm_mm gt lt commP rofileType gt Messaging lt commProfileType gt lt ipt messagingName gt MM 155 187 lt ipt messagingName gt lt ipt useExisting gt false lt ipt useExisting gt lt ipt messagingTemplate gt DEFAULT_MM 5 2 lt ipt messagingTemplate gt lt ipt mailboxNumber gt 3201 lt ipt mailboxNumber gt lt ipt password gt 534456346 lt ipt password gt silpti OSE 0 lt miele COS lt ipt communityID gt 1 lt ipt communityID gt lt ipt mmSpecific gt lt ipt numericAddress gt 3201 lt ipt numericAddress gt
345. ers attempt to dial an emergency the call is blocked they can dial 911 telephone instead Enter cesid to allow Communication information supplied by the IP Softphone nters th mergency information into Use this entry for IP Softphones with enough to the Avaya S8XXX Server that November 2010 149 Managing Users the ita s trunk reaches the PSAP that covers the server or switch emergency calls If the server uses ISDN trunks for the digit string is the telephone number provided that the number is a local direct dial number location of the with the local area code at the physical IP Softphone If the server uses CAMA trunks for emergency calls Ga nd user enters a location based specific digit string for each IP Softphone on advice from the local emergency response personnel option Enter option to allow the user to select the option extension block or cesid that the user selected during registration and the IP Softphone reported Use this entry for extensions that can be swapped back and forth between IP Softphones and a telephone with a fixed location The user chooses between block and cesid on the softphone A DCP or IP telephone in the office automatically selects extension minOccurs 0 gt plan but would Answering Station in the gt lt xs element name remoteSoftphoneEmergencyCalls maxOccurs 1 l
346. ers section Based on the location level settings as mentioned above Session Manager provides the following set of CAC functionality using Session Description Protocol SDP 1 Recognizes different types of calls categorized either as audio or multimedia Multimedia includes video and other forms of non audio media sent by endpoints as part of a session 2 Provisions a second lesser limit on the bandwidth usage permitted for a location This second limit applies only to multimedia calls Multimedia Bandwidth and Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 249 Managing Session Manager routing prevents such calls from consuming too large a percentage of the available bandwidth of a location Total Bandwidth 3 If the Total Bandwidth is left BLANK then Session Manager does not perform CAC for calls in the Location 4 Allows audio and multimedia bandwidth sharing at a location by selecting the option Audio Calls Can Take Video Bandwidth e If selected then Session Manager considers only the Total Bandwidth when deciding whether a new audio call can proceed e If not selected then Session Manager considers the Total Bandwidth minus the Multimedia Bandwidth when deciding whether a new audio call can proceed 5 Specifies per call bandwidth limits as specified in Per Call Bandwidth Parameters section restricting the size of individual multimedia calls Session Manager alters the SDP provided by call parties
347. ertificate Name Description Subject Details Specifies the details of the certificate holder Valid From Specifies the date and time from which the certificate is valid Valid To Specifies the date and time until which the certificate is valid Key Size Specifies the size of the key in bits for encryption Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 59 Managing Security Name Description Issuer Name Specifies the name of the issuer of the certificate Finger Print Specifies the finger print that authenticates the certificate Button Description Done Closes the page and takes you back to the Trusted Certificates page Related topics Viewing trusted certificates Delete Trusted Certificate Confirmation field descriptions Use this page to delete a trusted certificate from the list of trusted certificate maintained by the application instance Name Description Store Description Describes the store associated with the certificate Store Type Specifies the type of the store associated with the certificate Subject Name Specifies the name of the certificate holder Button Description Delete Deletes the trusted certificate from the corresponding store Cancel Cancels the delete operation and takes you back to the Add Trusted Certificate page Related topics Removing trusted certificates
348. es Use Existing true if already Optional Extension created extension is useExistingExtensio to be used false if n available extension is to be used Template Name Template name to be Optional template used to create station Values defined in Template will be used if not provided Set Type Specifies the set type Optional setType of the station Port Valid values for port Optional 01 to 64 First and port second numbers are the cabinet number A to E Third character is the carrier 01 to 20 Fourth and fifth characters are the slot number 01 to 32 Sixth and seventh characters are the circuit number x or X Indicates that there is no hardware associated with the port assignment since the switch was set up and the administrator expects that the extension would Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 183 Managing Users 184 Attribute Attribute Description Mandator y Optional Validation Constraints have a non IP set Or the extension had a non IP set and it dissociated Use x for Administered WithOut Hardware AWOH and Computer Telephony CTI stations as well as for SBS Extensions IP Indicates that there is no hardware associated with the port assignment since the switch was set up and the administrator expects that the extension would have an IP set This is automatically entered for certain IP station set types but you can e
349. es network of an enterprise a Branch Session Manager instance must first be administered as amanagement access point This is the network mask of the domain name of the server that hosts the Branch Session Manager application The address is passed to the security module to allow the agent to query the server for the required information 5 Under the Security Module section enter the following information to configure the security module e In the Network Mask field enter the value for the network mask The network mask is passed to the security module The agent configures the network mask to define the subnet that the security module is to be associated with e In the Default Gateway field add the correct IP address e In the Call Control PHB field enter a value The Call Control PHB per hop behavior specifies the type of service and priority SIP traffic from security module that you may expect as it travels through the IP network All packets containing SIP signaling which leave the security module have the specified value in the DSCP differentiated service code point field of the IP header Intervening routers may or may not treat packets with this value with a different level of precedence they must either support this by default or be specially configured to do so Different DSCP values are specified in RFCs 2597 and 2598 To be consistent with Communication Manager Branch Session Manager uses a default DSCP value of 46 which
350. esThursday gt lt includesTuesday gt false lt includesTuesday gt lt includesWednesday gt false lt includesWednesday gt 298 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Routing Policies lt name gt weekend lt name gt lt startTime gt 00 00 00 lt startTime gt lt stopTime gt 23 59 00 lt stopTime gt lt TimerangeFullTO gt lt TimerangeFullToO gt lt notes gt Time Range 24 7 lt notes gt lt includesFriday gt true lt includesFriday gt lt includesMonday gt true lt includesMonday gt lt includesSaturday gt true lt includesSaturday gt lt includesSunday gt true lt includesSunday gt lt includesThursday gt true lt includesThursday gt lt includesTuesday gt true lt includesTuesday gt lt includesWednesday gt true lt includesWednesday gt lt name gt 24 7 lt name gt lt startTime gt 00 00 00 lt startTime gt lt stopTime gt 23 59 00 lt stopTime gt lt TimerangeFullToO gt lt timerangeFullTOList gt Routing Policies About Routing Policies Use the Routing Policies page to create and modify routing policies All Routing Policies together form the enterprise wide dial plan Routing Policies can include the Origination of the caller the dialed digits of the called party the domain of the called party and the actual time the call occurs Optionally instead of dialed digits of the called party and the d
351. ese are personal rules that are set by presentities to define how much presence information can be shown to watchers that are not explicitly mentioned in an ACL There may be one User Default rule per presentity User or none presentity User or none presentity User or none label A unique string that names this info type e g Telephony Presence filter Internal definition of which part of presence information is covered by this info type The value of this field should be treated as opaque string it is maintained and used only by Presence services specFlags This field is empty for regular info types but for special info types it contains a comma separated list of keywords that identify these types In this version only FULL that represents full presence information is supported gt lt presenceUserDefault gt lt infoTypeAccess gt lt infoType gt lt label gt Telephony Presence lt label gt lt filter gt filter lt filter gt lt specFlags gt FULL lt specFlags gt lt infoType gt lt access gt BLOCK lt access gt lt infoTypeAccess gt lt presenceUserDefault gt lt UserACLEntry These are personal rules defined by presentities themselves on who can monitor their presence information There may be several entries in the list for a given presentity each entry corresponding to one watcher label A unique string that names this info type e g Telephony Presence filter Internal definition of which part of presence in
352. est minOccurs 0 gt lt xs si iF WT O S1 1 T TO 9 4 lt pS lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 1 16 0123456789 1 17 rey ae E xs restriction gt impleType gt nt gt t name unconditionalInternalActive type xs boolean gt maxOccurs 1 mpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 1 16 0123456789 1 17 Le Le Uae ee xs restriction gt impleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name unconditionalExternalActive type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name busyInternalDest maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt Lied kl 10 9 al POs97 ta lt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 1 16 0123456789 1 17 gS PP Lied e xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name busyInternalActive type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 gt minOccurs 0 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 155 Managing Users lt xs element name busyExternalDest maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 1 16 0123456789 1 17 Lied Led LO 2 12717 TOSI Lear ed Lie y lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs elem
353. etains the contacts addresses and communication profiles of the user Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management 2 Click Manage Users in the left navigation pane 3 On the User Management page select one or more users from the table and click Delete 4 On the User Delete Confirmation page click Delete 78 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Creating duplicate users Note This operation marks the deleted users as deleted and stores them in the database in a list of deleted users However the deleted users can be permanently deleted You cannot delete users with the login name admin through user management Creating duplicate users Use this capability to create a new user account by copying information from an existing user account This capability does not copy confidential information such as addresses private contacts contact members in the contact list password and log in name of the source user Before you begin Permission to create duplicate users Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management 2 Click Manage Users in the left navigation pane 3 On the User Management page select the user account that you want to duplicate 4 Click Duplicate 5 On the User Profile Duplicate page enter the appropriate information and click Commit Filtering users About th
354. ethdes euwetdaced iiaeaa aasin 491 FEMOVE Nde Sinasrinnina iaa iiai aad 491 removing a NOE sseessssseeerrreeeerirnnnnernnnnnenennnnennnna 491 removing an appender from a logget 000 479 removing an association between a subscriber and a USC i arean aE E A REE ah 73 Removing Application Sequences eeeeeeee 409 Removing applications cccccecccseeeeeeeseeeeeteees 406 removing association between a endpoint and a user 76 Removing Device Settings Group Terminal Group 394 Removing Device Settings Groups Location Groups 393 removing existing Implicit User Rules 0 414 removing replica node from QUEUE cccceeeeeeeees 491 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager removing trusted certificates ccccccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 47 removing USEF ACCOUNT 0 ceeeeeeceeectecceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeteess 78 repairing a replica node o oo eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 489 replica GOUD sds EE E 491 replica GrOUDS sis ceeosescceenastaescececcageeanscdeledesssasceccundesased 488 Replica Groups page cccccssseeceeeeeeeeseeeeeseaeeeees 491 Replica Nodes page sssssssesseeeesrrrneeeerrrrnrnnseseees 492 FOSOIVING sisest renhas sdana aea ie A eaaa 368 local host name eseecceeceeeseceeceaseeeeeceeseeseaees 368 Restart REG wisissssisticceltassessttiiadsnteaccnevacieeaaciinenctes 25 ESOTO Seiad aac szete dacs baidacacceuacasdaadeaaduaccsaseutaieaceaces
355. eting completed jobs ceccceeceeeeeeeesteeeeeeees 500 deleting dial patterns cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeees 311 deleting domains ecec eee eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 244 deleting Entity LINKS srercrnineccraranenirneianiv 292 deleting jODS esistesse eea 500 November 2010 deleting Locations ccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeentenneeaeeees 248 deleting pending JODS sessen oa 500 deleting regular expressions eseese 319 deleting routing policies essssseeeesesrrrrsenseeerrnnenennns 302 deleting SIP entities 0 0 0 cccceseeeeeeeeessteeeeeeeessaees 282 deleting time ranges ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 296 Denial of Service protection ccceeeeeeereeeesteeeees 389 denied locations for dial patterns eee 315 Device Settings Group Location Group field description arana aie raa AKAA E Ka E KERE 399 Device Settings Group Default Group field deESCpIONS siressa e 397 Device Settings Group Terminal Group field CIESCHIPTIONS sssrinin naana a 400 Device Settings Groups cccceeeseeeeeeeteeeeettaeeeees 390 Device Settings Groups field description 395 dial pattern deletion ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 311 dial pattern details 00 0 0 eeeeeeeccceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeees 313 dial Patterns eceescceecceeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeneeeneeaeees 307 312 Disable Confirmation page ccceceseeeeeeeeett
356. exType name Source gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name Assignment minOccurs 1 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs attribute name name type xs string gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name targetAppSystemName type xs string use required gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name targetAppSystemTypeName n type xs string use required gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name targetAppSystemTypeVersion type xs string use required gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name targetAppSystemHost type xs string use required gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name priority type xs int gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs element gt lt xs sequence gt 134 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting lt xs attribute name sourceApplicationSystemName type xs string use required gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name sourceAppSystemTypeName type xs string use required gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name sourceAppSystemTypeVersion type xs string use required gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name sourceAppSystemHost type xs string use required gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs complexType gt
357. example to use a routing policy and to add a dial pattern to the copied routing policy you can duplicate the routing policy and then add the required dial pattern to it Domains About Domains The Domains screen is used to create a set of domains and sub domains to enable the Session Manager enterprise to use domain based routing This information is used to determine if a SIP user is part of the enterprise SIP network Domains determine if the Session Manager s dial plan can be used to route a particular call Sub domains are automatically checked if not provisioned For example Session Manager needs to check dial patterns for avaya com if a request to 123 myserver avaya com comes in and myserver avaya com is not administered as a domain The administrator can create a SIP domain and sub domains based on the corporate requirement 242 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Domains e Domain name can be lt organization name domain gt for example avaya com or abc org e Sub domain can be named based on the geographical location or any other corporate requirements such as office location for example us avaya com and fr avaya com can be sub domains for Avaya offices in the US and in France or dr avaya com and br avaya com can be sub domains for Avaya offices in Denver and in Basking Ridge Creating domains About this task Create a domain or set of domains if you plan to us
358. f a communication profile of the user exists for the product Name Description Primary Session Manager Select the Session Manager instance that you want to use as home server for the currently displayed Communication Profile As a home server the selected primary Session Manager instance will be used as the default access point for connecting devices associated with the Communication Profile to the Avaya Aura network A selection is required Secondary Session Manager If a secondary Session Manager instance is selected this Session Manager will provide continued service to SIP devices associated with this Communication Profile in the event that the primary Session Manager is not available A selection is optional Origination Application Sequence Select an Application Sequence that will be invoked when calls are routed from this user A selection is optional Note If both an origination and a termination application sequence are specified and each contains a Communication Manager application the Communication Manager should be the same in both sequences Termination Application Sequence Select an Application Sequence that will be invoked when calls are routed to this user A selection is optional Note If both an origination and a termination application sequence are specified and each contains a Communication Manager application the Communication Manager should be the same in both sequences
359. f authentication The type and format of an identity depends on the external Identity Provider and can include X 509 certificates or Kerberos user accounts identity The unique external identity of the user This is a free text field and no format is enforced The format will depend on the identity type Kerberos user account can take the form of username domainName e g jsmith acme org realm The name of the security domain that this identity is valid in type The text representation of the type of identity Possible values are principalname X509 and Kerberos gt lt securitylIdentity gt lt identity gt jmiller acme org lt identity gt lt realm gt acme lt realm gt lt type gt principalname lt type gt lt securitylIdentity gt lt l Comeace hlist lhs Concacebliset les e collection or personal Dolie Grows containing external contacts and or Avaya users name The text name of the list This in the context of the owner must be unique description A free text description of this member isPublic Defines if the contact is public or personal Default fals members Represents the list of users or contacts that belong to contact list contactListType Specifies the type categorizing this list lt ownedContactLists gt lt contactList gt lt name gt MycontactList lt name gt lt description gt This is my contactList lt description gt lt isPublic gt false lt isPublic gt Administering
360. f how they were received newest messages first to direct the system to play messages in the reverse order of how they were received intercomPaging This is field of Optional You can choose one Messaging specific of the following data paging is off to disable intercom 214 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints Specifies the paging for this intercom paging subscriber settings for a subscriber paging is manual if the subscriber can modify with Subscriber Options or the TUI the setting that allows callers to page the subscriber paging is automatic if the TUI automatically allows callers to page the subscriber voiceMailEnabled This is field of Optional Messaging specific data Specifies whether a subscriber can receive messages e mail messages and callanswer messages from other subscribers You can choose one of the following yes to allow the subscriber to create forward and receive messages no to prevent the subscriber from receiving call answer messages and to hide the subscriber from the telephone user interface TUI The subscriber cannot use the TUI to access the mailbox and other TUI u
361. f the SIP entity e Credential name of the SIP entity e Protocol of the Entity Links This is a SIP connection transport type TCP TLS UDP e Trust State of the Entity Link This defines whether the entity link is Trusted or not For information about administering these fields refer to Creating SIP entities IP and transport layer validation When a SIP entity connects to Session Manager over a TCP or TLS port Session Manager validates that e The IP address matches one of the SIP entities configured in routing that have trusted entity links with the Session Manager If the SIP entities are configured as FQDN Session Manager performs a DNS resolution before doing the verification e Transport for the incoming SIP connection matches with one of the entity links associated with this SIP entity and the Session Manager Also the Trust State of the entity link must be configured as trusted Session Manager does not accept connections matching untrusted entity links For SIP packets over UDP above validation is performed for each packet For SIP TLS connections further validation is performed as described in the next section TLS layer validation Session Manager applies the following additional validations for SIP TLS connections 1 During a TLS handshake mutual TLS authentication is performed that is Identity certificate of the SIP entity is validated against the trusted CA certificate repository in the Session Manager for SIP TLS
362. fdayNames gt lt rank gt 1 lt rank gt lt timerangeName gt regularweek lt timerangeName gt lt timeofdayNames gt lt timeofdayNames gt lt rank gt 0 lt rank gt lt timerangeName gt 24 7 lt timerangeName gt lt timeofdayNames gt lt RoutingpolicyFullTo gt lt routingpolicyFullTOList gt Dial Patterns About Dial Patterns A dial pattern specifies which routing policy or routing policies are used to route a call based on the digits dialed by a user which match that pattern Session Manager matches these dialed digits after applying any administered ingress adaptation The originating location of the call the domain in the request URI and the Global Settings option of Prefer Longer Matching Dial Patterns in Location ALL to Shorter Matches in Originator s Location in the Session Manager Administration page also determine how the Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 307 Managing Session Manager routing call gets routed The dial pattern look up method as per the Global Setting option is explained below 1 When the Global Settings option is not selected Session Manager compares the user part of the Request URI with all dial patterns valid for the originating location where the domain matches the domain in the Request URI A Dial Pattern is valid for a particular location if e the location in the dial pattern matches the originating location or e the dial pattern is for ALL
363. file e The pattern of a Regular Expression referred to as lt regexpmap gt must be unique lt routingpolicyNames gt must refer to an existing Routing Policy with the exact same name It must either appear in the System Manager database or in an import file that exists in the same import operation as the Regular Expression e Multiple Routing Policy entries lt routingpolicyNames gt can be configured for one Regular Expression Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 standalone yes gt lt regexpmapFullTOList gt lt RegexpmapFullTO gt lt notes gt this is a test lt notes gt lt deny gt false lt deny gt lt pattern gt com lt pattern gt lt rankorder gt 0 lt rankorder gt lt routingpolicyNames gt toBerlin lt routingpolicyNames gt lt RegexpmapFullTo gt lt regexpmapFullTOList gt 322 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Defaults Defaults Modifying the default settings You can use the Defaults screen to change the default values or ranges for parameters that are used by the other Routing menu options About this task These values are used as defaults values of admin personal settings when creating new Routing entities Modifying these values does not change the values of already created entities Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt Defaults The Personal Settings scre
364. file Click on the show hide button for Communication Address Note When adding a non sip user for example H 323 DCP etc always enter a communication address of type Avaya E 164 for the user For each SIP handle a Click New b Select Avaya SIP from the drop down menu for Type if it is not set already c Inthe Fully Qualified Address field enter the extension number d Click Add Assign the user to a Communication Manager station Note This step cannot be done until synchronization of the data has completed To view the synchronization status navigate to Communication System Management gt Telephony on the System Manager console The status is displayed in the Sync Status column a Check the box to the left of Endpoint Profile Select the Communication Manager from the System drop down menu c Check Use Existing Endpoints if the station already exists on the Communication Manager that is associated with this user Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 65 Managing Users The box must be checked in order to associate the user with the selected Communication Manager station settings Otherwise leave the box unchecked to create a station automatically d Enter the extension that is administered on Communication Manager for the existing or new station in the Extension field Click Endpoint Editor to modify the CM station data e Selecta phone template for the use s phone in the Te
365. for LSP from the drop down list Click the View Add CM Entities link to add new CM applications e Select the Direct Routing to Endpoints from the drop down list Select the Adaptation for Trunk Gateway from the drop down list This selected adaptation is used by the Branch Session Manager during routing calls to or from the Communication Manager LSP trunk gateway Note In case of Communication Manager Feature Server CM FS or Communication Manager Trunk Gateway CM TG the adaptation from the core CM TG is used by default This field adaptation selection overrides the default CM TG adaptation and is applied to all calls routed on the trunk gateway entity to the LSP For Communication Manager Evolution Server CM ES the default adaptation is taken from the core Communication Manager entity The adaptation is applied either to calls that are routed through the gateway to the LSP and also to calls that are application sequenced 5 Under the Security Module section change the following information if required e Modify the network mask in the Network Mask field Branch Session Manager passes this network mask to the security module The agent configures the network mask to define the subnet that the security module is to be associated with e Modify the IP address in the Default Gateway field e Modify the value for Call Control PHB The Call Control PHB per hop behavior specifies the type of service and priority SIP traffic
366. formation is covered 128 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting by this info type The value of this field should be treated as opaque string it is maintained and used only by Presence services specFlags This field is empty for regular info types but for special info types it contains a comma separated list of keywords that identify these types In this version only FULL that represents full presence information is supported gt lt presenceUserACL gt lt infoTypeAccess gt lt infoType gt lt label gt ALL lt label gt lt filter gt filter lt filter gt lt specFlags gt FULL lt specFlags gt lt infoType gt lt access gt BLOCK lt access gt lt infoTypeAccess gt lt watcherLoginName gt admin lt watcherLoginName gt lt presenceUserACL gt lt PresUserCLDefault This is a personal rule that is set by presentities to define how much presence information can be shown to watchers that belong to the users contact list There may be one User Contact List Default rule per presentity Person or none gt lt presenceUserCLDefault gt lt infoTypeAccess gt lt infoType gt lt label gt Telephony lt label gt lt filter gt filter lt filter gt lt specFlags gt FULL lt specFlags gt lt infoType gt lt access gt BLOCK lt access gt lt infoTypeAccess gt lt presenceUserC
367. from the entry with the longest matching pattern Continue clicking the Egress Adaptation Add button until all the required egress matching patterns have been configured To remove a matching pattern for egress adaptations select the check box next to that pattern and click Remove Click Commit Related topics Adaptation Details field descriptions on page 272 Adaptation example Example In the following example an adaptation for AT amp T service provider is needed at least for international calls For incoming calls AT amp T sends the 10 digit local number To convert this into E 164 Session Manager must add a plus sign Specify the following values e Matching pattern 1 e Min 10 e Max 10 e Phone Context e Delete Digits 0 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 263 Managing Session Manager routing e Insert Digits e Address to modify both For outgoing calls to AT amp T Session Manager must convert the E 164 form to a format that AT amp T supports either 1 10 digits for North America calls or 011 country code number for international calls For example for calls to North America specify the following values e Matching Pattern 1 e Min 12 e Max 12 e Phone Context e Delete Digits 1 e Insert Digits lt None gt e Notes Calls to North America For calls to Germany specify the following values e Matching Pattern 49 e Min 13 e Max
368. fying a user details is not available if you select a user for which you do not have the permission to modify the details Before you begin Permission to modify the user Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management 2 Click Manage Users in the left navigation pane 3 On the User Management page select a user You can edit only one user account at one time 4 To edit a user account perform one of the following steps e Click Edit e Click View gt Edit 5 On the User Profile Edit page modify the required information 6 Click Commit to save the changes to the database Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 77 Managing Users Related topics User Profile Edit field descriptions on page 92 Viewing details of a user Before you begin The permission to view the details of the selected user Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management 2 Click Manage Users in the left navigation pane 3 On the User Management page select a user 4 Click View to view details of the selected user account You can view details of only one user account at a time Related topics User Profile View field descriptions on page 103 Removing user accounts About this task When you remove a user the system marks the user as deleted and stores them in a list of deleted users Removing a user removes the roles associated with the user but r
369. g a endpoint profile for a new user profile click New e If you are creating a endpoint profile for an existing user select the user and click Edit 4 Click the Communication Profile tab 5 In the Endpoint Profile section select the check box next to the Endpoint Profile label 6 Enter the relevant information in the Endpoint Profile section Note You must select the Delete Endpoint on Unassign of Endpoint from User or on Delete User check box if you want to delete the endpoint from the communication management device after removing the association between the endpoint and the user 74 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing communication profiles 7 Click Commit to add the endpoint profile The field names that are marked with asterisk are mandatory fields You must enter valid information in these fields for the successful creation of the endpoint profile If you want to cancel the action and return to the previous page click Cancel Through User Management you can create or add endpoint After you select the Communication Manager in which you want add a endpoint the system allows you to complete the fields for creating a new endpoint Note You should add Communication Manager through Runtime Topology System before you add the endpoint profile for the users Once you create the user endpoint association the user name appears in the User column
370. g calls The pattern can have between 1 and 36 characters Roll over the field for the valid pattern Min Minimum number of digits to be matched Max Maximum number of digits to be matched Phone Context Optional parameter in the action fields for the egress adaptation rules Delete Digits Number of digits to be deleted from the dialed number Insert Digits Number of digits to be added before the dialed number Address to Modify A setting of both will look for adaptations on both origination and destination type headers The digit conversion applied to a header will be taken from the entry with the longest matching pattern Notes Any other details that you wish to add Button Description Add Adds digit conversion for incoming or outgoing calls for the adaptations Remove Removes digit conversion from incoming or outgoing calls for the adaptations Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Adaptations Button Description Commit Saves the adaptation details and distributes them to the Session Manager instances in the enterprise Cancel Cancels changes to the adaptation details and returns to the Adaptations page Related topics Creating Adaptations on page 261 Bulk import for Adaptations Follow these rules when creating an XML bulk import file e The name of an adaptation
371. g into System Manager s s s 16 LOGGING PAGE seene a Aa 469 login FOF AAMIN secrrsareeranssyken ani eRe kanaa 16 login information cccecceeceeesssteeeeeeesettteeeeeeessentaaees 16 logon warning banner cccccceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 18 20 lOS en a e a e 467 M maintenace tests cccccceeecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaaeees 448 Test Postgres database sanity eeneeeeeeen 448 maintenance tests ceecceceeseeeeeceeseeeeeeeeseeees 446 448 PUPIMING E E E EO A 448 Test Call Processing status cccsccceeeeeeeeee 447 Test data distribution and redundancy link 447 Test management link functionality 00 448 Test network CONNECTIONS cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 446 Test sanity of Secure Access Link SAL agent 448 Test Security Module Status cccseeeeeenees 448 Test Service Director Status 2 0 0 0 ceeeseeeeeeees 447 Test Service Host Status cceeesssseseeeeeeeees 447 Test SIP A S Management Server Status 447 Maintenance Tests page field descriptions 445 managed bandwidth eeeeee sees ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 426 VIGWING USAGE cceceecceeeeeeeeeneneeeeeeeeeeeeeenaaeees 426 Managed Bandwidth Usage page field descriptions 426 MOOI vecciecteiceunssiua tidan adei aeeai 477 479 modify appende tee 479 anole LLAYALATO re 336 354 Branch Session Manager administration settings 354 Session Manager ad
372. g the PERL version 5 8 syntax e Value Value of the selected key type This string need not be an exact match and can be a subset of the string present in the SIP header being used for search 7 Under IP SIP Layer Track select an option for tracking SIP messages only if you have selected either Rate Block or Rate Limit in the Action Type field or with None in the Action Type with Log Type enabled You cannot use IP SIP Layer Track with Permit Drop Actions This option provides advanced flood tracking in the SIP Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 383 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Firewall Refer to the SIP Firewall Configuration Section in the Avaya Aura Security Guide for details and examples on using IP SIP Layer Track e None No tracking used e Remote IP address Track messages for a specific IP address of the remote host e Local Port Track messages for a specific local port e From Track messages for a specific sender e To Track messages sent to a particular receiver e Contact Track messages for a specific contact e Request URI Track messages for a specific request URI 8 Under Threshold specify the following options only if you have selected either Rate Block or Rate Limit in the Action Type field or with None in the Action Type with Log Type enabled You cannot use Threshold with Permit Drop Actions e Count packets Threshold for the number of matching p
373. ger BSM Primary Registered Show the count of primary registrations for this Session Manager Primary AST Show the count of primary registrations which are Active Controller registrations for this Session Manager Primary Admin Show the count of Communication Profiles what are administered to this Session Manager Secondary Registered Show the count of secondary registrations for this Session Manager or for survivable Branch Session Manager Secondary AST Failover Show the count of secondary registrations which are Active Controller registrations for this Session Manager or for survivable Branch Session Manager Secondary Admin Show the count of Communication Profiles what are administered to this Session Manager or for survivable Branch Session Manager Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 437 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Name Description Total Registered Show the total count of registrations for this Session Manager or for Branch Session Manager Total AST Show the total count of registrations which are Active Controller registrations for this Session Manager or for Branch Session Manager Total Admin Show the total count of Communication Profiles what are administered to this Session Manager or for Branch Session Manager User Registrations User Registrations This m
374. ger November 2010 123 Managing Users userPassword The encrypted password for this users account A null password is used when the user is authenticated by the enterprise such as with a separate sourc such as the enterprise LDAP commPassword The encrypted subscriber or communication password with which the user logs can use to authentication with on to any CommProfile SIP and non SIP This attribute is meant to be a shared across different communication profiles and thus different communication services userType This enumerates the possible primary user application types A User can be associated with multiple user types Possible values are ADMINISTRATOR COMMUNICATION USER AGENT SUPERVISOR RESIDENT EXPERT SERVICE TECHNICIAN LOBBY PHONE roles Text name of a role This value needs to pre exist in SMGR DB address The address of the user securitylIdentity The SecurityIdentity is used to hold any additional identities for a user that can be used for authentication such as their loginName Kerberos account name or their X509 certificate name ownedContactLists It is a collection of internal or external contacts ContactList is owned by a specific user and has a name that a unique name within the context of its owner ownedContacts It represents a non Avaya application user external contact Contacts can be collected together along with User entities into a contact list Contacts can be created by an administrator or an end user presenc
375. gin download button labels contact lists and other services Failback Policy Specifies manual and scheduled failback support for terminals Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 341 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances 342 Name Description ELIN SIP Entity Used by third party E911 services which determines a user s location based on IP address to send the new ELIN to Session Manager in case of emergency call The SIP Entity selected as the ELIN server should be resolved through local host name resolution to use either the primary or secondary IP address Prefer Longer Matching Dial Patterns in Location ALL to Shorter Matches in Originator s Location Specifies how the call gets routed as per Dial Pattern settings For details see About Dial Patterns Ignore SDP for Call Admission Control Determines whether call admission control CAC uses the SDP in SIP messages to determine the bandwidth used by a call Session Manager Instances Button Description New Opens the Add Session Manager page that enables you to add a SIP entity as a new Session Manager instance View Opens the View Session Manager page that enables you to view an already added Session Manager instance Edit Opens the Edit Session Manager page that enables you to edit the properties of an already added Session Manager instance Delete Opens
376. gt SEINE S WISISie gt lt tns loginName gt jmiller avaya com lt tns loginName gt lt tns user gt lt tns deleteUsers gt XML Schema Definition for bulk importing elements lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt xs schema targetNamespace http www avaya com rts xmlns http www avaya com rts xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema elementFormDefault qualified attributeFormDefault unqualified gt lt lt xs schema xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema gt gt lt xs element name RTSElements gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name ApplicationSystems minOccurs 0 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs annotation gt lt xs documentation gt Application System Types lt xs documentation gt lt xs annotation gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name ApplicationSystem type ApplicationSystem maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs element gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name ApplicationSystemAssigns minOccurs 0 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name Source type Source minOccurs 1 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs element gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs element gt lt xs complexType name ApplicationSystem gt lt xs annotation gt lt xs docu
377. h the Session Manager a SIP phone will be registered with a Session Manager as 5555555 domain com gt lt handleList gt lt handle gt lt handleName gt 5555555 lt handleName gt lt handleType gt sip lt handleType gt lt handleSubType gt username lt handleSubType gt lt domainName gt domain com lt domainName gt lt handle gt lt handleList gt lt Here one or more product specific profiles ma Defined gt lt commProfileList gt lt A Session Manager Profile is defined to the SIP phone 5555555 domain com with and secondary Session Mananger instance Primary SM and Secondary SM origination and termination application sequences both are Sequence to My CM a Survivability Server BSM and the is given the Home Location lt commProfile xsi type sm Ses xmlns sm http xml avaya com schema import y be associate a primary User SMa EEE e sionManagerCommProfXML _sessionmanager gt lt commP rofileType gt SessionManager lt commProfileType gt lt sm primarySM gt Primary SM lt sm primarySM gt lt sm secondarySM gt Secondary SM lt sm secondarySM gt lt sm terminat ionAppSequence gt Sequenc lt sm terminat ionAppSequence gt lt sm originationAppSequ Om Mivae eM lt sm originationAppSequence gt lt sm survivabilityServer gt BSM lt sm survivabilityServer gt lt sm homeLocation gt My Home lt lt commProfile gt
378. he on local sends the Point PSAP field in the Station screen Extension field in the on local sends the screen to the Public Safety block of emergency calls Use this entry have a circuit switched telephon away from the Avaya S8XXX Server same 911 Tandem office call from an IP Telephone and from a nearby circuit switched cesid Manager to send the CESID to the PSAP The end user the IP Softphone road warrior service that are near an emergency call routed over Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Usage Type as on local to achieve the If the administrator chooses to leave Extension fields that correspond to the IP Address Mapping screen blank the sends th xtension entered in the Extension field in the Station screen Answering Point PSAP If the administrator populates the IP emergency numbers the value as on local If the Emergency Location Extension is the same as the Emergency Location IP Address Mapping screen the value as extension to the Public Safety Answering If the Emergency Location Extension is different from the Emergency Location IP Address Mapping screen the value as extension in the IP Address Mapping Answering Point PSAP Enter block to prevent the completion for users who move around but always nearby and for users who are farther than an adjacent area code served by the When us
379. he Add Trusted Certificate page select store type from the Store Type field as SM_SECURITY_MODULE and perform one of the following steps e To import certificates from existing certificates i Click Import from existing ii Select the certificate from the Global Trusted Certificate section Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 45 Managing Security iii Click Commit e To import certificates from a file in cer format i Click Import from file ii Enter the name of the file You can also click Browse to select a file iii Click Retrieve Certificate iv Click Commit To import certificates in the PEM format i Locate the PEM certificate ii Open the certificate in the Notepad application iii Select all the contents in the file iv Perform a copy operation v Click Import as PEM Certificate vi Perform a paste operation in the box provided at the bottom of the page Note You may include the start and end tags BEGIN CERTIFICATE and END CERTIFICATE vii Click Commit e To import using TLS i Click Import using TLS ii Enter the IP Address of the computer in the IP Address field iii Enter the port of the computer in the Port field iv Click Retrieve Certificate v Click Commit Exporting the Session Manager Certificate Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Inventory 2 Click Inventory gt Manage Elements in the left nav
380. he Aura Core is lost If a Branch Session Manager is specified and the termination and origination application sequences contain a CM application sequencing to this application will continue locally to the CM LSP resident with the Branch Optional Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints Session Manager A selection is optional Note if a termination or origination application sequence contains a CM application the CM associated with the application must be the main CM for the CM LSP that is resident with the Branch Session Manager Home Location AHome Location can Mandatory homeLocation be specified the name of a Location navigate to Routing gt Locations to support mobility for a user When this user calls numbers that are not associated with an administered user dial plan rules Routing gt Dial Patterns will be applied to complete the call based on this home location regardless of the physical location of the SIP device used to make the call A selection is mandatory Import Users field descriptions Use this page to bulk import users and their attributes from a valid XML file Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 221 Managing Users File Selec
381. he Branch Session Manager is installed Main CM for LSP Main CM for the LSP associated with this Branch Session Manager Direct Routing to Endpoints Provides the option to enable or disable direct routing to endpoints Adaptation for Trunk Gateway Enables digit conversion when routing calls to or from the Communication Manager LSP trunk gateway Security Module Name Description SIP Entity IP Address IP address of the Branch Session Manager as specified in the SIP Entity Details screen Network Mask Allows you to enter the value of the Network mask The network mask is passed to the SM100 agent The agent configures the network mask to define the subnet that the SM100 card is to be associated with Default Gateway IP address of the default gateway Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Branch Session Manager Administration Name Description Call Control PHB The Call Control PHB per hop behavior specifies the type of service and priority SIP traffic from SM100 may expect as it travels through the IP network All packets containing SIP signaling which leave the SM100 have the specified value in the DSCP differentiated service code point field of the IP header Intervening routers may or may not treat packets with this value with a different level of precedence they must either suppor
382. he SIP Application Server cluster About SIP Application Server Management Console The SIP Application Server Management Console enables viewing of the following details e System Status e Service Director statistics e Service Host statistics A Warning Changing the existing configurations using the SIP Application Server Management Console voids your product warranty The System Status page of the SIP Application Server Management Console shows a graphic representation of the SIP Application Server cluster A status icon next to each cluster element node specifies the operational status of that element as defined in the following table Status Icon Cluster element status Green check symbol The cluster element is running Red cross mark symbol The cluster element is in an error state Yellow triangle symbol Other configuration error 24 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com SIP Application Server Viewing Service Director Statistics Procedure 1 Onthe SIP Application Server Management Console click Monitoring gt Statistics gt Service Directors The Statistics Service Directors page opens showing details of the listed Service Director 2 Select the Service Director instance and click View The Service Director Statistics page opens where you can view statistics for the selected Service Director instance Statistics Service
383. he communication profile station and messaging This user name appears in the User column in the Station List or Subscriber List For stations the Localized Display Name and Endpoint Display Name fields in the Identity section of the User Profile Management user profile map to the Name and Native Name fields of Station The Localized Display Name and Endpoint Display Name fields are optional They default to the Last Name and First Name as given in the General section of the User Profile Management user profile You can also fill in any other name of your choice For Subscribers the Last Name and First Name fields in the General section of User Profile Management user profile directly map to the Last Name and First Name fields in Subscriber The Localized Display Name and Endpoint Display Name fields are not applicable for Subscribers Creating stations and messaging profiles You can create one default or primary Communication Profile for a user To this default profile you can add one station and one messaging profile In addition you can add two more station profiles You can add a maximum of three station profiles and one messaging profile per user Adding a messaging profile for a user Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management 2 Click Manage Users in the left navigation pane 3 On the User Management page perform one of the following steps e If you are creating a messaging profile for a ne
384. his page to view the dial pattern details for associating with the routing policy 314 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Dial Patterns Name Description Pattern Dial pattern to match The pattern can have between 1 and 36 characters Roll over the field for the valid pattern Min Minimum number of digits to be matched Max Maximum number of digits to be matched Emergency Call Indicate if it is an emergency call Note Some of the important constraints on the use of this feature are as follows e Each location should be assigned to only one emergency dial number e This emergency dial number must match the emergency dial number in the 96xx settings file for all SIP phones in the identified location Failure to follow this guideline can result in users being unable to dial emergency numbers Domain Domain for which you want to restrict the dial pattern Notes Other details that you wish to add Button Description Select Associate the selected pattern to the routing policy Cancel Cancel the association of the selected pattern to the routing policy Denied Location field descriptions Use this page to specify denied locations for the selected dial pattern Button Description Select Selects the location as a denied location for the dial pattern Cancel Cancels the selection of the denied location
385. http xml avaya com schema import xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi schemaLocation http xml avaya com schema import userimport xsd gt lt tns user gt lt authentication gt TypeBasic lt authenticationType gt lt givenName gt John lt givenName gt lt loginName gt jmiller avaya com lt loginName gt lt surname gt Miller lt surname gt lt userPassword gt mypassword lt userPassword gt lt tns user gt lt tns user gt lt authenticationType gt Basic lt authenticationType gt lt givenName gt Roger lt givenName gt lt loginName gt rphilip avaya com lt loginName gt lt surname gt Philip lt surname gt lt userPassword gt mypassword lt userPassword gt lt tns user gt lt tns users gt Note As the XML is a text file you can edit this XML in any text editor Related topics XML for user with core attributes on page 228 Bulk import XML for users with SIP phone To create a user XML first perform the procedure for bulk importing users in the Bulk importing users section If communication address is added to the user then the commPassword field is mandatory Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 229 Managing Users 230 To assign communication address the mapping of Communication Profile for a new SIP user is as follows Table 2 Mapping of Communication Profile for a new SIP user UI field Description XML tag Possible value Nam
386. i DGrf5jpqIzgd3KGlw7gvvQ I KC TuGk2 QYDV hWj6 CVM XEZA mhOd H 3BraS z M jrduR E50n HMhk DEG BRR CASE FZAVBg Jah GIN VBAoT ERTIFICAT XVuaWNhdGlvbiBBY3Jvc3 QOFOIF MlowgYAxCzAJBg DoE aS dHdvcm t zZMROWGwYDVQQD lenZ1lciBSb2901 VBAYTALV DcG A1LUECXMwU2VhbWx1c3MgQ2 9udmVyZ2VkI g ENBMB EZIn3aFXe HKZBX7yKIgEb 9GwQ 4XDTAzZMTIw EXR qOpus TUK jhOqbxcpyl6t70SOc wYDVOQQLEZz TIxMjg0M1 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager EOYDVOO BwGA1UEAx RBGNVBAOTCkKF2YX1 EwJVUZ EGUHJVZHVjdCBQSOkx HjACBgNVBAMTF ONDBa KEwpBdmF 5YSBJI kGA1LUEAx DOTCCASAWDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEBBOQAD OybSAoZZ1iLrow9Jau rA4N3UTuSuARh Q J31AsxXOkSY tFpqs PkiVU91bitZoB1bCS1WgkF 7Bz wwgYYGA1LUdIwR MH2 EwJVUZETMBEGA1UEChMKOXZheWEgSW5 4 TFUF2YX1hIFBy b2R1Y3QgUm9vdCBDOQYIBADA F VBAI HROcHM6 BF 2YX1h RYea cCAJB4MBcW Dnibplw2Fy9LC1BZmUwHTmSzplnJjk EwJVUZ ET HVjJACBQSOkx HjAcCBgNVBAMTF 1MzZa YDVQQ KEwpBdmF5YSBJ Ti D G9w0OBAQEFAAOCAQ8AMIIBCgKCAQ D953REM2ZDS7DEI 4y71 zyY0 LtNv P4TiEN23jQWEKIGFZkZItCl DA2XqJ7BWBn TYSTSFIREJuT ROOBBYEFMKatvFzlYIm bROw hIEluYy4xGjJAYBgNVBAsT kKAWNOIFJvb30g QOGCAQAwDAYDVROTBAUWA
387. ial pattern matching Valid values are 1 36 This is mandatory field The value must be higher than the pattern length Max Shows the maximum value of the dial pattern matching Valid values are 1 36 This is mandatory field Description Shows the description of the Rule SIP Domain Shows the name of the SIP Domain Origination Application Sequence Shows the name of the Origination Application Sequence Termination Application Sequence Shows the name of the Termination Application Sequence Button Description Cancel Cancels the changes made to the Implicit User Rule Commit Saves the changes made to the Implicit User Rule Related topics Creating an Implicit User Rule on page 414 Modifying an existing Implicit User Rule on page 414 Session Manager Network Connect Service NRS Proxy Users Session Manager Network Connect Service NCS provides routing services to VoIP endpoints based on Avaya Communication Server 1000 CS1000 This service is similar to the services 416 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Application Configuration provided by Nortel Network Routing Service NRS The NRS provides following three services e SIP Proxy Server SPS SPS performs two roles in CS1000 based configuration These roles are SIP routing proxy and SIP registrar e Network Connect Server NCS NCS supports the centralized CS1000 s
388. icy Name Description Name Select a SIP entity name check box from the list to associate it to the selected routing policy FQDN or IP Address Displays the fully qualified domain name or IP address of the SIP entity Type Displays the type of the SIP entity such as Session Manager SBC CM VoicePortal Gateway SIP Trunk or Other Notes Additional notes Button Description Select Confirm selection of the SIP entity for associating to the routing policy Cancel Cancel the selection of the SIP entity Bulk import for SIP Entities Please follow these rules when creating an XML bulk import file e The name of a SIP Entity is unique and is referred to by other elements e lt adaptationName gt must either be empty or refer to an existing adaptation with the exact same name It must either appear in the System Manager database or in an import file 286 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com SIP Entities that exists in the same import operation as the SIP Entity SIP Entity of type ASM lt Avaya Session Manager gt cannot contain an adaptation entry e lt adaptationName gt contains the adaptation module name and parameters separated by spaces lt examples below gt e Listen ports lt listenports gt are only relevant for SIP Entity of type ASM Do not include these entries for any other type of SIP Enti
389. icy Select a dial pattern from the pattern list or a regular expression from the regular expression list and click Select This field can be left blank the routing policy can be added to the dial pattern or regular expression when you add it Click Commit 300 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Routing Policies Related topics Routing Policy Details field descriptions on page 303 Modifying Routing Policies Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt Policies The Routing Policies screen is displayed 3 4 If required modify the routing policy name and notes in the relevant fields in the Select a routing policy for modification and click Edit General section Note that the routing policy can be disabled by selecting the Disabled check box Click Select under the SIP entities as Destination section This is where you can select the destination SIP entity for this routing policy 6 If required select or modify the required destination and click Select 7 If you need to associate the Time of Day routing parameters with this Routing Policy 12 13 click Add from the Time of Day section Select the Time of Day patterns that you want to associate with this routing pattern and press Select Enter the relative rankings that you would like associated with each Time Range Lower ranking
390. idinsiscaiorcdcuticadiansianbinininnbisinidibbanabeainkiasnbiduniennians 459 DUNG A Eein E E ER EN E E 459 U a a AEEA EN OEN NI PEA EEN A EE TE OTE E ET EAT AES AANE N NT 459 Viewing Alan ecssriisiniriaien eee mead eiesie Peet eee eee eens ene reece errr 459 10 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 CGheangng sians ai an UID sirska iaai 460 EDn A a a 460 aI E E E T E E E T 460 eeen o eA Es sors E A ENE AAN A E A E E E VAA A N A 461 Alarming field descriptions aeiaai loboris Gand pired arnb oriai oirnn ionaid 462 Akrming ied JesenpioNS e E 462 Managing Ogsaa E PE E E E 466 Eais ola o A E R E E E E E E 466 Loa TPES eni a O E tattendusrtssatuidecceeduinives decir Miuee sense 466 viewing og COTE einn AE E aa 467 Sea IMCD Fe EG aaaa i 467 E e e EE e E E E E E A E E E E ET 468 Logana Teld A VNU es lie 2s ca ceed a eles e aa a ES TAES 469 Logging field descriptions serinin E E E E E E T 472 Chapter 8 Managing system Gata eccccneiccsesndacscnananaasrenesrmannnnnenenssnenannnsaaaassadananannnns 475 Administering backup and restore PE r E E ore sen fri crnere rer 475 ea Resi Oncin A EERENS SAEN Ni 475 Creating a data backup on a local server anida ET E E E E T 475 Scheduling a data backup on a local SEMET is sciccdiisniseiecsonissclestmmssincacsaniiceatemmveserarsmesecarimnreontaanes 476 Restoring amp data backup from a T06al SVET rirerire aa ES 476 Viewing data retemiorn rUe Sorrisi i 476
391. ield while scheduling the import job The possible values for this field are Skip Merge Replace and Delete End Displays the end date and time of the job Status Displays the status of the job File Displays the name of the file that is used to import the user records Count Displays the total number of user records in the input file Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 225 Managing Users Name Description Success Displays the total number of user records that are successfully imported Fail Displays the total number of user records that failed to import Message Displays a message that indicates whether the import is successful or failure Completed Displays the percentage completion of the import Name Description Line Number Displays the line number in the file where the error occurred Login Name Displays the login name of the user record that failed to be imported Error Message Displays a brief description of the error Button Description Download Exports and saves the user import error records in an XML file to the specified destination Note This button is not available if there are no error records for user Import Jobs or if the import job type is set to Abort on first error Cancel Takes you back to the Import Users page To enable the Download button on the User bul
392. iew Profile Edit Failures to view the details of all Communication Profiles which could not be modified in the selected job run The Session Manager Communication Profiles section shows the details of those existing profiles which could not be edited due to the failed job run Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 363 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances 5 Click Return to View All Profiles for returning to the original Communication Profile Editor screen Communication Profile Editor field descriptions Session Manager Communication Profiles Name Description Login Name Full login name of the user and is a unique name that gives access to the system Address Handle Handle part of the Communication Address Note The displayed address can be either the E 164 or the Avaya E 164 address as specified in the User Profile page Address Domain Domain part of the Communication Address Primary Session Manager Name of the primary Session Manager which acts as the default access point for connecting devices associated with the Communication Profile to the Aura network This is a mandatory field Secondary Session Manager Name of the secondary Session Manager which provides continued service to SIP devices associated with this Communication Profile in the event that the primary Session Manager is not available Origination Application Sequence Defines a
393. igation pane 46 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Removing trusted certificates 3 Onthe Manage Elements page select a Session Manager instance and click More Actions gt Configure Trusted Certificates 4 Select SM_SECURITY_MODULE and click Export to save it Removing trusted certificates Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Inventory 2 Click Inventory gt Manage Elements in the left navigation pane 3 Onthe Manage Elements page select a Session Manager instance and click More Actions gt Configure Trusted Certificates 4 On the Trusted Certificates page select the certificates and click Remove Result Trust Management removes the certificates from the list of trusted certificates for the Session Manager instance instance Refreshing CA Certificate List About this task To enable the security module to refresh the list of CA certificates and include the newly added ones do the following steps Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager Click System Status gt Security Module Status 2 3 Select the Session Manager instance and click Update Installed Certificates 4 Click Confirm Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 47 Managing Security Viewing identity certificates Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Inventory 2
394. igination lt addressToModify gt lt Ingressadapta lt Ingressadaptat lt notes gt test lt deletedigi lt insertdigi lt matchingpa lt maxdigits gt lt mindigits gt tionFullTo gt ionFullTo gt lt notes gt ts gt 1 lt deletedigits gt ts gt 2 lt insertdigits gt ttern gt 149 lt matchingpattern gt 26 lt maxdigits gt 3 lt mindigits gt lt addressToModify gt destination lt addressToModify gt lt Ingressadapta lt Ingressadaptat Mores mest lt deletedigi lt insertdigi lt matchingpa lt maxdigits gt lt mindigits gt tionFullTO gt ionFullTo gt lt notes gt ts gt 1 lt deletedigits gt ts gt 2 lt insertdigits gt ttern gt 150 lt matchingpattern gt 27 lt maxdigits gt 3 lt mindigits gt lt addressToModify gt both lt addressToModify gt lt Ingressadapta lt AdaptationFullTO gt lt adaptationFullTOList gt tionFullToO gt About SIP Entities SIP entities are all the network entities that are a part of the SIP System SIP entities include Session Manager instances Communication Managers Session Border Controllers SBCs SIP trunks and so on 276 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com SIP Entities Authentication of trusted SIP entities Routing uses the following information for the authentication of SIP entities by performing validation on IP Transport Layer and TLS Layer FQDN or IP Address o
395. iles that are created with the export operation contains version information as shown below lt buildNumber gt 0 lt buildNumber gt lt implementationVersion gt 0 lt implementationVersion gt lt specificationVersion gt 0 lt specificationVersion gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 241 Managing Session Manager routing Saving Committing and Synchronizing configuration changes About this task Session Manager allows you to save the domain data to the System Manager database and distribute the changes to all the Session Manager instances To save the data to System Manager and distribute it to the Session Managers click Commit When you click Commit System Manager saves the data to the System Manager database System Manager synchronizes and distributes the data to all the Session Manager instances For example renaming an adaptation also changes that data on the SIP Entities Details screen or changing dial pattern data also changes that data in the routing policy where that dial pattern is used Duplicating Routing entity data About this task You can use the Duplicate button on the relevant Session Manager Routing screens to duplicate routing entities Select the check box for the relevant entity and click Duplicate Duplication of data is useful if you want to create entities that are similar and want to rename them or copy an entity and make minimal changes to the entity attributes For
396. in period block the matching SIP packets for the duration of timeout as defined by the Threshold parameters e Rate Limit If the packets matching the rule exceed a certain count in a certain period drop the additional matching SIP packets for the duration of remaining period as defined by the Threshold parameters Log Type Allows you to specify if a log is to be generated or not and if an alarm should be Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 385 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances 386 Name Description sent You must specify Log Type when the Action Type is None e No Do not save the rule to a log file e Yes Save the rule to a log file e Alarm If itis possible generate an alarm when the rule conditions are met Log Message The message that should be logged when the log type is Yes or Alarm IP Layer Match Options Name Description Protocol Allows you to select the protocol for which the rule is to be used Remote IP Address For any incoming SIP message you can select Any for using the rule for all IP addresses or select Specify to use the rule for a specific IP address IP Address Allows you to type the IP address if you selected Specify for Remote IP Address Mask Network mask for the specified IP address RemotePort Allows you to select Any Specify or Specify Range
397. in the Endpoint list Related topics New User Profile field descriptions on page 82 Modifying a endpoint profile of a user Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management 2 Click Manage Users in the left navigation pane 3 On the User Management page select a user and perform one of the following steps e Click Edit e Click View gt Edit 4 On the User Profile Edit page click the Communication Profile tab 5 In the Endpoint Profile section modify the relevant information in the fields 6 Click Commit to save the changes to the database If you want to cancel the action and return to the previous page click Cancel Related topics New User Profile field descriptions on page 82 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 75 Managing Users Removing association between an endpoint and a user Before you begin Ensure that you have not selected the Delete Endpoint on Unassign of Endpoint from User or Delete User check box while associating a station with a user Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management 2 Click Manage Users in the left navigation pane 3 On the User Management page select a user and perform one of the following steps e Click Edit e Click View gt Edit 4 On the User Profile Edit page click the Communication Profile tab 5 In the Endpoint Profile section clear the check box next to the E
398. inAllowed gt lt isEnabled gt true lt isEnabled gt lt isVirtualUser gt false lt isVirtualUser gt lt givenName gt givenName00 lt givenName gt lt honorific gt honorific lt honorific gt lt loginName gt user00_00xyz avaya com lt loginName gt lt middleName gt middleName lt middleName gt lt managerName gt managerName lt managerName gt lt preferredGivenName gt preferredGivenName lt preferredGivenName gt lt preferredLanguage gt preferredLanguage lt preferredLanguage gt lt source gt local lt source gt lt sourceUserKey gt sourceUserKkey lt sourceUserKkey gt lt status gt AUTHPENDING lt status gt lt suffix gt suffix lt suffix gt lt surname gt surname lt surname gt lt timeZone gt timeZone lt timeZone gt lt title gt title lt title gt lt userName gt userName00 lt userName gt lt userPassword gt userPassword lt userPassword gt lt commPassword gt commPassword lt commPassword gt lt userType gt ADMINISTRATOR lt userType gt lt commProfileSet gt lt commP rofileSetName gt commProfileSetName00 lt commProfileSetName gt lt isPrimary gt true lt isPrimary gt lt commProfileList gt lt commProfile xsi type ipt xmlStationProfile xmlns ipt http xml avaya com schema import_csm_cm gt lt commP rofileType gt CM lt commProfileType gt lt ipt cmName gt PUIM81 lt ipt cmName gt lt ipt useExistingExtension gt false lt ipt useExistingExtension gt lt ipt extension gt 7100000 lt ipt extensio
399. inaacasadd 475 RESIO PAGS wscneeceseccsesenetsaeteereenareddeeeretintieeeteerernlili 482 restoring a system backup from a local server 476 restoring data DACKUP sssssssksanna e enan 476 restoring deleted user 0 2 2 cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 81 FOULING secccuncns cananvasncecesshanateeauwaxby shaandvtausnbaranatetaie 235 237 of a call using routing policy data ee 237 OVEIVICW dicveesss rrenean nianna a REAREA EEEa 235 prerequisites for Routing Setup seeeee 236 ROUTING Overview cceececceceeeeeeeeeeeeeetnaeeeeeeeeess 236 ROUNO tian stcicacedeccacsndeceaaseutvesvesseesaasees 236 238 241 291 ADOUE ANE E sPeanvaddedssasadesiwiesensveraneerqecestaes 236 element links modifying s es 291 exporting and importing element data about 238 importing element data about eee 241 routing element data cccecccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeneeees 240 OXPOMTIING resni 240 FOULING POlICIOS seiersen EE 303 routing policy deletion 0 eee eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeees 302 routing policy details s sensi re aa 303 FOUTING POLICY liSt 0 2 eee ceeeeee eee eeette eee a 306 Rule page field descriptions eeeeeeseeseeeeeeeees 385 rule precedence and traversal eeeeeeee 390 PUNIMING ScacevvatsacdecunauscaatianGediceuscsvshatnavtuhsstceed coarsactiecneees 448 MAINTENANCE tests csececcecsseceeceeeeeeeseaeeees 448 RUNNING ynesiae aaea a
400. inal as well as a civil offense under the applicable law Third party components Certain software programs or portions thereof included in the Product may contain software distributed under third party agreements Third Party Components which may contain terms that expand or limit rights to use certain portions of the Product Third Party Terms Information regarding distributed Linux OS source code for those Products that have distributed the Linux OS source code and identifying the copyright holders of the Third Party Components and the Third Party Terms that apply to them is available on the Avaya Support Web site http support avaya com Copyright Preventing Toll Fraud Toll fraud is the unauthorized use of your telecommunications system by an unauthorized party for example a person who is not a corporate employee agent subcontractor or is not working on your company s behalf Be aware that there can be a risk of Toll Fraud associated with your system and that if Toll Fraud occurs it can result in substantial additional charges for your telecommunications services Avaya Toll Fraud Intervention If you suspect that you are being victimized by Toll Fraud and you need technical assistance or support call Technical Service Center Toll Fraud Intervention Hotline at 1 800 643 2353 for the United States and Canada For additional support telephone numbers see the Avaya Support Web site http support av
401. ination that has alternate routing choices available the result displays one line per alternate routing choice and the lines are in the same order that the test attempted the destinations 456 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com System Tools Button Description Each line displays not only where the INVITE would be routed but also what the adapted digits and domain would be The Routing Decision Process box contains details about how Session Manager made the routing decisions This gives you a tool to check your routing algorithms Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 457 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances 458 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 7 Managing events Managing alarms Alarming The Alarming service provides an interface for monitoring alarms generated by System Manager and other components You can e View an alarm e Change the status of an alarm e Export alarms to a Comma Separated Values csv file through the Alarming service System Manager generates alarms to notify users of system events Alarms are classified by their effect on system operation and they identify the system component which generated the alarm You can configure System Manager to forward alarms to Avaya Services You can also configure alarms to send S
402. ined or user defined you want to associate with the subscriber Mailbox Number Displays the mailbox number of the subscriber Password The password for logging on to the mailbox Delete Subscriber on Unassign of Subscriber from User Provides the option to specify whether you want to delete the subscriber mailbox from the Messaging device or Communication System Management when you remove this messaging profile or when you delete the user Membership tab Roles section Name Description Name Displays the name of the role Description Displays a brief description about the role Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com User Profile View field descriptions Membership tab Group Membership section Name Description Name Displays the name of the group Type Displays the group type based on the resources Hierarchy Displays the position of the group in the hierarchy Description Displays a brief description about the group Contacts tab Default Contact List section Name Description Description Displays a brief description of the contact list Contacts tab Associated Contacts section Name Description Last Name Displays the last name of the contact First Name Displays the first name of the contact Scope Displays the categoriza
403. ing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints Station screen is the same as the Emergency Location Extension field in the IP Address Mapping screen the feature sends the extension to the Public Safety Answering Point PSAP If the Emergency Location Extension field in the Station screen is different from the Emergency Location Extension field in the IP Address Mapping screen the feature sends the extension in the IP Address Mapping screen to the Public Safety Answering Point PSAP alwaysUse A softphone can Optional Boolean register no matter what emergency call handling settings the user has entered into the softphone If a softphone dials 911 the administered Emergency Location Extension is used The softphone s user entered settings are ignored If an IP telephone dials 911 the administered Emergency Location Extension is used If a call center agent dials 911 the physical station extension is displayed overriding the administered Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 199 Managing Users 200 Attribute Attribute Description Mandator y Optional Validation Constraints LoginID for ISDN Display Does not apply to SCCAN wireless telephones or to extensions administered as type h 323 precedenceCallWaiti ng Activates or deactivates Precedence Call Waiting fo
404. ing of new calls and maintains call blocking Confirm Allows Session Manager to process new calls Name Description Session Manager Name of administered Session Manager instance You can click on the link to go to the Session Manager Administration page Type Type of Session Manager instance either as Core or Branch Session Manager Service State Current service and management state of the selected Session Manager instance The state can be of the following types e ME MD for Management Enabled Disabled e AN DN for Accept New Service Deny New Service You can click on the link to go to the Session Manager Administration page Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 329 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Name Description Active Call Count The current active call counts for this session manager instance Registrations The registration summary You can click on the link to go to the Registration Summary page Confirm Deny New Service for Session Managers page field descriptions Button Description Cancel Cancels the blocking of new calls for processing Processing of new calls continues Confirm Blocks new calls from being processed Name Description Session Manager Name of administered Session Manager instance You can click on the link to go to the Session Manager Administration page Type
405. ing the location based configuration changes required in the earlier versions of Session Manager 250 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Locations Provisioning Session Manager and Communication Manager CAC together For simultaneous use of Session Manager and Communication Manager CAC following configurations should be done 1 Create 1 to 1 mapping of Session Manager Locations to Communication Manager Network Regions because Communication Manager uses Network Regions for CAC This is limited by the fact that Communication Manager supports no more than 250 Network Regions while Session Manager supports thousands of Locations 2 As Session Manager maps IP addresses to Locations Communication Manager maps IP addresses to Network Regions These mappings must be synchronized manually 3 As part of Communication Manager administration the SIP trunk to Communication Manager must be placed within a dummy Network Region for which no CAC limits are set This enables the following changes Calls terminated to non SIP destinations H 323 phones non SIP trunks are counted by Communication Manager CAC for the appropriate Network Regions All calls terminated to SIP destinations SIP phones SIP trunks on Session Manager are counted by Session Manager CAC for the appropriate Locations e SIP trunks on Communication Manager that do not route to Session Manager not a recommende
406. ion 00 415 IM PICIMUSOLS iriiria iniaa a 413 IMPOM OIc E A E E 222 Inactive session termination policy s 18 initial setup of the Session Manager ccccesee 237 initializing synchronization s es 33 synchonizing Communication Manager data 33 Introductio fics icceadsssceseccadasinasscaniataacccadgasacesancaaddisanseaveas 13 J Job Details page cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 225 226 Job Scheduling Edit Job page cceeeeeteeeeeeeeeees 509 Job Scheduling On Demand Job page 1 511 Job Scheduling View Job page ceeeeeeeeeeeeees 507 November 2010 527 L legal POCS iain aa a a aE EAA 2 list of XML Schema Definitions and Sample XMLs for DUNK IMPON 2 insae iaaa 116 Local Host Name Resolution page field descriptions 371 IOC ATION connessa a a 254 location deletion osoonnnnnosnnnnnnsnnnnnrernrernsnennnnnnn 249 location detalls ssssgsiene 254 location Settings iis iantisssccseviadantivassietelindinaesniceadnd 403 Location Settings field description 0 eceeee 403 1OG det llS sssscceantwartsssasncceadtwans soassnoeneeindentnersasedeeundeend 467 log on to System Manager eseeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeetaeees 15 lOO TYPOS wceecivvccevabescadees coi EEA vassctteedeend 466 eere AEE E E E E E E EE ce E rrr 478 LOQQUIAG meska vee deed nebteddsboreneevavesberecneyd 466 Logging Configuration page ccccseeeeseeseeeees 484 loggin
407. ion Cancel Cancels the deletion of the selected NRS Proxy User rule Delete Deletes the selected NRS Proxy User rule Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 419 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances NRS Proxy Users field descriptions Name Description Pattern User Pattern type Primary Terminal Proxy Server The administered Terminal Proxy Server This field is a required field Secondary Terminal Proxy Server The administered Terminal Proxy Server Survivable Terminal Proxy Server The administered Terminal Proxy Server Button Description New Adds a new entry Edit Saves the changes of the modified entry Delete Deletes the selected entry NRS Proxy User Rule Editor field descriptions Name Description Pattern Specifies the User Pattern This field is a required field The prefix can include the numbers 0 to 9 and the hash the hyphen and the question mark symbols The prefix can have a length of up to 30 characters but the first character must be numeric Routing entries can be categorized in the following way e Basic digits Any number of digits can be used to make a simple entry For example 570 e Range of digits Two basic digit entries can be used to build a range entry The range will have a dash between the two ranges and each range will have the same number of digits For example 467 48
408. ion sequence Applications in this Sequence section Buttons at the top panel allow you to move selected applications to the front or back of the sequence Name Description Sequence Order first to last Allows you to change the relative sequence order of the applications or to remove applications from the application sequence Name Name of the selected application SIP Entity Name of the SIP entity associated with the selected application Mandatory Specifies whether the application is mandatory or not If Session Manager fails to reach the application during the sequencing Session Manager will stop sequencing and send an error response upstream Description Shows the description of the selected application Available Applications section This section allows sorting and filtering by application names or SIP entity name Default sort is by application name and then by SIP entity name Name Description Adds the selected application to the application sequence in the table Application in this Set above Name Name of the application SIP Entity Name of the SIP entity associated with the application 412 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Application Configuration Name Description Description Shows the description of the application Button Description Cancel Cancels the cha
409. ion types strings marked as deny are also denied to these users Survivable Trunk Designates certain Optional Valid Entry Usage Destination telephones as not true Allows this survivableTrunkDest being allowed to station to be an receive incoming incoming trunk trunk calls when the destination while the Media Gateway is in Media Gateway is survivable mode running in This field is used by survivability mode the PIM module of This is the default the Integrated false Prevents this Management to station from receiving successfully incoming trunk calls interrogate the when in survivable Communication mode Manager administration tables and obtain the class of service information PIM module builds a managed database to send for SLS on the H 248 gateways Available for all analog and IP station types Voice Mail Number Enter the complete Optional String voiceMailNumber Voice Mail Dial Up number offPremisesStation Analog telephones Optional Valid entries Usage only e true Enter true if this telephone is not located in the same building with the system If you enter true you must complete R Balance Network e false Enter false if the telephone is located in the same Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 189 Managing Users Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints building with the system dataOption If
410. ions select Routing gt Regular Expressions From the Regular Expressions screen click More Actions gt Export Regular Expressions 4 Select a check box for the entity to be exported from the list of entities on the screen 5 To export multiple routing elements from the routing element screen click More Actions gt Export all data 6 Click Browse to specify the location and click Export You must export a file in the XML format or multiple files as a zipped file Importing Routing element data Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt lt Any Routing element gt 3 To import a single or multiple routing elements click More Actions gt Import For example to import dial patterns select Routing gt Dial Patterns From the Dial Patterns screen click More Actions gt Import 4 Click Browse to select files from the required location and click Import You must import a file in the XML format This file can be an XML file or a ZIP file consisting one or more XML files Note e You cannot import data from the later stages in the routing definition process without importing data from the earlier stages e g one must import SIP Entities before or in conjunction with the relevant Entity Links e The import operation can accept any routing element XMLs e g you can import Locations even if you clicked on import from the Domains screen e The XML f
411. ions and associate them with routing policies Procedure 1 2 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing Click Routing gt Regular Expressions The Regular Expressions screen is displayed Select a regular expression from the list and click Edit The Regular Expression Details screen is displayed 4 Modify the regular expression pattern in the Pattern field if required 5 If required modify the rank order for the regular expression A lower rank order indicates a higher priority 6 To allow or deny routing for a matched regular expression pattern select or clear the Deny check box 7 To associate a routing policy for the matched pattern click Add under the Routing Policy section 8 Select the required routing policies that you want associated with the Regular Expression by selecting the respective check boxes 9 Click Select to indicate that you have completed your selections 318 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Regular Expressions 10 To remove an associated routing policy select the routing policy and click Remove 11 Click Commit Note You cannot save a regular expression unless it has a routing policy associated to it Deleting Regular Expressions About this task Deleting a regular expression deletes it from all of the routing policies that it is associated with Procedure 1 On the System Manage
412. is 200 7 Under the Monitoring section modify the following information as required to configure how this Session Manager instance should monitor SIP entities e To enable or disable monitoring of the SIP entities by this Session Manager instance select or clear the Enable Monitoring check box 338 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Session Manager Administration e Type a required value in seconds for Proactive cycle time secs The default is 900 seconds e Session Manager uses this value for monitoring and polling an administered SIP entity at this interval till that entity is reachable e Type a required value in seconds for Reactive cycle time secs The default is 120 seconds This value is used when proactive monitoring detects that an administered SIP entity is not reachable and changes to a reactive mode Reactive monitoring continues till the SIP entity responds again Typically the value for reactive monitoring should be less than the value for proactive monitoring The default is 120 seconds Session Manager uses these default values for each administered SIP entity unless overridden by the Monitoring options that you specified on the SIP Entities screen for a specific entity e Type an integer value in Number of Retries The default is 1 This value specifies the number of times Session Manager polls a SIP entity before it is deemed unreachable 8 Under the CD
413. is added to Session Manager in order to initialize or synchronize databases e The connection between Session Manager and the server is lost and later restored e User registration and un registration causes Session Manager to synchronize with the E911 service E911 services operate in a primary and secondary server mode in which one server is active and the other is operating in a warm standby mode About NIC Bonding NIC bonding enables two Ethernet interfaces on the Session Manager Security Module to act as one providing redundancy The NIC bonding driver is configured to use active backup mode in which two Ethernet interfaces can be added as slaves to the NIC bonding driver interface Only one slave in the bond is active and the other slave becomes active if and only if the active slave fails The bond s MAC address is externally visible on only one port network adapter to avoid any conflict with the switch The NIC bonding interface needs only one IP Address and uses the public IP address of the Session Manager Security Module The NIC bonding interface needs only one MAC address and uses the MAC address of the first slave Ethernet interface More than one of the NICs enable bonding so that traffic can traverse either NIC connected to a separate L2 switch port based on the interface s link state The bonding driver supports two schemes for monitoring a slave interface s link state the ARP monitor and the MII monitor Note Foll
414. is task You can apply filter to e Status of the user e Name of the user e Login Name of the user e E164 Handle Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 79 Managing Users You may apply one or more filters to view users that match the filter criteria Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management 2 Click Manage Users in the left navigation pane 3 On the User Management page click Filter Enable You can find the button at the upper right corner of the table displaying users 4 Enter information for one or more of the following filter criteria e To filter users by status select a status from the drop down under the Status column suggesting the presence related status e To filter users by name enter the name of the user in the field under the Name column To filter names that start with a particular letter enter the letter in the field You can enter a string of letters to filter names that start with that string e To filter users by login name enter the login name in the field under the Login Name column To filter login names that start with a particular letter enter the letter in the field You can enter a string of letters to filter login names that start with that string e To filter users by the E164 handle enter the E164 handle of the user in the field under the E164 Handle column 5 Click Apply To hide the column filters click Disable This action
415. is unique and is referred to by other elements e The value of lt adaptationmodule gt is a combination of the fields Module Name and Module Parameters in the System Manager user interface The values are separated by a single space e Multiple Ingress and Egress configurations lt lt EgressadaptationFullTO gt lt IngressadaptationFullTO gt gt can be configured for one Adaptation name e The values in lt addressToModify gt must appear exactly same being case sensitive as they appear in the System Manager user interface A Warning When you add new digit pattern or adaptation entries to an existing adaptation you must include ALL patterns in the adaptation XML file Importing an adaptation that includes only the new adaptation patterns cannot be done When you add new patterns to an existing adaptation ensure that you export the current adaptation add new patterns and then re import the XML file that includes the current and new patterns Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 standalone yes gt lt adaptationFullTOList gt lt AdaptationFullTO gt lt notes gt this is a test lt notes gt lt adaptationmodule gt VersionModule paraml 17 param2 15 lt adaptationmodule gt lt egressuriparameters gt uril lt egressuriparameters gt lt name gt VerisonAdaptation lt name gt lt EgressadaptationFullTo gt lt notes gt test lt notes gt lt deletedigits gt 1 lt deletedigits gt lt insertdigits gt 3
416. isable Hides the column filter fields without resetting the filter criteria This is a toggle button Filter Enable Displays text fields under the columns that you can use to set the filter criteria This is a toggle button Filter Apply Filters contacts based on the filter criteria Contacts tab Private Contacts Use this section to add new private contacts modify and deletes existing contacts Name Description Last Name Last name of the private contact First Name First name of the private contact Display Name Display name of the private contact Contact Address Address of the private contact Description A brief description about the contact Button Description Edit Opens the Edit Private Contact page Use this page to modify the information of the contact you selected Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 91 Managing Users Button Description New Opens the New Private Contact page Use this page to add a new private contact Delete Deletes the selected contacts Filter Disable Hides the column filter fields without resetting the filter criteria This is a toggle button Filter Enable Displays text fields under the columns that you can use to set the filter criteria This is a toggle button Filter Apply Filters contacts based on the filter criteria Common buttons Button Description Commit
417. istering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 501 Managing system data ii On the Completed Jobs page select a completed job and click More Actions gt Enable The State of the selected job is changed to Enabled Result Stopping a Job Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Scheduler 2 Click Pending Jobs in the left navigation pane 3 On the Pending Jobs page select a pending job in the running state and click More Actions gt Stop 4 Click Continue on the Stop Confirmation page Scheduler stops the selected job Pending Jobs field descriptions Use this page to view edit and delete the scheduled jobs that are pending for execution Name Description Job Type The type of job represented by an icon that corresponds to its type The application uses different icons to represent the Job types Following are the job types 1 System scheduled Job The job scheduled for the normal operation of the application The System Administrator can reschedule and stop a system schedule job but can not delete the job 2 Admin scheduled job The job that the administrator schedules for administering the application 3 On demand job The periodic jobs that the administrator may schedule to perform non routine tasks 502 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing scheduled jobs Nam
418. istration About Session Manager Administration Select the Session Manager Administration menu option to add a SIP entity as a Session Manager instance Once added these Session Manager instances form a link with the Session Manager Element Manager and can be used for obtaining and monitoring the status of that Session Manager instance Data replication and monitoring operations are possible only after these Session Manager instances are added and configured In addition to creating new Session Manager instances the Session Manager Administration screen also allows you to view edit or delete the Session Manager instances that you have created 332 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Session Manager Administration About E911 Services The E911 service enables identification of the physical location of a registered user in the event of an emergency call The location is determined through the IP address and port level discovery as per E911 administration Session Manager interacts with E911 service upon user registrations to obtain an Emergency Location Identification Number ELIN Each Session Manager synchronizes with the E911 services server stores ELIN records for its registered users and sends the ELIN to Communication Manager when an emergency call is made Session Manager synchronizes with the E911 services server when any of the following events occurs e The server
419. it page click the Communication Profile tab 5 In the Communication Profile section click a profile 6 Click Delete 7 Click Commit Result When you delete a communication profile System Manager deletes all the communication addresses associated with the communication profile Creating a new communication address for a communication profile Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management 2 Click Manage Users in the left navigation pane 3 On the User Management page perform one of the following steps e If you are creating a new user account click New e If you want to add a communication profile address to an existing user select the user and click Edit 4 On the New User Profile or the User Profile Edit page click the Communication Profile tab Inthe Communication Profile section click a communication profile In the Communication Address section click New In the Type field enter a communication protocol oN O O In the Fully Qualified Address field enter a contact address in the format supported by the value that you selected in the Type field A contact address can be an e mail ID instant messenger ID SIP address of a SIP enabled device and so on 9 Enter the domain name from the field next to Fully Qualified Address field 10 Click Add 11 Click Commit 68 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managi
420. ity Links Name Description SIP Entity 1 Select a SIP entity from the drop down list This entity must always be a Session Manager instance Protocol Protocol to be used for the entity link Port Port to be used for SIP entity 1 SIP Entity 2 Select a SIP entity from the drop down list This entity need not be a Session Manager entity Port Port to be used for SIP entity 2 Trusted Specifies that the link between the two SIP entities is trusted Port Add a listening port for the SIP entity Protocol Protocol that the SIP entity uses Default Domain The domain of the SIP entity Notes Additional notes about the port and port parameters Port Name Description Port Add a listening port for the SIP entity Protocol Protocol that the SIP entity uses Default Domain The domain of the SIP entity Notes Additional notes about the port and port parameters Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 285 Managing Session Manager routing Button Description Add Adds the selected entity Remove Removes the selected entity Commit Saves the SIP entity and distributes it to the Session Managers in the enterprise Cancel Cancels the creation or modification of the SIP entity Related topics Creating SIP Entities on page 278 SIP Entity List field descriptions Use this page to select and associate SIP entities to a routing pol
421. ity or a one time activity In case of a recurring job the field also displays the time interval of recurrence The options are e Execute task one time only e Task are repeated Range The settings define the number of recurrences or date after which the job stops to recur The options are No End Date End After occurrences e End By Date Button Description Commit Schedules the backup job Cancel Closes the Schedule Backup page and takes you back to the Backup Restore page Restore field descriptions Use this page to restore application data from a local or a remote location 482 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Administering backup and restore Name Description Type Specifies the type of computer from which you want to restore the application data The options are Local The data is restored from a local machine Remote The data is restored from a remote machine The page displays the following fields wh en you select Local as Type Name Description File Name Specifies the name of the backup file that you want to restore Select File Name Lists the name of the backup file that you want to restore The page displays the following fields wh en you select Remote as Type Name Description Remote Server IP
422. ity server the Branch Session Manager must also reference the same Communication Manager as the Communication Manager endpoint profile Viewing Communication Profiles Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Communication Profile Editor in the left navigation pane to open the Communication Profile Editor page The Communication Profile Editor page displays under the Session Manager Communication Profiles section the list of all the Session Manager Communication Profiles provisioned for all the registered users 3 To view using sorting option click a column title to sort the information in the table as the primary sorting order 4 To view using filtering option enable Filter option Filtering can be as a compound of one or more fields On filtering the table displays only those results that match the filtering criteria Modifying Communication Profiles Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Communication Profile Editor in the left navigation pane to open the Communication Profile Editor page 3 In the Session Manager Communication Profiles section select the rows that need to be modified Click the All link at the bottom left of the table to select all of the rows 362 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com 4 Communication Profile Editor In the New Communica
423. ity to import users in bulk with their attributes from an XML file With this functionality you can e Abort or continue the import process when the import user operation encounters first error in the user input file e Skip importing the users that already exist in the database Use this option when you want to import new users and retain the existing users e Replace the users in the database with the new users from the imported file Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 111 Managing Users Update and merge the user attributes data from the imported file to the existing data e Delete the user records from the database that match the records in the input XML file See the XML Schema Definition for bulk importing users and Sample XML for bulk importing users sections in the List of XML Schema Definitions and Sample XMLs for bulk Import topic for details on the user imported attributes See the XML Schema Definition for bulk deleting users and Sample XML for bulk deleting users sections in the List of XML Schema Definitions and Sample XMLs for bulk Import topic for details on the user imported attributes Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Bulk Import and Export 2 Click Import gt User Management gt Users 3 On the Import Users page enter the complete path of the file in the Select File field You can also use the Browse button to locat
424. k import configuration page set the Enable Error File Generation attribute to True To navigate to the User bulk import configuration page from the System Manager console click Services gt Configurations gt Settings gt SMGR gt User Bulkimport profile Job Details field descriptions The Job Details page displays the details of the selected Job Name Description Name Specifies the name of the import job 226 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting Name Description Scheduled by Name of the user who initiated or scheduled the import job Scheduled at Start time of the scheduled job End End date and time of the job Status Status of the job File Name of the file that is used to import the global user settings records Count Total number of global user settings records in the input file Success Total number of global user settings records that are successfully imported Fail Total number of global user settings records that failed to import Message The message that indicates whether the import is successful or failure Completed Displays the percentage completion of the import Name Description Record Number Failed XML element in the input XML file Name Name of the failed XML element Error Message A brief description of the error
425. klglW5c816iJYH1stw EGU IH eWE DBgtgh P7 6i35y dV5DG q R916b3DV70oW HJVZHVjdCBOSOkxHjJAcBg EAwWIBBJCBOQYD EBATCBszAqBggrBgEFBQCCA EBggrBg gSW5jLiBMaWlpdGVkIExpYWJpbGl0eSBQ hc2UgdmlzaXxXQgaHRO0cDovL3d3dy5hdmF5YS5jb20vcGtpLONQ UyBmb3IgZGVOYWlscy47MA0GCSqGSIb3 A4IBAQBv400igRG3iXiqmVwX WUdK1 DwQI kgBhvwLBw uY29tL3BrasS 9DUE EwAw I BARpdQXZ MIIE3zCCA8egAwI BAgI BWzANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQUFADBeMOswCQYDVOQOG ECxMROXZhew DQ RlcmluZyBTdwJvcm EBAMNFE dBihMGWSsTAx24rW 9vxU HO4E T KkY AeFwOwNz DBaMGsxCzAJBgNVBAYTAILVIM uMRowGAYDVOQLEXFBdmF 5YSBOcm9 1QXZheWEg TWFudWZhY3 ggENADCCAQgCgg fasJ7dm4 9GQAbeVWGYZ15kF 4 EbBcTau4wkGl edSeqCAXhUKh DGOTUGu9pk e zmfsACdPw5CzLU Q4tiMOCAQOjggGbMIIB1zAdBgNV KatvFzIYImbROw v5 JEaMBgGA1UE EBTA IHG kGdWNOIFBLSTI ExXMTU RMw ErMC RpbmF0ZSB E5sbjMVkHe EyMj 9ISFLZJ9J dWuC3EWuxXcU Dp9FySS ICcobqJgS70W34wxXvbgXTrWvlWRanphiADN71U0U kTPrrJkLPaCVINOLZnpiSgQ9ru 3IbVXAn8MU FgQUbuWw8D4RGjxrxDTFJElm8 DBeMOswCQYDVQOG 7MIG EE BO ry hew DQ Da P4 END ERT MB EGIN EGA1U EChM K ERAN ILI IC ANIL QXZ heWEgSW5jL5 EROAN FaMBgGA1U UF2YXLhHIFByb2R1Y30gUm9vdCB Fw bm MVOXZheWEg OzMzA4 VORI RUP2ZYX1 wwYLYIZ Lm TOX uMRowGAY D U EpellesygWvwAC I3rASpdxufsFwk 5zR
426. ku alofa title This is the job function of a person in their organizational context Optional userName This is the username portion of the loginName field It is an alphanumeric value that must comply with the userinfo related portion of a URI as described in rfc2396 However it is further restricted as ASCII characters with only the and special characters supported This is the rfc2798 uid attribute Mandatory userPassword This is the encrypted password for this user s account A null password is used when the user is authenticated by the enterprise such as with a separate source such as the enterprise LDAP Optional Need not specified value for Enterprise User lf the value is not specified for the Basic user the user will be disabled commPassword This is the encrypted subscriber or communication password with which the user logs can use to authentication with on to any CommProfile SIP and non SIP This attribute is meant to be a shared across different communication profiles and thus different communication services Optional userType This enumerates the possible primary user application types A User can be associated with multiple user types Optional Possible values are administrator communication_us er agent supervisor Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 179 Managing Users Attribute A
427. l IP address Local Port Local SM100 port Remote IP Remote IP address Remote Port Remote port Remote FQDN Remote FQDN Transport Transport protocol UDP TCP TLS Policy Security Policy Connection Details section This section shows detailed information for the selected connection Name Description Direction Link direction Creation time Link creation time Last message received Last message received time Last message sent Last message sent time Messages Bytes Received Received message count byte count Messages Bytes Transmitted Transmitted message count byte count Messages Bytes Dropped Dropped message count byte count Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 433 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Registration Summary Registration Summary This module enables you to view the registration status for all AST devices registered to the selected Session Manager Instance These AST devices are reloaded or rebooted based on the following actions e Reset of endpoints e Full reload of endpoints e Partial reload of endpoints e Failback of endpoints to the primary controller Related topics Viewing Registration Summary on page 434 Rebooting of selected AST devices on page 435 Reloading of selected AST devices on page 435 Viewing Registration Summary About this task This module provides the ability to view the basic regis
428. l data Opens the Export all data page that allows you to export the routing entities data as a zipped file to a specified location Name Description Name Name of the location Notes Notes about the location Location Details field descriptions 254 Use this page to set up and configure locations General section Name Description Name Name of the location Notes Notes about the location Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Locations Overall Managed Bandwidth section Name Description Managed Bandwidth Units Specifies the bandwidth unit for Overall Managed Bandwidth values Total Bandwidth The total bandwidth available for use by any calls between this location and other locations Any attempt to exceed this limit results in calls being alternate routed or denied If no value is specified the bandwidth limit is infinite Multimedia Bandwidth The bandwidth available for use by multimedia calls between this location and other locations This is a subset of the Total Bandwidth value Any attempt to exceed this limit results in calls being alternate routed or denied If no value is specified the use of the limit defined for Total Bandwidth depends on the value of Audio Calls Can Take Multimedia Bandwidth If selected Total Bandwidth can be used for any call type If not selected Total Bandwidth can b
429. l is in progress 2 The server could be down Check the log then check Log Event Codesfor the appropriate troubleshooting action 3 There is a network outage Run a ping test between the System Manager and the failing Session Manager to verify network connectivity Test data distribution and redundancy link This test only runs on the Session Manager It tests if the mechanism by which Session Managers share data is functioning properly by sending a test string to each administered Session Manager The test string is saved by each Session Manager within its respective database After a short wait each Session Manager is queried for the test string value A test failure indicates a potential failure of all link redundancy behaviors and Call Admission Control The test is not run for a Session Manager if the current state of the Session Manager is set to Deny New Service Test Call Processing status This is a call processing sanity test for a specified Session Manager If call processing is working properly the test passes If the test fails contact Avaya Technical Support Test Service Host status This test determines the running status up down of a specified Session Manager The test passes if the service host is up The test fails if the service host has an invalid status If the test fails run the statapp command and other corrective actions for associated alarms on the Session Manager before escalating to Avaya Technical S
430. ld blank Specifies the number lt Leave this field of the switch on which this blank if the host a switch number subscriber s mk should be used extension is administered e Enter a 0 if no message waiting indicators should be sent for this subscriber You should enter 0 when the subscriber does not have a phone on any switch in the network accountCode This is field of CMM Optional data Specifies the Subscriber Account Code The Subscriber Account Code is used to create Call Detail Records on the switch for calls placed by the voice ports The value you enter in this field can contain any combination of digits from 0 to 9 If an account code is not specified the system will use the subscriber s mailbox extension as the account code coveringExtension This is field of CMM Optional You can enter 3 to 10 data Specifies the number to be used as the default destination for the Transfer Out digits in this field depending on the length of the system s extension Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 217 Managing Users Attribute Attribute Description Mandator y Optional Validation Constraints of Messaging feature or leave this field blank miscellaneous1 This is field of CMM data Specifies additional useful information about a subscriber Entries in this field are for convenience and are not used by the messaging system
431. lect to indicate that you have completed your selections 10 Click Commit Note You cannot save a dial pattern unless you add at least a routing policy or a denied location Related topics Dial Pattern Details field descriptions on page 313 Modifying Dial Patterns Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt Dial Patterns 3 Select a dial pattern for modification and click Edit The Dial Pattern Details screen is displayed 4 Enter the Dial Pattern General information in the General section Note that a Domain can be provided to restrict the Dial Pattern to the specified Domain 5 Click Add under the Locations and Routing Policies sections one after the other 6 Select all the required Locations and Routing Policies that you want associated with the Dial Pattern by selecting the check box in front of each item 7 Click Select to indicate that you have completed your selections 8 Similarly to remove locations click Remove select the locations to remove and click Select 9 If you need to specify that calls from the specified locations will be denied click Add under the Denied Locations section 10 Select all the Locations that are to be denied and click Select to indicate that you have completed your selections 11 Similarly to remove locations from the denied list click Remove select the locations to remove and click Select 12 Click C
432. lls the line selection remains on the button last used for a call false The line selection on an on hook station with no alerting calls can be moved to a different line button which might be serving a different extension gt lt xs element name selectLastUsedAppearance type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Whether an unanswered forwarded call is provided coverage EAA SENCMNEING gt lt xs element name coverageAfterForwarding type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Allow disallow direct audio connections between IP endpoints gt lt xs element name directIpIpAudioConnections type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Allows IP endpoints to be connected through the serverd s IP Circuite PEC gt lt xs element name ipAudioHairpinning type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name primeAppearancePreference type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Elements with complex data type Please refer the appropriate elements for more details gt lt xs element name sStationSiteData type csm xmlStationSiteData maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name abbrList type csm xmlStationAbbreviatedDialingData maxOccurs unbounded minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name buttons type csm xmlButtonData maxOccurs 24 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name
433. local host name entries Host name entries on this screen override the information provided by DNS Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Network Configuration in the left navigation pane 3 Click Network Configuration gt Local Host Name Resolution 4 To add a host name entry click New 368 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Network Configuration 5 Enter host name information on the New Local Host Name Entries screen as follows You can enter a maximum of ten host names Host Name FQDN Enter Fully Qualified Domain Name or IP address of the host The host name entries override the information provided by DNS IP Address IP address that the host name is mapped to A host can be mapped to more than one IP addresses and each of these mappings are a separate entry e Port Port number that the host should use for routing using the particular IP address e Priority If there are multiple IP address entries for a given host Session Manager tries the administered IP addresses in the order of the priority e Weight If there are multiple IP address entries for a given host and if some entries have the same priority then for each priority level Session Manager picks a host according to the specified weights e Transport The transport protocol that should be used for routing such as TLS TCP or UDP The default
434. lose Cancels the search operation and hides the Criteria section Related topics Viewing pending jobs on page 496 504 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing scheduled jobs Completed Jobs field descriptions Use this page to view and edit the completed jobs In addition you can also perform the following operations e Disable or Enable a job e View a log e Schedule and delete an on demand job Name Description Job Type The type of job represented by an icon that corresponds to its type The application uses different icons to represent the job types Following are the job types 1 System scheduled Job The job scheduled for the normal operation of the application The System Administrator can reschedule and stop a system schedule job but can not delete the job 2 Admin scheduled job The job that the administrator schedules for administering the application 3 On demand job The periodic jobs that the administrator may schedule to perform non routine tasks Job Name The name of the scheduled job Job Status The current status of the pending job The options are 1 Status Unknown 2 Interrupted 3 Failed 4 Successful 5 Not Authorized Last Run The date and time when the job was last run State The state of a job indicates if the job is an active The options are Enabled An active job
435. lt handleName gt handleType gt sip lt handleType gt handleSubType gt msrtc lt handleSubType gt lt handle gt lt handleList gt lt The below is extended communication profile gt A A lt lt commProfileList gt lt commProfile xsi type ext ASMCommProfile xmlns ext http xml avaya com Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 129 Managing Users schema import1 gt lt commP rofileType gt ASM lt commProfileType gt lt ext forkingPolicy gt Sequential lt ext forkingPolicy gt lt ext origApplicationSet gt Default Denever Origination lt ext origApplicationSet gt lt ext termApplicationSet gt Default Denever Termination lt ext termApplicationSet gt lt ext userCommunity gt Denever lt ext userCommunity gt lt ext subscriptionSet gt subscriptionSet lt ext subscriptionSet gt lt commProfile gt lt commProfileList gt gt lt commProfileSet gt lt tns user gt lt tns users gt XML Schema Definition for bulk deleting users lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 standalone yes gt lt xs schema xmlns tns http xml avaya com schema bulkdelete targetNamespace http xml avaya com schema bulkdelete elementFormDefault qualified version 1 0 xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema gt lt xs element name user type tns xmlUserDelete gt lt xs element name deleteType type tns xmlDelete
436. lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs simpleType name xmlLengthllType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs maxLength value 11 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs simpleType name xmlLength51lType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs maxLength value 51 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs schema gt Sample XML for bulk importing messaging profiles lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt tns users xmlns tns http xml avaya com schema import xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi schemaLocation http xml avaya com schema import userimport xsd gt SiEinis SWUSiene gt lt authenticationType gt BASIC lt authenticationType gt lt description gt description lt description gt lt displayName gt displayname lt displayName gt lt displayNameAscii gt displayNameAscii lt displayNameAscii gt lt dn gt dn lt dn gt lt isDuplicatedLoginAllowed gt true lt isDuplicatedLoginAllowed gt lt isEnabled gt true lt isEnabled gt lt isVirtualUser gt false lt isVirtualUser gt lt givenName gt givenName00 lt givenName gt lt honorific gt honorific lt honorific gt lt loginName gt user00_00xyz avaya com lt loginName gt lt middleName gt middleName lt middleName gt lt managerName gt managerName lt managerName gt lt preferredGivenName gt preferredGivenName lt preferredGivenName gt lt pref
437. lt ipt pbxExtension gt 32134 lt ipt pbxExtension gt lt ipt telephoneNumber gt 42342 lt ipt telephoneNumber gt lt lt ipt expirePassword gt lt ipt expirePassword gt gt far or ol er tar far tar I Gr er Gu lt ipt tuiMessageOrder gt 1 lt ipt tuiMessageOrder gt lt ipt intercomPaging gt 1 lt ipt intercomPaging gt lt ipt voiceMailEnabled gt FALSE lt ipt voiceMailEnabled gt lt ipt miscellaneous1l gt Miscellaneous lt ipt miscellaneous1 gt lt ipt mmSpecific gt lt commProfile gt lt commProfileList gt lt commProfileSet gt lt tns user gt lt tns users gt Attribute details defined in Import user XSD Attribute Attribute Description Mandatory Validation Optional Consiraints authenticationTyp This defines the type of Mandatory Possible values e authentication the user BASIC undergoes at runtime to obtain access to the e ENTERPRISE system description This is a text description of Optional the user a human readable description of this user instance displayName This is the localized name Optional of the user to be used 172 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Description Mandatory Optional Validation Constraints when displaying It will typically be the localized full
438. lt xs import namespace http xml avaya com schema import schemaLocation userimport xsd gt lt Changes in xsd file need to generate jaxb src using this xsd gt lt xs complexType name xmlStationProfile gt lt xs complexContent gt lt xs extension base one xmlCommProfileType gt lt xs sequence gt lt CM Name as it appears under Applications Application Management Entities gt Ske lenen mame WemNameW eype Uxe ssc nino imaxOceuris ian minOccurs 1 gt lt true if already created extension is to be used false if available extension is to be used gt lt xs element name useExistingExtension type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Station extension number that need to be assigned to the user gt lt xs element name extension maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs irestriction base xs string gt lt xS2pabeern valuc 09 le O SSI at lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Template name to be used to create station Values defined in Template will be used if not provided gt lt xs element name template type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Specifies the set type of the station gt lt zegelenent neme set lype ESOS eSicwiiaG mesOeeuies TL minOccurs 0 gt lt Security code for station Value
439. lter Enable Displays fields under select columns that you can use to set filter criteria This is a toggle button Filter Disable Hides the column filter fields without resetting the filter criteria This is a toggle button Filter Clear Clears the filter criteria Filter Apply Filters alarms based on the filter criteria All Selects all the alarms in the table None Clears the check box selections Previous Displays the logs in the previous page This button is not available if you are on the first page Next Displays the logs in the next page This button is not available if you are on the last page Criteria section This section appears when you click Advanced Search on the upper right corner of page Name Description Criteria Use this section to specify search conditions Select the search criteria from the first drop down list Select the operator from the second drop down field Enter the search value in the text field Select following search criteria from the first drop down list e Time Stamp Searches all of the alarms that match the specified date and time The valid format for entering the date is MM DD YYYY The valid format for entering the time is HH MM e Severity Searches all of the alarms that match the specified severity level e Status Searches all of the alarms that match the specified status Host Name Searches all of the alarms that are generated from the specified h
440. main for which you want to restrict the dial pattern Originating Location Origination Location Name Notes Additional Notes Regular Expressions section Button Description Add Adds a new regular expression to the selected routing policy Remove Removes the selected regular expression from the selected routing policy Name Description Pattern Regular expression pattern that Session Manager tries to match Rank Order Priority of the pattern A lower rank order means higher priority Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 305 Managing Session Manager routing Name Description Deny Denies routing for a matched regular expression pattern Notes Additional Notes Button Description Commit Saves the routing policy changes and distributes those to the Session Manager instances in the enterprise Cancel Cancels modifications to the routing policy Related topics Creating Routing Policies on page 300 Routing Policy List field descriptions Use this page to select a routing policy that the regular expression should be associated with Name Description Name Name of the routing policy to be associated with the selected regular expression Disabled Denotes that the associated routing policy is to be disabled for the selected regular expression Destination Des
441. manner e The domain part is normally a DNS domain e The user part is an alphanumeric string or handle Session Manager has special rules for efficiently routing and manipulating handles which consist entirely of digits for example telephone numbers The servers which send their session creation requests to the Session Manager are called SIP entities Session Manager routes these requests to other SIP entities based on the routing rules you have administered Session Manager associates SIP entities with specific locations and can make different routing decisions based upon the location from which a session creation request arrives Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 235 Managing Session Manager routing Prerequisites for Routing Setup This section assumes that the following requirements are met e The System Manager server is installed e All Session Manager instances are installed Refer to the section Session Manager installation for details Routing Routing Routing tells the system which SIP Entity should receive a call that matches the configured dial pattern or regular expression Administrators can use Routing to administer Session Manager instances and related routing policies The configuration data is distributed from the Routing database to each remote Session Manager instance All calls originate either from an administered user of the system or a SIP Entity Routing policies describe h
442. matched the filter criteria If Session Manager displays fewer records than this number it means that not all the matching records are displayed Usually this is done to avoid problems caused by running out of memory In such cases you can further configure or refine the filter criteria in such a way that all the log entries are displayed Call Routing Test About Call Routing Testing Call routing tests are used to test routing of a SIP INVITE based on the current Session Manager administration options that you select You can use it to verify that you have administered the Session Manager as intended before placing it into service or to get feedback on why a certain type of call is not being routed as expected The testing of call routing using Session Manager does not send any real SIP messages It invokes call processing in the debug mode to test routing Call Routing Test page field descriptions Name Description Calling Party URI The SIP URI of the calling party You must specify a handle and a domain for example 5552000 domain com You can also specify a full URI such as sip 5555555 domain com 5060 sometag 3 othertag 4 You can also copy a URI recorded in a SIP trace and use it Calling Party Address The IP address or host name from which the INVITE is received For routing this is the IP Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 455 Configuring a
443. maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name tei maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 6 0 3 gt ZASS TEST eal Che LONS lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name countryProtocol maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value 1 gt lt xs enumeration value 2 gt lt xs enumeration value 3 gt lt xs enumeration value 6 gt lt xs enumeration value etsi gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name endptInit type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name spid maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 1 10 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name endptId maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt 00 to 62 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 6 0 2 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name isMCTSignalling type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name isShortCallingPartyDisplay type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name passageWay typ
444. me remoteOfficePhone type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Defines the source for Leave Word Calling LWC messages gt lt Valid entries Usage audix If LWC is attempted the messages ar stored in AUDIX spe If LWC is attempted the messages are stored in the system processing element spe none If LWC is attempted the messages are not stored gt lt xs element name lwcReception maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt GL LUSSticleictem beage ses string gt lt xs enumeration value audix gt lt xs enumeration value msa gt lt xs enumeration value spe gt lt xs enumeration value none gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Enter true to allow internal telephone users to leave short LWC messages for this extension If the system has hospitality enter true for guest room telephones if the extension designated to receive failed wakeup messages should receive LWC messages that indicate the wakeup calls failed Enter true if LWC Reception is audix gt lt xs element name l1wcActivation type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 gt minOccurs 0 lt xs element name lwcLogExternalCalls type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 minOccurs 0 lt xs element f lt xs element le name cdrPrivacy type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 name redirectNotification type xs boolean maxO
445. mentation gt lt xs documentation gt lt xs annotation gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name Host type Host minOccurs 1 maxOccurs 1 gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name ApplicationSystemType type ApplicationSystemType minOccurs 1 maxOccurs 1 gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name SecureStoreData type SecureStoreData minOccurs 0 maxOccurs 1 gt lt xs element name AccessPoints minOccurs 0 maxOccurs unbounded gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 131 Managing Users lt xs complexType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name AccessPoint type AccessPoint minOccurs 1 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name Ports minOccurs 0 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name Port type Port minOccurs 1 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name SNMPAttributes type SNMPAttributes minOccurs 0 maxOccurs 1 gt lt xs element gt lt x s element name Attributes minOccurs 0 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name Attribute type Attribute minOccurs 1 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs element gt lt xs sequence gt
446. ments such as lt digitpattern gt lt maxdigits gt lt mindigits gt lt sipdomainName gt and lt routingoriginationName gt already present in the database Such an attempt will fail e Every operation in the Routing application is logged to an audit log including the import operation A log entry is added for each element that is imported even if the operation succeeds or fails The log is located at the following file var log Avaya mgmt nrp nrpaudit log The file is accessible through the System Manager Linux Shell Note The Routing elements depend on each other An import operation will fail if the needed elements do not already exist in the database or exist in the same import operation For example import of a Dial Pattern with domain name avaya com will fail if there is no such domain in the database or if an XML file containing this domain is not imported in the same import operation as the Dial Pattern Exporting Routing element data Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt lt Any Routing element gt 3 From the Routing Entity screen click More Actions gt Export lt Routing Element gt 240 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Routing For example to export adaptations select Routing gt Adaptations From the Adaptations screen select More Actions gt Export Adaptations To export regular express
447. ministering ELIN Server scccceeeessteeeeeeeesaees 340 Administrator Port ccccsssceeeeeseseeceaeseeeeeeneeees 25 27 advanced Searching scssccccccceeeeeeeeeeesees 436 441 Alarm List page uss c ccstsiv scecaioestesessatanstesessatetacraaedaedd 462 ALAMIN ArT 459 alar MS porna ee a aei 460 appende aaa a E teed 479 Application Editor field descriptions ce 407 application management page ceeeeeeeeeees 34 49 Application Sequence Editor field descriptions 412 application Sequences ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeaees 408 Application Sequences field description 411 Applications field descriptions s 406 assigning an appender to a logget e 478 AT amp T Adapter AttAdapter cc eeeneeeeeeeennaees 269 Attach Appender page eeeeeeseeeeeeeesennteeeeeeeeenaaees 487 attribute details defined in Delete user XSD 181 attribute details defined in Import User XSD 172 attribute details defined in the Endpoint profile XSD 183 attribute details defined in the Messaging communication pr file XSD nina 210 attribute details defined in the Session Manager communication profile XSD sssseeeee 219 auto refresh log list page ccseeeeeeteeeeeeereeeeeeees 473 AutoRefresh Alarm List page cccccsssseceeeeesnaees 462 Average Sescicdetavetsctesed taechinersdaxtceciasi
448. ministration settings 336 modifying a communication address ee 69 modifying a Device Settings Group Location Group 392 528 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager modifying a Device Settings Group Terminal Group 394 modifying a endpoint profile ceeceeeeeeeeeeeeteees 75 modifying a messaging profile ccc eeeeeeeeeeeees Ja modifying Adaptations c ccceeeesseeeeeeetteeeeettneees 265 modifying an appender eee eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 479 modifying an application eee eee eeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 405 modifying an Application Sequence eeeee 409 modifying an existing Implicit User Rule 414 modifying an NRS Proxy User Rule 00 419 modifying Communication Profiles eeee 362 modifying Connection Links cceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeees 432 modifying data retention rules cee 477 Modifying dial patterns 2 00 2 eeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeee 310 MOAIFYING COMAINS rssi 243 modifying Location Settings ccccecceeeeeeteeeees 403 Modifying locations ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeteeeeeetaeeeeees 248 modifying regular expressions s es 318 Modifying routing policies 20 2 2 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 301 modifying SIP entities ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetteeeeees 280 modifying the default settings cc eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 323 modifying time ranges ee eee cette ee
449. ministrator can reschedule and stop a system schedule job but can not delete the job 2 Admin scheduled job The job that the administrator schedules for administering the application 3 On demand job The periodic jobs that the administrator may schedule to perform non routine tasks Job Name The name of the scheduled job Job Status The current status of the pending job The jobs on this page have status Running State The state of a job indicates if the job is an active job All the jobs on this page are in the Enabled state Last Run The date and time when the job was last run successfully Note The last run is applicable only for completed jobs Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 513 Managing system data Name Description Frequency The time interval between two consecutive executions of the job Scheduled By The scheduler of the job Button Description Continue Stops the job Cancel Cancels the operation of stopping a job and takes you back to the Pending Jobs page Delete Confirmation field descriptions Name Description Job Type The type of job represented by an icon that corresponds to its type The application uses different icons to represent the Job types Following are the job types 1 System scheduled Job The job scheduled for the normal operation of the application The Sys
450. mplate field This selection is required only in case when existing station is not used f Enter a port in the Port field g Select the Delete Endpoint on Unassign of Endpoint from User or on Delete User box This optional step applies only if the station is required to be deleted when the user is deleted 14 In the Session Manager Profile section a Make sure the Session Manager Profile check box is checked b Select the appropriate Primary Session Manager instance from the drop down menu in the Primary Session Manager field c Select the appropriate Secondary Session Manager instance from the drop down menu in the Secondary Session Manager field This is an optional step required only for redundancy purposes d Select the origination application sequencing from the drop down menu in the Origination Application Sequence field e Select the termination application sequencing from the drop down menu in the Termination Application Sequence field f Specifying a survivability server e g Branch Session Manager in the Survivability Server field This is optional and is required only for survivability g Home Location is a mandatory input field to support mobile users You can administer locations using Routing gt Locations 15 Select Commit Note For details on other sections of the User Management page refer to the System Manager online help Related topics New User Profile field descriptions on page 82 6
451. mport the records that have failed during synchronization Scheduling a user import job Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Bulk Import and Export 2 Click Import gt User Management gt Users 3 On the Import Users page enter the complete path of the file in the Select File field You can also use the Browse button to select a file 4 Choose one of the following error configuration options Abort on first error e Continue processing other records 5 Choose one of the options if a matching record is found e Skip e Merge e Replace e Delete 6 In the Job Schedule section a Click Schedule later If you want to run the user import job immediately click Run immediately After you select this option the fields related to scheduling become unavailable b Enter the date in the Date field You can use the calender icon to select a date c Enter time in the Time field in HH MM SS format d Enter time zone in the Time Zone field 7 Click Import The page displays the scheduled job in the Manage Jobs section Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 113 Managing Users Aborting a user import job on first error About this task The user import process may encounter errors at the time of importing users Use this feature to abort the user import process on encountering the first error Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Bulk Import a
452. ms as well as the digit conversion All of these adapters allow for modification of URIs specified using unique name value pairs for egress adaptation For example these can be used to replace the host name in the Request URI with an administered host name during egress adaptation Details are explained in the Creating Adaptations section An adaptation administered using routing specifies the module to use as well as the digit conversion that is to be performed on headers in the SIP messages Different digit conversions can be specified for ingress and egress adaptation Additionally digit conversion can be specified to modify only origination type headers only destination type headers or both The origination source type URIs are 258 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Adaptations e From see note 1 below P Asserted Identity History Info calling portion e Contact in 3xx response The destination type URIs are e Request URI e To See note 1 below e Message Account in NOTIFY message summary body e Refer To in REFER message see note 2 below Note 1 The From and To headers are only modified by adaptation if the fromto module parameter is present and has the value of true See Adaptation Module Administration below 2 Adaptations are only applied to the Refer To header ina REFER message if the host part of the URI is either the IP
453. n London Casablanca 1 0 West Central Africa 1 0 Amsterdam Berlin Rome Belgrade Prague Brussels Sarajevo 2 0 Harare Pretoria 2 0 Amman Athens Minsk Beirut Cairo Jerusalem Helsinki Windhoek 3 0 Baghdad Kuwait Riyadh Nairobi Tbilisi Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 177 Managing Users Attribute Attribute Description Mandatory Validation Optional Consiraints 3 0 Moscow St Petersburg Volgograd 3 30 Tehran 4 0 Abu Dhabi Muscat Caucasus Standard Time 4 0 Baku Tbilisi Yerevan 4 30 Kabul 5 0 lslamabad Karachi Tashkent Ekaterinburg 5 30 Chennai Kolkata Mumbai New Delhi Sri Jayawardenepura 5 45 Kathmandu 6 0 Astana Dhaka Almaty Novosibirsk 6 30 Rangoon 7 0 Bangkok Hanoi Jakarta Krasnoyarsk 8 0 Beijing Hong Kong Singapore Taipei 8 0 Perth Irkutsk Ulaan Bataar 9 0 Seoul Osaka Sapporo Tokyo 9 0 Yakutsk 9 30 Darwin Adelaide 10 0 Brisbane Guam Port Moresby 10 0 Canberra Melbourne Sydney Hobart Vladivostok 11 0 Magadan Solomon Is New Caledonia 12 0 Auckland Wellington 178 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Description Mandatory Optional Validation Constraints 12 0 Fiji Kamchatka Marshall Is 13 0 Nu
454. n the page Service State The current service state of the Session Manager The service state can be e Accept New Service e Deny New Service You can click on the link to display the Session Manager Administration page Entity Monitoring The status of monitoring the selected Session Manager entity shown as the number of down links and number of total links You can click on the link to display the Session Manager Entity Link Connection Status page Entity Monitoring does not apply to a Session Manager administered as BSM and therefore the status will always be unknown 328 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Dashboard Name Description Active Call Count The current active call counts for this session manager instance Registrations The registration summary You can click on the link to display the Registration Summary page Version Version of the Session Manager software installed and has the following format lt major release number gt lt minor release number gt lt service pack number gt lt patch number gt lt build number gt Clicking on a version string displays the Session Manager Version Inventory page for that particular software version Confirm Accept New Service Confirmation for Session Managers page field descriptions Button Description Cancel Cancels the process
455. n field for the Session Manager SIP entity e Change the IP address of the host on which the Session Manager is installed in the Management Access Point Host Name IP field This is the IP address of the domain name of the server that hosts the Session Manager application Session Manager passes the address to the SM100 agent to allow the agent to query the server for the required information To be a part of the Session Manager instances network of an enterprise a Session Manager instance must first be administered as a management access point e Select the Direct Routing to Endpoints from the drop down list 5 Under the Security Module section change the following information if required e Modify the network mask in the Network Mask field Session Manager passes this network mask to the SM100 agent The agent configures the network mask to define the subnet that the SM100 card is to be associated with e Modify the IP address in the Default Gateway field e Modify the value for Call Control PHB The Call Control PHB per hop behavior specifies the type of service and priority SIP traffic from SM100 that you may expect as it travels through the IP network All packets containing SIP signaling which leave the SM100 have the specified value in the DSCP differentiated service code point field of the IP header Intervening routers may or may not treat packets with this value with a different level of precedence they must either support this b
456. n gt lt ipt template gt DEFAULT_4620_CM_6_0 lt ipt template gt lt ipt setType gt 4620 lt ipt setType gt lt ipt securityCode gt 78974231 lt ipt securityCode gt 162 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting lt ipt port gt IP lt ipt port gt lt ipt coveragePath1 gt 1 lt ipt coveragePathl gt KAjHE Hiei gt lt ayjors sea lt ir Corts lOs ot eon lt ipt cos gt 4 lt ipt cos gt lt ipt dataModule gt false lt ipt dataModule gt lt ipt speakerphone gt 1 way lt ipt speakerphone gt lt ipt displayLanguage gt english lt ipt displayLanguage gt lt ipt ipSoftphone gt false lt ipt ipSoftphone gt lt ipt survivableCOR gt internal lt ipt survivableCOR gt lt ipt survivableTrunkDest gt true lt ipt survivableTrunkDest gt lt ipt offPremisesStation gt false lt ipt offPremisesStation gt lt ipt dataOption gt none lt ipt dataOption gt lt ipt displayModule gt false lt ipt displayModule gt lt ipt lwcReception gt spe lt ipt lwcReception gt lt ipt lwcActivation gt true lt ipt lwcActivation gt lt ipt lwcLogExternalCalls gt false lt ipt lwcLogExternalCalls gt lt ipt cdrPrivacy gt false lt ipt cdrPrivacy gt lt ipt redirectNotification gt true lt ipt redirectNotification gt lt ipt perButtonRingContr
457. n pane 3 Select a Branch Session Manager instance from the list and click Delete 4 On the Delete Confirmation screen click Delete to delete the Branch Session Manager instance Note Before deleting a Branch Session Manager instance it should be dissociated from all the related Communication Profiles or associated users should be deleted Related topics Session Manager Administration page field descriptions on page 341 Delete Confirmation page field descriptions on page 357 Delete Confirmation page field descriptions Button Description Delete Deletes the selected Branch Session Manager instance Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 357 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Button Description Cancel Cancels the deletion of the selected Branch Session Manager instance Related topics Deleting a Branch Session Manager instance on page 357 Branch Session Manager page field descriptions 358 General Name Description SIP Entity Name Select a name of the SIP entity that you wish to add as a Branch Session Manager instance The entity must be of type Session Manager and it must be in Sync state Description Description of the entity added Optional IP Management Access Point Host Name The IP address of the host on which the management agent is running that is the host on which t
458. n the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Device and Location Configuration gt Device Settings Groups to open Device Settings Groups page The Device Settings Groups page displays the list of Device Settings Groups 3 Select one or more Location Groups and click Delete to delete one or more Location Groups Related topics Device Settings Groups field descriptions on page 395 Device Settings Group Location Group field descriptions on page 399 Creating a Device Settings Group Terminal Group Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Device and Location Configuration gt Device Settings Groups to open Device Settings Groups page The Device Settings Groups page displays the list of Device Settings Groups 3 Click New gt Terminal Group to open the Device Settings Group page 4 On the Device Settings Group page enter the appropriate information of the new Terminal Group 5 Click Save to create a new Terminal Group 6 Click Restore to restore the default values of the parameters Related topics Device Settings Groups field descriptions on page 395 Device Settings Group Terminal Group field descriptions on page 400 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 393 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Modifying a Device Settings Group Terminal Group About this task You can modify only one
459. n to import a certificate if the application instance requires to contact the certificate provider to obtain the certificate Global Trusted Certificate Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 57 Managing Security The page displays the following fields when you select the Import from existing option Name Description Certificate Name Specifies the fully qualified domain name of the certificate Subject Name Specifies the fully qualified domain name of the certificate holder Valid To Specifies the date until which the certificate is valid Filter Enable Displays fields under select columns that you can use to set filter criteria This is a toggle button Filter Disable Hides the column filter fields without resetting the filter criteria This is a toggle button Filter Clear Clears the filter criteria Filter Apply Filters certificates based on the filter criteria Select All Select all the certificates in the table Select None Clears all the check box selections Refresh Refreshes the certificates information The page displays these fields when you select the Import from file option Name Button Description Please select a file The file that contains the certificates Browse Opens the choose file dialog box Use this dialog box to choose the file from which you want to import the certificates Retrieve Certificate Re
460. n which the Session Manager is installed Direct Routing to Endpoints Provides the option to enable or disable direct routing to endpoints Security Module Name Description SIP Entity IP Address IP address of the Session Manager as specified in the SIP Entity Details screen Network Mask Allows you to enter the value of the Network mask The network mask is passed to the SM100 agent The agent configures the network mask to define the subnet that the SM100 card is to be associated with Default Gateway IP address of the default gateway Call Control PHB The Call Control PHB per hop behavior specifies the type of service and priority SIP traffic from SM100 may expect as it travels through the IP network All packets containing SIP signaling which leave the SM100 have the specified value in the DSCP differentiated service code point field of the IP header Intervening routers may or may not treat packets with this value with a different level of precedence they must either support this by default or be specially configured to do so Different DSCP values are specified in RFCs 2597 and 2598 To be consistent with Communication Manager Session Manager Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Session Manager Administration Name Description uses a default DSCP value of 46 which indicates forwarding
461. nager it associates one of the administered domains with the port on which the request was received Enter the necessary Port and Protocol parameters To remove an incorrectly added Port select the respective Port check box and click Remove Click Commit Related topics SIP Entity Details field descriptions on page 284 Modifying SIP entities Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt SIP Entities 3 4 Modify the Name FQDN Fully Qualified Domain Name or IP address of the SIP Select the SIP entity for modification and click Edit entity Type Session Manager SBC CM VoicePortal Gateway SIP Trunk or Other and any other required fields in the first section If you need to specify the Location for the SIP entity click the drop down selector for the Location field If the SIP entity Type is Session Manager and you need to specify an Outbound Proxy for the SIP entity click the drop down selector for the Outbound Proxy field Select the correct time zone from the Time Zone drop down list 280 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com SIP Entities 8 Enter or modify a regular expression string in the Credential name field Credential name is used for TLS connection validation by searching this string in the SIP entity identity certificate e If you do not want to perform the addi
462. nagerName type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lement name preferredGivenName type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lement name preferredLanguage type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lement name sSource type xs string minOccurs 0 maxOccurs 1 gt lement name sourceUserKey type xs string minOccurs 0 maxOccurs 1 gt element name Status type xs string minOccurs 0 gt element name suffix type xs string minOccurs 0 gt element name surname type xs string minOccurs 1 maxOccurs 1 gt lement name timeZone type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lement name title type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lement name userName type xs string maxOccurs 1 MNO ccurs Orme lement name userPassword type xs string MinOccuas Olae gt element name commPassword type xs string minOccurs 0 gt lement name userType type xs string Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 117 Managing Users minOccurs 0 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs element name roles minOccurs 0 gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name role type xs string minOccurs 0 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name address type tns xmlAddress minOccurs 0 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs element name securitylIdentity typ
463. name This value may be provisioned from the user s enterprise directory entry If it does not exist synchronization rules can be used to populate it for other fields For example Surname GivenName or LoginName displayNameAsci This is the full text name of the user represented in ASCII It is used to support display e g endpoints that cannot handle localized text Optional dn This is the distinguished name DN of the user DN is a sequence of relative distinguished names RDN connected by commas RDN is an attribute with an associated value in the form of attribute value typically expressed ina UTF 8 string format DN can be used to identify the user and may be used for authentication subject mapping Note that DN is changeable Optional nAllowed isDuplicatedLogi This is a boolean indicator showing whether this user is allowed a duplicate concurrent logins A true stipulates that the user is allow to have duplicate logins Optional Default value is true isEnabled This is a boolean indicator showing whether or not the user is active Users with AuthenticationType Basic will fail if this value is false This attribute can be used Optional Default value is false Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 173 Managing Users 174 Attribute Attribute Description Mandatory Optional Validation Constraints
464. nce can be reserved for If no value is entered the default value is 30 seconds Reactive Monitoring Interval secs Specifies the duration after which in seconds the phone attempts to REGISTER with a proxy server when it is not reachable available Range is 10 to 3600 seconds The default is 60 seconds Timer B sec Specifies the duration in seconds that the phone waits for a provisional response after transmitting a SIP INVITE to a proxy server and after not receiving any response from proxy being unavailable or unreachable proceeds to another proxy The range is 0 to 32 seconds 0 disables this feature The default value is 2 Maintenance Settings section Name Description IP Address For SNMP Queries Specifies the IP address of a server that can query the phone for SNMP messages This server must have the correct community string If this field is blank any server can query the phone SNMP Community Specifies the SNMP community name This string is both a challenge and a response for the server specified in the IP addresses for SNMP Queries field and the phone If a server IP address is specified both the server and the phone must have the same community name administered Only alphabetic characters are allowed and length cannot exceed 32 characters Station Admin Password Specifies the code that an administrator must enter ona SIP phone to log in and administer the phone Only numeric
465. nd Export 2 Click Import gt User Management gt Users 3 On the Import Users page enter the complete path of the file in the Select File field You can also use the Browse button to select a file 4 Click Abort on first error to choose error configuration options 5 Choose or enter the appropriate information for remaining fields 6 Click Import Canceling a user import job Before you begin You can cancel a job only when it is in the PENDING EXECUTION or RUNNING state Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Bulk Import and Export 2 Click Import gt User Management gt Users 3 On the Import Users page select the job you want to cancel from the table in the Manage Job section 4 Click Cancel Job 114 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting Deleting an importing job Before you begin You can delete only successful jobs Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Bulk Import and Export 2 Click Import gt User Management gt Users 3 On the Import Users page select the job you want to delete from the table in the Manage Job section 4 Click Delete Job Viewing a user importing job in Scheduler Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Bulk Import and Export 2 Click Import gt User Management gt Users 3 On the Import U
466. nd plugging into a new location once Enter once and the DCP telephone can be unplugged and plugged into a new location once After a move the field is set to done the next time that routine maintenance runs on the DCP telephone Use once when moving a large number of DCP telephones so each extension is removed from the move list Use once to prevent automatic maintenance replacement no Enter no to require administration in order to move the DCP telephone done Done isa display only value 196 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints Communication Manager sets the field to done after the telephone is moved and routine maintenance runs on the DCP telephone 5 Error Error isa display only value Communication Manager sets the field to error after routine maintenance runs on the DCP telephone when a non serialized telephone is set as a movable telephone remoteSoftphoneEm An Avaya IP endpoint Optional Valid entries ergencyCalls can dial emergency calls for example 911 calls in the U S It only reaches the local emergency service in the Public Safety Answering Point area where the telephone system has local trunks 1 As on local as on local sends the extension entere
467. nd monitoring Session Manager instances Name Description address of a SIP Entity You can enter any IP address that you require but make sure that it is recognized by Session Manager If it is not Session Manager considers it to have come from a non trusted host and rejects it Called Party URI The SIP URI of the called party You must specify a handle and a domain for example sip 5551000 companydomain com You can also specify a full URI such as sip 5555555 domain com 5060 sometag 3 othertag 4 You can also copy a URI recorded in a SIP trace and use it Session Manager Listen Port The port on which the called Session Manager Instance receives the INVITE Day of Week Day of the week This is used for testing time of the day routing Time UTC Time This is used for testing time of the day based routing Transport Protocol Protocol used for transportation of the call This is used in testing the routing based on entity links Called Session Manager Instance The Session Manager instance that receives the INVITE sent for testing routing This is used in testing the routing based on entity links Note These are only core Session Manager instances Button Description Execute Test Carries out the routing test based on the parameters that you provide The Routing Decisions box displays the result of the routing test This result displays one line per destination choice For a dest
468. nding job Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 503 Managing system data Button Description Filter Enable Displays fields under select columns that you can use to set filter criteria This is a toggle button Filter Disable Hides the column filter fields without resetting the filter criteria This is a toggle button Filter Apply Filters pending jobs based on the filter criteria Select All Selects all the pending jobs in the table displayed in the Job List section Select None Clears the selection for the pending jobs that you have selected Refresh Refreshes the pending job information Criteria section Click Advanced Search to view this section You can find the Advanced Search link at the at the upper right corner of the page Name Description Criteria Displays the following three fields e Drop down 1 The list of criteria that you can use to search the pending jobs e Drop down 2 The operators for evaluating the expression The operators displayed depends on the type of criterion that you have selected in the first drop down field e Field 3 The value corresponding to the search criteria Button Description Clear Clears the search value that you entered in the third field Search Searches the pending jobs based on the specified search conditions and displays the search results in the Groups section C
469. ndpoint Profile label 6 Click Commit Result The system removes the association between the endpoint and the user The endpoint is still provisioned on the communication management device Deleting an endpoint profile of a user Before you begin You have selected the Delete Endpoint on Unassign of Endpoint from User or Delete User check box while associating a endpoint to a user About this task This functionality deletes the endpoint from the communication management device after removing the association between the endpoint and the user Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management 2 Click Manage Users in the left navigation pane 3 On the User Management page select a user and perform one of the following steps 76 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Modifying user accounts e Click Edit e Click View gt Edit 4 On the User Profile Edit page click the Communication Profile tab 5 Inthe Endpoint Profile clear the check box next to the Endpoint Profile label 6 Click Commit Note You can delete only those endpoints that are associated with a user through User Management You can delete non user associated endpoints through endpoint management Related topics New User Profile field descriptions on page 82 Modifying user accounts You must have permission to modify the user The Edit button for modi
470. ndpoint you want to associate When you select a template the system populates the corresponding set types Security Code The security code for authorized access to the endpoint Port The relevant port for the set type you select The field lists the possible ports based on the selected set type 88 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com New User Profile field descriptions Name Button Description Voice Mail Number The voice mail number of the endpoint you want to associate Delete Endpoint on Unassign of Endpoint Use this check box to specify whether you from User or Delete User want to delete the endpoint from the Communication Manager device when you remove the association between the endpoint and the user or when you delete the user Communication Profile tab Messaging Profile Note You may see these fields only if a messaging profile can be configured for the user Name Description System The Messaging System on which you need to add the subscriber Use Existing Subscriber on System Use this check box to specify whether to use an existing subscriber mailbox number to associate with this profile Mailbox Number The mailbox number of the subscriber The field takes existing mailbox number that you want to associate with this profile This value in the field is valid only if you select the Use Existing Subs
471. nee 494 data replication service 2 ceeeeseeceeecteeeeeeeeeees 488 Data Retention page eeeececceeeeessneeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeaees 483 data retention rules ccceecccsseceeeseeceeeeeaeeeeees 476 477 data retention rules Service cceeeeecsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 477 Deep inspection filtering ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 389 default settings ccccecceccceeeesseessnteeeeeeeeeseeesneaees 324 Delete Confirmation Page ccccceeeeeessssttteeeeees 514 Delete Confirmation page field descriptions 341 Delete Local Host Name Entries Confirmation page field descriptions sinisiraan a 374 Delete NRS Proxy User rule Confirmation page field descriptions cmenn enian 419 delete Session Confirmation page field descriptions 357 Deleted Trusted Certificate Confirmation page 60 deleting een 340 357 419 Branch Session Manager instance 00 357 NRS Proxy User rule ccceecceeeessseeeeeeeeeenaees 419 Session Manager instance c cssccceeeeesseees 340 deleting a communication address seeeeeeees 69 deleting a communication profile c eeeeeeee 67 deleting a Station profile ccccceceeeseeeeeeeetteeeeeesteees 73 deleting Adaptations 0 eeeeecsceeeeeeeeetteeeeeeeeeenaaaees 267 deleting an endpoint profile 20 0 eeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 76 deleting an Import JOD cc ceeceeeeeeeeetteteeeeeeeeeteees 115 del
472. ng call Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Description Mandator y Optional Validation Constraints and there is an incoming call false The Alerting Appearance Preference is set and the user connects to the ringing call appearance callWaitingIndication enable disable call waiting for this station Optional attCallWaitingIndicati on Attendant call waiting allows attendantoriginated or attendant extended calls to a busy single line telephone to wait and sends distinctive call waiting tone to the single line user Enable disable attendant call waiting Optional Boolean distinctiveAudibleAle rt Enter true so the telephone can receive the 3 different types of ringing patterns which identify the type of incoming calls Distinctive ringing might not work properly for off premises telephones Optional restrictLlastAppearan ce Optional Valid entries 1 true Restricts the last idle call appearance used for incoming priority calls and outgoing call originations only 2 false Last idle call appearance Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 203 Managing Users 204 Attribute Attribute Description Mandator y Optional Validation Constraints is used for inc
473. ng Configuration page click a log file from the Select Log File field You can view the loggers in the Logger List Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 477 Managing system data Assigning an appender to a logger About this task The appender where logger logs the log messages Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Events click Logs Click Log Settings in the left navigation pane On the Log Settings page select a log file from the Select Log File field Click a logger in the Logger List section Click Edit On the Edit logger page click Attach in the Attached Appenders section On the Attach Appender page click an appender in the Select Appender field Click Commit The appender is added to the selected logger and you can view the appender on the Log Settings page ON DOO A WwW PD Editing a logger in a log file About this task You can set log levels for loggers which define as to what level of logging the logger logs Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Events click Logs Click Log Settings in the left navigation pane On the Log Settings page select a log file from the Select Log File field Click a logger in the Logger List section Click Edit On the Edit logger page in the Log Level field select a log level Click Commit The log level is set for the selected logger N ODO oO fF W PD 478 Administering Avaya Aura
474. ng a NRS Proxy User Rule Procedure 1 On the System Manager console in Elements click Session Manager 2 To open the NRS Proxy Users page click Application Configuration gt NRS Proxy Users 3 Click New and enter the appropriate information for the new NRS Proxy User Rule 4 Click Commit Note Terminal Proxy Server should be administered using Elements gt Inventory gt Manage Elements 418 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Application Configuration Modifying NRS Proxy User Rule Procedure 1 On the System Manager console in Elements click Session Manager 2 To open the NRS Proxy Users page click Application Configuration gt NRS Proxy Users 3 Select the NRS Proxy User Rule to be modified and click Edit 4 Onthe NRS Proxy User Rule Editor page modify the information and click Commit to save the changes Note Terminal Proxy Server must be administered using Elements gt Inventory gt Manage Elements Deleting NRS Proxy User rule Procedure 1 On the System Manager console in Elements click Session Manager 2 To open NRS Proxy Users page click Application Configuration gt NRS Proxy Users 3 Select one or more NRS Proxy User rule from the list and click Delete 4 On the Delete Confirmation screen click Delete to delete the selected NRS Proxy User rules Delete Confirmation page field descriptions Button Descript
475. ng box trusted servers screen and the Session Manager application entity or attributes for a Messaging type of application have to match e The Trusted Server Name field on the Trusted Server page is mapped to the Login field in the Attributes section Similarly the Password field on the Trusted Server page is mapped to the Password field in the Attributes section e You should set the LDAP Access Allowed field on the trusted server page to yes to allow LDAP access to this Messaging box from the trusted server that you add 5 Click Commit When you add an application entity through RTS Runtime Topology Service it in turn starts a synchronization job in the background to bring all the relevant data from the application instances to the Communication System Management database You can check the status of this synchronization job on the System Manager 32 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Initializing Synchronization console by accessing Scheduler under Services in the System Manager console or the log files on the Communication System Management server Initializing Synchronization Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Inventory 2 Click Synchronization gt Communication System in the left navigation pane 3 Select the Communication Managers you want to synchronize 4 Select Initialize data for selected devices 5 Click Now to perform the initi
476. ng communication profiles Related topics New User Profile field descriptions on page 82 User Profile Edit field descriptions on page 92 Modifying a communication address of a communication profile Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management 2 Click Manage Users in the left navigation pane 3 Perform one of the following steps e On the User Management page select a user and click Edit e On the User Management page select a user and click View gt Edit 4 On the User Profile Edit page click the Communication Profile tab 5 In the Communication Profile section select a profile 6 In the Communication Address section select a communication address 7 Click Edit 8 Modify the information in the respective fields 9 Click Add 10 Click Commit Related topics New User Profile field descriptions on page 82 User Profile Edit field descriptions on page 92 Deleting a communication address from a communication profile Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management 2 Click Manage Users in the left navigation pane 3 On the User Management page perform one of the following e Select a user and click Edit e Select a user and click View gt Edit Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 69 Managing Users 4 On the User Profile Edit page click the Communication Profile tab 5 In the Communication Profile section
477. nges made to the application sequence Commit Saves the changes made to the application sequence Related topics Creating an Application Sequence on page 408 Modifying an Application Sequence on page 409 Removing Application Sequences on page 409 Rearranging Applications in an Application Sequence on page 410 Adding Applications in an existing Application Sequence on page 411 Implicit Users Implicit Users Implicit Users allow administering of certain dial patterns for users that do not register or connect with Session Manager This functionality enables provisioning a set of originating and terminating sequenced applications for such users Viewing Implicit User Rules Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Application Configuration gt Implicit Users to open Implicit Users page The Implicit Users page displays the list of Implicit User rules Related topics Implicit User Rules field descriptions on page 415 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 413 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Creating an Implicit User Rule Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Application Configuration gt Implicit Users to open Implicit Users page 3 Click New The Implicit User Rule Editor page appears 4 On the Implicit User Rule Editor page enter the appropriate informa
478. ngs section specifies the global parameters that apply to all Branch Session Manager instances Under the Personal Profile Manager PPM Connection Settings section specify related information a Select the Limited PPM client connection check box to enable selecting Maximum Connection per PPM client Default value is enabled b Specify the value of Maximum Connection per PPM client Valid values are integers between 1 and 10 Default value is 3 c Select the PPM Packet Rate Limiting check box to enable selecting PPM Packet Rate Limiting Threshold Default value is enabled d Specify the value of PPM Packet Rate Limiting Threshold This value is applied per PPM client Value Range 1 500 default value 50 356 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Branch Session Manager Administration During normal operation Branch Session Manager receives data from a Communication Manager feature server for synchronization to Avaya SIP endpoints 8 Event Server section specifies the option to clear Subscription on Notification Failure 9 Click Commit Related topics Session Manager Administration page field descriptions on page 341 Branch Session Manager page field descriptions on page 358 Deleting a Branch Session Manager instance Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Session Manager Administration in the left navigatio
479. ns c Click Reload gt Reload Contacts to reload only contact details of selected SIP AST subscribed devices On the Confirm Reload Contacts Notification page click Confirm 440 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com System Status After user confirmation a status page appears showing the detailed information regarding the current state of scheduled and running endpoint actions Related topics User Registrations field descriptions on page 442 Failback of selected AST devices Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click System Status gt User Registrations to open User Registrations screen The User Registrations screen displays the list of registered users 3 Click to select the AST Devices and click Failback The Confirm Failoack Notification page appears 4 On the Confirm Failback Notification page click Confirm Result This enables failback to the primary Session Manager Advanced Searching Procedure Click Advanced Search to view this section You can find the Advanced Search link at the at the upper right corner of the page Name Description Advanced Search Displays the following three fields Criteria e Drop down 1 The list of criteria for the search Drop down 2 The operators for evaluating the expression The operators displayed depends on the type of criterion that you have selected in
480. ns and trunk groups Typically this is used for multiple tenants in a building or multiple departments within a company or organization Optional Valid values 1 to 100 Class of Restriction cor This is used for multiple tenants in a building or multiple departments within a company or organization This is used for multiple tenants in a building or multiple departments within a company or organization Optional Valid values 0 to 995 Class of Service cos Class of Service lets you define groups of users and control those groups access to features Optional Valid values 1 to 15 speakerphone Controls the behavior of speakerphones Optional Valid values none 1 way 2 way Display Language displayLanguage The language that displays on stations Optional Time of day is displayed in 24 hour Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Managing Users 186 Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints format 00 00 23 59 for all languages except English which is displayed in 12 hour format 12 00 a m to 11 59 p m unicode Displays English messages in a 24 hour format If no Unicode file is installed displays messages in English by default Personalized Defines the L 530 Hz M 750 Ringing Pattern personalized ringing Hz and H 1060 Hz personalizedRinging pa
481. nt name floor type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name building type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 lt xs element name headset type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 lt xs element name speaker type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 lt xs element name mounting maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value d gt lt xs enumeration value w gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name cordLength maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs int gt lt xs minInclusive value 0 gt lt xs maxInclusive value 99 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name setColor type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt SOME complexType name xmlStationAbbreviatedDialingData gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name listType maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value enhanced gt lt xs enumeration value group gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Nees i gt i J 159 Managing Users lt xs enumeration value personal gt lt xs enumeration value system gt lt xs restriction g
482. nter for a DCP set with softphone permissions This changes to the s00000 type when the set registers Delete station is unassigned deleteOnUnassign Whether the station should be deleted if it unassigned from the user Optional Lock messages feature lockMessages Enable Disable lock messages feature Optional true false to enable disable lock messages feature Coverage Path 1 coveragePath1 A coverage path is a prioritized sequence of extensions to which your voice system will route an unanswered call Optional Valid values Path Number between 1 2000 time of day table t1 t999 or blank Coverage Path 2 A coverage path is a prioritized sequence Optional Valid values Path Number between Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Description Mandator y Optional Validation Constraints of extensions to which your voice system will route an unanswered call 1 2000 time of day table t1 t999 or blank Hunt To Station huntToStation The extension the system should hunt to for this telephone when the telephone is busy A station hunting chain can be created by assigning a hunt to station to a series of telephones Optional Tenant Number tn Provides for partitioning of attendant groups and or statio
483. nter if busy single to cause calls to this telephone to ring continuously when the telephone is off hook and idle and calls to this telephone to receive one ring cycle and then ring silently when the telephone is off hook and active silent if busy Enter silent if busy to cause calls to ring silently when this station is busy single Enter single to cause calls to this telephone to receive one ring cycle and then ring silently gt lt xs element name idleActiveRinging type xs string maxOccurs 1 Me OCE s ON fs lt M sae Oe akin Sdovemall s lt I ugt oe SSE TO IIS rioen the Type tiele ig set TO E323 gt lt xs element name switchhookFlash type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Tf this field is true the short switch hook flash 50 to 150 from a 2500 type set is ignored gt lt xs element name ignoreRotaryDigits type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt H 320 Conversion Valid entries are true and false default This field is optional for non multimedia complex voice stations and for Basic multimedia complex voice stations It is mandatory for Enhanced multimedia complex voice stations Because the system can only handle a limited number of conversion calls you might need to limit the number of telephones with H 320 conversion Enhanced multimedia complexes must have this flag set to true gt lt xs
484. ntities 8 Select the protocol you require for the link using the Protocol drop down list 9 Click Commit Modifying entity links Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt Entity Links 3 Select an entity link for modification and click Edit 4 5 If required modify the SIP entity 1 by selecting the required Session Manager SIP Modify the name in the Name field if required entity 1 from the drop down list and provide the required port SIP entity 1 must always be a Session Manager instance If required modify the SIP entity 2 by selecting the required SIP entity from the drop down list and provide the required port If you want to indicate that the link is a trusted link select the Trusted check box Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 291 Managing Session Manager routing 8 Select the transport protocol you require for the link using the Protocol drop down list 9 Click Commit Deleting Entity Links Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt Entity Links 3 To delete an existing link or links select the respective check boxes and click Delete 4 Click Delete on the confirmation page Delete Confirmation field descriptions Use this page to confirm or cancel the deletion of SIP entity links Button Description Delete Deletes the SIP
485. ntity and entity link is used for both application sequencing and trunk gateway routing BSM accordingly Creates entity and entity link between the BSM and the LSP for survivability mode e Applies the required adaptations to calls in survivability mode 350 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Branch Session Manager Administration 4 If required create a sequence of applications application sequence and specify call handling by CM FS ES which should be the same one as specified on the BSM Instance form 5 Administer users using the BSM as the Survivability Server Adding a SIP entity as a Branch Session Manager instance Before you begin Before starting this procedure make sure that the SIP entity that you want to add was created For a Session Manager type SIP entity the customer has to administer the listen ports on the SIP entity form These listen ports are used by endpoints to connect to Branch Session Manager and they can be used to map different ports to different domains Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Session Manager Administration in the left navigation pane 3 Click New on the Branch Session Manager Instances section of Session Manager Administration screen The system displays the Add Branch Session Manager screen 4 Under the General section enter the following information e Select
486. ntity links for a connection that is down for the selected Session Manager The status displays the following details e Name of the SIP entity Clicking the name field for a SIP entity opens the SIP Entity Entity Link Connection Status page for that SIP entity e Resolved IP address of the SIP entity e Port that is used for connecting with the SIP entity Protocol used e Connection status e Reason for connection failure This field explains how the status of a connection was determined even if the status is up or down e Status of the entity link Details column provides the following information e Time when the entity link was last down Time when the entity link was last up Time when the last message was sent e Duration of the last response latency ms Button Description Summary View Returns to the SIP Entity Link Monitoring Status Summary page Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 425 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Managed Bandwidth Usage About Managed Bandwidth The Managed Bandwidth Usage displays Managed Bandwidth Call Admission Control real time data Measurement of bandwidth usage helps administrators to manage networks with multimedia calls It displays a read only table containing one row for each administered location and provides details on actual call counts and bandwidth usage for audio and video
487. ntity name This name must be unique and can have between 3 and 64 characters FQDN or IP Address Fully qualified domain name or IP address of the SIP entity Type SIP entity type such as a Session Manager Communication Manager SIP trunk or a gateway Note You can select the SIP entity type as ELIN Server This is used by third party E911 services which determines a user s location based on IP address to send the new ELIN to Session Manager in case of emergency call The SIP Entity selected as the ELIN server should be resolved through local host name resolution to use either the primary or secondary IP address Notes Additional notes about the SIP entity Location SIP entity location Select from previously defined locations Outbound Proxy Outbound proxy if the entity type is Session Manager and you wish to specify a proxy Time Zone Default time zone to be used for the entity 284 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com SIP Entities Name Description Credential name Enter a regular expression string in the Credential name Credential name is used for TLS connection validation by searching this string in the SIP entity identity certificate SIP Link Monitoring Name Description SIP Link Monitoring Select the process for SIP Link monitoring Ent
488. ocalized full name This value may be provisioned from the users nterprise directory entry If it does not exist synchronization rules can be used to populate it for other fields e g Surname GivenName or LoginName displayNameAscii The full text name of the contact represented in ASCII It is used to support display e g endpoints that cannot handle localized text dn The distinguished name of the user The DN is a sequence of relativ distinguished names RDN connected by commas An RDN is an attribute with an associated value in the form of attribute value normally expressed in a UTF 8 string format The dn can be used to uniquely identify this record Note the dn is changeable 126 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting givenName The first name of the contact SLiGILieckeUls s Turecieals OnE Tis Groimieevcie middleName The middle name of the contact preferredGivenName The nick name of the contact preferredLanguage The individuals preferred written or spoken language Values will conform to rfc4646 and the reader should refer to rfc4646 for syntax This format uses the ISO standard Language IS0639 and region ISO03166 codes In the absence of a value the clients locale should be used if no value is set en US should be defaulted isPublic Defines if the contact is public or personal Default fals source Free format
489. ode 490 viewing Service Director Statistics 000 ees 25 viewing Service Host Instance Statistics 0 0 27 viewing trusted Certificates cccsssseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseees 44 viewing User Registrations 0 eeeesseeeeeeeeeeeeenteeees 438 X XML for user with core attributes 0 eeeeeees 228 November 2010 531
490. odule sends notification to selected SIP AST devices and displays the summary of the user registration status for the SIP AST Device based on the following actions e Reset of endpoints e Full reload of endpoints e Partial reload of endpoints e Failback of endpoints to the primary controller Viewing User Registrations About this task This module provides the ability to view the basic registration information for a particular user or groups of users Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click System Status gt User Registrations to open User Registrations page The User Registrations page displays the list of registered users 3 Click the Show or Hide link under Details column to display or hide the details for that registration in the Registration Detail section 438 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com 4 System Status Click Refresh to retrieve the latest user registration summary results Related topics User Registrations field descriptions on page 442 Customizing column display About this task This topic explains the customizing of column display of the User Registrations page by using one of the following methods Selecting which columns to appear in the table e Ordering the appearance of the columns e Resetting the column appearance to the default columns Note The customization settings
491. of SIP messages exchanged between the Session Manager server and remote SIP entities SIP messages which are dropped by any of the SM100 components such as SIP Firewall are also logged by the SIP tracer You can trace all the messages belonging to a user for a call or for a selected Session Manager instance The SIP tracer provides statistics of SIP messages within the SM100 framework SIP tracer is located under Session Manager on the System Manager Common Console navigation pane SIP tracer user interface has the following components e Tracer Configuration defines the characteristics of messages to be traced for the capturing engine in the security module e Trace Viewer displays the captured SIP messages 452 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com For details refer to the section Tracing in Maintaining and Troubleshooting Avaya Aura Session Manager 03 603325 Trace Viewer page field descriptions System Tools Use the From and To fields to specify a range of days or time as follows Filter Name Description From Date Date from which you want to filter the trace logs From Time Time from which you want to filter the trace logs From Time Zone Time Zone for the From date that you want to use for filtering trace logs To Date Date up to which you want to filter the trace logs To Time Time up to which you want to filter the trace logs
492. of fields Button Description Service State gt Deny New Service Blocks incoming calls for the selected Session Manager or Session Managers but leaves active calls up Service State gt Accept New Service Allows incoming calls for the selected Session Manager or Session Managers Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 327 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Button Description which were previously blocked using a Deny New Service request Shutdown System gt Shutdown Shuts down the selected Session Manager server or servers Shutdown System gt Reboot Reboots the selected Session Manager server or servers Name Description Session Manager Name of administered Session Manager instance You can click on the link to go to the Session Manager Administration page Type Type of Session Manager instance The type can be Core or Branch Session Manager Alarms Count of raised alarms being demarcated on the basis of status codes as Major amp Critical or Minor or Warning Tests Pass The current results for periodic maintenance tests Green means pass and red means fail Security Module Possible states of Security Module matching Security Module Status existing Security Module Status page The states are Up Down and unknown You can click on the link to go to the detailed summary of the selected security module i
493. oint profiles XML Schema Definition for bulk importing messaging profiles Sample XML for bulk importing messaging profiles Note The following characters cannot be used as is in the XML file You need to modify these characters as mentioned here to use them in the import XML files e Less than character lt as amp lt Ampersand character amp as amp amp e Greater than character gt as amp gt e Double quote character as amp quot e Apostrophe or single quote character as amp apos XML Schema Definition for bulk importing users lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 standalone yes gt lt xs schema xmlns tns http xml avaya com schema import xmlns ext http xml avaya com schema import xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema targetNamespace http xml avaya com schema import version 1 0 gt lt http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema targetNamespace http xml avaya com schema import version 1 0 gt lt xs element name SecureStore type tns xmlSecureStore xs element gt lt xs element name user type tns xmlUser gt 116 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting lt xs element name users gt lt xs complexType gt lt xsS sequence gt SRS lement name secureStore type tns xmlSecureStore minOccurs 0 maxOccurs 1 gt xs el ment name user
494. ol gt false lt ipt perButtonRingControl gt lt ipt bridgedCallAlerting gt false lt ipt bridgedCallAlerting gt lt ipt bridgedIdleLinePreference gt false lt ipt bridgedIdleLinePreference gt lt lt ipt confTransOnPrimaryAppearance gt lt ipt confTransOnPrimaryAppearance gt lt ipt customizableLabels gt lt ipt customizableLabels gt gt lt ipt expansionModule gt true lt ipt expansionModule gt lt ipt ipVideoSoftphone gt false lt ipt ipVideoSoftphone gt lt ipt activeStationRinging gt single lt ipt activeStationRinging gt lt lt ipt idleActiveRinging gt lt ipt idleActiveRinging gt lt ipt switchhookFlash gt lt ipt switchhookFlash gt lt ipt ignoreRotaryDigits gt lt ipt ignoreRotaryDigits gt gt lt ipt h320Conversion gt false lt ipt h320Conversion gt lt ipt serviceLinkMode gt as needed lt ipt serviceLinkMode gt lt ipt multimediaMode gt enhanced lt ipt multimediaMode gt lt lt ipt mwiServedUserType gt lt ipt mwiServedUserType gt gt lt lt ipt audixName gt lt ipt audixName gt gt lt lt ipt automaticMoves gt lt ipt automaticMoves gt gt lt ipt remoteSoftphoneEmergencyCalls gt esc local lt ipt remoteSoftphoneEmergencyCalls gt lt lt ipt alwaysUse gt lt ipt alwaysUse gt gt lt ipt precedenceCallWaiting gt false lt ipt precedenceCallWaiting gt lt ipt autoSelectAnyIdleAppearance gt false lt ipt autoSelectAnyIdleAppearanc
495. olution for IP clients that is IP phones e H 323 Gatekeeper GK GK provides typical H 323 gatekeeper functions to H 323 endpoints in the solution Session Manager provides both the SIP Proxy Server SPS and Network Connect Server NCS functionality that are provided by Nortel NRS Session Manager provides the following information to each UNIStim phone e Primary signaling server e Secondary signaling server e Branch Office Survivable Media Gateway or Survivable Remote Gateway The Session Manager NCS provides network redirection services for UNIStim phones for several CS1000 network features such as geographic redundancy virtual office branch office and Survivable Remote Gateway You can define user patterns which are administered as a NRS Proxy User Rule in Session Manager and associate user patterns with up to three CS 1000 Terminal Proxy Servers in priority order Since a large number of users share the same server set you can administer a range for the user pattern to match a large set of users Redirecting UNIStim Phones About this task In normal conditions all UNIStim phones in the system should be configured with their Primary Connect Server Primary CS 1000 pointing to the local Primary Session Manager and the Secondary Connect Server Secondary CS 1000 pointing to the Secondary Session Manager Following are the administration steps Procedure 1 Point each SIP Signaling Gateway from the SIP Proxy Server SPS
496. omain of the called party a regular expression can be defined Depending on one or multiple of the inputs mentioned above a destination where the call should be routed is determined Optionally the destination can be qualified by deny which means that the call will not be routed Session Manager uses the data configured in the Routing Policy to find the best match against the number or address of the called party Note If Session Manager cannot match any Dial Patterns then Session Manager attempts to find a matching Regular Expression Each Regular Expression is examined in the administered Rank Order and Session Manager determines if it matches the request URI During this comparison user parameters are not stripped however the request URI is compared against each Regular Expression twice The first time the entire request URI is compared Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 299 Managing Session Manager routing The second time if there s no match only user host is compared that is the URI scheme sip sips tel and any URI parameters appearing after the host part of the request URI are stripped If there s a match then the Routing Policies are selected as per the administered Regular Expressions Creating Routing Policies Procedure 1 2 Click Routing gt Policies 3 4 Enter a routing policy name and notes in the relevant fields in the General section On the Sy
497. oming priority calls and outgoing call originations adjunctSupervision Enable Disable adjunct Supervision Optional Valid entries 1 true Analog disconnect signal is sent automatically to the port after a call terminates Analog devices such as answering machines and speakerphones use this signal to turn the devices off after a call terminates 2 false Hunt group agents are alerted to incoming calls In a hunt group environment the disconnect signal blocks the reception of zip tone and incoming call notification by an auto answer station when a call is queued for the station perStationCpnSend CallingNumber Send Calling Number Optional Valid entries 1 y All outgoing calls from the station will deliver the Calling Party Number CPN information as Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints Presentation Allowed 2 n No CPN information is sent for the call 3 r Outgoing non DCS network calls from the station will deliver the Calling Party Number information as Presentation Restricted busyAutoCallbackWi Appears on the Optional thoutFlash Station screen for analog telephones only if the Without Flash field in the ANALOG BUSY
498. ommit 310 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Dial Patterns Note You cannot save a dial pattern unless it has at least one routing policy or a denied location associated to it Deleting Dial Patterns Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt Dial Patterns 3 To delete an existing dial pattern or patterns select the respective check boxes and click Delete 4 Click Delete on the confirmation page Note When you delete a Dial Pattern it is also deleted from all the Routing Policies that it is associated to Related topics Dial Pattern Details field descriptions on page 313 Delete Confirmation field descriptions Use this page to confirm or cancel the deletion of selected dial patterns Button Description Delete Deletes entries for the selected dial patterns from the database Cancel Cancels the deletion of the selected dial patterns Dial Patterns field descriptions Use this page to create modify delete and manage dial patterns Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 311 Managing Session Manager routing 312 Button Description Edit Opens the Dial Pattern Details page that you can use to modify the dial pattern details New Opens the Dial Pattern Details page that you can use to create new dial patterns Duplicate Create
499. ommunication Manager s outgoing INVITE has this history info History Info lt sip 66600001 ny avaya com gt index 1 History Info stn 66600001 lt sip 66600001 ny avaya com Reason SIP 3Bcause 3D302 3Btext 3D 22Moved 20Temporarily 22 amp Reason Redirection 3Bcause 3DCFI gt index 1 1 History Info lt sip 600025 ny avaya com gt index 1 2 In the message sent to Cisco this is converted to Diversion stn 66600001 lt sip 66600001 ny avaya com gt reason no answer privacy off screen no Example 2 Communication Manager user calls Cisco user 60025 The call is routed to Modular Messaging at extension 688810 The INVITE message from the Cisco server contains the Diversion Header Diversion Ken s Desk lt sip 600025 ny avaya com gt reason user busy privacy off screen no The message is adapted and the outgoing INVITE to MM replaces the Diversion header with the following History Info lt sip 600025 ny avaya com gt index 1 History Info Ken s Desk lt sip 600025 ny avaya com 268 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Adaptations Reason SIP 3Bcause 3D48 6 3Btext S3D 22Busys20Here s22 amp Reason Redirection s3Bcause 3DNORMAL 3Bavaya cm reason 3D 22 cover busy 22 3Bavaya cm vm address digits 3D81080000 3Bavaya cm vm address handleS3Dsip 80000 40avaya com gt index 1 1 History Info MM lt sip 688810 ny avaya com gt index 1 2 Remote
500. on the severity level of the log For a log with severity level debug the message contains information about debugging an error Process Name Process on the device that has generated the message This is usually the process name and process ID Facility The operating system processes and applications quantify messages into one of the several categories These categories generally consist of the facility that generated Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 473 Managing events Name Description them along with the severity of the message The following are the types of supported facilities e User Level Messages e Security authorization e Log Audit Button Description Logging Landing Page Switches the mode from Auto Refresh to manual refresh and displays the Logging Home page This is a toggle button 474 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 8 Managing system data Administering backup and restore Backup and Restore The backup and restore functions are executed through System Manager With these functions you can back up and restore configuration data for System Manager and all of the Session Manager instances All of the configuration data for the entire system is kept centrally on System Manager This means that individual backups of the Session Manager instances are not nee
501. onal Note If a termination or origination application sequence contains a CM application the CM associated with the application must be the main CM for the CM LSP that is resident with the Branch Session Manager Home Location A Home Location can be specified to support mobility for the currently displayed user This is used by Session Manager specially in cases when the IP address of the calling 98 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com User Profile Edit field descriptions Name Description phone does not match any IP Address Pattern of any of the location Communication Profile tab Endpoint Profile Note The page displays the following fields if an endpoint profile exists for the user Name Button Description System Displays the Communication Manager on which you need to add the endpoint Use Existing Endpoints Select this check box if you want to use an existing endpoint extension to associate with this profile If you do not select this check box the available extensions are used Extension Displays the extension of the endpoint you want to associate The field lists the existing or available endpoints based on check box status of the Use Existing Endpoints field Template Displays the system defined or user defined template you want to associate with the endpoint Select the template based
502. onds for Proactive cycle time secs The default is 900 seconds Branch Session Manager uses this value for monitoring and polling an administered SIP entity at this interval till that entity is reachable e Type a required value in seconds for Reactive cycle time secs The default is 120 seconds This value is used when proactive monitoring detects that an administered SIP entity is not reachable and changes to a reactive mode Reactive monitoring continues till the SIP entity responds again Typically the value for reactive monitoring should be less than the value for proactive monitoring The default is 120 seconds Branch Session Manager uses these default values for each administered SIP entity unless overridden by the Monitoring options that you specified on the SIP entities screen for a specific entity e Type an integer value in Number of Retries The default is 1 This value specifies the number of times Branch Session Manager polls a SIP entity before it is deemed unreachable The default is 1 7 Personal Profile Manager PPM Connection Settings section specifies the global parameters that apply to all Branch Session Manager instances Under the Personal Profile Manager PPM Connection Settings section specify related information a Select the Limited PPM Client Connection check box to enable selecting Maximum Connection per PPM client Default value is enabled b Specify the value of Maximum Connection per PPM client
503. one for ALL locations and one for the specific location The longest matching pattern is then chosen thus a longer pattern administered for ALL locations overrides a location specific pattern If both matching patterns are of the same length then both patterns are examined for wildcard characters If one contains a wildcard and the other does not then the pattern without a wildcard is selected If both patterns contain a wildcard then the location specific pattern is selected Examples Global Settings option is selected Location Specific Pattern ALL Locations Pattern Chosen Pattern 1303538 1303538 Location Specific 130353 1303538 ALL Locations 308 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Dial Patterns Location Specific Pattern ALL Locations Pattern Chosen Pattern 1303538 130353 Location Specific 130353x 1303538 ALL Locations 1303538 130353x Location Specific 1x 1303538 ALL Locations 13035xx 130xxxx Location Specific 1303xxxxx 1303538xx Location Specific The pattern matching algorithm works as follows e Valid digits are 0 9 e Valid characters for the leading position are and Any other characters are not matched x lowercase only is a wildcard character that matches a character from the allowed characters above White spaces are not allowed e Longer matches get a highe
504. ons Close Advanced Search Hides the search fields Adds a search condition Deletes a search condition Managing logs Logging The logging service provides an interface for viewing logs and their details generated by System Manager or other components The System Manager console allows you to monitor log messages The log viewer displays a list of logs You can view details of each log perform a search for logs and filter specific logs Log detail includes information about the event which generated the log the severity level of the log and other relevant information You can search logs based on search conditions and set filters to view logs that match the filter criteria Log viewer displays only logs that are of type Audit Log Types Following are some of the log types that you may come across when viewing logs on the System Manager console You can view the stations specific logs in the var log Avaya mgmt iptcm directory Security Security loggers gather security logs Audit Audit loggers gather audit logs Operation Operational loggers gather operational logs Debug Debug loggers collect debug information to troubleshoot issues at the customer site These loggers have been categorized based on the Communication System Management components 466 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing logs Debug Station Debug Station loggers ga
505. ons This page has the following sections e Message Area section shows the messages related to those Communication Profile edit operation which run as background jobs e New Profile Values and Profiles to Update section shows the new attributes for the selected list of Communication Profiles Following table shows the field descriptions Name Description Login Name Full login name of the user and is a unique name that gives access to the system Address Handle Handle part of the Communication Address Note The displayed address can be either the E 164 or the Avaya E 164 address as specified in the User Profile page Address Domain Domain part of the Communication Address Primary Session Manager Name of the primary Session Manager which acts as the default access point for connecting devices associated with the Communication Profile to the Aura network Secondary Session Manager Name of the secondary Session Manager which provides continued service to SIP devices associated with this Communication 366 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Communication Profile Editor Name Description Profile in the event that the primary Session Manager is not available Origination Application Sequence Defines application sequences for calls from this user Termination Application Sequence Defines application sequen
506. op down fields select the search criterion and the operator 5 Select or enter the search value in the third field 6 If you want to add another search condition click and repeat the steps 4 through 6 Click to delete a search condition You can delete a search condition only if you have more than one search condition Select the AND or OR operator from the drop down field This page displays this drop down field when you specify more than one search condition Click Search to find the logs for the given search conditions Filtering logs You can filter and view logs that meet the specified filter criteria To apply the filters you need to specify the filter criteria in the fields provided under select columns in the table displaying the logs The column titles are the filter criteria You can filter logs on multiple filter criteria Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Events 2 Click Logs gt Log Viewer in the left navigation pane 3 On the Logging page click Filter Enable You can find this button on the top right corner in the table displaying logs 4 Enter or select the filter criteria 5 Click Filter Apply Note If no records matching the filter criteria are found the Management Console application displays a message that no records matching the search criteria are found The page displays the logs that matches the specified filter criteria 468
507. or a 24 hour time range the end time is 23 59 Notes Additional notes about the time range Button Description Select Associates the selected time range to the routing policy Cancel Cancels the selection of the time range Related topics Creating Time Ranges on page 295 Bulk import for Time Ranges Please follow these rules when creating an XML bulk import file The name of a Time Range must be unique and is referred to by other elements Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 standalone yes gt lt timerangeFullTOList gt lt TimerangeFullToO gt lt notes gt this is a test lt notes gt lt includesFriday gt true lt includesFriday gt lt includesMonday gt true lt includesMonday gt lt includesSaturday gt false lt includesSaturday gt lt includesSunday gt false lt includesSunday gt lt includesThursday gt true lt includesThursday gt lt includesTuesday gt true lt includesTuesday gt lt includesWednesday gt true lt includesWednesday gt lt name gt regularweek lt name gt lt startTime gt 00 00 00 lt startTime gt lt stopTime gt 23 59 00 lt stopTime gt lt TimerangeFullTo gt lt TimerangeFullTO gt lt notes gt lt notes gt lt includesFriday gt false lt includesFriday gt lt includesMonday gt false lt includesMonday gt lt includesSaturday gt true lt includesSaturday gt lt includesSunday gt true lt includesSunday gt lt includesThursday gt false lt includ
508. or matching SIP traffic Rule traversal continues when a SIP packet matches a rule with the None action e Permit If the rule conditions are fulfilled allow the SIP message to pass through the SIP Firewall e Drop If the rule conditions are fulfilled drop the SIP message e Rate Block lf the packets matching the rule exceed a certain count in a certain period block the matching SIP packets for the duration of timeout as defined by the Threshold parameters e Rate Limit If the packets matching the rule exceed a certain count in a certain period Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Network Configuration Name Description drop the additional matching SIP packets for the duration of remaining period as defined by the Threshold parameters Log Type Allows you to specify if a log is to be generated or not and if an alarm should be sent You must specify Log Type when the Action Type is None e No Do not save the rule to a log file e Yes Save the rule to a log file e Alarm If itis possible generate an alarm when the rule conditions are met Log Message The message that should be logged when the log type is Yes or Alarm Blacklist Button Description New Allows you to create a rule for dropping messages from untrusted hosts Delete Deletes the selected Blacklist rule
509. or stations to be used with the survivable dial plan to limit certain users to only to certain types of calls You can list the restriction levels in order from the most restrictive to least restrictive Each level assumes the calling ability of the ones above it This field is used by PIM module of the Integrated Management to communicate with the Communication Manager administration tables and obtain the class of service information PIM module builds a managed database to send for Standard Local Survivability SLS on the H 248 gateways Available Optional Valid Entries Usage emergency This station can only be used to place emergency calls Internal This station can only make intra switch calls This is the default local This station can only make calls that are defined as locl op svc or hnpa in the Survivable Gateway Call Controller s routing tables toll This station can place any national toll calls that are defined as fnpa or natl on the Survivable Gateway Call Controller s routing tables unrestricted This station can place a call to any number defined in the Survivable Gateway Call Controller s Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints for all analog and IP routing tables Those stat
510. osrcd dr avaya com odstd ny avaya com The same value in verbose form 260 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Adaptations CiscoAdapter overrideSourceDomain dr avaya com overrideDestinationDomain ny avaya com All adaptation modules have the ability to replace the domain also known as host name portion of the URI with a specified value for source and destination type URIs on outgoing calls egress and to append parameters to the Request URI on for outgoing calls egress This adaptation functionality is expandable to adapt additional deployments needing further flexibility Phone Context Phone Context is an optional field for ingress adaptation rules and in egress adaptation rules e During the processing of ingress messages If the phone context field of an ingress adaptation module rule contains a valid value not empty ingress adaptation is applied only if all four trigger fields Matching Pattern Min Max and Phone context match the header If the phone context field is empty ingress adaptation is applied based on the remaining fields Matching Pattern Min and Max The allowed format for the Phone Context string can either be an E 164 number which can contain optional hyphens periods or parenthesis or a domain name which can contain only alphanumeric characters a hyphen and periods e During the processing of egress messages If the phone context
511. ost 464 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing alarms Name Description e Identifier Searches all of the alarms that match the specified identifier e Message Searches all of the alarms that match the specified message e M E Ref Number Searches all of the alarms that match the specified M E Ref Number The operators available are based on the search criterion that you select in the first drop down field The following table list the operators that are available for a search criterion Criteri Operators on Time gt lt gt lt gt l Stamp Severit Equals Not Equals y Status Equals Not Equals Host Equals Not Equals Starts Name With Ends With and Contains Identifi gt lt gt lt gt er Messa Equals Not Equals Starts ge With Ends With and Contains M E Equals Not Equals Starts Ref With Ends With and Numb Contains er When you select Begin Date and End Date from the first drop down list you are prompted to enter the date in the third field Button Description Clear Clears the entered search criteria and sets the default search criteria Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 465 Managing events Button Description Search Searches the alarms based on the search conditi
512. ost Session Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 449 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Name Description Manager uses Syslog protocol for sending the SIP traffic as used currently for SIP Tracing Remote Server FQDN or IP Address FQDN or IP address of the remote syslog server Send Trace Method Method used to transfer syslogs either using Stunnel encrypted TCP or Syslog unsecure UDP as mentioned below e Syslog unsecured UDP Traffic is send without being encrypted to remote server as specified in the Remote Server FQDN or IP Address to default syslog port e Stunnel encrypted TCP Traffic is send as encrypted using stunnel to remote server which is specified in the Remote Server FQDN or IP Address to the port specified in the input field Stunnel Port Stunnel Port Port number that remote server s stunnel is listening on Stunnel provides several modes for far end certificate validation User Filter Button Description New Create a new filter for filtering SIP messages based on the users You can define a maximum of three user filters Delete Delete a selected user filter or filters Name Description From Filter SIP messages based on the user from whom the message is sent Type the user string For example a rule to trace all messages from user pqr to from pq
513. oup Button Description Add To group Opens the Assign Groups page that you can use to add the user to a group Remove From Group Removes the user from the selected group Contacts tab Default Contact List Name Description Description A brief description of the contact list Contacts tab Associated Contacts Name Description Last Name Last name of the contact First Name First name of the contact Scope Categorization of the contact based on whether the contact is a public or private contact 90 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com New User Profile field descriptions Name Description Speed Dial The value specifies whether the speed dial is set for the contact or not Speed Dial Entry The reduced number that represents the speed dial number Presence Buddy The value specifies whether you can monitor the presence information of the contact or not A false value indicates that you can not track the presence of the contact Button Description Edit Opens the Edit Contact List Member page Use this page to modify the information of the selected contact Add Opens the Attach Contacts page Use this page to select one or more contacts from the list of contacts Remove Removes one or more selected contacts from the list of the associated contacts Filter D
514. oups of subscribers The default value is 1 gt lt xs element name communityID maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt EEEN CMM seat ilel lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 0 1 0 5 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 165 Managing Users lt Specifies the name that appears before the machine name and domain in the subscriber s e mail address The machine name and domain are automatically added to the handle you enter when the subscriber sends or receives an e mail gt lt xs element name emailHandle maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt MM CMM field gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value a zA Z0 9 w gt aS 9 TESEI LCC LOM lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Specifies the display name of the subscriber in address book ALIEN LINCS such as those for e mail client applications The name you enter can be 1 to 64 characters in length gt lt xs element name commonName type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt MM CMM field gt lt Specifies one or more alternate number to reach a subscriber You can use secondary extensions to specify a telephone number for direct reception of faxes to allow callers to use an existing
515. ow a call is routed when it comes from a particular location and a distinct pattern is dialed or a regular expression is given during a particular time range with a distinct ranking cost for the route to another SIP Entity Locations are used for origination based routing and specifying bandwidth for call admission control Routing and Session Manager allow administrators to define routing e by combining several locations e by combining several dial patterns and domains e for several ToD and rankings e for a single routing destination 236 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Routing Routing of a call using routing policy data Session Manager tries to match the domain to one of the authoritative domains If Session Manager is authoritative for the domain then the Session Manager tries to match the digit pattern 3 If a digit pattern match is not found it tries to use the regular expression table 4 If no regular expression match is found it sends the request to a Session Manager provisioned outbound proxy If no outbound proxy has been administered for the Session Manager and it is not authoritative for the domain then it routes the request to the destination in the request URI If the request URI does not contain an P address then it uses DNS or the Local Host Name Resolution table to determine where to route the request If the hostname cannot be resol
516. ow call Optional Valid entries rings to the telephone when it is on hook e continuous Enter continuous to cause all calls to this telephone to ring continuously if busy single Enter if busysingle to cause calls to this telephone to ring continuously when the telephone is off hook and idle and calls to this telephone to receive one ring cycle and then ring silently when the telephone is off hook and active silent if busy Enter silent if busy to cause calls to ring silently when this station is busy single Enter single to cause calls to this telephone to receive one ring cycle and then ring silently Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 191 Managing Users 192 Attribute Attribute Description Mandator y Optional Validation Constraints switchhookFlash Must be set to true when the Type field is set to H 323 Optional Boolean ignoreRotaryDigits If this field is true the short switch hook flash 50 to 150 from a 2500 type set is ignored Optional Boolean h320Conversion H 320 Conversion Valid entries are true and false default This field is optional for non multimedia complex voice stations and for Basic multimedia complex voice stations It is mandatory for Enhanced multimedia complex voice stations Because the system can only handle a limited number of conversion calls you might need to
517. owing is the mapping of the physical Ethernet interfaces e EthO Management e Eth1 Services e Eth2 Security Module SIP PPM Physical port 3 e Eth3 Backup interface for NIC bonding Physical port 4 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 333 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Adding a SIP entity as a Session Manager instance Before you begin Before starting this procedure make sure that the SIP entity that you want to add was created For a Session Manager SIP Entity type you must administer the listen ports on the SIP entity form These listen ports are used by endpoints to connect to Session Manager and can be used to map different ports to different domains Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Session Manager Administration in the left navigation pane 3 On the Session Manager Administration page under Session Manager Instances click New 4 Under the General section enter the following information a Select the SIP Entity Name from the drop down list b Inthe Description field add a description for this entity c Inthe Management Access Point Host Name IP field enter the IP address of the management interface ethO of the Session Manager server d Select the Direct Routing to Endpoints from the drop down list e For Adaptation for Trunk Gateway select None from the drop down list 5 Under the Security Module
518. patterns gt lt notes gt this is a test lt notes gt lt ipaddresspattern gt 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 10 lt ipaddresspattern gt lt routingoriginationpatterns gt lt routingoriginationpatterns gt aL lt notes gt this is a test lt notes gt lt ipaddresspattern gt 1 2 4 lt ipaddresspattern gt lt routingoriginationpatterns gt lt TimeToLiveInSec gt 3600 lt TimeToLiveiInSec gt lt RoutingoriginationFullToO gt lt RoutingoriginationFullTO gt lt notes gt this is a test lt notes gt lt name gt Berlin lt name gt lt AverageBandwidthPerCall gt 80 lt AverageBandwidthPerCall gt lt AverageBandwidthPerCallUnitOfMeasurement gt Kbit sec lt AverageBandwidthPerCallUnitOfMeasurement gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 257 Managing Session Manager routing lt cac_can_audio_steal_from_video gt true lt cac_can_audio_steal_from_video gt lt cac_max_bwidth_video_interloc gt 384 lt cac_max_bwidth_video_interloc gt lt cac_max_bwidth_video_intraloc gt 384 lt cac_max_bwidth_video_intraloc gt lt cac_min_acceptable_bwidth_video gt 64 lt cac_min_acceptable_bwidth_video gt lt cac_normal_bwidth_video gt 40 lt cac_normal_bwidth_video gt lt ManagedBandwidth gt 900000 lt ManagedBandwidth gt lt ManagedBandwidthUnitOfMeasurement gt Kbit sec lt ManagedBandwidthUnitOfMeasurement gt lt routingoriginationpatterns gt lt notes gt this is a test lt notes gt lt ipaddres
519. pdate Time Displays the time when the user details were last modified Login Name Displays the unique system login name given to the user It takes the form of username domain It is used to create the user s primary handle You cannot edit this field for users with the login name admin Authentication Type Authentication type defines how the system performs user authentication The options are e Enterprise User s login is authenticated by the enterprise e Basic User s login is authenticated by an Avaya Authentication Service Change Password Displays the type in the new password which you want to change Source Specifies the entity that created this user record The possible values for this field is either an IP Address Port or a name representing an enterprise LDAP or Avaya Localized Display Name Displays the localized display name of a user It is typically the localized full name Endpoint Display Name Displays the full text name of the user represented in ASCII It supports displays Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 93 Managing Users 94 Name Description that cannot handle localized text for example some endpoints Honorific Displays the personal title for address a user This is typically a social title and not the work title Language Preference Displays the user s preferred written or spoken language
520. phone gt index 2 gets converted to Avaya IBELSIE IEY LNO IslaLSie ucy LAOS SS Cuno CA y adjusted 7521 testbedl1 com user phone gt index 1 History Info lt sip canonically adjusted 7521 testbedl com user phone Reason SIP S3Bcause 3D480 S3Btext 3D 22Temporarily 20Unavailable 22 amp Reason Redirection 3Bcause 3DNORMAL S3avaya cm reason 3D 22cover no reply 22 gt index 1 1 History Info lt sip canonically adjusted 5522 testbedl com user phone gt index 1 2 The CS1000 adapter performs all the conversions available by the DigitConversionAdapter Adaptations field descriptions Use this page to create modify delete and manage adaptations Button Description Edit Opens the Adaptation Details page that you can use to modify the adaptation details New Opens the Adaptation Details page that you can use to create new adaptations Duplicate Creates a duplicate of the selected adaptation and assigns a new state to it Delete Opens the Delete Confirmation page on which you can confirm or cancel the deletion of the adaptation More Actions gt Refresh all data Refreshes all data Any unsaved modifications are lost More Actions gt Import Opens the Import data page that allows you to import from XML files or zip file containing one or more XML files More Actions gt Export Adaptations Opens the Export Adaptation page that allows you to export the
521. plays a previous and default configuration You can modify the displayed firewall configuration 374 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Network Configuration Configuring the SIP Firewall Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Network Configuration gt SIP Firewall 3 Click the Session Manager Instances button to display the list of Session Manager instances 4 Select a Session Manager instance from the list 5 Select More Actions to retrieve current default or backup configuration or to save a configuration as a backup configuration By default the system displays the default configuration of the SIP Firewall 6 To use the default rules Session Manager instance s a Click on More Actions b Select Retrieve Default Configuration c click Save to save the configuration to the selected Session Manager instance s 7 Under Rules you can perform the following Rule based operations e New To create a new rule click New You can define up to 50 rules e Edit To modify an existing rule select the left most check box and click Edit Delete To delete a rule select a rule and click Delete Enabled To enable or disable all the rules select or clear the Enabled check box e Select a rule from the list and click Up or Down to move the rule and change the order in which it gets executed
522. ponse before timing out Device Type Specifies the type of the device Assign Applications Name Description Name Displays the name of the application instance Type Displays the type of application Description Displays a brief description about the application instance Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Application Details field descriptions Button Description Assign Applications Opens the Assign Applications page Use the page to assign an application instance to another application instance Unassign Applications Removes an assigned application Button Description Commit Creates or modifies an instance by saving the instance information to the database Note This button is visible only when you click New and Edit on the Application Management page Cancel Closes the page without saving the information and takes you back to the Application Management page Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 41 Synchronizing Communication Manager and messaging data with System Manager 42 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 3 Managing Security Introduction Trust Management provisions certificates to applications enabling them to have a secure inter element communication It provides Identity and Trusted
523. pplication sequences for calls from this user Termination Application Sequence Defines application sequences for calls to this user Survivability Server Name of the Survivability Server which provides survivability communication services for devices associated with a Communication Profile in the event that local connectivity to Session Manager instances in the Aura Core is lost For a Branch Session Manager if the termination and origination application sequences contain a CM application sequencing to this application 364 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Communication Profile Editor Name Description will continue locally to the CM LSP resident with the Branch Session Manager Note If a termination or origination application sequence contains a CM application the CM associated with the application must be the main CM for the CM LSP that is resident with the Branch Session Manager Home Location A Home Location can be specified to support mobility for the currently displayed user This is used by Session Manager specially in cases when the ip address of the calling phone does not match any IP Address Pattern of any of the location This is a mandatory field Note Auser s call is routed according to the user s home location except for the following cases e CAC Call Admission Control routes based on actual lo
524. ption Certificate Name Specifies the name of the trusted certificate Store Type Specifies the type of the store associated with the certificate Subject Name Specifies the name of the certificate holder 56 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Add Trusted Certificate field descriptions Button Description View Opens the View Trust Certificate page Use this page to view the certificate details Add Opens the Adds Trusted Certificate page use this page to import certificates from the selected resource Remove Removes the selected certificate from the list of trusted certificates Exports Exports the selected certificate from the list of trusted certificates Related topics Removing trusted certificates Viewing trusted certificates Adding trusted certificates Add Trusted Certificate field descriptions Use this page to add a trusted certificate Name Description Store Type Specifies the type of store based on inbound and outbound connection The options are e All e TM_INBOUND_TLS e TM_OUTBOUND_TLS e TM_INBOUND_TLS_PEM Import from existing Use this option to import a certificate from your local machine Import from file Use this option to import a certificate from a file The file formatis cer Import as PEM Certificate Use this option to import a certificate in pem format Import using TLS Use this optio
525. ptions on page 341 Branch Session Manager page field descriptions on page 358 Modifying the Branch Session Manager administration settings About this task This option allows you to modify the configuration settings for an already configured Branch Session Manager Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Session Manager Administration in the left navigation pane 3 Click Edit on the Branch Session Manager Instances section of Session Manager Administration screen The system displays the Edit Branch Session Manager screen 4 Under the General section change the following information if required e Add a comment in the Description field for the Branch Session Manager SIP entity e Change the IP address of the host on which the Branch Session Manager is installed in the Management Access Point Host Name IP field This is the IP address of the domain name of the server that hosts the Branch Session 354 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Branch Session Manager Administration Manager application Branch Session Manager passes the address to the security module to allow the agent to query the server for the required information To be a part of the Branch Session Manager instances network of an enterprise a Branch Session Manager instance must first be administered as a management access point e Select the Main CM
526. r First Name Displays the first name of the user Middle Name Displays the middle name of the user if any Description Displays a brief description about the user Login Name A unique system login name for users that includes the users marked as deleted It 82 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com New User Profile field descriptions Name Description takes the form of username domain It is used to create the user s primary handle You cannot edit this field for users with the login name admin Authentication Type Displays the authentication type that defines how the system performs user s authentication The options are e Enterprise User s login is authenticated by the enterprise e Basic User s login is authenticated by an Avaya Authentication Service Password The password you want to use Confirm Password Retype the password for confirmation Localized Display Name Displays the localized display name of a user It is typically the localized full name Endpoint Display Name Displays the full text name of the user represented in ASCII It supports displays that cannot handle localized text for example some endpoints Honorific Displays the personal title for address a user This is typically a social title and not the work title Language Preference Displays the user s preferred written
527. r stop count 50 To Filter SIP messages based on the user to whom the message is sent Type the user string For example a rule to trace all messages to user xyz to xyz from stop count 50 450 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com System Tools Name Description Source Filter SIP messages based on the source address Destination Filter SIP messages based on the destination address Max Message Count Value for maximum number of messages matching the filter that Session Manager should trace Default is 25 messages Call Filter Button Description New Create a new filter for filtering all SIP messages that start a new call You can define a maximum of three call filters Delete Delete a selected call filter or filters Name Description From Filter SIP messages from a specific user Call tracing identifies a call by capturing the Call ID from the first message that matches the From filter thereafter tracing all the messages that have the matching call ID For example a rule to trace all messages related to a CALL from user pqr to from pqr request uri stop count 50 To Filter SIP messages based on the user to whom the message is sent Call tracing identifies a call by capturing the Call ID from the first message that matches the To filter thereafter tracing all
528. r 2010 49 Managing Security Button Description More Actions gt Import Opens the Import Applications page Use this page to bulk import application data from a valid xml file Filter Enable Displays fields under select columns that you can use to set filter criteria This is a toggle button Filter Disable Hides the column filter fields This is a toggle button Filter Apply Filters application instances based on the filter criteria Select All Selects all the application instances in the table Select None Clears the selection for the users that you have selected Refresh Refreshes the application instance information in the table Application Details field descriptions Use this page to add and edit an application instance Application Name Description Name Displays the name of the application instance Type Displays the type of the application to which the application instance belongs Description Displays a brief description about the application instance Node Displays the node on which you want to run the application instance Note The system displays this field when you select Other from the Node field 50 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Application Details field descriptions Port Name Description Name Displays the name of the port Po
529. r console under Elements click Routing 2 Click Routing gt Regular Expressions 3 To delete existing regular expressions select the respective check boxes and click Delete 4 Click Delete on the confirmation page Delete Confirmation field descriptions Use this page to confirm or cancel the deletion of the regular expression Button Description Delete Confirms the deletion of the regular expression and also deletes the regular expression from the routing policy that it is associated to Cancel Cancels the deletion of the regular expression Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 319 Managing Session Manager routing Regular Expressions field descriptions 320 Use this page to create modify delete and manage regular expressions Button Description Edit Opens the Regular Expression Details page that you can use to modify the regular expressions New Opens the Regular Expression Details page that you can use to create new regular expressions Duplicate Creates a duplicate of the selected regular expression and assigns a new state to it Delete Opens the Delete Confirmation page on which you can confirm or cancel the deletion of the regular expression More Actions gt Refresh all data Refreshes all data Any unsaved modifications are lost More Actions gt Import Opens the Import data page that allows you to import from XML file
530. r convenience and are not used by the messaging system gt lt xs element name miscellaneous2 type csm xmlLength51Type maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Specifies additional useful information about a subscriber Entries in this field are for convenience and are not used by the messaging system gt lt xs element name miscellaneous3 type csm xmlLength51Type maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Specifies additional useful information about a subscriber Entries in this field are for convenience and are not used by the messaging system gt lt xs element name miscellaneous4 type csm xmlLength51Type maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name xmlCMMSpecific gt lt xs sequence gt lt Specifies the number of the switch on which this subscriber s extension is administered You can enter 0 through 99 or leave this field blank Leave this field blank if the host switch number should be used Enter a 0 if no message waiting indicators should be sent for this auber ien You should enter 0 when the subscriber does not have a phone on any switch in the network gt lt xs element name switchNumber maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt CMM IEE UNe lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 0 9 0 9 gt Administering Avaya
531. r of minimum and maximum digits to be matched in the Min and Max fields respectively The minimum value can be 1 or more The maximum value can be any number up to 36 Add Phone Context as an optional parameter for the ingress adaptation rules 9 Enter the number of digits that you want deleted from left of the dialed number in 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 the Delete Digits field Enter the digits that you want inserted before the number in the Insert Digits field From the drop down list select the value for Address to modify A setting of both will look for adaptations on both origination and destination type headers The digit conversion applied to a header will be taken from the entry with the longest matching pattern Continue clicking the Ingress Adaptation Add button until all the required ingress matching patterns have been configured To remove a matching pattern for ingress adaptations select the check box next to that pattern and click Remove Click Add under Digit Conversion for Outgoing Calls if you need to configure egress digit conversion Egress adaptation administers digit manipulation for calls going out of the Session Manager instance Enter the matching pattern and other required fields The Matching Pattern field can have 1 to 36 characters Mouse over the input field to view a tool tip describing valid input Enter the number of minimum and maximum digits to be matched in the
532. r page and takes you back to the Edit Logger page Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 487 Managing system data Data Replication Service Data Replication Service The Data Replication Service replicates data from the master database residing on the server The Data Replication Service supports the following two modes of replication e Replication in Repair mode In repair mode the Data Replication Service replicates all of the requested data from the master database to the database of the replica node Repair should only be necessary if there is a post install failure of the Data Replication Service e Automatic synchronization mode After the database of the replica node is loaded with the requested data the subsequent synchronizations of the master database and the replica database occur automatically The Data Replication service replicates only the data that has been updated since the last replication Automatic synchronization is a scheduled activity and occurs after each fixed interval of time as set in the configuration files The data from the master database is sent to the replica node in batches Data Replication Service creates replication batches whenever the data in the master database is added modified and deleted You can perform the following activities using the Data Replication service e View replica nodes in a replica group e Replicate requested data from the System Man
533. r priority over shorter matches For example 1601555 has a higher priority as compared to 1601 e For matches of equal length exact matches have a higher priority over wildcard matches For example 1601555 has a higher priority as compared to 1xxx555 For both routing policies and adaptations the pattern matching works in the same manner Creating Dial Patterns About this task The Dial Patterns screen is used to create Dial Patterns and associate the Dial Patterns to a Routing Policy and Locations Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Routing Click Routing gt Dial Patterns 2 3 Click New The Dial Pattern Details screen is displayed 4 Enter the Dial Pattern General information in the General section Note that a Domain can be provided to restrict the Dial Pattern to the specified Domain o Click Add under the Originating Locations and Routing Policies section 6 Select all the required Locations and Routing Policies that you want associated with the Dial Pattern by selecting the check box in front of each item Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 309 Managing Session Manager routing 7 Click Select to indicate that you have completed your selections 8 If you need to specify that calls from the specified locations will be denied click Add under the Denied Locations section 9 Select all the Locations that are to be denied and click Se
534. r the following scenarios A logon attempt is made on a disabled account e The password is invalid The maximum number of logon attempts is reached e The password is expired For each scenario the system responds with a message that invalid logon credentials were used You must contact the network administrator for additional information Related topics Password policies field descriptions on page 20 Editing Session Properties Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click UCM Services 2 Click Security gt Policies in the left navigation pane 3 On the Policies page in the Session Properties section click Edit 4 On the Session Properties page edit the required fields Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 19 Getting started 5 Click Save Related topics Session Properties field descriptions on page 22 Security settings System Manager provides a customizable logon banner that appears when a user logs on to the system The customizable banner is intended for use by customers with security policies that require network equipment to display a specific message to users when they log on Editing the login warning banner Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click UCM Services 2 Click Security gt Policies in the left navigation pane 3 Click Security gt Policies in the left navigation pane 4 On the Policies page in the Securi
535. r this station Optional autoSelectAnyldleAp pearance Enables or disables automatic selection of any idle appearance for transferred or conferenced calls Communication Manager first attempts to find an idle appearance that has the same extension number as the call being transferred or conferenced has If that attempt fails Optional Boolean Communication Manager selects the first idle appearance coverageMsgRetriev al Optional Boolean coverageMsgRetriev al Allows or denies users in the telephone s Coverage Path to retrieve Leave Word Calling LWC messages for this telephone Applies only if the telephone is enabled for LWC Reception Optional Boolean Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints autoAnswer In EAS Optional Valid entries environments the auto answer setting for the Agent LoginID can override a station s setting when an agent logs in 1 all All ACD and non ACD calls terminated to an idle station cut through immediately Does not allow automatic hands free answer for intercom calls With non ACD calls the set is also rung while the call is cut through The ring can be prevented by activating the ringer off feature button when the Allow Ringer off with Auto
536. rameter is labeled Redirection and is inserted on ingress and removed on egress by the CS1000 adapter The Redirection phrase also contains a Cause parameter The Redirection Cause and avaya cm reason are inserted to make the CS1000 History Info similar to coverage history info sent from Communication Manager according to the following mapping Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager SIP Cause Redirection Reason avaya cm reason 302 CFI send all calls 486 CFB cover busy 480 CFNR cover no reply Example A conversion from Avaya format to CS1000 format Avaya History Info History Info lt sip orig avaya com gt index 1 History Info Original Destination lt sip orig avaya com Reason SIP 3Bcause 3D302 3Btext 3D 22Moved 20Temporarily 22 amp Reason Redirection 3BCause 3DCFI gt index 1 1 History Info Final Destination lt sip final avaya com gt index 1 2 gets converted to CS 1000 History Inros History Info lt sip origlavaya com Reason SIP 3Bcause 3D302 3Btext 3B 22Moved 20Temporarily 22 gt index 1 lt sip final avaya com gt index 2 Example A conversion from CS1000 format to Avaya format November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Adaptations CS1000 History Info History Info lt sip 7521 phone context cdp udp testbedl com user phone reason 20sip S3bcause s3d480S3btext S3ds20 Temporarilys20Unavailable 22 gt index 1 lt sip 5522 phone context cdp udp testbedl1 com user
537. reate the backup file in a directory other than the home directory specify a complete path including the file name The page displays the following fields when you choose to create a backup of System Manager data on a remote computer Name Description Remote Server IP Specifies the IP address of the remote server Remote Server Port Specifies the port of the remote server User Name Specifies the user name for logging into the remote server Password Password for logging on to the remote server File Name Specifies the path and name of the backup file Use Default Select this check box to use the default configured values Button Description Now Backs up the data to the specified location immediately Schedule Opens the Schedule Backup page Use this page to schedule a back up Cancel Closes the Backup page and takes you back to the Backup and Restore page Schedule Backup field descriptions Use this page to schedule a job for backing up data by specifying the date and time of running the job Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 481 Managing system data Job Details Name Description Job Name Specifies the name of the job Job Frequency Name Description Task Time Specifies the date and time of running the job Recurrence The settings define whether the execution of the jobs is a recurring activ
538. reen appears 3 On the Delete Confirmation screen click Delete to remove the application entries Related topics Applications field descriptions on page 406 Applications field descriptions Use each field to sort or filter records by enabling or disabling Filter feature Records are filtered on the basis of partial string match and can also be filtered as a combination of one or more fields Name Description Application Name Name of the application SIP Entity Name of the associated SIP Entity Description Provides details about the application Button Description New Enables creating a new application entry Edit Enables modifying the selected application entry Delete Enables deleting the selected application entry Related topics Creating an application on page 405 406 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Application Configuration Modifying an application on page 405 Removing applications on page 406 Application Editor field descriptions Application Editor section Name Description Name Name of the application entries This is a mandatory field SIP Entity List of previously provisioned SIP entities This is a mandatory field CM System for SIP Entity List of previously provisioned CM systems This is a mandatory field Note This selection of CM System for SIP entity associates a Communication
539. region This field is available when you select the Schedule later option for scheduling a job Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 223 Managing Users 224 Button Description Import Imports or schedules the import operation based on the option you selected Manage Job Name Description Select check box Use this check box to select a job Scheduled Time The time and date of scheduling the job Status The current status of the job The following are the different status of a job 1 PENDING EXECUTION The job is in queue 2 RUNNING The job execution is in progress 3 SUCCESSFUL The job execution is completed 4 INTERRUPTED The job execution is cancelled 5 PARTIAL FAILURE The job execution has partially failed 6 FAILED The job execution has failed Job Name A link to the Scheduler user interface You can cancel the job from the Scheduler user interface too Complete The job completion status in percentage User Records The total user records in the input file Errors Number of user records in the input file that failed to import Button Description View Job Shows the details of the selected job Cancel Job Cancels the import operation for the selected job You can cancel a job that is in progress or queued for import Delete Job Deletes the selected job Refresh Refreshes the jo
540. replication to System Manager Status e Test Call Processing status e Test Service Hosts status e Test Service Director Status e Test Management Server e Test sanity of Secure Access Link SAL agent e Test management link functionality e Test Security Module Status e Test postgres database sanity Execute All Tests Runs all the maintenance tests on the selected System Manager or Session Manager See the list of tests that can be performed in the above row Related topics Test network connections to each Session Manager on page 446 Test data distribution and redundancy link on page 447 Test Call Processing status on page 447 Test Service Host status on page 447 Test Service Director Status on page 447 Test SIP A S Management Server Status on page 447 Test sanity of Secure Access Link SAL agent on page 448 Test management link functionality on page 448 Test Security Module Status on page 448 Test Postgres database sanity on page 448 Running maintenance tests on page 448 Test network connections to each Session Manager This test only runs on the System Manager It tests the connectivity to each administered Session Manager If connectivity is up for each Session Manager the test passes Otherwise the test fails Check for the following possible causes 446 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com System Tools 1 An upgrade or instal
541. rewall you must add the following IP addresses to the Whitelist These IP addresses are used by the Session Manager SIP Server Adding them to the Whitelist ensures that SIP filtering rules are not applied on the outgoing traffic 376 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Network Configuration from Session Manager SIP Server and are only applied to the incoming SIP traffic from Network e 19 2 11 13 2 added as a part of default rules e Session Manager Management IP address 11 Click Save to save the SIP Firewall configuration After saving you can review the results of the configuration changes to the SIP Firewall using Monitoring gt Logging from the System Manager navigation pane See Maintaining and Troubleshooting Avaya Aura Session Manager for specific details of the log messages Related topics Firewall Configuration page field descriptions on page 377 Blacklist on page 381 Whitelist on page 381 Rules on page 381 Rule precedence and traversal on page 390 Firewall Configuration page field descriptions General Name Description Version The version of the XML file Description Description for the SIP firewall Session Manager Instances Button Description Load ASM Default Configuration Retrieves the default configurations of all Session Manager instances Load BSM Default Configuration Retrieves the defaul
542. rimary HOStNAME sisisirisi randana eaaa 24 Primary Polte ea aA 24 provisioning Session Manager and Communication Manager CAC together csscceeeeeeeeees 251 Purpose and usage of SIP subscriptions 395 Q quick start to importing users ceceeeeeeeeeeeeee 228 R rearranging Applications in an Application Sequence 410 rebooting of selected AST devices for Device Registration 1 2 2canrdecii dated 435 rebooting of selected AST devices for User Registration Spit lade wedged wee RGSL ae pod deeds ede e OTe bees cae aed 440 Received Request Count sscccccceceeeeseeeeesennees 26 recommended modifications for location based settings E E A 251 redirecting UNIStim Phone cccssssseeeeeeeeeeeseee 417 Refreshing CA Certificate List ccceeeeeeesenees 47 registration SUMMALY 0 0 cece eee eeeeeeeeteneeeeeaeees 434 Registration Summary field description 05 437 Regular Expression constructs 0 eeseeeeeeeee 523 regular expression deletion eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 319 regular expression details ccccccccssceeeesseerteeeees 321 regular expression list cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 322 regular expressions 00 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 320 Reloading of selected AST devices for device registration necra panei nee 435 Reloading of selected AST devices for User Registration E A E 440 EMOVE syiseeecesecccsi
543. ring gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 0 9 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Enables or disables the mute button on the station gt lt xs element name muteButtonEnabled type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt When used with Multi media Call Handling indicates which extension LS assigned to the data module of the multimedia complex Users can dial this extension to place either a voice or a data call and voice conversion coverage and forwarding apply as if the call were made to the 1 number gt lt Valid Entry Usage A valid BRI data extension For MMCH enter the extension of the data module that is part of this multimedia complex H 323 station extension For 4600 series IP Telephones enter th corresponding H 323 station For IP Softphone enter the corresponding H 323 station If you enter a value in this field you can register this station for either a road warrior or telecommuter Avaya IP Agent application blank Leave this field blank for single connect IP applications gt lt xs element name mediaComplexExt maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt xe Gjoencicicucin Welhinve TO S aC ba 08 s5 vy lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 141 Man
544. riority then for each priority level Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 373 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Name Description Session Manager picks a host according to the specified weights Transport The transport protocol that should be used for routing such as TLS TCP or UDP The default is TLS Button Description Cancel Cancels the modification of the host name entry to the local host name table Commit Saves the modified host name entry to the local host name table Delete Local Host Name Entries Confirmation page field descriptions Button Description Cancel Cancels the deletion of the selected local host name from the local host name entries table Delete Deletes the selected local host name from the local host name entries table SIP Firewall About SIP Firewall Configuration SIP firewall controls the SIP traffic The SIP firewall sits at the front end of the Session Manager to control what SIP traffic is allowed into the SIP Application Server SIP firewall secures the SIP traffic by using rules to allow or drop SIP messages based on their sender location and other defined criteria Session Manager stores the current firewall settings for each Session Manager instance in a separate file on the System Manager System Manager uses this file to display the firewall Configuration It also stores and dis
545. rity If there are multiple IP address entries for a given host Session Manager tries the administered IP addresses in the order of the priority Weight If there are multiple IP address entries for a given host and if some entries have the same priority then for each priority level Session Manager picks a host according to the specified weights Transport The transport protocol that should be used for routing such as TLS TCP or UDP The default is TLS Button Description Cancel Cancels the addition of the new host name entry to the local host name table Commit Saves the addition of the new host name entry to the local host name table Edit Local Host Name Entries page field descriptions Name Description Host Name FQDN Enter Fully Qualified Domain Name or IP address of the host The host name entries override the information provided by DNS IP address IP address that the host name is mapped to A host can be mapped to more than one IP addresses and each of these mappings are a separate entry Port Port number that the host should use for routing using the particular IP address Priority If there are multiple IP address entries for a given host Session Manager tries the administered IP addresses in the order of the priority Weight If there are multiple IP address entries for a given host and if some entries have the same p
546. rking knowledge of the following areas Operating systems in TCP IP SSH SIP general Graphical and FTP and SFTP LAN WAN Hostname DNS command line interfaces such as Windows and Linux Overview of System Manager System Manager is a central management system that delivers a set of shared management services and a common console across multiple products System Manager includes the following shared management services categorized as follows e Under Users Administrators Manage administrative users within Avaya Unified Communications Management Groups amp Roles Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 13 Getting started Manage groups roles and assign roles to users Synchronize and Import Synchronize users with the enterprise directory import users from file User Management Manage users public contact lists shared user resources system level presence access control lists e Under Elements Application Management Manage application instances and application certificates Communication Manager Manage Communication Manager objects such as Call Center Call Coverage Endpoints and others Conferencing Manage Conferencing Application Services Inventory Manage discover and navigate to elements update element software Messaging Manage Messaging System objects Presence Manage Presence based configuration properties classes and access levels Routing
547. rsion of the Messaging Box Supported versions are 5 0 and above Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 39 Synchronizing Communication Manager and messaging data with System Manager 40 Name Description Secured LDAP Connection Use this check box to specify whether Secure LDAP connection is to be used Select this check box to use secure LDAP connection else LDAP will be used Port Displays the port on which the LDAP or secure LDAP service provided by the application instance is running For LDAP the port is 389 and for secure LDAP the port is 636 Location Displays the location of the application instance SNMP Attributes You set some basic parameters for specific devices or a range of devices in the SNMP Attributes section You can choose either SNMP protocol V1 or V3 Based on your selection of SNMP protocol you can then set certain basic SNMP parameters Name Description Version Specifies the SNMP protocol type Read Community Displays the read community of the device Only applicable for SNMP protocol V1 Write Community Displays the write community of the device Only applicable for SNMP protocol V1 Retries Displays the number of times an application polls a device without receiving a response before timing out Timeout Displays the number of milliseconds an application polls a device without receiving a res
548. rt Displays the port on which the application instance is running Protocol Displays the protocol associated with the corresponding port Description Displays a brief description about the port Button Description New Displays fields in the Port section that you can use to add a port Edit Displays fields in the Port section with port information You can modify the port details in the port mode Delete Deletes the selected configured port Save Saves the port details Note The section displays this button only when you Click Add or Edit in the Port section Cancel Cancels the operation of creating or editing an access point and hides the fields that you use to enter or modify the port information Note The section displays this button only when you Click Add or Edit in the Port section Access Point Name Description Name Displays the name of the access point Access Point Type Displays the type of the access point The options are e EMURL Use this option to create a URL type access point e WS Use this option to create a Webservice access point Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 51 Managing Security Name Description e GUI Use this option to create any GUI access point e Other Protocol Displays the protocol that the application instance supports to communicate with other communication devices Host Display
549. rules e Delete Delete a selected blacklist rule 9 Under Whitelist specify the following Enabled Select Enabledto allow messages from trusted hosts to bypass the SIP Firewall e Key Select a key for filtering messages for whitelisting from Remote IP address CONTACT and FROM e Value Value of the Key Specify the following values Remote IP address IP address of the host from where the messages are sent CONTACT String to look for in the Contact SIP Header in the SIP message This string need not be an exact match with the Contact SIP header content and can be a subset of the string present in the Contact SIP Header Its value can be a complete or partial SIP URI for example jdoe avaya com for a specific user or avaya com for a domain of users FROM String to look for in the From SIP Header in the SIP message This string need not be an exact match with the From SIP header content and can be a subset of the string present in the From SIP Header Its value can be a complete or partial SIP URI for example jdoe avaya com for a specific user or avaya com for a domain of users e Mask Specify the Subnet mask only when you have used the Remote IP address in the Key This can be used to Whitelist an entire IP subnet e New Create a new rule to allow messages from trusted hosts Delete Delete a selected whitelist rule 10 Before enabling SIP Fi
550. s Edit Displays fields in the Access Point section that allows you to modify the selected port details Delete Deletes the selected access point These fields appear when you click Add or Edit in the Access Point section Name Description Name Displays the name of the access point Access Point Type Displays the type of the access point The options are e EMURL Use this option to create a URL type access point e WS Use this option to create a Webservice access point e GUI Use this option to create any GUI access point e Other Protocol Displays the protocol for communicating with the application instance Host Displays the name of the host on which the application instance is running Port Displays the port on which the application instance is running Order Displays the order in which the access points are accessed Button Description Save Saves the access point details Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 37 Synchronizing Communication Manager and messaging data with System Manager Button Description Note This button is visible only when you click Add and Edit in the Access Point section Cancel Cancels the operation of creating or editing an access point and hides the fields that you use to enter or modify the access point information Note This button is available only when you click Ad
551. s one primary one backup with different priorities 2 Add a SIP Entity of type ELIN Server using this FQDN 340 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Session Manager Administration 3 Inthe Session Manager Administration page under Global Settings section select the administered ELIN Server for ELIN SIP Entity field 4 Create the Entity Links from ELIN Server to all Session Manager SIP Entities 5 Import certificates using TLS link between Session Manager and ELIN server This is required only if the entity link is of TLS type Note OPTIONS monitoring is enabled between Session Manager and ELIN Server This applies to all entity links and you should not disable it Delete Confirmation page field descriptions Button Description Delete Deletes the selectedSession Manager instance Cancel Cancels the deletion of the selected Session Manager instance Related topics Deleting a Session Manager instance on page 340 Session Manager Administration page field descriptions Global Settings Name Description Save Global Settings Configures global settings of all the configured session manager instances Allow Unauthenticated Emergency Calls Specifies whether to allow unauthenticated users to make emergency calls Allow Unsecured PPM Traffic Enables PPM traffic over HTTP so that it can continue to process phone lo
552. s a duplicate of the selected dial pattern and assigns a new state to it Delete Opens the Delete Confirmation page on which you can confirm or cancel the deletion of the dial pattern More Actions gt Refresh all data Refreshes all data Any unsaved modifications are lost More Actions gt Dial Pattern Report Displays Dial Patterns and the corresponding Locations Routing Policies and Domains More Actions gt Import Opens the Import data page that allows you to import from XML files or zip file containing one or more XML files Data More Actions gt Import Provider Specific Opens the Import Provider Specific Data page that allows you to import provider specific data from a file that you can specify by browsing More Actions gt Export Dial Patterns Opens the Export Dial Patterns page that allows you to export the dial patterns data as an XML file to a specified location Data More Actions gt Export Provider Specific Opens the Export Provider Specific Data page that allows you to export provider specific data as an XML file to a specified location More Actions gt Export all data Opens the Export all data page that allows you to export data for all the routing entities as a zipped file to a specified location Name Description Pattern Dial pattern to match The pattern can have between 1 and 36 characters Roll over the field for the valid pattern
553. s attribute gt lt xs attribute name snmpTimeout type xs long use required gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name deviceTypeName type xs string gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name sysOid type xs string gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name Host gt lt xs annotation gt lt xs documentation gt lt xs documentation gt lt xs annotation gt lt xs attribute name ipaddress type xs string use required gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name description type xs string gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name ostype type xs string gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name ApplicationSystemType gt lt xs annotation gt lt xs documentation gt lt xs documentation gt lt xs annotation gt lt xs attribute name name type xs string use required gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name version type xs string use required gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name AccessPoint gt lt xs annotation gt lt xs documentation gt lt xs documentation gt lt xs annotation gt lt xs attribute name name type xs string use required gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name description type xs string gt lt xs attribute gt lt xs attribute name displaykey type xs string gt lt xs attribut
554. s attribute is provided as a convenience to track such accounts A true stipulates this is a virtual users a false is used for human users Default value is false givenName The first name of the user honorific The personal title used to address a user This is typically a social title and not the work title which is contained in the title attribute This attribute can map to PersonalTitle loginName This is the unique system login name given to the user It can take the form of username domain or just username This may vary across customers It can be used to help provision default user handles in the CSHandle table The usernam is an alphanumeric value that must comply with the userinfo related portion of a URI as described in rfc2396 However it is further restricted as ASCII characters with only the _ and special characters supported This is the rfc2798 uid attribute middleName The middle name of the user managerName Text name of the users manager This is a free formed field and does not require the users manager to also be a user of the solution This attribute was requested to support reporting needs preferredGivenName The preferred first name of the user preferredLanguage The individuals preferred written or spoken language Values will conform to rfc4646 and the reader should refer to rfc4646 for syntax This format uses the ISO standard Language IS0639 and region IS03166 codes In the absence of a value the clients locale should be use
555. s format is the string that should be appended to the Request URI The string must conform to the augmented BNF defined for the SIP Request URI in RFC3261 A leading is optional Entry user phone custApp 1 is equivalent to user phone custApp 1 d Enter description about the adaptation module in the Notes field Click Add under Digit Conversion for Incoming Calls if you need to configure ingress digit conversion Ingress adaptation is used to administer digit manipulation for calls coming into the Session Manager instance Enter the matching pattern and other required fields The Matching Pattern field can have 1 to 36 characters Mouse over the input field to view a tool tip describing valid input Enter the number of minimum and maximum digits to be matched in the Min and Max fields respectively The minimum value can be 1 or more The maximum value can be 36 8 Add Phone Context as an optional parameter for the ingress adaptation rules 9 Enter the number of digits that you want deleted from left of the dialed number in 10 12 13 14 the Delete Digits field Enter the digits that you want inserted before the number in the Insert Digits field From the drop down list select the value for Address to modify A setting of both will look for adaptations on both origination and destination type headers The digit conversion applied to a header will be taken from the entry with the longest mat
556. s of the backup The values are e SUCCESS e FAILED Backup Time Specifies the time of backup Backup Mode The mode defines whether the backup is manual or automatic Backup Type The type defines whether the backup is a local or remote backup User The user who has performed the backup Button Description Backup Opens the Backup page Use this page to back up data on a specified local or remote location Restore Opens the Restore page Use this page to restore data to a specified local or remote location Backup field descriptions Use this page to backup the System Manager data on a local or a remote location You can also use this page to schedule a backup job Name Description Type Specifies the type of computer on which you want to back up the application data The options are e Local The data is backed up on a local computer e Remote The data is backed up ona remote computer The page displays the following fields when you choose to create a backup of System Manager data on a local computer 480 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Administering backup and restore Name Description File Name Specifies the name of the file that identifies the backup If you specify only the file name System Manager creates a backup file in the home directory of the specified user If you want to c
557. s or zip file containing one or more XML files More Actions gt Export Regular Expressions Opens the Export Regular Expressions page that allows you to export the regular expressions data as an XML file toa specified location More Actions gt Export all data Opens the Export all data page that allows you to export data for all entities as a zipped file to a specified location Name Description Pattern Regular expression pattern that Session Manager tries to match Rank Order Priority of the pattern A lower rank order means higher priority Deny Denies routing for a matched regular expression pattern Notes Additional notes about the regular expression pattern Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Regular Expressions Regular Expression Details field descriptions Use this page to specify the regular expression details General Name Description Pattern Regular expression pattern that Session Manager tries to match Refer to the Appendix B Regular Expression constructs for details Rank Order Priority of the pattern A lower rank order means higher priority Deny Denies routing for a matched regular expression pattern Notes Additional notes about the regular expression pattern Routing Policy Button Description Add Associates a
558. s string gt 150 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting Gus soancicenan werk OS 4 0 lO S sews lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt A softphone can register no matter what emergency call handling settings the user has entered into the softphone If a softphone dials 911 the administered Emergency Location Extension is used The softphone s user entered settings are ignored If an IP telephone dials 911 the administered Emergency Location Extension is used If a call center agent dials 911 the physical station extension is displayed overriding the administered LoginID for ISDN Display Does not apply to SCCAN wireless telephones or to extensions administered as type o SAS gt lt xs element name alwaysUse type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Activates or deactivates Precedence Call Waiting for this station gt lt xs element name precedenceCallWaiting type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Enables or disables automatic selection of any idle appearance for transferred or conferenced calls Communication Manager first attempts to find an idle appearance that has the same extension number as the call being transferred or conferenced has If that attempt fails Communication Manager selects the first idle
559. s teeters rota Seer ee Teer nes ert ee re rer rte near yentce terete 257 PC ANNE oiia 258 lora Dii ece TShL a g e i exc ds neces AE A E A ndcaa ded sauna dead A N A EAN NNE 258 Adapiation module administalon sssrsrisssirinnisnui nni aE ii 259 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 7 8 Crealing FISTS RING ciiin E E a 261 PTs TAUNTS cites AAN EAN EAA 263 Moding Ada NENA enen ee aa i EE REA 265 Lp eC Pk ano aa E hd apdixebetiurstesasridsd 267 Delete Confirmation field descriptions 0 cee errr Sew eT err cere rr So rrer errr ore et ore 267 msaled vendor adapo Sposina E icin eens maiannad ainda a 268 Adapanons eld BSCS dooce sida ear aacdidearvadnanaderoaandeadouttbaie seni audideentanncn tdses aaudduonsaainedstbencdices 271 Adaptation Details field Geseriptons iscissiciccasssnicensesinamnssicasanetempetceensanndaesscitnaceavaveveanteaenaesstasectoann 272 BUK TOPON tOr hes EIS aeaa EEA EOE EES 275 SIP ENUE Secs A A a n a 276 ADOT IP EPI annaa Carer ee trey er ere eer reniere Co merne tract mats terre rn Tener nr 276 Authentication BT mised SIP SNS eanan E a 277 IP PACU AIS AT layer VAa isani a naa aki a aa a AAAA 277 TRS Tra M eai R 277 Cre etiam oinn S a 278 Menryno SNS Enie a 280 Deleting alr ERINE E ierann AAE AA eae 282 Delete Confirmation field descriptionS ceee ee Geetebnieds E E E 282 SIP Enies ten description esanean A E TN aaa 282 SIP Epit Details held Gest ANON Szadi i SiS 284 SIP
560. s the name of the host on which the application instance is running Port Displays the port on which the application instance is running Order Displays the order in which the access points are accessed Button Description New Displays fields in the Access Point section that you can use to add port details Edit Displays fields in the Access Point section that allows you to modify the selected port details Delete Deletes the selected access point These fields appear when you click Add or Edit in the Access Point section Name Description Name Displays the name of the access point Access Point Type Displays the type of the access point The options are e EMURL Use this option to create a URL type access point e WS Use this option to create a Webservice access point e GUI Use this option to create any GUI access point e Other Protocol Displays the protocol for communicating with the application instance Host Displays the name of the host on which the application instance is running 52 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Application Details field descriptions Name Description Port Displays the port on which the application instance is running Order Displays the order in which the access points are accessed Button Description Save Saves the access point details
561. sdduGyietanclaagntenantetey 27 B ID ACKUD ae sss cares cuseenssuddegeasveasVeryuduis levees E 475 backup and restore esceceeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 475 Backup And Restore page cecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 479 November 2010 525 Backup Hostname cccccccccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 24 Backup Page weicidenteas tidied eentineined 480 Backup POM sssi iorta a 24 Bounced Requests Count cc ssseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 26 Branch Session Manager ccccceceee 351 354 357 adding SIP entities as Branch Session Manager 351 deleting a Branch Session Manager 05 357 modifying administration settings ee 354 viewing administration settings eeeeeeeeee 354 Branch Session Manager Administration page field CESCIIPTIONS siiani ai 341 Branch Session Manager page field descriptions 358 Bulk Import example for Adaptations 0 cce 275 Bulk Import example for Dial Patterns 2 316 Bulk Import example for Domains 2 00ceee 246 Bulk Import example for Entity Links e 294 Bulk Import example for Locations ceeeee 257 Bulk Import example for Regular Expressions 322 Bulk Import example for Routing Policies 307 Bulk Import example for SIP Entities e 286 Bulk Import example for Time Ranges 000008 298 bulk import XML for users with SIP phone
562. seconds allows a user to disconnect a multimedia call and then make another multimedia call Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 193 Managing Users 194 Attribute Attribute Description Mandator y Optional Validation Constraints without having to wait for the service link to disconnect and re establish Permanent Multimedia call center agents and other users who are constantly making or receiving multimedia calls might want to be administered with this service link mode The permanent mode service link will be connected during the station s first multimedia call and will remain in a connected state until the user disconnects from their PC s multimedia application or the Avaya DEFINITY Server restarts This provides a multimedia user with a much quicker video cut through when answering a multimedia call from another permanent mode station ora multimedia call that has been early answered multimediaMode There are two multimedia modes Basic and Enhanced Optional Basic A Basic multimedia complex consists of a BRIconnected multimedia equipped PC and a non BRI connected multifunction Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Description Mandator y Optional Validation Constraints
563. sers cannot address messages to the subscriber November 2010 215 Managing Users 216 Messaging specific data Specifies additional useful information about a subscriber Entries in this field are for convenience and are not used by the messaging system Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints miscellaneous1 This is field of Max length 51 miscellaneous2 This is field of Messaging specific data Specifies additional useful information about a subscriber Entries in this field are for convenience and are not used by the messaging system Max length 51 miscellaneous3 This is field of Messaging specific data Specifies additional useful information about a subscriber Entries in this field are for convenience and are not used by the messaging system Max length 51 miscellaneous4 This is field of Messaging specific data Specifies additional useful information about a subscriber Entries in this field are for convenience and are not used by the messaging system Max length 51 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints cmmSpecific This is field of Optional You can enter 0 Messaging specific through 99 or leave data this fie
564. sers page select a job from the table in the Manage Job section 4 Click the link displayed under the Job Name column The Scheduler page displays the details of the job You can perform operations on the job that the Scheduler supports for the job Viewing details of a user importing job Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Bulk Import and Export 2 Click Import gt User Management gt Users 3 On the Import Users page select the job you want to view from the table in the Manage Job section Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 115 Managing Users 4 Click View Job The Job Detail page displays the details of the selected job List of XML Schema Definitions and sample XMLs for bulk import Following is the list of XML Schema Definition and XML code snippets for bulk importing users global setting records roles elements endpoint profiles messaging profiles and Session Manager profiles XML Schema Definition for bulk importing users Sample XML for bulk importing users with minimal attributes Sample XML for bulk importing users with all attributes XML Schema Definition for bulk deleting users Sample XML for bulk deleting users XML Schema Definition for bulk importing Session Manager profiles Sample XML for bulk importing Session Manager profiles XML Schema Definition for bulk importing endpoint profiles Sample XML for bulk importing endp
565. sibly resulting in the entire call being blocked Media requests for bandwidth beneath this minimum will not be blocked this is solely a restriction on Session Manager s ability to modify requests Default value is 64 Kbit sec and the range is 64 15360 Kbit sec Default Audio Bandwidth The audio bandwidth assumed to be used by a Call originating in this location that does not explicitly specify its bandwidth needs using the Session Description Protocol SDP Such calls are assumed to be of audio type only Default value is 80 Kbit sec and the range is 0 15360 Kbit sec Location Pattern section Name Description IP Address Pattern The IP address pattern that should be matched for the location For example e 135 12x 121 e 13x 1xx e 135 e 135 12x 121 123 Note Pattern can also accept IP address range Example 10 0 0 1 10 0 0 5 IP address mask is also a valid pattern Example 135 9 0 0 16 Button Description Add Adds an IP address pattern to match for the location Remove Removes the IP address pattern to match for the location 256 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Locations Button Description Commit Modifications made to the Location are saved Cancel Modifications made to the Location are not saved Related topics Creating Locations on page 247 Bulk import for Loca
566. sion Manager instance is selected this Session Manager will provide continued service to SIP devices associated with this Communication Profile in the event that the primary Session Manager is not available A selection is optional Origination Application Sequence Select an Application Sequence that will be invoked when calls are routed from this user A selection is optional Note if both an origination and a termination application sequence are specified and each contains a CM application the CM should be the same in both sequences Termination Application Sequence Select an Application Sequence that will be invoked when calls are routed to this user A selection is optional Note If both an origination and a termination application sequence are specified and each contains a CM application the CM should be the same in both sequences Survivability Server For local survivability a Survivability Server can be specified to provide survivability communication services for devices associated with a Communication Profile in the event that local connectivity to Session Manager instances in the Aura Core is lost Ifa Branch Session Manager is selected and the termination and origination application sequences contain a CM application sequencing to this application will continue locally to the CM LSP resident with the Branch Session Manager A selection is optional Note if a termination or origination
567. sion Manager is not available A selection is optional Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 97 Managing Users Name Description Origination Application Sequence Select an Application Sequence that will be invoked when calls are routed from this user A selection is optional Note If both an origination and a termination application sequence are specified and each contains a Communication Manager application the Communication Manager should be the same in both sequences Termination Application Sequence Select an Application Sequence that will be invoked when calls are routed to this user A selection is optional Note If both an origination and a termination application sequence are specified and each contains a Communication Manager application the Communication Manager should be the same in both sequences Survivability Server For local survivability a Survivability Server can be specified to provide survivability communication services for devices associated with a Communication Profile in the event that local connectivity to Session Manager instances in the Aura Core is lost Ifa Branch Session Manager is selected and the termination and origination application sequences contain a Communication Manager application sequencing to this application will continue locally to the Communication Manager LSP resident with the Branch Session Manager A selection is opti
568. sive value 0 gt lt xs maxInclusive value 100 gt Gf RSG PESC OSL ENE LONS lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name listType maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value enhanced gt lt xs enumeration value group gt lt xs enumeration value personal gt lt xs enumeration value system gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name listId type xs int maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name specialDialingOption maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value default gt lt xs enumeration value hot line gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name specialDialingAbbrDialCode maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs maxLength value 4 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name xmlStationHotLineData gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name hotLineDestAbbrevList maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs int gt lt xs minInclusive value 1 gt lt xs maxInclusive value 3 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType
569. spattern gt 3 lt ipaddresspattern gt lt routingoriginationpatterns gt lt routingoriginationpatterns gt lt notes gt this is a test lt notes gt lt ipaddresspattern gt 2 3 4 5 lt ipaddresspattern gt lt routingoriginationpatterns gt lt TimeToLiveInSec gt 3600 lt TimeToLivelInSec gt lt RoutingoriginationFullToO gt lt routingoriginationFullTOList gt Adaptations About Adaptations You can optionally use Adaptations to modify SIP messages that are leaving a Session Manager instance egress adaptation and that are entering a Session Manager instance ingress adaptation This adaptation function is needed to convert strings containing calling and called party numbers from the local dialplan of a SIP entity to the dialplan administered on the Session Manager and vice versa Adaptation is also needed when other SIP entities require special SIP protocol conventions Each administered SIP entity may have its own unique adaptation or one adaptation can be shared among multiple entities Adaptations are implemented as software modules that can be created and deployed to fit the needs of the system Session Manager includes a module called DigitConversionAdapter which can convert digit strings in various message headers as well as hostnames in the Request URI and other headers It also contains adaptation modules which do protocol conversions such as for AT amp T Verizon Cisco and Nortel syste
570. ss Password This password is used by an external CDR processing adjunct for connecting to Session Manager and to transfer the generated CDR files Normally the adjunct logs in as CDR_User user ID with a default password The password that you specify here becomes the default password Once the CDR adjunct logs in using sftp it is automatically placed in the Session Manager CDR home directory of the CDR_User which is var home ftp CDR Confirm Password Enter the same password to confirm Personal Profile Manager PPM Connection Settings Name Description Limited PPM client connection Enables selecting Maximum Connection per PPM client Default value is Enabled Maximum Connection per PPM client Valid values are integers between 1 and 10 Default value is 3 PPM Packet Rate Limiting Enables selecting PPM Packet Rate Limiting Threshold Default value is enabled PPM Packet Rate Limiting Threshold This value is applied per PPM client Value Range 1 500 default value 50 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 347 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Event Server Name Description Clear Subscription on Notification Failure Specifies the option to clear Subscription on Notification Failure Button Description Cancel Cancels the Session Manager addition operation Commit
571. ssbeensaendcsananunauind 43 Meie oTa a a AEP E ser eRltunri see TA E E apa A S A dass E E cada E ET A din N E 43 Setting SCEP enrollment password iiri eens A irea 43 Adding a Session Manager applic atiota osinaren aaia aia ii aa Eia 44 Viewing tusted SO css seicscetcisciansarda sncetansnegsdccsanueeteisisdesom aE AE Aa ar P Aana N E Sa 44 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 5 Adding trusted Certificates cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeee ee ee E E E TE E aetestiats 45 Exporting the Session Manager Ein f i Esenin iiini iiien PRAET I AE ET 46 Removing trusted certificates E E E PE E A aiiis 47 Reireshno CA Cerniicate Lisboara a areas eure aan dane Ista 47 Viewing identity certificates ee PE inoaii PT ee N Cee Cr ee ree 48 Enrollment Password field COSCLIPLIONS sseeccscsecsscccesssssssssssssseessssssesesssesissussssssssseseesstsssese ENEE 48 Manage Elements field descriptions EE ERT PE aa iaevbaieiaiees 49 Applicaton Detaile meld destino Mesai e E A EEE r Sia aA 50 M sted Certificates feld PUR anssen ar iaaa iaaa A aTa A iaa 56 Add Trusted Certificate field descriptionS cceeee AE OAAS ER EE E PEE E E 57 view THOSE CSIC AS TING desio iina a aa ian 59 Delete Trusted Certificate Confirmation field descriptions c ceceeeeeeeesteeeeetteeeeees E ET 60 denii Ceriicates ter COS CMBUNNG ririnui nadaa nna aia aaas aAA ANEREN AURREA ASAK DaS 60 Ghapter 4 Managing Usel Ssnan a 63
572. ssion Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com System Tools System Tools Maintenance Tests About Maintenance Tests The Maintenance Tests page allows you to perform maintenance tests on the System Manager server and administered Session Manager instances These maintenance tests test functionality of the System Manager and Session Manager servers Tested functionality includes data replication and network connectivity to Session Manager instances database functionality the Secure Access Link SAL component as well as the security module of each Session Manager Maintenance Tests page field descriptions Name Description Select System Manager or Session Select a System Manager or a Session Manager to test Manager from the pulldown list on which to perform maintenance tests Button Description Execute Selected Tests Runs the selected maintenance tests on the selected System Manager or Session Manager You can run the following maintenance tests for a System Manager e Test connections for all Session Manager instances e Test replication to each Session Manager local database e Test sanity of Secure Access Link SAL agent e Test postgres database sanity Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 445 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Button Description You can run the following maintenance tests for a Session Manager e Test
573. ssionManagerl_BerlinCM_5061_TLS lt name gt lt transportProtocol gt TLS lt transportProtocol gt lt trusted gt true lt trusted gt lt entityNamel gt SessionManagerl lt entityNamel gt lt entityName2 gt BerlinCM lt entityName2 gt lt EntitylinkFullTo gt lt EntitylinkFullTO gt lt notes gt lt notes gt lt listenPortEntity1 gt 5061 lt listenPortEntityl gt lt listenPortEntity2 gt 5061 lt listenPortEntity2 gt lt name gt NewYorkCM SessionManager1 TLS lt name gt lt transportProtocol gt TLS lt transportProtocol gt lt trusted gt true lt trusted gt lt entityNamel gt SessionManagerl lt entityNamel gt lt entityName2 gt NewYorkCM lt entityName2 gt lt EntitylinkFullTo gt lt entitylinkFullTOList gt A Time Ranges About the Time Ranges Time ranges indicate when a particular rank or cost of a routing policy is to be used when determining the least cost route They do not indicate when routing policies are available to be considered for routing You must specify as many time ranges as necessary to cover all hours and days in a week for each administered routing policy 294 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Time Ranges For example routing policy A can be in effect on all weekdays from 9 00 a m to 5 59 p m routing policy B can be in effect on all weekdays from 6 00 pm to 9 a m and routing policy C time ranges can
574. ssword gt 12345 lt commPassword gt lt commProfileSet gt lt commP rofileSetName gt Primary lt commProfileSetName gt lt isPrimary gt true lt isPrimary gt lt handleList gt lt handle gt lt handleName gt sip jmiller avaya com lt handleName gt handleType gt sip lt handleType gt handleSubType gt msrtc lt handleSubType gt ATA lt handle gt lt handleList gt lt The below is extended communication profile gt lt commProfileList gt lt commProfile xsi type sm SessionManagerCommProfXML xmlns sm http xml avaya com schema import_sessionmanager gt 232 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager lt commProfileType gt SessionManager lt commProfileType gt lt sm primarySM gt IBM1 Performance lt sm primarySM gt lt sm terminationAppSequence gt Perf_CM_Appl_Seq lt sm terminat ionAppSequence lt sm originationAppSequence gt Perf_CM_Appl_Seq lt sm originationAppSequence lt sm homeLocation gt SIT Lab lt sm homeLocation gt lt commProfile gt November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting lt commProfile xsi type ipt xmlStationProfile xmlns ipt http xml avaya com schema import_csm_cm gt lt commP rofileType gt CM lt commProfileType gt lt ipt cmName gt Performance_CM lt ipt cmName gt lt ipt useExistingExtension gt false lt ipt useExistingExtension gt lt ipt extension gt 28000 lt ipt extension gt lt ipt templa
575. stem Manager console under Elements click Routing Click New Note that the routing policy can be disabled by selecting the Disabled check box Click Select under the SIP Entities as Destination section This is where you can select the destination SIP entity for this routing policy 6 Select the required destination and click Select 7 If you need to associate the Time of Day routing parameters with this Routing Policy 10 12 click Add from the Time of Day section Select the Time of Day patterns that you want to associate with this routing pattern and press Select If there are gaps in the Time of Day coverage that you select Session Manager displays a warning message If such gaps exist in the Time of the Day coverage randomness in routing selections may be observed Enter the relative Rankings that you would like associated with each Time Range Lower ranking values indicate higher priority Under Dial Patterns or Regular Expressions click Add to associate existing Dial Patterns and Regular Expressions with the Routing Policy Select a dial pattern from the pattern list or a regular expression from the regular expression list and click Select This field can be left blank the routing policy can be added to the dial pattern or regular expression when you add it Under Dial Patterns or Regular Expressions click Remove to dissociate existing Dial Patterns and Regular Expressions with the Routing Pol
576. stering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting UI fField Description XML tag Possible value instance that is used as the home server lt sm primarySM gt for a communication profile Origination Specifies the lt sm originationAp True or False Application Application BES GHEHees Sequence Sequence that is oh invoked when calls Zh are routed from this sm originationApp user Sequence gt Termination Specifies the lt sm terminationAp Application Application Bo nwuSneeg Sequence Sequence that is MA invoked when calls ey are routed to this sm termination pp user Sequence gt Home Location Specifies the routing lt sm homeLocation gt home location lt sm homeLocation gt The following is the mapping of Station Profile elements with the corresponding user interface fields Table 5 Mapping of Station Profile elements UI field Description XML tag Possible value System Specifies the SIP lt ipt cmName gt Name of the Entity of the configured Communication et Communication Manager eCipcaemNanes Manager Use Existing Indicates whether the lt ipt useExistingE True or False station is already ranae On defined in the i system e7 ipt useExistingEx tension gt Extension Specifies the lt ipt extension gt extension number for this profile lt ipt extension
577. stering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Routing System Manager Routing Import Export supports e Routing related data Domains Locations Adaptations SIP Entities Entity Links Time Ranges Routing Policies Dial Patterns Regular Expressions e Each element can be imported separately as a single XML file containing many entries e It is possible to compress the XMLs using ZIP compression in order to decrease the size of the files that need to be uploaded to the System Manager server Note that this is especially important when importing large files of size exceeding 10 MB or more e Several or all the elements can be imported in a single ZIP file containing many XML files e It is possible to export a single type of entity or all the entities When exporting all the entities the exported files are contained in a single ZIP file e It is important to note that the Routing elements depend on each other see specific elements details in this guide An import operation will fail if the needed elements do not already exist in the database or exist in the same import operation For example Import of a Dial Pattern with domain name avaya com will fail if there is no such domain in the database or if an XML file containing this domain is not imported in the same import operation as the Dial Pattern e When importing several entities together either as a list of XML ZIP files or insi
578. surname gt Miller lt surname gt lt userPassword gt mypassword lt userPassword gt lt tns user gt lt tns users gt Sample XML for bulk importing users with all attributes lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt Root Element Users represent collection of user containing 1 or more users gt lt tns users xmlns tns http xml avaya com schema import xmlins xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi schemaLocation http xml avaya com schema import userimport xsd gt lt lt authenticationType This defines the type of authentication that this user will undergo at runtime to obtain access to the system Possible Values BASIC ENTERPRISE description A text description of the user Human readable description of this user instance displayName The localized name of a user to be used when displaying It will typically be the localized full name This value may be provisioned from the users 122 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting nterprise directory entry If it does not exist synchronization rules can be used to populate it for other fields e g Surname GivenName or LoginName displayNameAscii The full text name of the user represented in ASCII It is used to support display e g endpoints that cannot handle localized text dn The distinguished name of the user The DN
579. sword in this field Confirm Password Reenter the Communication profile password for confirmation Option button Use this button to view the details of the selected communication profile Name Name of the communication profile Button Description New Creates a new communication profile for the user Delete Deletes the selected communication profile Done Saves the communication profile information that you updated or added for a profile Cancel Cancels the operation for adding a communication profile The system enables the following fields when you click the New button in the Communication Profile section 84 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com New User Profile field descriptions Name Description Name Displays the name of the communication profile for the user Default Displays the profile that is made default is the active profile There can be only one active profile at a time Communication Profile tab Communication Address section Use this section to create modify and delete one or more communication addresses for the user Name Description Type Displays the type of the handle Handle A unique communication address of the user Domain Displays the name of the domain with which the handle is registered Button Description New Displays the fields for adding a new communication address
580. t Delete Opens the Delete Confirmation page on which you can confirm or cancel the deletion of the time range More Actions gt Refresh all data Refreshes all data Any unsaved modifications are lost More Actions gt Import Opens the Import data page that allows you to import from XML files or zip file containing one or more XML files More Actions gt Export Time Ranges Opens the Export Time Ranges page that allows you to export the time ranges data as an XML file to a specified location More Actions gt Export all data Opens the Export all data page that allows you to export data for all the routing entities as a zipped file to a specified location Time Range List field descriptions Use this page to view time ranges associated to a routing policy Name Description Name Name of the time range This name must be unique and can have between 3 and 64 characters Select the check box to use the time range for a routing policy Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 297 Managing Session Manager routing Name Description Mon Selected check box indicates that the time range is used for Mondays Similarly other days of the week for which the time range to be used are selected Start Time Start time for the time range For a 24 hour time range the start time is 0 00 End Time End time for the time range F
581. t lt xs element gt lt Class of Service lets you define groups of users and control those groups access to features gt lt weuliel wwelluese 1 ce 1s gt lt xs element name cos maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs int gt lt xs minInclusive value 0 gt lt xs maxInclusive value 15 gt lt q XSEe Sie ects One lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name tests type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs element name dataModule type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt Controls the behavior of speakerphones gt lt xs element name speakerphone maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value none gt lt xs enumeration value 1 way gt lt xs enumeration value 2 way gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt The language that displays on stations gt sl Time Cay as cligileszac im 24 hour tommet OOOO 23259 tor all languages except English which is displayed in 12 hour format 12 00 a m to LIES sil o gt lt unicode Displays English messages in a 24 hour format If no Unicode file is installed displays messages in English by default gt lt xs element name displayLanguage maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpl
582. t lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name number type xs int maxOccurs 1 mi lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name xmlButtonData gt lt xs sequence gt nOccurs 1 gt lt xs element name number type xs int maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt KKK KKKKMUStK presenti saan Ss lt xs element name type type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt KKK KKKKMUSCK presen KKK KKK Ce lt xs elemen lt xs elemen lt xs elemen lt xs elemen lt xs elemen lt xs elemen lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name xmlStationDataModule gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name dataExtension maxOccurs 1 minOccurs KKKKKKKMUSE present gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xXsepabeerne valve 0 gt 9 iG OS Sii s sty lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt name datal type xs string maxOccurs 1 name data2 type xs string maxOccurs 1 name data3 type xs string maxOccurs 1 name data4 type xs string maxOccurs 1 name data5 type xs string maxOccurs 1 name data6 type xs string maxOccurs 1 ar ter tar tor tar wr va lt xs element name name maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs maxLength value 29 gt lt xs restric
583. t lt MM Fielo gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt The telephone number of the subscriber as displayed in address book listings and client applications The entry can be a maximum of 50 characters in length and can contain any combination of clugiics 9 right parentheses and gt lt xs element name telephoneNumber maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt MM field gt period hyphen plus sign and left and lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs pattern value 0 9 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt If the subscriber name is entered in multi byte character format then this field specifies the ASCII translation of the subscriber name gt lt xs element name asciiVersionOfName type xs string maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt MM field gt lt Specifies whether your password expires or not You can choose one of the following yes for password to expire no if you do not want your password to expire gt lt xs element name expirePassword type csm xmlyesNoType maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt _ lt MM field gt lt Specifies whether you want your mailbox to be locked A subscriber
584. t Job page modify the appropriate information and click Commit to save the changes Note You can modify information in the following fields Job Name Job State in the Job Details sections and Task Time Recurrence Range in the Job Frequency section Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 499 Managing system data Deleting a job Before you begin You must log in as an administrator to delete an administrator scheduled job About this task Use this functionality to delete an obsolete job You can delete an On demand and an administrator scheduled job Note You can remove only jobs that are of type Schedule On Demand Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Scheduler 2 Perform one of the following steps e To remove a pending job perform the following steps i Click Pending Jobs in the left navigation pane ii On the Pending Jobs page select a pending job If the job that you want to delete is currently running then you must stop the job To stop the job click More Actions gt Stop Note If the job that you want to delete is in the enabled state disable the job iii Click Delete e To remove a competed job perform the following steps i Click Completed Jobs in the left navigation pane ii On the Completed Jobs page select a completed job Note If the job that you want to delete is in the enabled state disable the job iii Click Delete
585. t configurations of all Branch Session Manager instances Name Description More Action gt Retrieve Current Configuration Allows you to retrieve the current configuration for the selected Session Manager instance More Action gt Retrieve Backup Configuration Allows you to retrieve the backup configuration for the selected Session Manager instance Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 377 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances 378 Name Description More Action gt Save Configuration as Allows you to back up the configuration for backup the selected Session Manager instance Rules Button Description New Opens the Rules page which enables you to define a new SIP firewall rule Edit Opens the Rules page which enables you to edit the selected SIP firewall rule Delete Allows you to delete a selected rule or rules Up Allows you to move a selected rule up in the list Down Allows you to move a selected rule down in the list Name Description Enabled Allows you to select or clear the check box to enable or disable rules Name Name of the SIP firewall rule The name can have a maximum of 80 characters Action Type Allows you to select one of the following action types for the rule e None No specific action required This action can be used when you want to only generate a log or alarm f
586. t label gt Phone lt label gt lt ContactAddress gt lt addresses gt lt addressType The unique text name of the address type Possible values are Home business name The Name property defines the unique label by which the address is known Default format for user specific address should include user name plac address type building The name or other designation of a structure localityName The name of a locality such as a city county or other geographic region postalCode A code used by postal services to route mail to a destination In the United States this is the zip code room Name or designation of a room stateOrProvince The full name of a state or province country Awe OUI ey street The physical address of the object such as an address for package delivery postalAddress A fr formed text area for the complete physical delivery address It may be used in place of the specific fields in this table gt lt addressType gt office lt addressType gt lt name gt Phil Bath lt name gt lt building gt building A lt building gt lt localityName gt Magarpatta lt localityName gt lt postalCode gt 411048 lt postalCode gt lt room gt room 123 lt room gt lt stateOrProvince gt MH lt stateOrProvince gt lt country gt India lt country gt lt street gt Hadapsar lt street gt lt isPrivate gt true lt isPrivate gt lt addresses gt lt contact gt lt ownedContacts gt lt I PresUserDefault Th
587. t of Personal Profile Manager PPM attributes e The configuration of a terminal is set as the set of attributes defined for a Routing Policy Location if the terminal is located in that Routing Policy Location and the terminal is not individually associated with a specific set of PPM attributes e The configuration of a terminal is set as a specific set of PPM attributes if the terminal is individually associated with a set of PPM attributes and the selected set of PPM attributes does still exist Viewing Device Settings Groups Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Device and Location Configuration gt Device Settings Groups to open Device Settings Groups page The Device Settings Groups page displays the list of Device Settings Groups Related topics Device Settings Groups field descriptions on page 395 Creating a Device Settings Group Location Group Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 391 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances 2 Click Device and Location Configuration gt Device Settings Groups to open Device Settings Groups page The Device Settings Groups page displays the list of Device Settings Groups 3 Click New gt Location Group to open the Device Settings Group screen 4 On the Device Settings Group screen enter the
588. t rather than the speaker This is a required field and range is 0 10 The default value is 5 Ringer Cadence Sets the cadence of the ring tone This is a required field and range is 1 8 The default value is 3 Ringer Volume Sets the ringer setting for the stations bridged appearance buttons This is a required field and range is 1 10 The default value is 5 Speaker Volume Sets the volume on the speaker rather than the handset This is a required field and range is 0 10 The default value is 5 Button Description Restore Restores the earlier device settings Cancel Cancels the modified device settings Save Saves the modified device settings Device Settings Group Location Group field descriptions General section Name Description Name Shows the name of the Location Device Settings Group Description Shows Location Device Settings Group details Group Type Shows a non editable field specifying the type of Device Setting as Location Group Server Timer section Name Description Subscription Expiration Timer secs Specifies the maximum duration as 86400 and minimum duration as 60 seconds for a SIP server to keep a SIP client as subscribed Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 399 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Name Description Registration Expiration Timer secs Sp
589. t this by default or be specially configured to do so Different DSCP values are specified in RFCs 2597 and 2598 To be consistent with Communication Manager Branch Session Manager uses a default DSCP value of 46 which indicates forwarding with the highest priority QOS Priority This value specifies the ability to provide different priority to different applications users or data flows or to guarantee a certain level of performance for a call on a local area network The higher the priority lower the QOS priority number This is the value of 802 1q priority bit Layer 2 QoS configuration to be used by Branch Session Manager for any SIP traffic The default is 6 Range of this value is 0 7 Speed amp Duplex Allows the configuring of the security module interface speed and duplex values The drop down menu contains a list of the valid values VLAN ID The VLAN that the Branch Session Manager should be associated with Call traffic segregation could be based on the VLAN that the Branch Session Manager is associated with Monitoring Button Description Enable Monitoring Select to enable monitoring of the administered SIP entities by the added Branch Session Manager instance Clear the check box to disable monitoring Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 359 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Button Description Proac
590. t xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value as on local gt lt xs enumeration value block gt lt xs enumeration value cesid gt lt xs enumeration value option gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt This field allows the system to properly identify the location of a caller who dials a 911 emergency call from this station An entry in this field must be of an extension type included in the dial does not have to be an extension on the local system It can be a UDP extension The entry defaults to blank A blank entry typically be used for an IP softphone dialing in through PPP from somewhere outside your network If you populate the IP Address Mapping screen with emergency numbers the feature functions as follows If the Emergency Location Extension field in the Station screen is the same as the Emergency Location Extension field in the IP Address Mapping screen the feature sends th xtension to the Public Safety Point PSAP If the Emergency Location Extension field in the screen is different from the Emergency Location Extension field IP Address Mapping screen the feature sends th xtension in the IP Address Mapping screen to the Public Safety Answering Point PSAP gt lt xs element name emergencyLocationExt maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base x
591. tacts Remove Removes one or more contacts from the list of the associated contacts Filter Disable Hides the column filter fields without resetting the filter criteria This is a toggle button Filter Enable Displays text fields under the columns that you can use to set the filter criteria This is a toggle button Filter Apply Filters contacts based on the filter criteria Contacts tab Private Contacts Use this section to add new private contacts modify and deletes existing contacts Name Description Last Name Displays the last name of the private contact First Name Displays the first name of the private contact Display Name Display name of the private contact Contact Address Displays the address of the private contact Description Displays a brief description about the contact Button Description Edit Opens the Edit Private Contact page Use this page to modify the information of the selected contact New Opens the New Private Contact page Use this page to add a new private contact Delete Deletes the selected contacts Filter Disable Hides the column filter fields without resetting the filter criteria This is a toggle button Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com User Profile View field descriptions Button Description Filter Enable Displays text fields under the columns that you c
592. tadramendesiqnunss 507 dob S hedulng Edit JOO TEND GESCHONONG iccicascs caccusadcassecerentine vacaraassnesapanaubondsacaianbien cabanusbsetaadaaiues 509 Job Scheduling On Demand Job field Gescriptionssc 00ccsscc cicssetescentesedeesner debesteeedebenreenetendeeteantcdens 511 Disable Confirmation field GESCMANO MNS a tsis ct acaccciwsssitiaadarixdcteiuadsninaia tinting iiaia 511 Sop Coninmaion feld PS SG HIGNIG NG ccc amis ve sasasassedasdsannneedcneacbasseecis lasnmeadace lenater dake canandeSadeanencdeisuconns 513 Delete Confirmation field descrniphonS esoun a nen ee aera 514 Appendix A Default certificates used for SIP TLS cccccccssseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 517 Appendix B Regular Expression CONStructs eeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeseeeeees 523 Lais i d A E E E E E 525 12 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Chapter 1 Getting started Introduction This book provides information on administration ongoing management of Avaya Aura Session Manager and includes procedures for e Using System Manager Common Console e Creating user accounts e Administering routing for Session Manager and various SIP entities e Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Required skills and knowledge The audience is expected to have some experience installing Avaya products and be able to perform administration procedures They must also have a basic understanding and wo
593. te gt DEFAULT_9620SIP_CM_5_2 lt ipt template gt lt ipt setType gt 9620SIP lt ipt setType gt Liot Tisloieie SOE B lt E E DOLE lt commProfile gt lt commProfileList gt lt commProfileSet gt lt tns user gt lt tns users gt Related topics Bulk import XML for users with SIP phone on page 229 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 233 Managing Users 234 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Chapter 5 Managing Session Manager routing Overview of Session Manager routing This section details the procedures that are required to set up Session Manager enterprise routing To complete the administrative procedures you must use the Routing selection from the System Manager Common Console navigation pane Once the initial setup is completed administrators can use the same screens and procedures for administering and modifying the various routing entities as well as Session Manager instances The primary task of Session Manager is to route session creation requests from one server to another based on the address specified in the session creation request The addresses which are specified to identify the ultimate destination of a session creation request are in the form of a SIP Uniform Resource Identifier URI It consists mainly of a user part and a domain part Session Manager uses both parts in its routing decisions in the following
594. ted password in the Password field Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 31 Synchronizing Communication Manager and messaging data with System Manager 5 Click Commit When you add an application entity through RTS Runtime Topology Service it in turn starts a synchronization job in the background to bring all the relevant data from the application instances to the Communication System Management database You can check the status of this synchronization job on the System Manager console by accessing System Manager Data gt Scheduler or in the log files on the Communication System Management server Creating a messaging instance Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Inventory 2 Click Inventory gt Manage Elements in the left navigation pane 3 On the Manage Elements page click New and select a Messaging entity instance 4 On the New Messaging Instance page enter the details as described below e The details FQDN or IP address in the Node field for a messaging instance should correspond to that of MSS Messaging Storage Server and not MAS Messaging Application Server e You have to add the System Manager or Communication System Management server details in the Trusted Server list on the Messaging box in Messaging Administration Trusted Servers screen before adding the Messaging box in the System Manager applications e The login credentials between the Messagi
595. tem Administrator can reschedule and stop a system schedule job but can not delete the job 2 Admin scheduled job The job that the administrator schedules for administering the application 3 On demand job The periodic jobs that the administrator may schedule to perform non routine tasks Job Name The name of the scheduled job Job Status The current status of the job State The state of a job indicates if the job is an active job The jobs on this page are in the disabled state Last Run The date and time when the job was last run Note The last run is applicable only for completed jobs 514 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing scheduled jobs Name Description Frequency The time interval between two consecutive executions of the job Scheduled By The scheduler of the job Button Description Continue Deletes the selected job Cancel Cancels the operation of deleting a job and takes you back to the Pending or completed Jobs page Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 515 Managing system data 516 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Appendix A Default certificates used for SIP TLS The Trusted CA certificate of the issuer that follows is used to generate the default Identity Certificate for SIP TLS
596. tem If you enter true you must complete R Balance Network false Enter false if the telephone is located in the same building with the system gt lt xs element name offPremisesStation type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt If a second line on the telephone is administered on the I 2 channel enter analog Otherwise enter data module if applicable or none gt lt xs element name dataOption maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value analog gt lt xs enumeration value data module gt lt xs enumeration value none gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 143 Managing Users lt xs element name displayModule type xs boolean maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 lt nable otherwis if led or neon then messageLampExt should b tres blamk gt SKIE lement name messageWaitingIndicator maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 0 gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs string gt lt xs enumeration value led gt lt xs enumeration value neon gt lt xs enumeration value none gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt Enter true to use this station as an endpoint in a remote office COME LEURE LSI gt lt xs element na
597. tem administrator to create your account Procedure 1 On the browser open the System Manager URL https lt SERVER_NAME gt SMGR 2 Inthe User ID field enter the user name Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 15 Getting started 3 In the Password field enter the password 4 Click Log On If your user name and password e Match an authorized System Manager user account the System Manager home page appears with the System Manager version_number The System Manager home page displays a navigation menu This menu provides access to shared services with which you can perform various operations supported by System Manager The tasks you can perform depends on your user role e If you enter incorrect login credentials on the System Manager login page System Manager displays an error message and prompts you to re enter the user name and password so that you can log in again Login information for users with user name admin This login information applies only to users with log on name admin e When you log on to System Manager for the first time after a fresh installation or an upgrade enter admini23 as the default password e After you log on the system displays the Forced Change Password page There is no Cancel button on this page You must change your password when you log on using the default password e If you access System Manager through IP address and you log on as
598. ter this station for either a road warrior or elecommuter Avaya IP Agent application blank Leave this field blank for single connect IP applications IP Softphone Whether this is IP Optional ipSoftphone soft phone Servivable GK Node Survivable GK Node Optional Valid Entry Usage Name survivableGkNodeN ame Name Identifies the existence of other H 323 gatekeepers located within gateway products that offer survivable call features For example the MultiTech MVPxxx AV H 323 gateway family and the SLS function within the H 248 gateways When a valid IP node name is entered into this field Communication Manager adds the IP address of this gateway to the bottom of the Alternate Gatekeeper List for this IP network region As H 323 IP Valid IP node name Any valid previously administered IP node name Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 187 Managing Users 188 Attribute Attribute Description Mandator y Optional Validation Constraints stations register with Communication Manager this list is sent down in the registration confirm message This allows the IP station to use the IP address of this Survivable Gatekeeper as the call controller of last resort to register with Available only if the station type is an H 323 station 46xxor 96xx models restriction survivableCOR Survivable class of Sets a level of restriction f
599. tered as an outbound proxy If no outbound proxy is provisioned then Session Manager will proxy the request on its own Enter a regular expression string in the Credential name field The Credential name is used for TLS connection validation by searching for this string in the SIP entity identity certificate e If you do not want to perform the additional validation on the SIP entity identity certificate or are not using SIP TLS for connecting to the SIP entity leave this field empty e If you want to verify that a specific string or SIP entity FQDN is present within the SIP entity identity certificate enter that string or SIP entity FQDN using the regular expression syntax e If you want to verify that the SIP entity IP address is present within the SIP entity identity certificate enter the SIP entity IP address using the regular expression syntax Note IP Address is searched by default when any string is configured in the Credential Name The Credential name is a regular expression string and follows Perl version 5 8 syntax Here are some examples For www sipentity domain com use the string www sipentity domain com For 192 14 11 22 use string 192 14 11 22 You can look for a subset of the string or you can create a wild card search For example to look for domain com as a substring use the string domain com Under SIP Link Monitoring use the drop down menu to select one of th
600. tered devices 3 Click to select the AST Devices and click Failback The Confirm Failoack Notification page appears 4 On the Confirm Failback Notification page click Confirm Result This enables failback to the primary Session Manager Advanced Searching Procedure Click Advanced Search to view this section You can find the Advanced Search link at the at the upper right corner of the page Name Description Advanced Search Displays the following three fields Criteria e Drop down 1 The list of criteria for the search Drop down 2 The operators for evaluating the expression The operators displayed depends on the type of criterion that you have selected in the first drop down field e Field 3 The value for the search criterion 436 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com System Status Registration Summary field descriptions Button Description Reboot Reboots selected AST devices Reload Complete Forces complete reload of selected AST devices Reload Config Reloads only configurations of selected AST devices Reload Contacts Reloads only contacts of selected AST devices Failback Enable devices to failback to Primary Session Manager Name Description Session Manager Shows the name of the Session Manager Instance Type Either as Session Manager SM or Branch Session Mana
601. that allows you to import from XML files or zip file containing one or more XML files More Actions gt Export SIP Entities Opens the Export SIP Entities page that allows you to export the SIP entity data as an XML file to a specified location More Actions gt Export all data Opens the Export all data page that allows you to export data for all routing entities as a zipped file to a specified location Name Description Name SIP entity name This name must be unique and can have between 3 and 64 characters FQDN or IP Address Fully qualified domain name or IP address of the SIP entity Type SIP entity type such as a Session Manager Communication Manager SIP trunk or a gateway Note You can select the SIP entity type as ELIN Server This is used by third party E911 services which determines a user s location based on IP address to send the new ELIN to Session Manager in case of Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 283 Managing Session Manager routing Name Description emergency call The SIP Entity selected as the ELIN server should be resolved through local host name resolution to use either the primary or secondary IP address Notes Additional notes about the SIP entity SIP Entity Details field descriptions Use this page to specify SIP entity details General Name Description Name SIP e
602. the Applications page Click New The Application Editor page appears Enter the appropriate information for the new application Click Commit to create the application Related topics Applications field descriptions on page 406 Application Editor field descriptions on page 407 Modifying an application About this task You can modify only one application at a time Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Application Configuration gt Applications to open the Applications page 3 Select an application and click Edit to open the Application Editor page 4 5 Click Commit to save the changes On the Application Editor screen modify the appropriate information Related topics Applications field descriptions on page 406 Application Editor field descriptions on page 407 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 405 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Removing applications About this task You cannot delete an application if it is a member of an Application Sequence If you try to delete it a warning appears and the application entry remains Procedure 1 From the navigation pane on the System Manager Common Console click Elements gt Session Manager gt Application Configuration gt Applications to open the Applications screen 2 Select one or more applications and click Delete Delete Confirmation sc
603. the Delete Confirmation page that allows you to delete a SIP entity that is added as a Session Manager instance Name Description Name Name of administered Session Manager Primary Communication Profiles The number of Communication Profiles that use this Session Manager as their primary SIP controller lt n1 gt Secondary Communication Profiles The total number of Communication Profiles that use this Session Manager as their secondary SIP controller lt n2 gt Maximum Active Communication Profiles This Session Manager is the primary server for ni Communication Profile s and will support up to additional n2 Communication Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Session Manager Administration Name Description Profile s if a single other Session Manager fails Branch Session Manager Instances Button Description New Opens the Add Branch Session Manager page that enables you to add a SIP entity as a new Branch Session Manager instance View Opens the View Branch Session Manager page that enables you to view an already added Branch Session Manager instance Edit Opens the Edit Branch Session Manager page that enables you to edit the properties of an already added Branch Session Manager instance Delete Opens the Delete Confirmation page that allows you to delete a SIP entity that is added
604. the SIP Entity Name from the drop down list e In the Description field for this entity add a comment if required e In the Management Access Point Host Name IP field add the IP address of the host on which the management agent is running that is the host on which the Branch Session Manager is installed e Select the Main CM for LSP from the drop down list Click the View Add CM Entities link to add new CM applications e Select the Direct Routing to Endpoints from the drop down list Select the Adaptation for Trunk Gateway from the drop down list This selected adaptation is used by the Branch Session Manager for routing calls to or from the Communication Manager LSP trunk gateway Note In case of Communication Manager Feature Server CM FS or Communication Manager Trunk Gateway CM TG the adaptation from the core CM TG is used by default This field adaptation selection overrides the default CM TG adaptation and is applied to all calls routed on the trunk gateway entity to the LSP For Communication Manager Evolution Server CM ES the default adaptation is taken from the core Communication Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 351 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Manager entity The adaptation is applied either to calls that are routed through the gateway to the LSP and also to calls that are application sequenced Note To be a part of the Branch Session Manager instanc
605. the Value in the SIP headers amp body portions for the SIP packet REQUEST METHOD RESPONSE CODE AIl the remaining entries in the Key Type list are SIP headers and look for the value within the specified SIP header only ValueType Allows you to specify whether the key type is a string or a regular expression You can create regular expressions using the PERL version 5 8 syntax Value Value of the selected key type This string need not be an exact match and can be a subset of the string present in the SIP header being used for search IP SIP LayerTrack Name Description Track Allows you to select an option for tracking SIP messages only if you have selected either Rate Block or Rate Limit in the Action Type field or with None in the Action Type with Log Type enabled You cannot use IP SIP Layer Track with Permit Drop Actions This option provides advanced flood tracking in the SIP Firewall Refer to the SIP Firewall Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 387 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Name Description Configuration Section in the Avaya Aura Security Guide for details and examples on using IP SIP Layer Track e None No tracking required Remote IP address Track messages for a specific IP address of the remote host e Local Port Track messages for a specific local port e From Sender of the
606. the first drop down field e Field 3 The value for the search criterion Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 441 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances User Registrations field descriptions Customize Column Display section List Description Available Columns Shows list of available columns Display Columns Shows list of selected columns Link Description Customize Expands Customize Column Display section Move Moves selected items from Available Columns list to the Display Columns list Move All Moves all items from Available Columns list to the Display Columns list Remove Removes selected items from the Display Columns list Remove All Moves all items from the Display Columns list Top Moves the selected items of Display Columns list to the top of the list Up Moves the selected items of Display Columns list to one position up in the list Down Moves the selected items of Display Columns list to one position down in the list Bottom Moves the selected items of Display Columns list to the bottom of the list Button Description Default Reverts back to the default column settings of Available Columns and Display Columns lists Apply Applies the changes made in the column customizing lists to the AST Device Notifications section Close Collapses Customize Column Display section 442
607. the job Job Frequency Name Description Task Time The date and time of running the job Recurrence The settings define whether the execution of the jobs is a recurring activity or a one time activity In case of a recurring job the field also display the time interval of recurrence The options are e Execute task one time only e Task are repeated every day Range The settings define the number of recurrences or date after which the job stops recurring The options are No End Date End After occurrences e End By Date Button Description Commit Schedules an On Demand job Cancel Cancels the schedule an On Demand job operation and takes you back to the Pending or completed Jobs page Disable Confirmation field descriptions Use this page to disable selected jobs Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 511 Managing system data Name Description Job Type The type of job represented by an icon that corresponds to its type The application uses different icons to represent the Job types Following are the job types 1 System scheduled Job The job scheduled for the normal operation of the application The System Administrator can reschedule and stop a system schedule job but can not delete the job 2 Admin scheduled job The job that the administrator schedules for administering the application 3 On demand job Th
608. the messages that have the matching call ID For example a rule to trace all messages related to a CALL to user xyz to xyz from request uri stop count 50 Source Filter SIP messages based on the source address Destination Filter SIP messages based on the destination address Max Call Count Value for maximum number of messages matching the filter that Session Manager should trace Default is 25 messages Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 451 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Name Description Request URI Filter calls based on the called party URI address A valid Request URI format for example is 192 111 11 111 Session Manager Instances Name Description Name Select one or more configured Session Managers for which the specific filters should be used Note If you select only one Session Manager from this list the Read button is activated Click this button to retrieve the current Trace Configuration details for the selected Session Manager and display that within the Trace Configuration page After displaying the configuration Session Manager closes the display so that no older configuration data is displayed Button Description Commit Save the configuration changes SIP Trace Viewer About SIP Tracing The SIP tracer allows tracing
609. the routing policy data as an XML file to a specified location More Actions gt Export all data Opens the Export all data page that allows you to export data for all the routing entities as a zipped file to a specified location Name Description Name Name of the routing policy Disabled Specifies that the routing policy is to be disabled and should not be used Destination SIP Entity as Destination Notes Additional notes about the routing policy Routing Policy Details field descriptions Use this page to specify the details for creating or modifying a routing policy General section Name Description Name Name of the routing policy Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 303 Managing Session Manager routing Name Description Disabled Selecting this check box specifies that the routing policy is to be disabled and should not be used Notes Additional notes about the routing policy SIP Entity as Destination section Button Description Select Opens the SIP entity List page You can use this page to select a SIP entity as a destination and associate it to the selected routing policy Name Description Name SIP entity name This name must be unique and can have between 3 and 64 characters FQDN or IP Address Fully qualified domain name or IP address of the SIP entity Typ
610. the security module If these values do not match then the Synchronize action should be performed Reset Opens the Security Module Reset Confirmation page Synchronize Synchronizes the security module of the selected Session Manager and opens the Confirm Security Module Synchronize page Update Installed Certificate Updates already installed certificates Connections Status Enables you to monitor connection links for selected Session Manager instances Confirm Security Module Reset page field descriptions Button Description Confirm Resets the security module for the selected Session Manager instance Please note that while the security module is being reset the Session Manager cannot process the calls Cancel Cancels the resetting of the security module for the selected Session Manager About Connection Status Connection Status allows administrator to view current status of inbound and outbound links between Session Manager security module and external hosts It enables general purpose monitoring and debugging activities such as Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 431 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances e identification of whether Session Manager is required to be taken out of service e determination of whether links are secured or not e viewing of link details and statistics Monitoring Connection Links Procedure 1 On the System
611. ther debug information for station management related operations Debug Template Template Debug loggers gather debug information for template management related operations Debug CM CM debug loggers gather debug information for communication between Communication Manager and the Communication System Management server Debug NCM NCM debug logger gathers debug information related to Element Cut Through Debug Synch Synch debug logger gathers debug information for synchronization operations Debug Model Model debug logger gathers debug information for database operations Debug Debug logger gathers debug information other than that gathered for the debug types mentioned above Viewing log details Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Events 2 Click Logs gt Log Viewer in the left navigation pane 3 On the Logging page select a log 4 Click View Searching for logs Use the advanced search function to find logs based on certain specified conditions The system displays only those logs which satisfy the search conditions You can specify multiple search conditions Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Events Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 467 Managing events 2 Click Logs gt Log Viewer in the left navigation pane 3 On the Logging page click Advanced Search 4 Inthe Criteria section from the first and second dr
612. this check box to select and use the digit conversion for the incoming calls Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 313 Managing Session Manager routing Name Description Originating Location Name Name of the location to be associated to the dial pattern Originating Location Notes Notes about the selected location Routing Policy Name Name of the routing policy to be associated to the dial pattern Rank Rank order Routing Policy Disabled Name of the routing policy that should not be used for the dial pattern Routing Policy Destination Destination of the routing policy Routing Policy Notes Any other notes about the routing policy that you wish to add Denied Originating Locations section Name Description Select check box Use this check box to select denied locations for the dial pattern match Button Description Add Adds locations routing policies or denied locations for the dial patterns Remove Removes locations routing policies or denied locations for the dial patterns Commit Saves the dial pattern details and distributes them to the Session Manager instances in the enterprise Cancel Cancels changes to the dial pattern details and returns to the Dial Patterns page Related topics Creating Dial Patterns on page 309 Deleting Dial Patterns on page 311 Pattern List field descriptions Use t
613. ties are assigned to the video location 2 Change the Total Bandwidth value for the audio location to be the sum of the previous audio location value and the reassigned video location value 3 Add the IP address pattern values from the video location under the audio location combining them with existing patterns to create patterns with broader ranges if possible Note Adding identical patterns to the video location is rejected by System Manager due to duplication It is recommended to remove the patterns from the video location first but care should be taken so that the users to whom the patterns apply may not get assigned to the wrong locations This operation requires user discretion 4 Remove the all existing video location and also remove other associated administration settings with the video location 5 Rename the audio location so as to suggest it is serving all call types 6 If required specify a limit for Multimedia Bandwidth for the new location Example Following illustration shows the usage of the above recommendation for the New York location example 1 Ensure that New York Audio and New York Video have identical administration outside their Location Details pages Ensure that no SIP Entities are in New York Video 2 Change the Total Bandwidth for New York Audio to 50 mbps 3 Move merge all IP address patterns from New York Video into New York Audio 4 Delet
614. tificates of an application instance 44 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Adding trusted certificates Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Inventory 2 Click Inventory gt Manage Elements in the left navigation pane 3 Onthe Manage Elements page select a Session Manager instance and click More Actions gt Configure Trusted Certificates 4 On the Trusted Certificates page click View Result The View Trust Certificate page displays the details of the selected certificate Adding trusted certificates About this task You need to import the certificates that you want to add as trusted certificate in the trust store of the application The following are the four methods of importing a trusted certificate in the trust store for an application instance 1 Import from existing 2 Import from file 3 Import as PEM Certificate 4 Import using TLS You can add a trusted certificate from a list of an existing certificates a file a remote location using TLS connection and by copying the content from a PEM file Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Inventory 2 Click Inventory gt Manage Elements in the left navigation pane 3 Onthe Manage Elements page select a Session Manager instance and click More Actions gt Configure Trusted Certificates 4 On the Trusted Certificates page click Add 5 On t
615. tination SIP entity for the routing policy Notes Additional notes about the routing policy Button Description Select Confirms the selection of the routing policy for associating it with the regular expression Cancel Cancels the selection of the routing policy 306 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Dial Patterns Bulk import for Routing Policies Please follow these rules when creating an XML bulk import file e The name of a routing policy lt referred to as routing policy gt is unique and is referred to by other elements e lt sipentityName gt must refer to an existing SIP element with the exact same name It must either appear in the System Manager database or in an import file that exists in the same import operation as the Routing Policy e Multiple time of day entries lt timeofdayNames gt can be configured for one Routing Policy lt timerangeName gt must refer to an existing Time Range with the exact same name It must either appear in the System Manager database or in an import file that exists in the same import operation as the Routing Policy Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 standalone yes gt lt routingpolicyFullTOList gt lt RoutingpolicyFullTO gt lt notes gt this is a test lt notes gt lt disabled gt false lt disabled gt lt name gt toBerlin lt name gt lt sipentityName gt BerlinCM lt sipentityName gt lt timeo
616. tion Name Description Select File The path and name of the XML file from which you want to import the users Button Description Browse Opens a dialog box that you can use to select the file from which you want to import the users General Name Description Select Error Configuration The options are Abort on first error Aborts importing the user records when the import user operation encounters the first error in the import file containing the user records e Continue processing other records Imports the next user record even if the import user operation encounters an error while importing a user record Select Import Type The options are e Complete Imports users with all the user attributes e Partial Imports users with specific user attributes If a matching record already exists The options are e Skip Skips a matching user record that already exists in the system during an import operation Currently with this option you can add a new communication profile to a communication profile set but you cannot update an existing communication profile in a communication profile set Note This option is not available if you select the Partial option in Select Import Type e Replace Re imports or replaces all the data for a user including access control 222 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing
617. tion 5 Click Commit to create a new Implicit User rule Related topics Implicit User Rules field descriptions on page 415 Implicit User Rule Editor field descriptions on page 416 Modifying an existing Implicit User Rule Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Application Configuration gt Implicit Users to open Implicit Users page 3 Select an Implicit User rule and click Edit to open the Implicit User Rule Editor page 4 On the Implicit User Rule Editor page modify the appropriate information 5 Click Commit to save the changes to the Implicit User rule Related topics Implicit User Rules field descriptions on page 415 Implicit User Rule Editor field descriptions on page 416 Removing existing Implicit User Rules Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Application Configuration gt Implicit Users to open Implicit Users page 414 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Application Configuration 3 Select one or more Implicit User rules and click Delete to delete one or more Implicit User rules respectively Delete Confirmation screen appears 4 Onthe Delete Confirmation screen click Delete to remove the selected Implicit User rules Related topics Implicit User Rules field descriptions on page 415 Implicit User Rules field descriptions Nam
618. tion Profile Values section all fields initially have the default value as Use existing values Modify the field values to be set as property values for the selected list of Communication Profiles You cannot set the value for Primary Session Manager and Home Location fields as None For adding a new value for the Home Location field you need to add location using Routing gt Locations menu selection Click Commit Changes to save the changes In the Communication Profile Edit Confirmation screen click Commit to save the changes Viewing background edit job status About this task When the number of simultaneous Communication Profile editing operations exceed 15 then these operations are queued as batch jobs Procedure 1 2 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager Click Communication Profile Editor in the left navigation pane to open the Communication Profile Editor page Under Background Edit Job Status section you can view the status of all background edit jobs since the last restart of System Manager Viewing Communication Profile edit failures Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click Communication Profile Editor in the left navigation pane to open the Communication Profile Editor page Under Background Edit Job Status section select the edit job which did not finish running successfully Click V
619. tion field descriptions on page 267 Delete Confirmation field descriptions Use this page to confirm or cancel the deletion of selected adaptations Button Description Delete Deletes entries for the selected adaptations from the database Cancel Cancels the deletion of the selected adaptations Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 267 Managing Session Manager routing Related topics Deleting Adaptations on page 267 Installed vendor adapters Cisco Adapter CiscoAdapter The Cisco Adapter provides two basic header manipulations converting between Diversion and History Info headers and converting between P Asserted Id and Remote Party ld headers The Diversion and Remote Party ld headers have not been accepted by the IETF They are replaced by History Info and P Asserted Identity respectively but are still used in the Cisco products The Cisco Adapter also performs all the conversions available by the Digit Conversion Adapter Note DiversionTypeAdapter performs all the conversions similar to Cisco adapter Diversion to History Info Header Adaptation Cisco requires the use of the Diversion header rather than the History Info header to provide information related to how and why the call arrives to a specific application or user The following examples illustrate the adaptations Example 1 Communication Manager user 66600001 forwards to Cisco user 60025 C
620. tion gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name cor maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt present gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs int gt lt xs minInclusive value 0 gt lt xs maxInclusive value 995 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name cos maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt present gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs int gt lt xs minInclusive value 0 gt lt xsi maxInclusive value 15 gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name itc maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt present gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs irestriction base xs string gt 160 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com minoceurs O ss minoceurs O ss MeN Oecunss w0ime A gt MenOeccunss MOUE minOccurs 0 gt minOccurs 0 gt SWU S lt iam KKKKKKKMUSC KKKKKKKMUSCE KKKKKKKMUSC November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting lt xs enumeration value restricted gt lt xs enumeration value unrestricted gt lt xs restriction gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs element gt lt xs element name tn maxOccurs 1 minOccurs 1 gt lt Must present gt lt xs simpleType gt lt xs restriction base xs int gt lt xs minInclu
621. tion of the contact based on whether the contact is a public or private contact Speed Dial Displays the value that specifies whether the speed dial is set for the contact Speed Dial Entry Displays the reduced number that represents the speed dial number Presence Buddy Displays the value that specifies whether you can monitor the presence information of the contact or not False indicates that you cannot track the presence of the contact Button Description Filter Disable Hides the column filter fields without resetting the filter criteria This is a toggle button Filter Enable Displays text fields under the columns that you can use to set the filter criteria This is a toggle button Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 109 Managing Users Button Description Filter Apply Filters contacts based on the filter criteria Contacts tab Private Contacts section Use this section to add new private contacts modify and deletes existing contacts Name Description Last Name Displays the last name of the private contact First Name Displays the first name of the private contact Display Name Display name of the private contact Contact Address Displays the address of the private contact Description Displays a brief description about the contact Button Description Filter Disable Hides the column filt
622. tional validation on SIP entity identity certificate or are not using SIP TLS for connecting to the SIP entity leave this field empty e If you want to verify that a specific string or SIP entity FQDN is present within the SIP entity identity certificate enter that string or SIP entity FQDN using the regular expression syntax e If you want to verify that the SIP entity IP address is present within the SIP entity identity certificate enter the SIP entity IP address using the regular expression syntax Please note that the system looks for the IP Address by default when any string is configured in the Credential Name Note The Credential name is a regular expression string and follows Perl version 5 8 syntax Here are some of the examples e For www sipentity domain com use the string www sipentity domain com e For 192 14 11 22 use string 192 14 11 22 e You can search a subset of the string or can create a wild card search For example for searching for domain com as a substring use the string domain com 9 Under SIP Link Monitoring the following options are available from the drop down menu a Use Session Manager Configuration b Link Monitoring Enabled Enables link monitoring on this SIP entity c Link Monitoring Disabled Link monitoring will be turn off for this SIP entity 10 If you need to specify the Entity Links click Add 11 Enter the name in the Name field
623. tions Please follow these rules when creating an XML bulk import file e Locations are referred to as routing origination in the import XML e The name of a location is unique and is referred to by other elements e Multiple Routing Origination Patterns lt lt routingoriginationpatterns gt gt can be configured for one Routing Origination Name e The values in lt ManagedBandwidthUnitOfMeasurement gt must appear exactly same lt being case sensitive gt as they appear in the System Manager user interface Example lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 standalone yes gt lt routingoriginationFullTOList gt lt RoutingoriginationFullTO gt lt notes gt this is a test lt notes gt lt name gt New York lt name gt lt AverageBandwidthPerCall gt 80 lt AverageBandwidthPerCall gt lt AverageBandwidthPerCallUnitOfMeasurement gt Kbit sec lt AverageBandwidthPerCallUnitOfMeasurement gt lt ManagedBandwidth gt 500000 lt ManagedBandwidth gt lt ManagedBandwidthUnitOfMeasurement gt Kbit sec lt ManagedBandwidthUnitOfMeasurement gt lt cac_can_audio_steal_from_video gt true lt cac_can_audio_steal_from_video gt lt cac_max_bwidth_video_interloc gt 300 lt cac_max_bwidth_video_interloc gt lt cac_max_bwidth_video_intraloc gt 384 lt cac_max_bwidth_video_intraloc gt lt cac_min_acceptable_bwidth_video gt 64 lt cac_min_acceptable_bwidth_video gt lt cac_normal_bwidth_video gt 50 lt cac_normal_bwidth_video gt lt routingorigination
624. tive cycle time secs Enter a value in seconds for polling the administered SIP entities by the added Branch Session Manager Monitoring ensures that the entities are still reachable Proactive monitoring occurs as long as no outages are detected The default is 900 seconds These default values are used for each administered SIP entity unless overridden by the Monitoring options that you specified on the SIP entities page for a specific entity Reactive cycle time secs Enter a value in seconds This value is used when proactive monitoring detects that an administered SIP entity is not reachable and changes to a reactive mode Reactive monitoring continues till the SIP entity responds again Typically the value for reactive monitoring should be less than the value for proactive monitoring The default is 120 seconds Branch Session Manager uses these default values for each administered SIP entity unless overridden by the Monitoring options that you specified on the SIP entities page for a specific entity Number of Retries Enter an integer value This value specifies the number of times Branch Session Manager polls a SIP entity before it is deemed unreachable The default is 1 Branch Session Manager uses these default values for each administered SIP entity unless overridden by the Monitoring options that you specified on the SIP entities page for a specific entity Personal Profile Manager PPM Connection
625. to enter a single port or a range of ports Start For the Specify option you can select a port number For the Specify Range option you can specify the port number to start the range End For the Specify Range option you can specify the port number to end the range Local Port Allows you to select Any Specify or Specify Range to enter a single port or a range of ports Start For the Specify option you can select a port number For the Specify Range option you can specify the port number to start the range End For the Specify Range option you can specify the port number to end the range The range includes both the Start and End port numbers specified Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 SIP Layer Match Options Network Configuration Button Description New Allows you to create up to five SIP layer match options Delete Deletes the selected SIP layer match options Name Description KeyType Allows you to select the key type that the rule should match from the list You can add up to five key type match options If more than one match options are defined then logically AND of the options is used to create a search pattern All SIP Headers This option searches for the Value within all the SIP headers for the SIP packet e All SIP Headers Body This option searches for
626. tration information for a particular device Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click System Status gt Registration Summary to open Registration Summary page The Registration Summary page displays the list of registered devices per Session Manager 3 Click Refresh to retrieve the latest Device Summary results Related topics Registration Summary on page 434 434 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com System Status Rebooting of selected AST devices Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click System Status gt Registration Summary to open Registration Summary page The Registration Summary page displays the list of registered devices 3 Select the AST Device and click Reboot The Confirm Reboot Notification page appears 4 On the Confirm Reboot Notification page click Confirm 5 After user confirmation a status page appears showing the detailed information regarding the current state of scheduled and running endpoint actions Related topics Registration Summary on page 434 Reloading of selected AST devices Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Elements click Session Manager 2 Click System Status gt Registration Summary to open Registration Summary page 3 Click the rows to select the SIP AST devices and do one of the following a Cli
627. tribute Mandatory Optional Validation description constraints selects soft the soft user record is not permanently deleted e delete and the user record can be recovered If the user selects delete all attributes associated with the user and the links to public contacts and shared addresses is permanently deleted loginName This is the unique Mandatory system login name assigned to the user in the format of username domain or username id This is the unique Optional In earlier version of identifier for a user System Manager 6 0 record This field is the id tag was not optional This is optional In case of added in XSD for an error such future enhancement as Failed to parse This is not used in XML user System Manager 6 0 cvccomplex release type 2 4 b The content of element tns user is not complete One of http xml avaya com schema bulkdelete id is expected Invalid XML file use a dummy value for the id 1234 182 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute details defined in the Endpoint profile XSD Attribute details defined in the Endpoint profile XSD Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints CM Name CM Name as it Mandatory cmName appears under Applications Application Management Entiti
628. trieves the certificate from the file and displays the details of the certificate in the Certificate Details section Certificate Details The page displays these fields when you click Retrieve Name Description Subject Details Specifies the details of the certificate holder Valid From Specifies the date and time from which the certificate is valid 58 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com View Trust Certificate field descriptions Name Description Valid To Specifies the date and time until which the certificate is valid Key Size Specifies the size of the key in bits for encryption Issuer Name Specifies the name of the issuer of the certificate Finger Print Specifies the finger print that authenticates the certificate The page displays these fields when you select the Import using TLS option Field Button Description IP Address Specifies the IP address of the certificate provider that is to be contacted for retrieving the certificate Port Specifies the port of the server to be used for obtaining the certificate Retrieve Certificate Retrieves the certificate and displays the details of the certificate in the Certificate Details section Related topics Adding trusted certificates View Trust Certificate field descriptions Use this page to view details of a selected c
629. ttern for the Valid Entries Usage Pattern station l 1 MMM standard Personalized ringing Ringing allows users of some telephones 2 HHH to have one of 8 3 LLL ringing patterns for incoming calls 4 LHH For virtual stations this field dictates the APNE ringing pattern on its 6 HLL mapped to physical 7 HLH telephone 8 LHL Message Lamp The Message Lamp Optional Extension Extension messageLampExt associated with the current extension muteButtonEnabled Enables or disables the mute button on the station Media Complex When used with Optional Valid Entry Usage A Extension mediaComplexExt Multi media Call Handling indicates which extension is assigned to the data module of the multimedia complex Users can dial this extension to place valid BRI data extension For MMCH enter the extension of the data module that is part of this multimedia complex Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Mandator y Validation Description Optional Constraints either a voice ora H 323 station data call and voice extension For 4600 conversion series IP coverage and Telephones enter forwarding apply as if the corresponding the call were made to H 323 station For IP the 1 number Softphone enter the corresponding H 323 station If you enter a value in this field you can regis
630. tton on the page to perform a data replication for a replica node e Ready for Repair This status indicates that database of the replica node is not synchronized with the master database Queued for Repair This status indicates that replication request of the replica server is in queue with other data replication requests The color code of the status is yellow 492 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Data Replication Service Name Description e Repairing This status indicates that the data replication process is in progress The color code of the status is yellow e Synchronized This status indicates that the data requested by the replica node is successfully replicated from the master database to the database of the replica node The color code of the status is green e Synchronization Failure This status indicates an error in data replication for the initial load Resolving this issue requires manual intervention from the administrator The system displays the following status during automatic replication of data from the master to the replica node e Synchronizing This status indicates that the data replication is in progress for the replica node The color code of the status is yellow e Synchronized This status indicates that the data requested by the replica node is successfully replicated from the master database to the database of
631. ttribute Description Mandaiory Optional Validation Constraints resident_expert service_technician lobby_phone roles This is the text name of a role This value needs to pre exist in SMGR DB Optional address This is the address of the user Optional securityldentity This is the Securityldentity is used to hold any additional identities for a user that can be used for authentication such as their loginName Kerberos account name or their X509 certificate name Optional ownedContactLis ts It is a collection of internal or external contacts ContactList is owned by a specific user and has a name that a unique name within the context of its owner Optional A default contactlist per user will be created ownedContacts It represents a non Avaya application user external contact Contacts can be collected together along with User entities into a contact list Contacts can be created by an administrator or an end user Optional presenceUserDef ault These are personal rules that are set by presentities to define how much presence information can be shown to watchers that are not explicitly mentioned in an ACL There may be one User Default rule per presentity User or none Optional presenceUserAC L These are personal rules defined by presentities Optional Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev
632. ty e Multiple listen ports entries lt listenports gt can be configured for one ASM SIP Entity lt sipdomainName gt must refer to an existing domain with the exact same name It must either appear in the System Manager database or in an import file that exists in the same import operation as the SIP Entity The values in lt transportprotocol gt must appear exactly same being case sensitive as they appear in the System Manager user interface e The values of lt timezoneName gt should be same being case sensitive as that of the field Time Zone in the SIP Entity user interface in System Manager e The field lt userfc3263 gt corresponds to the Override Port amp Transport with DNS SRV check box in the SIP entity form e The value of lt entitytype gt must contain one of the following values exactly as they appear below being case sensitive CM communication manager CM in the user interface ASM Session Manager in the user interface Modular Messaging Session Manager in the user interface VP Voice Portal in the user interface Gateway Gateway in the user interface SIP Trunk SIP Trunk in the user interface OTHER Other in the user interface e The values in lt cdrSetting gt must appear exactly same being case sensitive as they appear in the System Manager user interface e The field lt do_monitoring gt corresponds to the field SIP Link Monitoring in the
633. ty Settings section click Edit 5 On the Security Settings page edit the text as required in the Login Warning Banner text area Note The maximum number of characters allowed is 2500 6 Click Save Password policies field descriptions This page is applicable only for users with the user name admin Aging section Name Description Enforce password aging policies Select this check box if you want to enforce the aging policies 20 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Password and security policies for users with username admin Name Description Enable expired password change Select this check box if you want to allow users to change password after it expires Expiration period Specifies the maximum allowable days to maintain the password Default value is 90 You can enter values from 1 to 365 Expiration warning Sends a warning to the user if the password is about to expire You can type in any value from 1 to 15 The default value is 7 Minimum age Minimum allowable days for password age You can type in a number from 0 to 7 The default value is 3 Ensure that the number for the expiration period is greater than the minimum password age number History section Name Description History Select this check box to enforce policies against previously used passwords Previous passwords blocked Th
634. u want repair the replica nodes from the table displaying replica groups and click View Replica Nodes or click the name of the replica node displayed in the Replica Group column 3 On the Replica Nodes page select a replica node and click Repair The Synchronization Status column displays the data replication status for the repairing replica node Related topics Replica Nodes field descriptions on page 492 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 489 Managing system data Repairing all replica nodes in a replica group You can replicate data for all the replica nodes that are in a group You can perform this operation if replica nodes in a group are not synchronized with the System Manager database Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Replication The system displays the Replica Groups page 2 Select a replica group for which you want repair the replica nodes from the table displaying replica groups 3 Click Repair The Synchronization Status column displays the data replication status for the replica group Viewing replication details for a replica node You can view the batch related information such as total number of batches received processed and skipped for a replica node The master database sends the requested data in batches to the replica node Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services click Replication The system displays the Replic
635. ucts Construct Matches Characters x The character x The backslash character Character classes abc a b or c simple class abc Any character except a b or c negation a zA Z a through z or A through Z inclusive range a d m p a through d or m through p a dm p union a z amp amp def d e or f intersection a z amp amp bc a through z except for b and c ad z subtraction a z amp amp m p a through z and not m through p a lq z subtraction Predefined character classes Any character may or may not match line terminators d A digit 0 9 D A non digit 0 9 s A whitespace character t n xOB f r S A non whitespace character s w A word character a zA Z_0 9 W A non word character w java lang Character classes simple java cha racter type p javaLowerCase Equivalent to java lang Character isLowerCase p javaUpperCase Equivalent to java lang Character isUpperCase p javaWhitespace Equivalent to java lang Character isWhitespace p javaMirrored Equivalent to java lang Character isMirrored Classes for Unicode blocks and categories p InGreek A character in the Greek block simple block Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 523 Regular Expression constructs
636. ude e The security module may have recently been reset A reset can take several minutes to complete e Ue security module may not have received its configuration information from System anager Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Services select Replication 2 The Replica Group associated with the Session Manager should display Synchronized for the Synchronization Status 3 If the Synchronization Status is not Synchronized a Check the box in front of the affected Replica Group Click View Details Check the box in front of the affected Session Manager Click View Details Make sure the Replica Node Host Name is correct Click on Done g Click on Repair m opaog 4 Click the Refresh button to see the latest status 5 If the status is Down synchronize the security module to trigger an update a Click on the button in front of the appropriate Session Manager instance in the Session Manager list Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 429 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances b Click the Synchronize button c Click the Refresh button to see the latest status 6 If the status is still Down reset the security module a Select the appropriate Session Manager instance in the Session Manager list b Select the Reset button A Warning The Session Manager cannot process calls while the security module is being reset 7 Select the Refresh button to see
637. ulfilled drop the SIP message Rate Block lf the packets matching the rule exceed a certain count ina certain period block the matching SIP packets for the duration of timeout as defined by the Threshold parameters Rate Limit If the packets matching the rule exceed a certain count ina certain period drop the additional matching SIP packets for the duration of remaining period as defined by the Threshold parameters e Log Type Specify if a log is to be generated or not and if an alarm should be sent You must specify Log Type when the Action Type is None e Log Message Specify the log message to display if Log Type is set to Yes or Alarm 5 Under IP Layer Match Options specify the following e Protocol Select a protocol if you want the rule to be used for a specific protocol 382 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Network Configuration e Remote IP Address For any incoming SIP message select Any to use the rule for all IP addresses or select Specify to use the rule for a specific IP address e IP Address Type the IP address if you selected Specify for Remote IP Address e Mask Network mask for the specific IP address e Remote Port For any incoming SIP message select Any to use the rule for all ports select Specify to use a single port or select Specify Range for a range of ports e Start For the Specify option select a port number
638. umber of the subscriber The field lists the existing subscriber if you select the Use Existing Subscriber on System check box Password This the password for logging into the mailbox Delete Subscriber on Unassign of Subscriber from User or on Delete User Select this check box to specify whether you want to delete the subscriber mailbox from the Messaging device or Communication System Management when you remove this messaging profile or when you delete the user Membership tab Roles section Name Description Select check box Use this check box to select a role Use the check box displayed in the first column of the header row to select all the roles assigned to the user account Name Displays the name of the role Description Displays a brief description about the role Button Description Assign Roles Opens the Assign Role page that you can use to assign roles to the user account UnAssign Roles Removes the selected role from the list of roles associated with the user account Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com User Profile Edit field descriptions Membership tab Group Membership section Name Description Select check box Use this check box to select the group Name Displays the name of the group Type Displays the group type based on the resources
639. untain Europe Moscow In the Time US amp absence of a value the Canada local services timezone Chihuahua La Paz will be used 7 0 Arizona 176 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Description Mandatory Optional Validation Constraints Note You need to consider Daylight saving time DST and summer time adjustments while using the suggested values for timeZone Typically you have to add one hour to the offset Note The following characters cannot be used as is in the xml Modify these characters as mentioned while using them in the import xml files e less than character lt as lt amp lt ampersand character amp as amp amp greater than character gt as amp gt e double quote character as amp quot apostrophe or single quote character as amp apos 6 0 Central Time US amp Canada Guadalajara Mexico City 6 0 Central America Saskatchewan 5 0 Indiana East Bogota Lima Quito 5 0 Eastern Time US amp Canada 4 0 Caracas La Paz 4 0 Atlantic Time Canada Santiago Manaus 3 30 Newfoundlan d 3 0 Georgetown 3 0 Brasilia Greenland Buenos Aires Montevideo 2 0 Mid Atlantic 1 0 Azores 1 0 Cape Verde Is 0 0 Monrovia Reykjavik 0 0 GMT Dublin Edinburgh Lisbo
640. up field Name Description Select check box You can use this check box to select a group Replica Group Name of the replica group This is a hyperlink When you click a group the Replica Nodes page opens and displays the replica nodes for that group Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 491 Managing system data Name Description Synchronization Status Replication status of the replica group The system displays the out of sync status if any one of the group replica databases is not synchronized with the master database Button Description View Replica Nodes Opens the Replica Nodes page You can use this page to view replica nodes for a selected group Repair Replicates data for a selected replica node that is not synchronized with the master nodes Replica Nodes field descriptions You can use this page to e View the replica nodes in a selected replica group which has requested data replication from the master database of System Manager e View the replication status of replica nodes in a group Name Description Select check box You can use this check box to select a replica node Replica Node Host Name The IP address of the replica node Product Name of the product running on the replica node Synchronization Status The synchronization status of the replica node The following are the status for when you Click the Repair bu
641. upport Test Service Director Status This test checks the status of the SIP A S Service Director using a connection to SIP A S This test runs on a specified Session Manager The test passes if the status of the service director is valid If the test fails run the statapp command and other corrective actions for associated alarms on the Session Manager before escalating to Avaya Technical Support Test SIP A S Management Server Status This test runs on a specified Session Manager It checks the status of the SIP A S Management Server using a connection to SIP A S The test passes if the status of the management server is valid or a particular SIP A S service is running If the test fails run the statapp command and other corrective actions for associated alarms on the Session Manager before escalating to Avaya Technical Support Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 447 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances Test sanity of Secure Access Link SAL agent This test can run on either System Manager or Session Manager It checks if the Security Access Link agent is running or not on the server If the link is up and running the test passes If the test fails run the statapp command and other corrective actions for associated alarms on the Session Manager before escalating to Avaya Technical Support Test management link functionality This test checks the administrative link to a Session Manager
642. urce gt ldap lt source gt lt sourceUserKey gt 123546 lt sourceUserKey gt KETE E RAS E S E E lt surname gt Bath lt surname gt lt title gt Manager lt title gt lt type The value reflecting the type of handle this is Possible values are username e164 and privatesubsystem category The value representing a further qualification to the contact address Possible values inlcude Office Home Mobile handle This is the name given to the user to allow communication to be established with the user It is an alphanumeric value that must comply with the userinfo related portion of a URI as described in rfc2396 However it is further restricted as ASCII characters with only the prefix to signify this is an E 164 handle and _ and special characters supported The handle and type together ar unique within a specific domain Note the handle plus domain can be used to construct a users Address of Record label A fr text description for classifying this contact altLabel A fr text description for classifying this contact This is similar to ContactLabel but it is used to store alternate language representations gt lt ContactAddress gt lt address gt 44 1234568 lt address gt lt altLabel gt Phone lt altLabel gt lt contactCategory gt OFFICE lt contactCategory gt lt contactType gt PHONE lt contactType gt Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 127 Managing Users l
643. utton Description Commit Saves the changes to the selected Session Manager Communication Profiles Cancel Cancels the changes to the selected Session Manager Communication Profiles Network Configuration Local Host Name Resolution About Local Host Name Resolution Session Manager can locally resolve hostnames into an ordered set of IP address port and transport tuples and can assign priority and weights to each tuple Local Hostname Resolution is only applied to hostnames provisioned by the administrator and overrides normal DNS resolution For example if the Session Manager is attempting to resolve nj proxy avaya com and that hostname is provisioned as a local hostname the Session Manager will skip DNS resolution and instead determine the request target using the tuples for nj proxy avaya com that it has been provisioned with To route a SIP INVITE Session Manager needs the IP addresses corresponding to the Fully Qualified Domain Name FQDN in the INVITE To resolve a host name by replacing it with its IP address Session Manager checks for the host name on the local network When the host name cannot be resolved through broadcasting on the local network Session Manager searches for it in the host names file or by querying the DNS server that maintains the host name to IP address mapping Resolving local host name About this task The Local Host Name Resolution screen allows you to create edit and delete
644. values are accepted as code and length cannot exceed 32 digits Quick Login Status Specifies the whether users must enter a password when logging in to the phone There are 2 choices Password Entry Required or Quick Login Allowed Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 401 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances VoIP Monitoring Manager section Name Description IP Address Specifies the IP address of the Avaya Voice over IP Monitoring Manager server Port Specifies the port used by the Avaya Voice over IP Monitoring Manager server The range is 1 through 65 535 The default is 5005 Reporting Period Specifies how often an endpoint should send its RTCP packets to the Avaya Voice over IP Monitoring Manager server The range is 5 through 30 seconds The default is 5 Volume Settings section Name Description Receiver Volume Sets the volume in the handset rather than the speaker This is a required field and range is 0 10 The default value is 5 Ringer Cadence Sets the cadence of the ring tone This is a required field and range is 1 8 The default value is 3 Ringer Volume Sets the ringer setting for the stations bridged appearance buttons This is a required field and range is 1 10 The default value is 5 Speaker Volume Sets the volume on the speaker rather than the handset This is a required field and range is 0 10
645. vanced Search Hides the search fields Adds a search condition Deletes a search condition Logging field descriptions Use this page to view logs in the Auto Refresh mode In this mode the page updates the log information automatically 472 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing logs Name Description Log ID Unique identification number that identifies the log Time Stamp Date and time of the log generation Host Name Name of the system from which the log is generated Product Type A code which uniquely identifies the component which generated the log For example product device application service and so on GW600 which is a product type code identifier is an example of the log product type Severity Severity level of the log The following are the type of severities e Emergency System is unusable e Alert Action must be taken immediately e Critical Critical conditions e Error Error conditions e Warning Warning conditions e Notice Normal but significant condition e Informational Informational messages e Debug Debug level messages Note The colors of severities do not indicate logging severities Event ID Unique identification number assigned to the event that has generated the log Message Brief description about the log The message is generated based
646. ved to an IP address then the call fails Administering initial setup of the Session Manager About this task Once you have completed the initial setup as a part of ongoing administration you can modify the created entities or delete them as required The recommended order for the initial set up of the Session Manager using the System Manager Routing screens is as follows Procedure 1 Accept or change default settings 2 Create domains 3 Create locations 4 5 Create adaptations Create SIP entities some of which are routing destinations e Create other SIP entities e Assign locations and adaptations to the SIP entities Create entity links e Between Session Managers e Between Session Managers and other SIP entities Create time ranges Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 237 Managing Session Manager routing 8 Create routing policies 9 Create dial patterns and assign them to routing policies and locations 10 Create regular expressions and assign them to routing policies 11 Create Session Manager instances using the Session Manager menus on the System Manager navigation pane Routing import and export Overview Overview of exporting and importing routing element data The Routing screens allow administering of the Avaya Aura Session Manager SIP routing rules The management screens consist of nine configurable elements that relate to each other in various w
647. w to handle emergency calls from the IP telephone KK KK KKK KK CAUTION KKK KKK An Avaya IP endpoint can dial emergency calls for example 911 calls in the U S It only reaches the local emergency service in the Public Safety Answering Point area where the telephone system has local trunks Please be advised that an Avaya IP endpoint cannot dial to and connect with local emergency service when dialing from remote locations that do not have local trunks Do not use an Avaya IP endpoint to dial emergency numbers EOR mergency services when dialing from remote locations Avaya Inc is not responsible or liable for any damages resulting from misplaced emergency calls made from an Avaya endpoint Your use of this product indicates that you have read this advisory and agree to use an alternative telephone to dial all emergency calls from remote 148 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting locations Please contact your Avaya representative if you have questions about emergency calls from IP telephones Available omly Li the station is an IP Softphone or a remote office station Valid entries as on local following results the Emergency Location chig sracionts TF accross oa value as on local Emergency Location to the Public Safety Address Mapping screen with functions as follows field in the Station screen Extension field in t
648. w user profile click New e If you are creating a messaging profile for an existing user select the user and click Edit 4 Click the Communication Profile tab 5 In the Messaging Profile section select the check box next to the Messaging Profile label 6 In the Messaging Profile section complete the relevant fields Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 71 Managing Users Note Select the Delete Messaging on Unassign of Subscriber from User or Delete User check box if you want to delete the subscriber mailbox from the communication management device after removing the association between the subscriber and the user 7 Click Commit to add the messaging profile or click Cancel to return to return to the previous page The field names that are marked with an asterisk are mandatory fields You must enter valid information in these fields for the successful creation of the station profile Note You should add the messaging devices through Runtime Topology System RTS before you add a messaging profile for a user Once you create the user subscriber association the user name appears in the User column in the Subscriber list Related topics New User Profile field descriptions on page 82 Modifying a messaging profile of a user Procedure 1 On the System Manager console under Users click User Management 2 Click Manage Users in the left navigation pane 3 On the User Management
649. with the highest priority QOS Priority This value specifies the ability to provide different priority to different applications users or data flows or to guarantee a certain level of performance for a call on a local area network The higher the priority lower the QOS priority number This is the value of 802 1q priority bit Layer 2 QoS configuration to be used by Session Manager for any SIP traffic The default is 6 Range of this value is 0 7 Speed amp Duplex Allows the configuring of the security module interface speed and duplex values The drop down menu contains a list of the valid values VLAN ID The VLAN that the Session Manager should be associated with Call traffic segregation could be based on the VLAN that the Session Manager is associated with NIC Bonding Name Description Enable Bonding Enables or disables NIC bonding NIC bonding slaves interfaces eth2 and eth3 ina bond of interfaces This makes all the Network firewall rules related to SM100 agent public IP Address to be applied on the NIC bonding interface Device Monitoring Mode Allows you to select ARP Monitoring or MII Monitoring as the modes of NIC bonding as supported by NIC bonding driver ARP Interval msecs Specifies the ARP link monitoring frequency and range is from 50 to 1000 default value is 100 ARP Target IP Specifies the IP target of the ARP request which is sent to determine the health
650. word Specifies the password for the communication profile Option button Use this button to view the details of the selected communication profile Name Displays the name of the communication profile Button Description New Creates a new communication profile for the user Delete Deletes the selected communication profile Done Saves the communication profile information that you updated or added for a profile Cancel Cancels the operation for adding a communication profile The system enables the following fields when you click the New button in the Communication Profile section Name Description Name Displays the name of the communication profile for the user Default Displays the profile that is made default as the active profile There can be only one active profile at a time Communication Profile tab Communication Address section Use this section to create modify and delete one or more communication addresses for the user Name Description Type Displays the type of the handle Handle Displays the unique communication address for the user Domain Displays the name of the domain with which the handle is registered Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 95 Managing Users Button Description New Displays the fields for adding a new communication address Edit Use this button to edit
651. xplained in the Minimal elements table in XML for user with core attributes lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt Root Element Users represent collection of user containing 1 or more users gt lt tns users xmlns tns http xml avaya com schema import xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi schemaLocation http xml avaya com schema import userimport xsd gt lt tns user gt lt authenticationType gt Basic lt authenticationType gt lt givenName gt John lt givenName gt lt loginName gt jmiller avaya com lt loginName gt 228 Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 Comments infodev avaya com Managing bulk importing and exporting lt surname gt Miller lt surname gt lt userPassword gt mypassword lt userPassword gt lt tns user gt lt tns users gt The highlighted XML tag in the user profile XML represents the data for a single user tag that starts and ends with lt tns user gt To create multiple users in the same XML repeat the highlighted content multiple times with different user values For example the following sample XML contains two users John Miller and Roger Philip Note that there are two instances of the lt tns user gt tag one for each user lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt Root Element Users represent collection of user containing 1 or more users gt lt tns users xmlns tns
652. xtension of the subscriber Optional telephoneNumber This is field of Messaging specific data The telephone number of the subscriber as displayed in address book listings and client applications Optional The entry canbea maximum of 50 characters in length and can contain any combination of digits 0 9 period hyphen plus sign and left and right parentheses and asciiVersionOfName This is field of Messaging specific data If the subscriber name is entered in multibyte character format then this field specifies the ASCII translation of the subscriber name Optional Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager Comments infodev avaya com November 2010 Managing bulk importing and exporting Attribute Attribute Description Mandator y Optional Validation Constraints expirePassword This is field of Messaging specific data Specifies whether your password expires or not Optional You can choose one of the following e yes for password to expire e no if you do not want your password to expire mailBoxLocked This is field of Messaging specific data Specifies whether you want your mailbox to be locked A subscriber mailbox can become locked after two unsuccessful login attempts Optional You can choose one of the following e no to unlock your mailbox e yes to lock your mailbox and
653. y Optional Validation Constraints loginName This is the unique system login name given to the user It can take the form of username domain or just username This may vary across customers It can be used to help provision default user handles in the CSHandle table The username is an alphanumeric value that must comply with the userinfo related portion of a URI as described in rfc2396 However it is further restricted as ASCII characters with only the _ and special characters supported This is the rfc2798 uid attribute Mandatory middleName This is the middle name of the user Optional managerName This is the text name of the user s manager This is a free formed field and does not require the user s manager to also be a user of the solution This attribute was requested to support reporting needs Optional preferredGivenN ame This is the preferred first name of the user Optional preferredLangua ge This is the individual s preferred written or spoken language Values will conform to rfc4646 Refer to rfc4646 for syntax This format uses the ISO standard Language ISO 639 and region ISO 3166 codes In the absence of a value the client s locale should be used if no value is set en US should be defaulted Optional Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 175 Managing Users
654. y default or be specially configured to do so Different DSCP values are specified in RFCs 2597 and 2598 To be consistent with Communication Manager Session Manager uses a default DSCP value of 46 which indicates forwarding with the highest priority e Select the Speed amp Duplex value to configure the security module interface speed and duplex values e Modify the QOS Priority value This is the value of 802 1q priority bit Layer 2 QoS configuration to be used by Session Manager for any SIP traffic The default is 6 Range of this value is 0 7 This value specifies the ability to provide different priority to different applications users or data flows or to guarantee a certain level of performance for a call on a local area network The higher the priority the lower the QOS priority number Administering Avaya Aura Session Manager November 2010 337 Configuring and monitoring Session Manager instances e Modify the value for VLAN ID This is the VLAN that the Session Manager is to be associated with Call traffic segregation could be based on the VLAN that the Session Manager is associated with 6 Under NIC Bonding section change the following information if required e To enable or disable NIC bonding select or clear the Enable Bonding check box NIC bonding slaves interfaces eth2 and eth3 in a bond of interfaces This makes all the Network firewall rules related to SM100 agent public IP Address to be applied on the NIC bon

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

全文 - 裁判所  Samsung U24E590D Vartotojo vadovas  総合カタログ  PROTOCONMB user manual 110607.pub  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file